HomeMy WebLinkAboutFinal Agenda Packet
CITY OF RENTON
AGENDA - City Council Regular Meeting
7:00 PM - Monday, December 1, 2025
Council Chambers, 7th Floor, City Hall – 1055 S. Grady Way
Please note that this regular meeting of the Renton City Council is being offered as a hybrid
meeting and can be attended in person at the Council Chambers, 7th floor of City Hall, 1055 S
Grady Way, Renton, 98057 or remotely through Zoom.
For those wishing to attend by Zoom: Please (1) click this link
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/84938072917?pwd=TUNCcnppbjNjbjNRMWpZaXk2bjJnZz09 (or
copy/paste the URL into a web browser) or (2) call-in to the Zoom meeting by dialing 253-215-
8782 and entering 849 3807 2917 Passcode 156708, or (3) call 425-430-6501 by 5 p.m. on the
day of the meeting to request an invite with a link to the meeting.
Registration for Audience Comment: Registration will be open at all times, but speakers must
register by 5 p.m. on the day of a Council meeting in order to be called upon. Anyone who
registers after 5 p.m. on the day of the Council meeting will not be called upon to speak and
will be required to re-register for the next Council meeting if they wish to speak at that next
meeting.
Request to Speak Registration Form:
o Click the link or copy/paste the following URL into your browser:
https://forms.rentonwa.gov/Forms/registertospeakform
You may also call 425-430-6501 or email counciladmin@rentonwa.gov to register.
Please provide your full name, city of residence, email address and/or phone number,
and topic in your message.
A sign-in sheet is also available for those who attend in person.
Video on Demand: Please click the following link to stream Council meetings live as they
occur, or to select previously recorded meetings:
Renton Channel 21 Video on Demand
1. CALL TO ORDER AND PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
2. ROLL CALL
3. SPECIAL PRESENTATION
a) 2026 Legislative Priorities to Council
4. PUBLIC HEARING
a) Renton Regional Fire Authority (RRFA) Street Vacation Petition (VAC-25-001)
b) Property Acquisition, Including through the Use of Eminent Domain, for King
County Parcels 3023059096, 3023059098, 3023059099, and 3023059091 (AC-25-
001)
5. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT
a) Administrative Report
6. AUDIENCE COMMENTS
All remarks must be addressed to the Council as a whole, if a response is requested
please provide your name and address, including email address, to the City Clerk to
allow for follow-up.
Speakers must sign-up prior to the Council meeting.
Each speaker is allowed three minutes.
When recognized, please state your name & city of residence for the record.
NOTICE to all participants: Pursuant to state law, RCW 42.17A.555, campaigning for or
against any ballot measure or candidate in City Hall and/or during any portion of the council
meeting, including the audience comment portion of the meeting, is PROHIBITED.
7. CONSENT AGENDA
The following items are distributed to Councilmembers in advance for study and review, and
the recommended actions will be accepted in a single motion. Any item may be removed for
further discussion if requested by a Councilmember.
a) Approval of Council Meeting minutes of November 24, 2025.
Council Concur
b) AB - 3994 Mayor Pavone recommends confirming his reappointment of Cassandra
Baddeley to the Equity Commission with a term expiring December 31, 2028.
Council Concur
c) AB - 3995 Mayor Pavone recommends confirmation of his appointment of Matthew
Woolcott to the Equity Commission with a term expiring December 31, 2028.
Refer to Community Services Committee
d) AB - 3985 Executive Services Department recommends execution of Amendment No. 5 to
CAG-21-227 with Axon Enterprises, in the amount of $17,532,962.35 over the ten-year
term of the agreement, for additional hardware, software, and services related to body
worn cameras, fleet cameras, automatic-license plate readers, and other products.
Refer to Finance Committee
e) AB - 3967 Human Resources / Risk Management Department recommends execution of
the city's 2026 liability insurance renewal once the implementing documents are ready.
Refer to Finance Committee
f) AB - 3997 Public Works Transportation Systems Division requests the reallocation of
$3,400,000 in revenue from other projects within Fund 317 to the Rainier Ave S - Phase 4
(S 3rd St to NW 3rd Pl) project to address budget shortfall, which is the result of several
factors including quantity overruns on progress payments, remaining change orders to
the construction contract, and a supplement with the KPG Psomas, Inc., which extends
the scope of work to provide continued support under the extended construction
contract, and contingency.
Refer to Finance Committee
g) AB - 3984 Public Works Transportation Systems Division recommends execution of a
professional services agreement with KBA, Inc, in the amount of $183,654, for
construction management services for the Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation project.
Refer to Transportation (Aviation) Committee
h) AB - 3993 Public Works Transportation Systems Division reports bid opening on October
17, 2025 for CAG-25-278, Oakesdale Ave SW Pavement Preservation project, and
recommends awarding the contract to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder,
ICON Materials, in the amount of $1,806,125.
Council Concur
i) AB - 3996 Public Works Utility Systems Division recommends execution of Flood
Reduction Grant Agreement 4.25.09 with King County Flood Control District, to receive
$479,000 for professional services associated with the design and construction of the
Hardie Ave SW - SW 7th St Storm System Improvement project.
Refer to Utilities Committee
8. UNFINISHED BUSINESS
Topics listed below were discussed in Council committees during the past week. Those topics
marked with an asterisk (*) may include legislation. Committee reports on any topics may be
held by the Chair if further review is necessary.
a) Committee of the Whole: 1) 2026 Legislative Priorities to Council
b) Transportation Committee: 1) Request for Lease Assignment for 540 Renton Hangar LLC
LAG-99-002; 2) Addendum 11-25 to LAG-99-002 with RNT 540 LLC, and Addendum 1-25
to PAG-11-002 with RNT 750 LLC; 3) I-405 Renton to Bellevue: Houser Way North Closure
Extension*
c) Utilities Committee: 1) Amendment No. 2 with WSP USA Inc. for the Lind Ave SW Storm
System Improvement Project; 2) Agreement with Mead & Hunt, Inc. for the Taylor Ave
NW Storm System Phase II Project
9. LEGISLATION
Resolution:
a) Resolution No. 4571: Houser Way North Closure Extension (See Item 8.b)
Ordinances for first reading:
b) Ordinance No. 6178: Property Acquisition, Including through the Use of Eminent
Domain, for King County Parcels 3023059096, 3023059098, 3023059099, and
3023059091 (See Item 4.b.)
c) Ordinance No. 6179: Critical Areas Ordinance (Approved via P&D Committee on
11/10/2025)
Ordinances for second and final reading:
d) Ordinance No. 6174: Extending Waiver of Garage Fees thru 2026 (First Reading
11/24/2025)
e) Ordinance No. 6175: Amending RMC 5-25-2 B&O Tax Model (First Reading 11/24/2025)
f) Ordinance No. 6176: Amending RMC 5-5-3 Business license threshold (First Reading
11/24/2025)
g) Ordinance No. 6177: Amending Comp Plan Transportation Element (First Reading
11/24/2025)
10. NEW BUSINESS
(Includes Council Committee agenda topics; visit rentonwa.gov/cityclerk for more
information.)
a) Nominate and Elect 2026 Council President
b) Nominate and Elect 2026 Council President Pro Tempore
11. ADJOURNMENT
COMMITTEE OF THE WHOLE MEETING AGENDA
(Preceding Council Meeting)
5:45 p.m. - 7th Floor - Conferencing Center
Hearing assistance devices for use in the Council Chambers are available upon request to the City Clerk
CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS ARE TELEVISED LIVE ON GOVERNMENT ACCESS CHANNEL 21
To view Council Meetings online, please visit rentonwa.gov/councilmeetings
2026 Legislative Review
City of Renton
December 1, 2025
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
3
.
a
)
Timeline
2026 Legislative Session –60 days
Begins Monday, January 12, 2026
Ends Thursday, March 12, 2026
Supplemental budgets written –Adjusting budgets through June 30, 2027
The legislature faces continued budgetary shortfalls due to weaker revenue projections, and additionally, must also tackle growing statewide needs and federal uncertainties.
Operating
Capital
Transportation
Committee hearing and testimony are still a mix of in person and virtual. Meetings with legislators can also be in person or virtual. Both full chambers are meeting on the floor.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
3
.
a
)
Legislative Review
House of Representatives
59 Democrats (Rep Zach Hall –5th LD was appointed after filing week
39 Republicans
Senate
30 Democrats
19 Republicans
Nine special elections but no change of legislators or numbers.
Governor Bob Ferguson’s (D) presents his first budget proposal
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
3
.
a
)
Representation
5th Legislative District
Senator Victoria Hunt
Representative Lisa Callan
Representative Zach Hall
11th Legislative District
Senator Bob Hasegawa
Representative Steve Bergquist
Representative David Hackney
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
3
.
a
)
Legislative Review
In addition to the three budgets, and related fiscal difficulties,
issue areas that are likely to receive attention include:
•Education funding
•Housing
•Homelessness
•Behavioral Health
•Revenue –state and local
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
3
.
a
)
Renton’s Legislative Priority Issue Areas
•Budget and Fiscal Sustainability
•Homelessness and Behavioral Health
•Housing and Economic Development
•Human Services
•Public Safety and Criminal Justice
•Environmental Sustainability
•Parks, Recreation, and Trail Connectivity
•Transportation and Infrastructure
•Local Government
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
3
.
a
)
Vacation
Petition
VAC-25-001Unopened Right-of-Way,
East of 158th Ave SE /
South of NE 128th St
Petitioner: Renton Regional
Fire Authority
Public Hearing, December 1, 2025
Stephanie Rary,
Property Services Specialist
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
a
)
Background
•PETITION The petition was verified on October 22, 2025.
•SIGNATURES Pursuant to State and City Code, more than
2/3 of the abutting owners must sign the petition – 100% for
this petition. Renton Regional Fire Authority owns all of the
abutting parcels (King County Parcel Nos. 366450008,
3664500330 and 366450007).
•UNOPENED RIGHT-OF-WAY The unopened right-of-way
segment was dedicated to King County by plat of Janett’s
Renton Boulevard Tracts in 1909. The vacation petition is to
vacate approximately 3,648 square feet.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
a
)
Background, cont’d
•VICINITY The unopened right-of-way is located in an area
annexed to the City in 2021.
•UTILITIES There are no City utilities located in the
unopened right-of-way.
•DEVELOPMENT Parcels 366450008, 3664500330 and
366450007 are being developed by RRFA for new fire
station and maintenance building, which project was
approved in 2025 under Land Use Application LUA24-
000373. As part of the project, RRFA will dedicate 227
square feet along SE 128 th St to the City.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
a
)
Approved Plan
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
a
)
Location
East of 158th Ave SE / South of NE
128th St, Bisecting King County Parcel
No. 366450008 and Between Parcel
Nos. 3664500330 and 366450007
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
a
)
Location, cont’d
The east half of the unopened
right-of-way adjacent to the
requested vacation was
vacated in 1990 by King County
Ordinance No. 9771 pursuant to
a petition by Lord of Life
Lutheran Church.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
a
)
Staff Review
•The vacation petition was circulated to various City
departments and outside agencies for comment.
•There were no comments or objections to the vacation
petition and no easements were requested.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
a
)
Staff Recommendation
The Community and Economic Development Department
recommends that Council approve the petition, subject to the
following condition:
•Petitioner provide an appraisal of the vacation area.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
a
)
Thank
you!
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
a
)
PROPERTY
ACQUISITION
King County Parcels
3023059096, 3023059098,
3053059099, and 3023059091
Public Hearing,
December 1, 2025
Amanda Free,
Economic Development Director
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
b
)
Existing Conditions
•PROPERTY 5.9 acre site.
•EXISTING USE Compton Lumber.
•SITE SPECIFICS Improvements include
an office building, a shop building,
paved parking and drive, security fences,
and outside storage location. Vacant
land has been previously prepared for
future development.
•PLANNED USE Provide opportunities for
a Parks Maintenance Shop and possible
resource center on the vacant land
south of the building.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
b
)
King County Parcels
3023059096, 3023059098, 3023059099, and 3023059091 •APPROVED BY COUNCIL Purchase & Sales Agreement was approved by Council
on June 23, 2025.
•BACKGROUND Countersigned Purchase & Sales Agreement, moved to escrow
in June with anticipated closing date of September 10, 2025. Property owner was
unable to fulfill the Purchase & Sales Agreement obligations.
•REQUEST Property owner and representative asked for additional time to fulfill
the obligations and have been unable to at this time. Property owner requested
the City pursue eminent domain to close on the property.
•NEXT STEPS Currently in discussions with all parties regarding closing
opportunities. Will work on formalizing a new Purchase & Sales Agreement with
the property owner or subsequent owner.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
b
)
Acquisition Request & Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends to adopt ordinance authorizing acquisition of
King County 3023059096, 3023059098, 3023059099, 3023059091
through the City's powers of eminent domain.
Acquisition Next Steps:
•Continue to reach final agreement for property sale and conditions with the
ownership.
•Use of City’s powers of eminent domain if unsuccessful at reaching
agreement, as requested by the property ownership.
•Enter into a new Purchase and Sales Agreement.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
b
)
Thank
You!
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
4
.
b
)
DATE: November 25, 2025
TO: James Alberson, Jr., Council President
Members of the Renton City Council
FROM: Armondo Pavone, Mayor
Ed VanValey, Chief Administrative Officer
SUBJECT: Administrative Report
• Get ready for a full weekend of holiday fun! It all begins Friday, December 5 at Coulon Park with
when Santa joins us at Coulon Park at 6:15 p.m. for the opening night of Clam Lights. Get your
photo taken with the Jolly Elf, join a singalong, and enjoy the Parade of Boats and Argosy
Christmas Ship.
The holiday magic continues Saturday at Renton Technical College with Battle of the
Badges Holiday Lights competition. Local public safety agencies, including our very
own Renton Police Department will display their holiday spirit from 5:30 -8 p.m.
Top off your weekend with or without your furry friend at the K9 Candy Cane 5K Fun Run
and Walk along the Cedar River Trail, Sunday, December 7 at 9:15 a.m. Pre-register by
visiting rentonwa.gov/k9register.
• The Renton Civic Academy is back and accepting applications for the 2026 session.
The free, eight-week program invites residents behind the scenes to learn about the
responsibilities, operations, and decision-making process of City Departments. The
Civic Academy is scheduled for Thursday evenings from 5:30-7:30 p.m., starting
January 22nd. Seats are limited, apply today. For more information visit
yourvoice.rentonwa.gov/civic-academy.
• Information about preventative street maintenance, traffic impact projects, and road closures
happening this week can be found at http://rentonwa.gov/traffic. All projects are weather
permitting and unless otherwise noted, streets will always remain open.
Monday, December 1 through Friday, December 5, 8:00am-3:00pm. Intermittent lane
closure on S 3rd St between Morris Ave S and Logan Ave S for construction work. Approve
traffic control plans were issued for all work and will be followed. Questions may be directed
to Joel McCann, 425-757-959.
AGENDA ITEM #5. a)
James Alberson, Jr., Council President
Members of the Renton City Council
Page 2 of 2
November 25, 2025
Monday, December 1 through Friday, December 5, 8:00am-3:00pm. Road closure on 125th
Ave SE between SE 172nd St and SE 168th St for construction work. Approved traffic control
plans were issued for all work and will be followed, including detour and spotters to assist
with local traffic and pedestrians. Questions may be directed to Rob Blackburn, 206-379-
1489
Monday, December 1 through Friday, December 5, 8:00am-3:00pm. Intermittent lane
closure on SE 172nd St from 122nd Ave SE to 127th Ave SE for construction work. Approved
traffic control plans were issued for all work and will be followed. Questions may be directed
to Rob Blackburn, 206-379-1489.
Monday, December 1 through Friday, December 5. Intermittent lane closure on Rainier Ave
N between 3rd St and Airport Way for construction work. Approved traffic control plans were
issued for all work and will be followed. Questions may be directed to Joe Nerlfi, 425-757-
9657.
Monday, December 1 through Friday, December 5, 8:00am-3:00pm. Intermittent lane
closure on NE Sunset Blvd at Anacortes Ave NE for utility installation. Approved traffic control
plans were issued for all work and will be followed. Questions may be directed to Pat DeCaro,
425-207-6013.
Monday, December 1 through Friday, December 5, 7:00am-4:00pm. Intermittent lane
closure on Union Ave NE between NE 5th St and NE 7th St for construction work. Approved
traffic control plans were issued for all work and will be followed. Questions may be directed
to Piero D’Amore, 206-999-1833.
AGENDA ITEM #5. a)
November 24, 2025 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
CITY OF RENTON
MINUTES - City Council Regular Meeting
7:00 PM - Monday, November 24, 2025
Council Chambers, 7th Floor, City Hall – 1055 S. Grady Way
CALL TO ORDER AND PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Mayor Pavone called the meeting of the Renton City Council to order at 7:00 PM and led the
Pledge of Allegiance.
ROLL CALL
Councilmembers Present:
James Alberson, Jr., Council President
Carmen Rivera, Council Position No. 2
Valerie O'Halloran, Council Position No. 3
Ryan McIrvin, Council Position No. 4
Ed Prince, Council Position No. 5
Ruth Pérez, Council Position No. 6
Kim-Khánh Vǎn, Council Position No. 7
Councilmembers Absent:
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF PRESENT
Armondo Pavone, Mayor
Ed VanValey, Chief Administrative Officer
Cheryl Beyer, Senior Assistant City Attorney
Jason Seth, City Clerk
Gina Estep, Community & Economic Development Administrator
Martin Pastucha, Public Works Administrator
Kari Roller, Finance Department Administrator
David Topaz, Human Resources / Risk Management Administrator
Maryjane Van Cleave, Parks & Recreation Department Administrator
Amanda Free, Economic Development Director
Jennifer Spencer, Recreation Director
Paul Hintz, Redevelopment Manager
Attended Remotely:
Judith Subia, Chief of Staff
Kristi Rowland, Deputy CAO
AGENDA ITEM #7. a)
November 24, 2025 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
Melissa McCain, Public Disclosure Manager/DCC
PROCLAMATION
3.a) Small Business Saturday - November 29, 2025: A proclamation by Mayor Pavone was read
declaring November 29, 2025, as Small Business Saturday in the City of Renton, and
encouraging all residents to support and celebrate small businesses by shopping locally,
engaging with our small business community, and promoting economic growth of our city.
TiQuida Spellman, owner of Baile Dior Studios, LLC, accepted the proclamation with
appreciation.
MOVED BY ALBERSON, SECONDED BY PÉREZ, COUNCIL ADOPT THE
PROCLAMATION AS PRESENTED. CARRIED.
3.b) Artists Sunday - November 30, 2025: A proclamation by Mayor Pavone was read declaring
November 30, 2025 as Artists Sunday, and encouraging all residents to celebrate this day by
exploring the works of local artists and considering the purchase of original artwork.
Together, we celebrate the creativity and diversity of our local artists. Ned Mueller, Renton
artist, accepted the proclamation with appreciation.
MOVED BY ALBERSON, SECONDED BY PÉREZ, COUNCIL ADOPT THE
PROCLAMATION AS PRESENTED. CARRIED.
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORT
CAO Ed VanValey reviewed a written administrative report summarizing the City’s recent
progress towards goals and work programs adopted as part of its business plan for 2025 and
beyond. Items noted were:
• Help kick off the holiday season and Small Business Saturday on Saturday,
November 29. First, download the Visit Renton app and start your self-guided Small
Business Passport tour across Renton. Plan your day with the itinerary builder,
explore local shops and businesses throughout the city, and unlock special rewards as
you shop small. Then, join us at the Renton History Museum for the annual tree
lighting, from 5 to 6:30 p.m. Enjoy complimentary hot cocoa and cider, listen to
carolers, and, for the first 75 youth attendees, receive a free ornament kit. For more
details, visit rentonwa.gov/sbs.
• Preventative street maintenance will continue to impact traffic and result in
occasional street closures.
AUDIENCE COMMENTS
• Thy Nguyen, Renton, stated that there has been some relief from the management at
The Reserve apartments towing cars. He thanked city officials for supporting residents
and business owners at the complex.
• Gabriel Dias, Renton, shared concerns about the Lodging Tax Advisory Board funding
allocation recommendations. He also questioned why funds should only go to
organizations that will put heads in beds and recommended that some funding be set
aside for those events that do not put heads in beds.
AGENDA ITEM #7. a)
November 24, 2025 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
• Ronald Bensley, Renton, expressed concerns about the Lodging Tax Advisory Board
funding allocation recommendations and suggested that the vote on approving the
funding be held until a future date.
CONSENT AGENDA
The following items are distributed to Councilmembers in advance for study and review, and the
recommended actions will be accepted in a single motion. Any item may be removed for further
discussion if requested by a Councilmember.
6.a) Approval of Council Meeting minutes of November 17, 2025. Council Concur.
6.b) AB - 3983 Mayor Pavone recommended confirmation of his appointment of Kevan Petek to
the Planning Commission with a term expiring December 31, 2029. Refer to Planning &
Development Committee.
6.c) AB - 3992 Parks & Recreation Department recommended execution of an agreement with
Renova LLC dba Holiday Spirit Lighting, in the amount of $175,543.94 for the installation and
removal of holiday lights at multiple city facilities. Refer to Finance Committee.
6.d) AB - 3989 Public Works Airport recommended approval of the transfer of leasehold interest in
land, buildings and facilities at the Renton Airport from 540 Renton Hangar LLC to RNT 540
LLC. Refer to Transportation (Aviation) Committee.
6.e) AB - 3988 Public Works Airport recommended execution of Addendum 11-25 to LAG-99-002,
lessee RNT 540 LLC, which updates the Purpose of Use for the leased area, and updates
lessor’s and lessee’s addresses; and authorize execution of Addendum 1-25 to PAG-11-002
with RNT 750 LLC, which updates acknowledgement of sublease and documents the lessor as
RNT 540 LLC. Refer to Transportation (Aviation) Committee.
6.f) AB - 3977 Public Works Transportation Systems Division recommended adoption of a
resolution authorizing the extension of the temporary Houser Way N street closure between
Lake Washington Blvd N and the Lowe's business delivery access closure through May 15,
2026. Refer to Transportation (Aviation) Committee.
6.g) AB - 3986 Public Works Utility Systems Division recommended execution of Amendment No. 2
to CAG-24-023, agreement with WSP USA Inc., in the amount of $543,411 for the second
phase of design services for the improvements on the Lind Ave SW Storm System
Improvement project. Refer to Utilities Committee.
6.h) AB - 3987 Public Works Utility Systems Division recommended execution of an agreement
with Mead & Hunt, Inc., in the amount of $272,932.90 plus sales tax, for engineering services
associated with the Taylor Ave NW Storm System Phase II project. Refer to Utilities
Committee.
MOVED BY ALBERSON, SECONDED BY PÉREZ, COUNCIL APPROVE THE CONSENT
AGENDA AS PUBLISHED CARRIED.
UNFINISHED BUSINESS
Topics listed below were discussed in Council committees during the past week. Those topics marked
with an asterisk (*) may include legislation. Committee reports on any topics may be held by the Chair if
further review is necessary.
AGENDA ITEM #7. a)
November 24, 2025 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
7.a) Committee of the Whole: Chair Alberson presented a report recommending concurrence in the
with the Lodging Tax Advisory Committee’s recommendation to approve the allocation for the
2026 Lodging Tax Fund, as follows:
Applicant Program/Event Recommended
Funding
City of Renton -
Economic Development
Division
Renton Community
Marketing Campaign $100,000
Emerald Dynasty
Entertainment Niu Wave Festival $55,000
Evergreen Tabletop Expo Renton City Retro $20,000
Renton Chamber of
Commerce Renton Visitors Center $75,000
Renton Chamber of
Commerce BFFs and Bubbly $30,000
WA Therapy Fund Foundation Reclaiming Wellness
Conference $20,000
City of Renton / Legacy Square Community Programming
(June–October 2026) $600,000
Total recommendation: $900,000
The Committee further recommends authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute contracts
with successful applicants to implement the proposed marketing and tourism initiatives.
MOVED BY ALBERSON, SECONDED BY PRINCE, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
AYES: ALBERSON, VǍN, PRINCE, MCIRVIN, O’HALLORAN
NOES: PÉREZ, RIVERA
7.b) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending approval of the following
payments:
1. Accounts Payable – total payment of $8,717,627.77 for vouchers 103125, 11042025,
11062025, 11072025, 1031202500, 429282-429555; payroll benefit withholding
vouchers 7805-7817, 429274-429281; and 2 wire transfers.
2. Payroll – total payment of $2,169,873.45 for payroll vouchers that include 706 direct
deposits and 9 checks. (11/01/25-11/15/25 pay period).
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
AGENDA ITEM #7. a)
November 24, 2025 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
7.c) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to approve the adjustment to customer account 6885-000 (UDRT/Hilltop
30003) in the amount of $5,268.62 for excess consumption caused by a qualified water line leak
in accordance with RMC 8-4-46 and 8-5-23.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.d) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to approve the adjustment to customer account 051426-000 (Trevi, LLC) in
the amount of $23,892.10 for excess consumption caused by a qualified water line leak in
accordance with RMC 8-4-46 and 8-5-23.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.e) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to approve the ordinance extending the temporary waiver of parking fees for
up to 10 hours at the City Center Parking Garage until December 31, 2026.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.f) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to approve the professional service agreement with CCS Facility Services, in
the amount of $402,270.12, to extend janitorial services at city park restrooms through
November 30, 2026.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.g) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to adopt the proposed ordinance authorizing acquisition of King County
Parcels 3023059096, 3023059098, 3023059099, and 3023059091 through the City’s powers of
eminent domain, and schedule a public hearing to occur on or before the date planned for
adoption.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.h) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to adopt the ordinance amending Renton Municipal Code 5.5 to increase the
threshold on the business license requirement for out-of-city businesses, effective January 1,
2026.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.i) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to adopt the ordinance amending Renton Municipal Code 5.25 to be
consistent with the local business and occupation (B&O) tax model ordinance, effective January
1, 2026.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
AGENDA ITEM #7. a)
November 24, 2025 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
7.j) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute the Contract Agreement with
Northwest Playground Equipment, Inc., in the amount of $379,889.97, for the construction of a
new playground at Highlands Park.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.k) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute Amendment No. 3 to CAG-
21-006 with GeoEngineers, Inc., in the amount of $198,531.64, for additional work for the
Cedar River Trail and Bank Stabilization project.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.l) Finance Committee: Chair Pérez presented a report recommending concurrence in the staff
recommendation to authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute an amendment to the Youth
Athletic Facilities grant agreement with RCO (Washington State Recreation and Conservation
Office) to accept an additional $52,497 in grant funds for the Talbot Hill Reservoir Park Sport
Courts project.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.m) Planning & Development Committee: Chair Prince presented a report recommending
concurrence in the staff and Planning Commission recommendation to amend code to allow a
resource center and overnight shelter in the CA zone in the Valley with an approved Hearing
Examiner Conditional Use Permit and that the ordinance for said item be prepared and
presented for first reading when complete.
MOVED BY PRINCE, SECONDED BY MCIRVIN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
7.n) Planning & Development Committee: Chair Prince presented a report recommending
concurrence in the staff and Planning Commission to adopt the following 2025 Title IV
Docket 20 items and that ordinances for these items be prepared and presented for
first reading when complete:
• D-243: RMF-2 Rezone
• D-244: Contractor Yards and Offices
• D-245: Code Interpretations
MOVED BY PRINCE, SECONDED BY MCIRVIN, COUNCIL CONCUR IN THE COMMITTEE
RECOMMENDATION. CARRIED.
LEGISLATION
Ordinances for first reading:
a) Ordinance No. 6174: An Ordinance of the City of Renton, Washington, extending the
temporary waiver of parking fees for the City Center Parking Garage established by
Ordinance No. 6139 for periods of up to 10 hours within the City’s City Center Parking
Garage located at 655 South 2nd Street, providing for severability, and establishing an
effective date.
AGENDA ITEM #7. a)
November 24, 2025 REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES
MOVED BY MCIRVIN, SECONDED BY PÉREZ, COUNCIL REFER THE ORDINANCE FOR
SECOND AND FINAL READING AT THE NEXT COUNCIL MEETING. CARRIED.
b) Ordinance No. 6175: An Ordinance of the City of Renton, Washington, implementing
statutory changes reflected in the October 2025 Revised Model Ordinance for Business and
Occupation Tax by amending subsections 5-25-2.J.1 through 5-25-2.J.3, 5-25-2.J.5, 5-25-2.R.2,
5-25-2.Y, and 5-25-2.Z of the Renton Municipal Code by changing the taxation of certain
activities from services to retail, authorizing corrections, providing for severability, and
establishing an effective date.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL REFER THE ORDINANCE
FOR SECOND AND FINAL READING AT THE NEXT COUNCIL MEETING. CARRIED.
c) Ordinance No. 6176: An Ordinance of the City of Renton, Washington, implementing
statutory changes reflected in the revised business license model threshold ordinance,
amending subsection 5-5-3.B of the Renton Municipal Code, adjusting the business
license threshold exemption, authorizing corrections, providing for severability, and
establishing an effective date.
MOVED BY PÉREZ, SECONDED BY O'HALLORAN, COUNCIL REFER THE ORDINANCE
FOR SECOND AND FINAL READING AT THE NEXT COUNCIL MEETING. CARRIED.
d) Ordinance No. 6177: An Ordinance of the City of Renton, Washington, amending the City’s
Comprehensive Plan to adopt the City’s new transportation element, authorizing
corrections, providing for severability, and establishing an effective date.
MOVED BY PRINCE, SECONDED BY MCIRVIN, COUNCIL REFER THE ORDINANCE
FOR SECOND AND FINAL READING AT THE NEXT COUNCIL MEETING. CARRIED.
NEW BUSINESS
(Includes Council Committee agenda topics; visit rentonwa.gov/cityclerk for more information.)
EXECUTIVE SESSION & ADJOURNMENT
MOVED BY ALBERSON, SECONDED BY PRINCE, COUNCIL RECESS INTO EXECUTIVE
SESSION FOR APPROXIMATLEY 30 MINUTES TO DISCUSS POTENTIAL LITIGATION
PURSUANT TO RCW 42.30.110.1.(I), WHERE NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN AND THE
COUNCIL MEETING BE ADJOURNED WHEN THE EXECUSTIVE SESSION IS
ADJOURNED. TIME: 7:43 PM
Executive session was conducted, and no action was taken. The Council meeting
adjourned when the executive session adjourned. TIME: 8:16 PM
Jason A. Seth, MMC, City Clerk
Jason Seth, Recorder
24 Nov 2025
AGENDA ITEM #7. a)
Council Committee Meeting Calendar
November 24, 2025
December 1, 2025
Monday
3:45 p.m. Utilities Committee, Chair Văn
Location: Council Conference Room/Videoconference
1. Amendment No. 2 with WSP USA Inc. for the Lind Ave SW Storm System
Improvement Project
2. Agreement with Mead & Hunt, Inc. for the Taylor Ave NW Storm System
Phase II Project
3. Informational Presentation on Selection Process for New Solid Waste
Services Contractor
4. Emerging Issues in Utilities
4:45 p.m. Transportation Committee, Chair McIrvin
Location: Council Conference Room/Videoconference
1. Request for Lease Assignment for 540 Renton Hangar LLC LAG-99-002
2. Addendum 11-25 to LAG-99-002 with RNT 540 LLC, and Addendum 1-25
to PAG-11-002 with RNT 750 LLC
3. I-405 Renton to Bellevue: Houser Way North Closure Extension
4. Emerging Issues in Transportation
5:45 p.m. Committee of the Whole, Chair Alberson
Location: Conferencing Center
1. Legislative Priorities
7:00 p.m. Council Meeting
Location: Council Chambers/Videoconference
AGENDA ITEM #7. a)
AB - 3994
City Council Regular Meeting - 01 Dec 2025
SUBJECT/TITLE: Equity Commission Reappointment
RECOMMENDED ACTION: Council Concur
DEPARTMENT: Mayor Pavone
STAFF CONTACT: Linda Moschetti-Newing, Executive Assistant
EXT.: 6520
FISCAL IMPACT SUMMARY:
Reappointing Cassandra Baddeley to the Equity Commission has no fiscal impact.
SUMMARY OF ACTION:
Mayor Pavone has received a staff recommendation to reappoint Cassandra Baddeley to the Equity
Commission. Ms. Baddeley is an inaugural member of the Commission, first appointed in March 2022. She
has resided in the Renton community for nearly 15 years and is currently employed in education, specializing
in high-achieving underserved students.
Outside of her full-time job she has found time to be a parent volunteer with her children's school's PTA as
well of be involved in her children's activities. Through her involvement she has contributed a unique insight
into the lives of area youth.
As a three-year member of the Equity Commission Ms. Baddeley has notably contributed to the discussions
and activities of the Commission bringing her experience in education and working with underserved
populations. She is considered by staff and her co-commissioners as a member in good standing.
EXHIBITS:
A. Recommendation Memo
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Mayor Pavone recommends reappointing Cassandra Baddeley to the Equity Commission to a term expiring
December 31, 2028.
AGENDA ITEM #7. b)
DATE: November 12, 2025
TO: Armondo Pavone, Mayor
FROM: Kristi Rowland, Deputy Chief Administrative Officer
SUBJECT: Equity Commission Reappointment
We have one current member of the Equity Commission whose term expires December 31,
2025, that we are recommending for reappointment.
Cassandra Baddeley was first appointed to the Equity Commission in March of 2022.
She has been a Renton resident since 2011. She has a background in teaching and
childhood development. She is currently serving as the CBO Assistant Director at Alexander
Hamilton Scholars, a “support system for high-achieving, underserved students across the
nation.” She is also the mother of two teens who attend or graduated from Hazen High
School and has been very involved in their activities and as a volunteer parent with Hazen
PTA. These connections contribute to her unique insight into the lives of area youth. She is
passionate about finding ways to amplify the voices of those who don’t feel safe or
comfortable speaking for themselves.
I recommend that Cassandra Baddeley be reappointed to a new three-year term, expiring
on December 31, 2028.
AGENDA ITEM #7. b)
AB - 3995
City Council Regular Meeting - 01 Dec 2025
SUBJECT/TITLE: Equity Commission Appointment
RECOMMENDED ACTION: Refer to Community Services Committee
DEPARTMENT: Mayor Pavone
STAFF CONTACT: Linda Moschetti-Newing, Executive Assistant
EXT.: 6520
FISCAL IMPACT SUMMARY:
Appointing Matthew Woolcott to the Equity Commission has no fiscal impact.
SUMMARY OF ACTION:
The Equity Commission will have a term expiring December 31, 2025 leaving an unfilled vacancy. Throughout
2025, the Commission has received over 30 applications due to a high number of vacancies the commission
experienced earlier this year. Those vacancies were subsequently filled. Staff and Commission leadership
interviewed seven applicants for the upcoming vacancy in November. Following the interview, the panel
unanimously agreed to recommend the appointment of Matthew Woolcott.
Mr. Woolcott has been a Renton resident since 2021. He currently lives in a multi-generational household
with his husband and spouse's parents who immigrated from Vietnam. As a result of residing in a multi-
generational home he has gained experience in matters impacting our elderly population such as accessibility
in parks and transportation infrastructure. Mr. Woolcott is connected with the LGTBQIA+, Vietnamese, and
immigrant communities. He holds a degree in business administration and is currently employed by a local
credit union.
EXHIBITS:
A. Recommendation Memo
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Mayor Pavone recommends the appointment of Matthew Woolcott to the Equity Commission with a term
expiring December 31, 2028.
AGENDA ITEM #7. c)
DATE: November 12, 2025
TO: Armondo Pavone, Mayor
FROM: Kristi Rowland, Deputy Chief Administrative Officer
SUBJECT: Equity Commission Appointment
The Equity Commission has three terms due to expire December 31, 2025, which will result
in one regular position vacancy. The Executive Services Department requested applications
in January of this year to fill previous vacancies and received an overwhelming response
with over 30 applications. Seven candidates were interviewed earlier in the year, five of
which were appointed in April, and we have continued interviewing from that pool during
that time.
Interviews for the upcoming vacancies were held in November, with three additional
candidates interviewing for one seat. The Equity Commission Chair, Ali Cohen, and Vice
Chair, Manami Imaoka, and Executive Services Administrative Assistant assisted me with
the interviews. After completing the interviews, our consensus was to recommend
appointment of Matthew Woolcott.
Mr. Woolcott has been a Renton resident since 2021. He has a degree in business
administration and works as a director at a local credit union. Matthew lives in a
multigenerational home with his husband and parents-in-law, who are Vietnamese
immigrants. This gives Matthew a unique intersectional insight into issues facing both the
younger generation as well as the elderly, like accessibility in parks or transportation
infrastructure, in addition to connection with the LGTBQIA+, Vietnamese, and immigrant
communities.
I recommend appointing Matthew for a term expiring December 31, 2028.
AGENDA ITEM #7. c)
AB - 3985
City Council Regular Meeting - 01 Dec 2025
SUBJECT/TITLE: Amendment No. 5 to CAG-21-227 with Axon Enterprise for Axon
Hardware, Software, and Services
RECOMMENDED ACTION: Refer to Finance Committee
DEPARTMENT: Executive Services Department
STAFF CONTACT: Ryan Rutledge, Police Deputy Chief
EXT.: 7512
FISCAL IMPACT SUMMARY:
The proposed amendment to CAG-21-227 extends the agreement with Axon Enterprise Inc. by 10 years and
will cost $1,567,151.59 in 2026 an increase to the current contract by approximately $700K and will not
require additional budget for 2026.
Additionally, as part of this amendment with Axon Enterprises Inc. we are acquiring a new Records
Management Software for a period of 5-years at an additional $375K per year for the duration of the
amendment.
There is sufficient budget in 2026 for the amendment however, future biennium budgets will require an
ongoing additional cost of approximately $1M per year.
SUMMARY OF ACTION:
This amendment extends our current Axon agreement through November 30, 2035 and adds additional
hardware, software, and services as detailed further in the accompanying Issue Paper.
EXHIBITS:
A. Issue Paper
B. Addendum
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute Amendment No. 5 to CAG-21-227 with Axon Enterprise, in the amount of
$17,532,962.35 for Axon hardware, software, and services.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
DATE:November 14, 2025
TO:Ruth Perez, Committee Chair
Members of Finance Committee
VIA:Armondo Pavone, Mayor
FROM:Kristi Rowland, Deputy Chief Administrative Officer
STAFF CONTACT:Ryan Rutledge, Police Deputy Chief
SUBJECT:Amd No. 5 to CAG-21-227 for Axon Hardware, Software
and Services
RECOMMENDATION
Execute Amendment No. 5 to CAG-21-227 with Axon Enterprise for Hardware, Software,
and Services.
OVERVIEW
The proposed Amendment extends our current Axon Enterprise agreement for an
additional 10-years while adding the below software modules and hardware to our
existing body worn camera, fleet camera, automatic-license plate readers (ALPRs),
My90 community surveys, and taser products.
AI Era Plan - Specifically designed to save time, streamline evidence
management, and help officers more effectively respond to calls in the field.
Automates evidence and report workflows, reducing admin time and improving accuracy.
Creates efficient processes, investigative tools. The AI Era Plan gives law‐enforcement
agencies access to a growing suite of AI-powered tools (and all future additions) under
one fixed annual cost. Key capabilities include:
•Draft One: An AI tool that uses audio transcription (from body-worn cameras)
and other incident inputs to create draft police reports, reducing manual writing
time (hours of officer time per day). Data security, accuracy (draft created from
transcription of incident), human review protocol and attestation required.
Department can place customized guardrails/restrictions for use in place.
•Brief One/Investigate: An AI tool that increases efficiency through automation
and instant insights allowing supervisors and investigators to analyze and
summarize large or complex cases. Technology that speeds up evidence review
for investigations.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Ruth Perez, Committee Chair
Page 2 of 4
November 26, 2025
•Form One: An AI tool that increases efficiency through automation using BWC
transcription to pre-fill department forms (customizable forms; ex: DV form).
•Smart Capture: AI extracts structured data (e.g., from driver’s licenses or
images), and suggests metadata tags on uploaded digital evidence, improving
classification and searchability.
•AI Assistant: Axon AI Assistant delivers instant, voice-activated access to
language translations, policy guidance, and operational insights — right from the
field. At the push of a button: Provides real-time translations, answers to general
or policy questions, and quick reference information. Voice-driven and hands-
free: Push-to-talk activation allows officers to stay focused on the environment.
Context-aware responses: Delivers precise, department-aligned guidance when
and where it’s needed.
o Audio from body-worn devices is automatically transcribed; real-time
translation enables multilingual field interactions. Provides a personal
connection with community. Break down language barriers instantly to
improve response times, understanding, and trust.
o Officers can ask voice-enabled questions via body-worn camera about
department policy or department information (ex: code book), get instant
guidance, helping field decisions in real time.
Responsible AI Framework: Built with human oversight (“human-in-the-loop”),
compliance and auditability, designed so AI supports, augments but does not replace
human decision-making. AI that analyzes rather than creates.
Fusus – Real time crime center in the cloud integrating external surveillance cameras
and internal cameras into a single screen to enable real-time intelligence, improve
decision making by supervisors/command staff, improve evidence gathering methods,
and more efficiently investigative methods to enhance public safety. This software can
combine video feeds (with authorization) from public and private cameras, drone
cameras, automatic license plate readers (ALPR), BWC, and Fleet cameras for
planning, decision making, and for investigative follow up when trying to identify and
locate an offender. Includes a voluntary registration platform for
community/neighborhood cameras. Enhances investigative efforts and convenience for
evidence uploads from community members.
Axon VR Training - Prepares officers for complex, real-world situations through
immersive VR training. Training involves a taser 10 energy weapon and sidearm to
enhance skill and decision-making ability through lethal and non-lethal use of force
incidents, and scenarios/encounters with community members that help develop better
de-escalation and communication by officers. Unlimited repetitions to help enhance skill,
ability, and problem solving by RPD personnel. The Axon VR Training system utilizes
fully simulated, non-functional training equipment to replicate field scenarios in a virtual
environment.
Axon Air DFR – Program that uses drones and a remote operations center to enable
agencies to increase situational awareness, accelerate response times, and more
effectively respond to challenging situations. The solution allows for remote piloting to
deliver real-time intelligence to responding officers.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Ruth Perez, Committee Chair
Page 3 of 4
November 26, 2025
•Skydio X10 drones – Nine fully automated docking stations, Axon Evidence
licenses, and DeDrone Beyond technology. This system ensures the safety of
DFR drones and nearby aircraft by serving as a virtual visual observer, providing
long-range airspace awareness to enable safe and efficient Beyond Visual Line
of Sight (BVLOS) operations.
DeDrone Rapid Response Trailer - Mobile AI powered drone detection, tracking, and
identification (DTI) solution. The trailer can be easily maneuvered providing
comprehensive airspace security and scanning for unauthorized or recreational drones.
As recreational drones become more popular there is an increase of drones entering the
air space of large gatherings, adding a potential risk to public safety (example: World
Cup events in 2026). A recreational drone may malfunction or be operated by a bad
actor. This technology allows us to view the make/model of any drone and receive GPS
coordinates of its pilot. This would give PD the ability to contact the pilot for education or
enforcement purposes.
Axon Interview Room - Cloud-based system that streamlines the interview process,
allowing officers to capture and manage interviews locally for resiliency, and
automatically upload them to Axon Evidence for seamless integration with other Axon
products.
Taser 10 will replace our current Taser 7. This less-lethal technology has 10 individual
taser probe deployments, farther reach, increased accuracy, and enhanced
effectiveness from our current equipment. It supports safe, non-lethal alternatives for de-
escalating situations.
Axon Records unifies report writing, case management and digital evidence within a
records management system integrated with Axon Evidence. Streamline workflows and
ensure compliance with evolving requirements through customizable forms and a
dynamic reporting experience. Fills a need since our current RMS system will be
requiring replacement by 2030.
FISCAL IMPACT
The proposed amendment to CAG-21-227 extends the agreement with Axon Enterprise
Inc. by 10 years and will cost $1,567,151.59 in 2026 and will not require additional
budget. Future payments will be $1.567M per year and will need to be built into future
biennium budgets as an ongoing cost for the duration of the contract. This is a ~$1M per
year increase over the current agreement.
CONCLUSION
By extending our Axon Enterprise agreement for another decade and bringing in
advanced modules such as the AI Era Plan, real-time crime center integration (Fusus),
immersive training (Virtual Reality), drone program expansion (Drone as a First
Responder (DFR)), language translation to BWC, next-generation hardware (Taser 10),
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Ruth Perez, Committee Chair
Page 4 of 4
November 26, 2025
and a new records management system (RMS) the proposed amendment builds a
unified, proactive public-safety ecosystem. Our incident management structure shifts to
more real-time intelligence, streamlined evidence/investigative workflows, improved
language translation processes, more effective officer training, and enhanced aerial
response/overwatch — all integrated under one platform. That means faster, more
informed responses, fewer delays in investigations, stronger case outcomes, increased
transparency and accountability, and safer streets and communities.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO AGREEMENT FOR AXON HARDWARE
AND SERVICES (SOFTWARE AS A SERVICES AGREEMENT)
UPDATED TO ADD STATE MASTER CONTRACT DES #06316
REPLACED BY STATE MASTER CONTRACT DES #05720
CAG-21-227
*PLEASE NOTE THAT AMENDMENTS NO. 1, 2 AND 4 WERE FOR INTERNAL INVOICE PROCESSING PURPOSES ONLY*
THIS AMENDMENT, dated for reference purposes only as November 12, 2025, is by and between
the City of Renton (the “City”), a Washington municipal corporation, and Axon Enterprise, Inc.
(“Vendor”/”AXON”), a Delaware Corporation. The City and the Consultant are referred to
collectively in this Amendment as the “Parties.” Once fully executed by the Parties, this
Amendment is effective as of the last date signed by both parties.
WHEREAS, the City engaged the services of the Consultant under Agreement CAG-21-227,
dated October 12 2021, to provide Police Body Cameras, Dash cameras, Video Storage and
management along with associated hardware and software (referred to herein as the
“Agreement”);
WHEREAS, the City has entered into the State Master Contracts Usage Agreement (MCUA)
#06316 authorizing the use of State Contracts; and,
WHEREAS, through Participating Addendum, Washington State Department of Enterprise
Services (DES) awarded Contract #06316 that provides for Police Body Cameras, Dash Cameras,
Video Storage and Management along with associated hardware and software; (DES) awarded
Contract #06316 has been replaced by DES Contract #05720 that provides for 1 - Body Worn
Video Cameras and Recording Devices, 2 - Vehicle Mounted Video and Recording Devices, 4 -
Interview/Interrogation Room Video and Recording, 5 - Video Storage, Data Security, Software
and Peripherals and,
WHEREAS, the Parties wish to amend the Agreement to add participation in DES Contract
#05720 and to add AI Era Plan, Deadrone, Axon Air DFR (Drone as a First Responder), Skydio Dock,
DeDroneRapidResponse Trailer, Fusus, Interview Room, Axon VR (Virtual Reality) Training, Axon
Records, additional hardware including exchange of our current Taser 7 for Taser 10, and time
extensions for the current products and services listed in the original agreement;
WHEREAS, the compensation listed in this amendment includes the fifth and final payment
under the original contract, which will be carried forward without penalties or fees;
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
PAGE 2 OF 7
NOW THEREFORE, It is mutually agreed upon that CAG-21-227 is amended and the Parties agree
as follows:
1. Scope of Work: Section 1, Scope of Work, is amended to the following services as
specified in Exhibit C-5, which is attached and incorporated herein:
A. AI Era Plan (Exhibit C-5 pages 1-3) is designed specifically to save time,
streamline evidence management, and help officers more effectively respond to
calls in the field.
Features Include:
Draft One drafts report narratives based on body-worn camera audio
transcriptions.
Unlimited Auto Transcription is designed to save time with transcriptions,
evidence review, search capabilities, audio redactions, and more.
AB4 Live Translation provides real-time foreign language translation between
officers and community members via Axon Body 4.
Automated People Detection reduces evidence review and redaction time by
detecting
and highlighting people in video evidence collected during investigations and
linked to a case report.
Evidence Translation translates all uploaded transcribed content.
Form One will decrease paperwork forms by digitizing the form filling process by
auto
fill using body worn camera audio transcriptions.
Smart Capture uses AI in the mobile app to capture, collect, and analyze
information
from digital images.
Policy Chat answers policy questions in seconds.
B. Fusus (Exhibit C-5 pages 4-25) is a real-time crime center in the cloud integrating
external surveillance cameras and internal cameras into a single screen to enable
real-time intelligence, improve decision making by supervisors/command staff,
improve evidence gathering methods, and more efficiently investigative
methods to enhance public safety. This software can combine video feeds (with
authorization) from public and private cameras, drone cameras, automatic
license plate readers ALPR data, BWC, and Fleet cameras for planning, decision
making, and for investigative follow up when trying to identify and locate an
offender.
C. Axon VR Training prepares officers for complex, real-world situations through
immersive VR training. Training involves a taser energy weapon and
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
PAGE 3 OF 7
sidearm to enhance skill and decision-making ability through lethal and non-
lethal use of force incidents, and scenarios/encounters with community
members that help develop better de-escalation and communication by officers.
Unlimited repetitions to help enhance skill, ability, and problem solving by RPD
personnel. Per the quote, this includes hardware, software licensing and
warranties.
D. Axon Air DFR (Exhibit C-5 pages 28-30) is a proactive drone program that uses
drones and a remote operations center to enable agencies to increase situational
awareness, accelerate response times, and more effectively respond to
challenging situations. The solution allows for remote piloting to deliver real-
time intelligence to responding officers.
The DFR solution integrates autonomous Skydio X10 drones, fully automated
docking stations, Axon Evidence licenses, and DeDroneBeyond technology. This
system ensures the safety of DFR drones and nearby aircraft by serving as a
virtual visual observer, providing long-range airspace awareness to enable safe
and efficient Beyond Visual Line of Sight (BVLOS) operations.
E. DeDroneRapidResponse Trailer (Exhibit C-5 pages 26-27) is a mobile AI powered
drone detection, tracking, and identification (DTI) solution. The trailer can be
easily maneuvered providing comprehensive airspace security and scanning for
unauthorized or recreational drones. As recreational drones become more
popular there is an increase of drones entering the air space of large gatherings,
adding a potential risk to public safety. A recreational drone may malfunction or
be operated by a bad actor. This technology allows us to view the make/model
of any drone and receive GPS coordinates of its pilot. This would give PD the
ability to contact the pilot for education or enforcement purposes.
F. Axon Interview Room (Exhibit C-5 pages 31-41) is a cloud-based system that
streamlines the interview process, allowing officers to capture and manage
interviews locally for resiliency, and automatically upload them to Axon Evidence
for seamless integration with other Axon products.
G. Taser 10 will replace our current Taser 7. This less-lethal technology has 10
individual deployments, farther reach, increased accuracy, and enhanced
effectiveness from our current technology. It supports safe, non-lethal
alternatives for de-escalating situations. Per the quote, this includes hardware,
training services, on demand certifications, software licensing and warranties.
H. Axon Records (Exhibit C-5 pages 42-76) unifies report writing, case management
and digital evidence within a records management system integrated with Axon
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
PAGE 4 OF 7
Evidence. Streamline workflows and ensure compliance with evolving
requirements through customizable forms and a dynamic reporting experience.
2. Time of Performance: Section 3, Time of Performance, is amended pursuant to the
schedule(s) set forth in Exhibit B-5. All work shall be performed by no later than
November 30, 2035.
3. Compensation: Section 4 Compensation Paragraph A Amount, is amended to add:
The maximum amount of compensation payable to the vendor is increased from
approximately $3,420,000 by $17,532,962.35 to $21,000,000 which includes the fifth and
final payment under the original contract, and applicable state and local sales taxes. No
line item price shall exceed the amount listed on the NASPO price sheet, when specified.
The additional compensation shall be paid based upon Work actually performed
according to the rate(s) or amounts specified in Exhibit A-5 which is attached and
incorporated herein with the exception of any subscriptions in Exhibit A -5 which are paid
on a yearly basis and training will be billed upon completion.
Except as specifically provided herein, the Vendor shall be solely responsible for payment
of any taxes imposed as a result of the performance and payment of this Agreement.
4. Termination: The City reserves the right to terminate this Agreement at any time, with or
without cause by giving thirty (30) calendar days’ notice to the Vendor in writing. In the
event of such termination or suspension, all finished or unfinished documents, data,
studies, worksheets, models and reports, or other material prepared by the Vendor
pursuant to this Agreement shall be submitted to the City, if any are required as part of
the Work.
In the event this Agreement is terminated by the City, the Vendor shall be entitled to
payment for all work performed, equipment received, and services rendered to the
effective date of termination, less all payments previously made. If the Agreement is
terminated by the City after partial performance of Work for which the agreed
compensation is a fixed fee, the City shall pay the Vendor an equitable share of the fixed
fee. This provision shall not prevent the City from seeking any legal remedies it may have
for the violation or nonperformance of any of the provisions of this Agreement and such
charges due to the City shall be deducted from the final payment due the Vendor. No
payment shall be made by the City for any expenses incurred or work done following the
effective date of termination unless authorized in advance in writing by the City.
However, in the event of early termination, the City will either return hardware or the
City will complete purchase of all hardware it chooses to keep per the Pricing Adjustments
for Early Cancelation Per the Hardware Costs Due on Early Termination set forth in Exhibit
A-5.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
PAGE 5 OF 7
5. Hold Harmless: Section 10, is amended to read as follows:
10. Hold Harmless: The Vendor agrees to release, indemnify, defend, and hold
harmless the City, elected officials, employees, officers, representatives, and volunteers
from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, causes of action, arbitrations,
mediations, proceedings, judgments, awards, injuries, damages, liabilities, taxes, losses,
fines, fees, penalties, expenses, attorney’s or attorneys’ fees, costs, and/or litigation
expenses to or by any and all persons or entities, arising from, resulting from, or related
to the negligent acts, errors or omissions of the Vendor in its performance of this
Agreement, except for that portion of the claims caused by the City’s sole negligence.
Axon’s liability to any Party for loss or damage resulting from claims, demands or action
arising out of or relating to any Axon Devise or Service will not exceed the price paid to
Axon by the City over the 12 months preceding the claim or $615,000 $2,000,000 (two
million dollars) whichever is higher. Axon’s Public Records Request liability will not
exceed $2,000,000 (two million dollars).
Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this agreement is subject to RCW
4.24.115, (Validity of agreement to indemnify against liability for negligence relative to
construction, alteration, improvement, etc., of structure or improvement attached to real
estate…) then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons
or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the
Vendor and the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers, Vendor’s liability
shall be only to the extent of Vendor’s negligence.
It is further specifically and expressly understood that the indemnification provided in
this Agreement constitute Vendor’s waiver of immunity under the Industrial Insurance
Act, RCW Title 51, solely for the purposes of this indemnification. The Parties have
mutually negotiated and agreed to this waiver. The provisions of this section shall survive
the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
6. Exhibits
The following Exhibits which are attached and incorporated herein are added and
amended as follows:
Exhibit A-5
Quotes
Exhibit B-5
Schedule of Deliverables
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
PAGE 6 OF 7
Exhibit C-5
Scope of Work - AI Era Plan
Scope of Work - Fusus
Scope of Work - Dedrone
Scope of Work - Skydio Dock
Scope of Work - Interview Room
Scope of Work – Axon Records
Exhibit H-5
Axon Program Methodology
Exhibit I-5
Service Level Agreement
7. All terms of the Agreement not explicitly modified herein shall remain in full force and
effect and such terms shall apply to Work performed according to this Amendment as if fully set
forth herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have voluntarily entered into this Amendment as of the date
last signed by the Parties below.
CITY OF RENTON
By:_____________________________
CONSULTANT
By:____________________________
Armondo Pavone
Mayor
Bobby Driscoll
Deputy General Counsel
_____________________________
Date
_____________________________
Date
Attest
_____________________________
Jason A. Seth
City Clerk
Approved as to Legal Form
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
PAGE 7 OF 7
By: __________________________
Cheryl L. Beyer
Senior Assistant City Attorney
Contract Template Updated 06/17/2021
Clb 11-12-25 (1684 amend NO 5)
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Page 1 Q-665633-45954CC
Q-665633-45954CC
Issued: 10/24/2025
Quote Expiration: 12/15/2025
Estimated Contract Start Date: 12/01/2025
Account Number: 109521
Payment Terms: N60
Mode of Delivery: UPS-GND
Credit/Debit Amount: $0.00
SHIP TO BILL TO SALES REPRESENTATIVE PRIMARY CONTACT
Renton Police Dept. - WA
1055 S Grady Way
Renton,
WA
98057-3232
USA
Renton Police Dept. - WA
1055 S Grady Way
Renton
WA
98057-3232
USA
Email:
Chris Neubeck
Phone: +1 6027080074
Email: cneubeck@axon.com
Fax: (480) 658-0629
Ryan Rutledge
Phone: 425-430-7512
Email: rrutledge@rentonwa.gov
Fax:
Quote Summary Discount Summary
Program Length 120 Months Average Savings Per Year $913,126.71
TOTAL COST $14,318,241.85
ESTIMATED TOTAL W/ TAX $15,674,269.92 TOTAL SAVINGS $9,131,267.07
Axon Enterprise, Inc.
17800 N 85th St
Scottsdale, Arizona 85255
United States
VAT: 86-0741227
Domestic:(800) 978-2737
International: +1.800.978.2737
Exhibit A-5
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 2 Q-665633-45954CC
Payment Summary
Date Subtotal Tax Total
Jan 2026 $1,432,620.06 $134,531.53 $1,567,151.59
Jan 2027 $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2028 $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2029 $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2030 $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2031 $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2032 $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2033 $1,431,679.27 $135,839.55 $1,567,518.82
Jan 2034 $1,431,679.26 $135,839.55 $1,567,518.81
Jan 2035 $1,431,679.26 $135,839.56 $1,567,518.82
Total $14,318,241.85 $1,356,028.07 $15,674,269.92
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 3 Q-665633-45954CC
Quote Unbundled Price:$22,845,725.56
Quote List Price:$16,033,536.76
Quote Subtotal:$14,318,241.85
Pricing
All deliverables are detailed in Delivery Schedules section lower in proposal
Item Description Qty Term Unbundled List Price Net Price Subtotal Tax Total
Program
100552 TRANSFER BALANCE - GOODS 1 $1.00 ($130,247.15)($130,247.15)($13,415.46)($143,662.61)
100553 TRANSFER BALANCE - SOFTWARE AND SERVICES 1 $1.00 ($23,636.40)($23,636.40)($2,434.55)($26,070.95)
Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 60 $233.17 $189.57 $182.79 $1,096,740.00 $93,667.72 $1,190,407.72
M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 120 $703.75 $420.21 $361.50 $6,507,000.00 $596,183.67 $7,103,183.67
Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 60 $233.17 $189.57 $204.73 $1,228,380.00 $107,229.41 $1,335,609.41
B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 120 $391.52 $354.17 $354.17 $85,000.80 $7,259.46 $92,260.26
BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 120 $45.37 $37.46 $37.46 $44,952.00 $4,630.03 $49,582.03
S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 120 $302.89 $238.92 $238.92 $4,357,900.80 $448,863.78 $4,806,764.58
A la Carte Hardware
101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT
PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $4,000.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $4,000.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $295.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $499.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT
DFR KIT 6 $28,268.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $209.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $64.00 $64.00 $128.00 $13.18 $141.18
50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $653.00 $653.00 $653.00 $67.26 $720.26
74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $110.00 $110.00 $110.00 $11.33 $121.33
50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $209.00 $209.00 $209.00 $21.54 $230.54
50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $356.00 $356.00 $356.00 $36.67 $392.67
50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $700.00 $700.00 $700.00 $72.10 $772.10
50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-
ZOOM)2 $1,338.00 $1,338.00 $2,676.00 $275.63 $2,951.63
50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $2,532.00 $2,532.00 $5,064.00 $521.59 $5,585.59
50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $2,934.00 $2,934.00 $5,868.00 $604.40 $6,472.40
H00001 AB4 Camera Bundle 33 $899.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
H00002 AB4 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 2 $1,665.00 $43.90 $87.80 $9.05 $96.85
A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 60 $64,680.76 $2,430.44 $874,958.40 $90,120.67 $965,079.07
A la Carte Software
100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 120 $141.67 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 120 $241.67 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH
PANEL-PC 2 120 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 $309.00 $3,309.00
50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE -
PER SERVER 2 120 $1,750.00 $1,750.00 $3,500.00 $360.50 $3,860.50
50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER
TOUCH PANEL 2 120 $31.50 $31.50 $7,560.00 $778.68 $8,338.68
50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER
MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 120 $36.83 $36.83 $8,839.20 $910.44 $9,749.64
11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS
RENEWAL - 1YR 100 12 $213.00 $213.00 $21,300.00 $2,193.90 $23,493.90
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 4 Q-665633-45954CC
11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS
RENEWAL - 1YR 100 12 $213.00 $213.00 $21,300.00 $2,193.90 $23,493.90
50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM
UNLIMITED 3 120 $124.80 $124.80 $44,928.00 $0.00 $44,928.00
73681 AXON RECORDS 40 41 $40.94 $40.94 $67,141.60 $6,915.58 $74,057.18
ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 120 $54.52 $54.03 $64,836.00 $6,678.11 $71,514.11
A la Carte Services
101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $35,250.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
99901 AXON ACCELERATE CONFERENCE REGISTRATION 50 $899.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR
X10 1 $11,000.00 $1,222.80 $1,222.80 $125.94 $1,348.74
85149 AXON TASER - 2 DAY PRODUCT SPECIFIC INSTRUCTOR
COURSE 1 $6,786.00 $6,786.00 $6,786.00 $698.96 $7,484.96
85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER
ROOM)2 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $10,000.00 $1,030.00 $11,030.00
A la Carte Warranties
101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G +
VT300-Z 3YR 3 $5,249.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED
WARRANTY 100 22 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $464.00 $464.00 $928.00 $95.58 $1,023.58
Total $14,318,241.85 $1,356,028.07 $15,674,269.92
Delivery Schedule
Hardware
Bundle Item Description QTY Shipping Location Estimated Delivery Date
AB4 Camera Bundle 100147 AXON BODY 4 - CAMERA - NA US FIRST RESPONDER BLK
RAPIDLOCK 33 1 11/01/2025
AB4 Camera Bundle 100466 AXON BODY 4 - CABLE - USB-C TO USB-C 37 1 11/01/2025
AB4 Camera Bundle 100775 AXON BODY 4 - MAGNETIC DISCONNECT CABLE 37 1 11/01/2025
AB4 Camera Bundle 74028 AXON BODY - MOUNT - WING CLIP RAPIDLOCK 37 1 11/01/2025
AB4 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 100206 AXON BODY 4 - 8 BAY DOCK 2 1 11/01/2025
AB4 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 70033 AXON - DOCK WALL MOUNT - BRACKET ASSY 2 1 11/01/2025
AB4 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 71019 AXON BODY - DOCK POWERCORD - NORTH AMERICA 2 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 101736 AXON AIR - SKYDIO X10 DOCK HW KIT 6 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100126 AXON VR - TACTICAL BAG 6 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100390 AXON TASER 10 - HANDLE - YELLOW CLASS 3R 5 2 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100390 AXON TASER 10 - HANDLE - YELLOW CLASS 3R 150 2 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100394 AXON TASER 10 - MAGAZINE - HALT TRAINING BLUE 12 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100396 AXON TASER 10 - MAGAZINE - INERT RED 6 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100399 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - LIVE 3000 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100400 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - HALT 1500 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100401 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - INERT 30 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100591 AXON TASER - CLEANING KIT 3 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100611 AXON TASER 10 - SAFARILAND HOLSTER - RH 150 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100623 ENHANCED HOOK-AND-LOOP TRAINING (HALT) SUIT (V2)3 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100748 AXON VR - CONTROLLER - TASER 10 6 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100832 AXON VR - CONTROLLER - HANDGUN VR19H 6 1 11/01/2025
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 5 Q-665633-45954CC
Hardware
Bundle Item Description QTY Shipping Location Estimated Delivery Date
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101122 AXON VR - HOLSTER - T10 SAFARILAND GRAY - RH 4 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101123 AXON VR - HOLSTER - T10 SAFARILAND GRAY - LH 2 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101294 AXON VR - TABLET 6 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101300 AXON VR - TABLET CASE 6 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101455 AXON TASER 10 - REPLACEMENT TOOL KIT - INTERPOSER
BUCKET 3 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101456 AXON TASER 10 - REPLACEMENT INTERPOSER BUCKET 3 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101747 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK-BASED DFR FOR OSP HW KIT 1 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101751 AXON VR - HEADSET - HTC FOCUS VISION 6 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101755 AXON TASER 10 - MAGAZINE - LIVE DUTY BLACK V2 150 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101755 AXON TASER 10 - MAGAZINE - LIVE DUTY BLACK V2 5 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101757 AXON TASER 10 - MAGAZINE - LIVE TRAINING PURPLE V2 6 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101886 SIGNAL SENSOR 150 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101889 AXON SIGNAL - BATTERY - CR2032 150 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 102050 AXON DEDRONEBEYOND RADAR LRR HW KIT (US)1 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 102054 AXON DEDRONERAPIDRESPONSE RF PLUS OPTICAL 1 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20018 AXON TASER - BATTERY PACK - TACTICAL 5 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20018 AXON TASER - BATTERY PACK - TACTICAL 150 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20018 AXON TASER - BATTERY PACK - TACTICAL 30 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 70033 AXON - DOCK WALL MOUNT - BRACKET ASSY 2 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 71019 AXON BODY - DOCK POWERCORD - NORTH AMERICA 2 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 74200 AXON TASER - DOCK - SIX BAY PLUS CORE 2 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 80087 AXON TASER - TARGET - CONDUCTIVE PROFESSIONAL
RUGGEDIZED 2 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 80090 AXON TASER - TARGET FRAME - PROFESSIONAL 27.5 IN X 75
IN 2 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 101886 SIGNAL SENSOR 2 1 11/01/2025
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 101889 AXON SIGNAL - BATTERY - CR2032 2 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 1 11/01/2025
A la Carte 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 1 11/01/2025
Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 73309 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 1 - CAMERA 10 1 11/01/2026
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100399 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - LIVE 450 1 11/01/2026
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100400 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - HALT 1200 1 11/01/2026
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73309 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 1 - CAMERA 155 1 11/01/2026
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73689 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 1 - DOCK MULTI BAY 19 1 11/01/2026
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73309 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 1 - CAMERA 2 1 11/01/2026
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 72040 AXON FLEET - TAP REFRESH 1 - 2 CAMERA KIT 100 1 11/01/2026
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 72040 AXON FLEET - TAP REFRESH 1 - 2 CAMERA KIT 3 1 11/01/2026
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100399 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - LIVE 450 1 11/01/2027
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100400 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - HALT 1200 1 11/01/2027
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100210 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 1 - TABLET 6 1 05/01/2028
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101009 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 1 - SIDEARM CONTROLLER 6 1 05/01/2028
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 6 Q-665633-45954CC
Hardware
Bundle Item Description QTY Shipping Location Estimated Delivery Date
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101012 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 1 - CONTROLLER 6 1 05/01/2028
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20373 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 1 - HEADSET 6 1 05/01/2028
A la Carte 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT
PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 1 05/01/2028
A la Carte 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 1 05/01/2028
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100399 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - LIVE 450 1 11/01/2028
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100400 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - HALT 1200 1 11/01/2028
Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 73310 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 2 - CAMERA 10 1 05/01/2029
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73310 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 2 - CAMERA 155 1 05/01/2029
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73688 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 2 - DOCK MULTI BAY 19 1 05/01/2029
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73310 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 2 - CAMERA 2 1 05/01/2029
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100399 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - LIVE 450 1 11/01/2029
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100400 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - HALT 1200 1 11/01/2029
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100211 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 2 - TABLET 6 1 11/01/2030
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101010 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 2 - SIDEARM CONTROLLER 6 1 11/01/2030
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101013 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 2 - CONTROLLER 6 1 11/01/2030
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20242 AXON TASER - CERTIFICATION PROGRAM YEAR 6-10
HARDWARE 150 1 11/01/2030
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20374 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 2 - HEADSET 6 1 11/01/2030
Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 73345 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 3 - CAMERA 10 1 11/01/2031
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73345 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 3 - CAMERA 155 1 11/01/2031
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73347 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 3 - DOCK MULTI BAY 19 1 11/01/2031
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73345 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 3 - CAMERA 2 1 11/01/2031
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 72040 AXON FLEET - TAP REFRESH 1 - 2 CAMERA KIT 3 1 11/01/2031
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 72040 AXON FLEET - TAP REFRESH 1 - 2 CAMERA KIT 100 1 11/01/2031
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100212 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 3 - TABLET 6 1 05/01/2033
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101011 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 3 - SIDEARM CONTROLLER 6 1 05/01/2033
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101014 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 3 - CONTROLLER 6 1 05/01/2033
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20375 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 3 - HEADSET 6 1 05/01/2033
Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 73346 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 4 - CAMERA 10 1 05/01/2034
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73346 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 4 - CAMERA 155 1 05/01/2034
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73348 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 4 - DOCK MULTI BAY 19 1 05/01/2034
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73346 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 4 - CAMERA 2 1 05/01/2034
Software
Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date
AXON AI - AI ERA 101740 AXON - AI SOFTWARE LICENSE 152 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 100112 AXON AIR - EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE - PILOT DATA 6 12/01/2025 11/30/2030
BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 101199 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DFR COMMAND 6 12/01/2025 11/30/2030
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100112 AXON AIR - EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE - PILOT DATA 3 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100165 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - THIRD PARTY UNLIMITED 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100590 AXON MY90 - LICENSE 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101180 AXON TASER - DATA SCIENCE PROGRAM 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101706 AXON FUSUS - LICENSE - PRO+ USER 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101711 AXON FUSUS - LICENSE - ADDITIONAL CCTV STREAMS 225 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101878 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR FOR OSP
X10 DOCK 1 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101879 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DFR COMMAND FOR OSP 1 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101883 AXON AIR - DEDRONE BEYOND LONG RANGE RADAR
SOFTWARE 3 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 102202 AXON DEDRONE - DEDRONETRACKER.AI CAM & RADAR 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 7 Q-665633-45954CC
Software
Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date
SOFTWARE HOSTED
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 102205 AXON DEDRONE - DEDRONETRACKER.AI RF SOFTWARE
HOSTED 4 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 102207 AXON DEDRONE BEYOND RADAR - LONG RANGE
SOFTWARE 1 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20248 AXON TASER - EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20248 AXON TASER - EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 20370 AXON VR - USER ACCESS - FULL VR 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73449 AXON BODY - LICENSE - DEVICE CONNECTIVITY 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73478 AXON EVIDENCE - REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73618 AXON COMMUNITY REQUEST 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73638 AXON STANDARDS - LICENSE 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73681 AXON RECORDS 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73682 AXON EVIDENCE - AUTO TAGGING LICENSE 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73686 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - UNLIMITED (AXON DEVICE)150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73739 AXON PERFORMANCE - LICENSE 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73746 AXON EVIDENCE - ECOM LICENSE - PRO 150 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 73746 AXON EVIDENCE - ECOM LICENSE - PRO 1 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 100165 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - THIRD PARTY UNLIMITED 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 100590 AXON MY90 - LICENSE 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 101706 AXON FUSUS - LICENSE - PRO+ USER 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 20370 AXON VR - USER ACCESS - FULL VR 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73449 AXON BODY - LICENSE - DEVICE CONNECTIVITY 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73478 AXON EVIDENCE - REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73618 AXON COMMUNITY REQUEST 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73638 AXON STANDARDS - LICENSE 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73681 AXON RECORDS 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73682 AXON EVIDENCE - AUTO TAGGING LICENSE 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73686 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - UNLIMITED (AXON DEVICE)2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73739 AXON PERFORMANCE - LICENSE 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 73746 AXON EVIDENCE - ECOM LICENSE - PRO 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80400 AXON EVIDENCE - FLEET VEHICLE LICENSE 100 12/01/2025 11/30/2030
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80401 AXON FLEET 3 - ALPR LICENSE - 1 CAMERA 100 12/01/2025 11/30/2030
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80402 AXON FLEET - LICENSE - REAL-TIME LOCATION, ALERTS, &
LIVESTREAM 100 12/01/2025 11/30/2030
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80410 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - FLEET 1 CAMERA UNLIMITED 200 12/01/2025 11/30/2030
Pro License Bundle 73683 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - 10GB A LA CARTE 30 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
Pro License Bundle 73746 AXON EVIDENCE - ECOM LICENSE - PRO 10 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
A la Carte 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
A la Carte 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
A la Carte 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-
PC 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
A la Carte 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH
PANEL 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
A la Carte 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER
SERVER 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
A la Carte 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE -
PER SERVER 2 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
A la Carte 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
A la Carte 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS
RENEWAL - 1YR 100 10/01/2027 09/30/2028
A la Carte 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS
RENEWAL - 1YR 100 10/01/2028 09/30/2029
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 8 Q-665633-45954CC
Software
Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80400 AXON EVIDENCE - FLEET VEHICLE LICENSE 100 12/01/2030 11/30/2035
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80401 AXON FLEET 3 - ALPR LICENSE - 1 CAMERA 100 12/01/2030 11/30/2035
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80402 AXON FLEET - LICENSE - REAL-TIME LOCATION, ALERTS, &
LIVESTREAM 100 12/01/2030 11/30/2035
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80410 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - FLEET 1 CAMERA UNLIMITED 200 12/01/2030 11/30/2035
A la Carte 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 07/01/2032 11/30/2035
Services
Bundle Item Description QTY
AXON AI - AI ERA 101741 AXON - AI PROFESSIONAL SERVICES 152
BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 101620 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR FOR X10 DOCK 6
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100105 AXON MY90 - PSO - SETUP 1
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100751 AXON TASER 10 - REPLACEMENT ACCESS PROGRAM - DUTY CARTRIDGE 150
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101184 AXON INVESTIGATE - TRAINING - OPERATOR AND EXAMINER 10
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101193 AXON TASER - ON DEMAND CERTIFICATION 150
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101743 AXON AIR - SKYDIO REGULATORY SUPPORT - AXON OSP 1
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101781 AXON FUSUS - PSO - SW IMPLEMENTATION - PRO+1
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 102201 AXON DEDRONE - INSTALL SERVICES 2
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 102201 AXON DEDRONE - INSTALL SERVICES 2
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 11642 AXON INVESTIGATE - THIRD PARTY VIDEO SUPPORT 150
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 12021 AXON AIR - PROFESSIONAL IMPLEMENTATION 1
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 101184 AXON INVESTIGATE - TRAINING - OPERATOR AND EXAMINER 1
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 11642 AXON INVESTIGATE - THIRD PARTY VIDEO SUPPORT 2
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 73392 AXON FLEET 3 - INSTALLATION - UPGRADE (PER VEHICLE)100
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 73392 AXON FLEET 3 - INSTALLATION - UPGRADE (PER VEHICLE)100
A la Carte 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1
A la Carte 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3
A la Carte 85149 AXON TASER - 2 DAY PRODUCT SPECIFIC INSTRUCTOR COURSE 1
A la Carte 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2
A la Carte 99901 AXON ACCELERATE CONFERENCE REGISTRATION 50
Warranties
Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date
BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 6
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 80464 AXON BODY - TAP WARRANTY - CAMERA 134 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 80465 AXON BODY - TAP WARRANTY - MULTI BAY DOCK 19 12/01/2025 11/30/2035
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80495 AXON FLEET 3 - EXT WARRANTY - 2 CAMERA KIT 3 12/01/2025 11/30/2030
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80495 AXON FLEET 3 - EXT WARRANTY - 2 CAMERA KIT 100 12/01/2025 11/30/2030
A la Carte 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3
A la Carte 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2
A la Carte 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 12/01/2025 09/30/2027
AB4 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 100943 AXON BODY 4 - EXT WARRANTY - EIGHT BAY DOCK 2 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 80464 AXON BODY - TAP WARRANTY - CAMERA 10 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100197 AXON VR - EXT WARRANTY - HEADSET 6 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100213 AXON VR - EXT WARRANTY - TABLET 6 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100704 AXON TASER 10 - EXT WARRANTY - HANDLE 5 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 100704 AXON TASER 10 - EXT WARRANTY - HANDLE 150 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101007 AXON VR - EXT WARRANTY - CONTROLLER 6 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 101008 AXON VR - EXT WARRANTY - HANDGUN CONTROLLER 6 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 102228 AXON DEDRONE - DEDRONE BEYOND LONG RANGE EXT 3 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 9 Q-665633-45954CC
Warranties
Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date
WARRANTY
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 80374 AXON TASER - EXT WARRANTY - BATTERY PACK T7/T10 150 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 80374 AXON TASER - EXT WARRANTY - BATTERY PACK T7/T10 5 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 80374 AXON TASER - EXT WARRANTY - BATTERY PACK T7/T10 30 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 80396 AXON TASER - EXT WARRANTY - DOCK SIX BAY T7/T10 2 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 80464 AXON BODY - TAP WARRANTY - CAMERA 21 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 80464 AXON BODY - TAP WARRANTY - CAMERA 2 11/01/2026 11/30/2035
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80495 AXON FLEET 3 - EXT WARRANTY - 2 CAMERA KIT 100 12/01/2030 11/30/2035
Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 80495 AXON FLEET 3 - EXT WARRANTY - 2 CAMERA KIT 3 12/01/2030 11/30/2035
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 10 Q-665633-45954CC
Shipping Locations
Location Number Street City State Zip Country
1 1055 S Grady Way Renton WA 98057-3232 USA
2 1055 S Grady Way Renton WA 98057-3232 USA
Payment Details
Jan 2026
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Transfer Value 100552 TRANSFER BALANCE - GOODS 1 ($130,247.15)($13,415.46)($143,662.61)
Transfer Value 100553 TRANSFER BALANCE - SOFTWARE AND SERVICES 1 ($23,636.40)($2,434.55)($26,070.95)
Upfront Hardware + PSO 85149 AXON TASER - 2 DAY PRODUCT SPECIFIC INSTRUCTOR COURSE 1 $6,786.00 $698.96 $7,484.96
Upfront Hardware + PSO 99901 AXON ACCELERATE CONFERENCE REGISTRATION 50 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Upfront Hardware + PSO H00001 AB4 Camera Bundle 33 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Upfront Hardware + PSO H00002 AB4 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 2 $87.80 $9.05 $96.85
Year 1 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $134.15 $13.82 $147.97
Year 1 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $101.81 $10.49 $112.30
Year 1 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,336.84 $240.69 $2,577.53
Year 1 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,336.84 $240.69 $2,577.53
Year 1 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $329.13 $33.90 $363.03
Year 1 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $829.41 $85.43 $914.84
Year 1 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $383.99 $39.55 $423.54
Year 1 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $969.76 $99.89 $1,069.65
Year 1 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,929.09 $0.00 $4,929.09
Year 1 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $39.06 $4.02 $43.08
Year 1 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $22.93 $2.36 $25.29
Year 1 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $76.80 $7.91 $84.71
Year 1 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $71.64 $7.38 $79.02
Year 1 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $293.59 $30.24 $323.83
Year 1 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $643.78 $66.31 $710.09
Year 1 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $555.58 $57.22 $612.80
Year 1 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 1 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $14.04 $1.45 $15.49
Year 1 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $12.07 $1.24 $13.31
Year 1 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $1,097.11 $113.00 $1,210.11
Year 1 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $95,992.49 $9,887.23 $105,879.72
Year 1 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $9,325.49 $796.41 $10,121.90
Year 1 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,931.73 $507.96 $5,439.69
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 11 Q-665633-45954CC
Jan 2026
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 1 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $120,324.35 $10,276.37 $130,600.72
Year 1 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $134,766.70 $11,764.23 $146,530.93
Year 1 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $713,888.86 $65,407.82 $779,296.68
Year 1 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $7,113.22 $732.66 $7,845.88
Year 1 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $478,109.35 $49,245.26 $527,354.61
Total $1,432,620.06 $134,531.53 $1,567,151.59
Jan 2027
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 2 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $121.60 $12.52 $134.12
Year 2 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $92.28 $9.50 $101.78
Year 2 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 2 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 2 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $298.32 $30.73 $329.05
Year 2 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $751.77 $77.43 $829.20
Year 2 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $348.04 $35.85 $383.89
Year 2 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $878.98 $90.54 $969.52
Year 2 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,467.69 $0.00 $4,467.69
Year 2 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $35.40 $3.65 $39.05
Year 2 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $20.78 $2.14 $22.92
Year 2 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $69.61 $7.17 $76.78
Year 2 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $64.94 $6.69 $71.63
Year 2 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $266.10 $27.41 $293.51
Year 2 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $583.52 $60.10 $643.62
Year 2 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $503.57 $51.87 $555.44
Year 2 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 2 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $12.73 $1.31 $14.04
Year 2 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $10.94 $1.13 $12.07
Year 2 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $994.41 $102.42 $1,096.83
Year 2 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $87,006.83 $8,961.70 $95,968.53
Year 2 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $8,452.58 $721.88 $9,174.46
Year 2 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,470.07 $460.42 $4,930.49
Year 2 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $122,151.47 $10,663.01 $132,814.48
Year 2 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $109,061.05 $9,314.42 $118,375.47
Year 2 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $647,063.31 $59,285.18 $706,348.49
Year 2 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $6,447.36 $664.08 $7,111.44
Year 2 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $433,354.45 $44,635.51 $477,989.96
Total $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 12 Q-665633-45954CC
Jan 2028
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 3 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $121.60 $12.52 $134.12
Year 3 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $92.28 $9.50 $101.78
Year 3 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 3 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 3 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $298.32 $30.73 $329.05
Year 3 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $751.77 $77.43 $829.20
Year 3 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $348.04 $35.85 $383.89
Year 3 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $878.98 $90.54 $969.52
Year 3 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,467.69 $0.00 $4,467.69
Year 3 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $35.40 $3.65 $39.05
Year 3 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $20.78 $2.14 $22.92
Year 3 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $69.61 $7.17 $76.78
Year 3 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $64.94 $6.69 $71.63
Year 3 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $266.10 $27.41 $293.51
Year 3 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $583.52 $60.10 $643.62
Year 3 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $503.57 $51.87 $555.44
Year 3 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 3 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $12.73 $1.31 $14.04
Year 3 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $10.94 $1.13 $12.07
Year 3 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $994.41 $102.42 $1,096.83
Year 3 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $87,006.83 $8,961.70 $95,968.53
Year 3 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $8,452.58 $721.88 $9,174.46
Year 3 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,470.07 $460.42 $4,930.49
Year 3 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $122,151.47 $10,663.01 $132,814.48
Year 3 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $109,061.05 $9,314.42 $118,375.47
Year 3 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $647,063.31 $59,285.18 $706,348.49
Year 3 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $6,447.36 $664.08 $7,111.44
Year 3 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $433,354.45 $44,635.51 $477,989.96
Total $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2029
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 4 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $121.60 $12.52 $134.12
Year 4 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $92.28 $9.50 $101.78
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 13 Q-665633-45954CC
Jan 2029
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 4 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 4 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 4 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $298.32 $30.73 $329.05
Year 4 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $751.77 $77.43 $829.20
Year 4 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $348.04 $35.85 $383.89
Year 4 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $878.98 $90.54 $969.52
Year 4 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,467.69 $0.00 $4,467.69
Year 4 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $35.40 $3.65 $39.05
Year 4 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $20.78 $2.14 $22.92
Year 4 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $69.61 $7.17 $76.78
Year 4 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $64.94 $6.69 $71.63
Year 4 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $266.10 $27.41 $293.51
Year 4 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $583.52 $60.10 $643.62
Year 4 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $503.57 $51.87 $555.44
Year 4 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 4 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $12.73 $1.31 $14.04
Year 4 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $10.94 $1.13 $12.07
Year 4 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $994.41 $102.42 $1,096.83
Year 4 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $87,006.83 $8,961.70 $95,968.53
Year 4 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $8,452.58 $721.88 $9,174.46
Year 4 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,470.07 $460.42 $4,930.49
Year 4 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $122,151.47 $10,663.01 $132,814.48
Year 4 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $109,061.05 $9,314.42 $118,375.47
Year 4 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $647,063.31 $59,285.18 $706,348.49
Year 4 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $6,447.36 $664.08 $7,111.44
Year 4 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $433,354.45 $44,635.51 $477,989.96
Total $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2030
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 5 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $121.60 $12.52 $134.12
Year 5 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $92.28 $9.50 $101.78
Year 5 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 5 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 5 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $298.32 $30.73 $329.05
Year 5 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $751.77 $77.43 $829.20
Year 5 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $348.04 $35.85 $383.89
Year 5 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $878.98 $90.54 $969.52
Year 5 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,467.69 $0.00 $4,467.69
Year 5 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $35.40 $3.65 $39.05
Year 5 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 14 Q-665633-45954CC
Jan 2030
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 5 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $20.78 $2.14 $22.92
Year 5 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $69.61 $7.17 $76.78
Year 5 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $64.94 $6.69 $71.63
Year 5 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $266.10 $27.41 $293.51
Year 5 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $583.52 $60.10 $643.62
Year 5 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $503.57 $51.87 $555.44
Year 5 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 5 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $12.73 $1.31 $14.04
Year 5 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $10.94 $1.13 $12.07
Year 5 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $994.41 $102.42 $1,096.83
Year 5 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $87,006.83 $8,961.70 $95,968.53
Year 5 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $8,452.58 $721.88 $9,174.46
Year 5 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,470.07 $460.42 $4,930.49
Year 5 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $109,061.05 $9,314.42 $118,375.47
Year 5 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $122,151.47 $10,663.01 $132,814.48
Year 5 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $647,063.31 $59,285.18 $706,348.49
Year 5 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $6,447.36 $664.08 $7,111.44
Year 5 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $433,354.45 $44,635.51 $477,989.96
Total $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2031
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 6 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $121.60 $12.52 $134.12
Year 6 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $92.28 $9.50 $101.78
Year 6 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 6 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 6 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $298.32 $30.73 $329.05
Year 6 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $751.77 $77.43 $829.20
Year 6 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $348.04 $35.85 $383.89
Year 6 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $878.98 $90.54 $969.52
Year 6 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,467.69 $0.00 $4,467.69
Year 6 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $35.40 $3.65 $39.05
Year 6 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $20.78 $2.14 $22.92
Year 6 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $69.61 $7.17 $76.78
Year 6 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $64.94 $6.69 $71.63
Year 6 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $266.10 $27.41 $293.51
Year 6 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $583.52 $60.10 $643.62
Year 6 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $503.57 $51.87 $555.44
Year 6 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 6 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $12.73 $1.31 $14.04
Year 6 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $10.94 $1.13 $12.07
Year 6 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $994.41 $102.42 $1,096.83
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 15 Q-665633-45954CC
Jan 2031
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 6 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $87,006.83 $8,961.70 $95,968.53
Year 6 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $8,452.58 $721.88 $9,174.46
Year 6 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,470.07 $460.42 $4,930.49
Year 6 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $109,061.05 $9,314.42 $118,375.47
Year 6 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $122,151.47 $10,663.01 $132,814.48
Year 6 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $647,063.31 $59,285.18 $706,348.49
Year 6 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $6,447.36 $664.08 $7,111.44
Year 6 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $433,354.45 $44,635.51 $477,989.96
Total $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
Jan 2032
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 7 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $121.60 $12.52 $134.12
Year 7 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $92.28 $9.50 $101.78
Year 7 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 7 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,118.10 $218.16 $2,336.26
Year 7 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $298.32 $30.73 $329.05
Year 7 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $751.77 $77.43 $829.20
Year 7 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $348.04 $35.85 $383.89
Year 7 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $878.98 $90.54 $969.52
Year 7 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,467.69 $0.00 $4,467.69
Year 7 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $35.40 $3.65 $39.05
Year 7 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $20.78 $2.14 $22.92
Year 7 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $69.61 $7.17 $76.78
Year 7 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $64.94 $6.69 $71.63
Year 7 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $266.10 $27.41 $293.51
Year 7 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $583.52 $60.10 $643.62
Year 7 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $503.57 $51.87 $555.44
Year 7 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 7 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $12.73 $1.31 $14.04
Year 7 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $10.94 $1.13 $12.07
Year 7 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $994.41 $102.42 $1,096.83
Year 7 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $87,006.83 $8,961.70 $95,968.53
Year 7 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $8,452.58 $721.88 $9,174.46
Year 7 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,470.07 $460.42 $4,930.49
Year 7 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $122,151.47 $10,663.01 $132,814.48
Year 7 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $109,061.05 $9,314.42 $118,375.47
Year 7 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $647,063.31 $59,285.18 $706,348.49
Year 7 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $6,447.36 $664.08 $7,111.44
Year 7 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $433,354.45 $44,635.51 $477,989.96
Total $1,431,764.00 $135,662.98 $1,567,426.98
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 16 Q-665633-45954CC
Jan 2033
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Records - Year 8 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 $22,380.54 $2,305.19 $24,685.73
Year 8 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $119.69 $12.33 $132.02
Year 8 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $90.83 $9.36 $100.19
Year 8 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,084.86 $214.74 $2,299.60
Year 8 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,084.86 $214.74 $2,299.60
Year 8 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $293.64 $30.25 $323.89
Year 8 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $739.98 $76.22 $816.20
Year 8 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $342.58 $35.29 $377.87
Year 8 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $865.19 $89.11 $954.30
Year 8 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,397.59 $0.00 $4,397.59
Year 8 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $34.85 $3.59 $38.44
Year 8 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $20.46 $2.11 $22.57
Year 8 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $68.52 $7.06 $75.58
Year 8 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $63.92 $6.58 $70.50
Year 8 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $261.93 $26.98 $288.91
Year 8 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $574.36 $59.16 $633.52
Year 8 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $495.67 $51.05 $546.72
Year 8 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 8 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $12.53 $1.29 $13.82
Year 8 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $10.77 $1.11 $11.88
Year 8 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $978.81 $100.82 $1,079.63
Year 8 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $85,641.64 $8,821.08 $94,462.72
Year 8 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $8,319.92 $710.56 $9,030.48
Year 8 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,399.94 $453.20 $4,853.14
Year 8 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $107,349.79 $9,168.28 $116,518.07
Year 8 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $120,234.83 $10,495.71 $130,730.54
Year 8 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $636,910.45 $58,354.93 $695,265.38
Year 8 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $6,346.20 $653.66 $6,999.86
Year 8 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $426,554.92 $43,935.15 $470,490.07
Total $1,431,679.27 $135,839.55 $1,567,518.82
Jan 2034
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Records - Year 9 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 $22,380.53 $2,305.19 $24,685.72
Year 9 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $119.69 $12.33 $132.02
Year 9 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 17 Q-665633-45954CC
Jan 2034
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 9 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $90.83 $9.36 $100.19
Year 9 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,084.86 $214.74 $2,299.60
Year 9 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,084.86 $214.74 $2,299.60
Year 9 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $293.64 $30.25 $323.89
Year 9 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $739.98 $76.22 $816.20
Year 9 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $342.58 $35.29 $377.87
Year 9 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $865.19 $89.11 $954.30
Year 9 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,397.59 $0.00 $4,397.59
Year 9 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $34.85 $3.59 $38.44
Year 9 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $20.46 $2.11 $22.57
Year 9 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $68.52 $7.06 $75.58
Year 9 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $63.92 $6.58 $70.50
Year 9 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $261.93 $26.98 $288.91
Year 9 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $574.36 $59.16 $633.52
Year 9 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $495.67 $51.05 $546.72
Year 9 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 9 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $12.53 $1.29 $13.82
Year 9 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $10.77 $1.11 $11.88
Year 9 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $978.81 $100.82 $1,079.63
Year 9 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $85,641.64 $8,821.08 $94,462.72
Year 9 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $8,319.92 $710.56 $9,030.48
Year 9 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,399.94 $453.20 $4,853.14
Year 9 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $107,349.79 $9,168.28 $116,518.07
Year 9 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $120,234.83 $10,495.71 $130,730.54
Year 9 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $636,910.45 $58,354.93 $695,265.38
Year 9 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $6,346.20 $653.66 $6,999.86
Year 9 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $426,554.92 $43,935.15 $470,490.07
Total $1,431,679.26 $135,839.55 $1,567,518.81
Jan 2035
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Records - Year 10 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 $22,380.53 $2,305.20 $24,685.73
Year 10 100579 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 1)26 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 100580 AXON AIR - DRONESENSE UAS (CLASS 2)1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 101498 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - IN-PERSON TRAINING - DOCK FOR X10 1 $119.69 $12.34 $132.03
Year 10 101499 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - DEPLOYMENT - DOCK FOR X10 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 101508 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - CARE FOR X10 CELLULAR 5G + VT300-Z 3YR 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 101526 AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE REFRESH 9 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 101648 AXON INTERVIEW - EXT WARRANTY - 5 YEARS 2 $90.83 $9.37 $100.20
Year 10 101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,084.86 $214.77 $2,299.63
Year 10 11641 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT NETCLOUD ESSENTIALS RENEWAL - 1YR 100 $2,084.86 $214.77 $2,299.63
Year 10 50037 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - PER TOUCH PANEL-PC 2 $293.64 $30.22 $323.86
Year 10 50039 AXON INTERVIEW - CLIENT SOFTWARE - MAINT. PER TOUCH PANEL 2 $739.98 $76.23 $816.21
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 18 Q-665633-45954CC
Jan 2035
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Year 10 50041 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER LICENSE - PER SERVER 2 $342.58 $35.27 $377.85
Year 10 50043 AXON INTERVIEW - STREAMING SERVER MAINTENANCE - PER SERVER 2 $865.19 $89.09 $954.28
Year 10 50045 AXON EVIDENCE - STORAGE - INTERVIEW ROOM UNLIMITED 3 $4,397.59 $0.00 $4,397.59
Year 10 50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $34.85 $3.57 $38.42
Year 10 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC)1 $20.46 $2.12 $22.58
Year 10 50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $68.52 $7.05 $75.57
Year 10 50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $63.92 $6.58 $70.50
Year 10 50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM)2 $261.93 $26.97 $288.90
Year 10 50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $574.36 $59.17 $633.53
Year 10 50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $495.67 $51.05 $546.72
Year 10 73390 AXON FLEET - CRADLEPOINT ROUTER TRANSFERRED WARRANTY 100 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00
Year 10 74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $12.53 $1.29 $13.82
Year 10 74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $10.77 $1.09 $11.86
Year 10 85170 AXON INTERVIEW - INSTALLATION - STANDARD (PER ROOM)2 $978.81 $100.84 $1,079.65
Year 10 A00008 BUNDLE - AXON AIR DFR SINGLE DOCK 6 $85,641.64 $8,821.08 $94,462.72
Year 10 B00051 BUNDLE - UNLIMITED PREMIUM WITH VR 10YR 2 $8,319.92 $710.65 $9,030.57
Year 10 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 10 $4,399.94 $453.15 $4,853.09
Year 10 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $120,234.83 $10,495.70 $130,730.53
Year 10 Fleet3ARe Fleet 3 Advanced Renewal 100 $107,349.79 $9,168.27 $116,518.06
Year 10 M00036 BUNDLE - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 10 PREMIUM 10YR 150 $636,910.45 $58,354.91 $695,265.36
Year 10 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 10 $6,346.20 $653.65 $6,999.85
Year 10 S00016 AXON AI - AI ERA 152 $426,554.92 $43,935.16 $470,490.08
Total $1,431,679.26 $135,839.56 $1,567,518.82
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 19 Q-665633-45954CC
Tax is estimated based on rates applicable at date of quote and subject to change at time of invoicing. If a tax exemption certificate should be applied, please submit
prior to invoicing.
Contract NASPO OK-MA-145-21-100 (PA-Washington - NO. 05720) is incorporated by reference into the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event of conflict the terms
of Axon's Master Services and Purchasing Agreement shall govern.
Standard Terms and Conditions
Axon Enterprise Inc. Sales Terms and Conditions
Axon Master Services and Purchasing Agreement:
This Quote is limited to and conditional upon your acceptance of the provisions set forth herein and Axon’s Master Services and Purchasing Agreement
(posted at https://www.axon.com/sales-terms-and-conditions), as well as the attached Statement of Work (SOW) for Axon Fleet and/or Axon Interview
Room purchase, if applicable. In the event you and Axon have entered into a prior agreement to govern all future purchases, that agreement shall govern to
the extent it includes the products and services being purchased and does not conflict with the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix
as described below.
ACEIP:
The Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix, which includes the sharing of de-identified segments of Agency Content with Axon to
develop new products and improve your product experience (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), is incorporated herein by
reference. By signing below, you agree to the terms of the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program.
Acceptance of Terms:
Any purchase order issued in response to this Quote is subject solely to the above referenced terms and conditions. By signing below, you represent that you
are lawfully able to enter into contracts. If you are signing on behalf of an entity (including but not limited to the company, municipality, or government agency
for whom you work), you represent to Axon that you have legal authority to bind that entity. If you do not have this authority, please do not sign this Quote.
Exceptions to Standard Terms and Conditions
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 20 Q-665633-45954CC
Agency has existing contract(s) originated via Quote(s):
Q-339735, Q-357457, Q-383600, Q-385946, Q-396595, Q-460443, Q-567246, Q-570132, Q-610971, Q-624757
Agency is terminating those contracts effective 12/1/2025 Any changes in this date will result in modification of the program value which may result in additional fees
or credits due to or from Axon.
The parties agree that Axon is applying a Net Transfer Credit of $(153,883.55)
All TAP obligations from this contract will be considered fulfilled upon execution of this quote.
Quotes Q-592470 and Q-665633 are contingent upon the execution of the other.
\s1\\d1\
Signature Date Signed
10/24/2025
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 21 Q-665633-45954CC
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 1 Q-592470-45946CN
Q-592470-45946CN
Issued: 10/16/2025
Quote Expiration: 12/15/2025
Estimated Contract Start Date: 09/01/2027
Account Number: 109521
Payment Terms: N60
Mode of Delivery: UPS-GND
Credit/Debit Amount: $0.00
SHIP TO BILL TO SALES REPRESENTATIVE PRIMARY CONTACT
Renton Police Dept. - WA
1055 S Grady Way
Renton,
WA
98057-3232
USA
Renton Police Dept. - WA
1055 S Grady Way
Renton
WA
98057-3232
USA
Email:
Chris Neubeck
Phone: +1 6027080074
Email: cneubeck@axon.com
Fax: (480) 658-0629
Chad Karlewicz
Phone: (425) 430-7500
Email: ckarlewicz@rentonwa.gov
Fax:
Quote Summary Discount Summary
Program Length 60 Months Average Savings Per Year ($278,940.00)
TOTAL COST $1,704,548.40
ESTIMATED TOTAL W/ TAX $1,858,692.43 TOTAL SAVINGS ($1,394,700.00)
Axon Enterprise, Inc.
17800 N 85th St.
Scottsdale, Arizona 85255
United States
VAT: 86-0741227
Domestic: (800) 978-2737
International: +1.800.978.2737
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 2 Q-592470-45946CN
Payment Summary
Date Subtotal Tax Total
Aug 2027 $340,909.68 $13,689.25 $354,598.93
Aug 2028 $340,909.68 $35,113.70 $376,023.38
Aug 2029 $340,909.68 $35,113.70 $376,023.38
Aug 2030 $340,909.68 $35,113.70 $376,023.38
Aug 2031 $340,909.68 $35,113.68 $376,023.36
Total $1,704,548.40 $154,144.03 $1,858,692.43
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 3 Q-592470-45946CN
Quote Unbundled Price:$309,848.40
Quote List Price:$309,848.40
Quote Subtotal:$1,704,548.40
Pricing
All deliverables are detailed in Delivery Schedules section lower in proposal
Item Description Qty Term Unbundled List Price Net Price Subtotal Tax Total
A la Carte Software
73681 AXON RECORDS 40 60 $42.31 $42.31 $101,544.00 $10,459.03 $112,003.03
A la Carte Services
100946 AXON - MULTI-YEAR SWS TECHNICAL ACCOUNT
MANAGER 1 12 $17,333.70 $17,333.70 $208,004.40 $0.00 $208,004.40
85157 AXON RECORDS - PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
MILESTONE PAYMENT 1 $300.00 $1,395,000.00 $1,395,000.00 $143,685.00 $1,538,685.00
Total $1,704,548.40 $154,144.03 $1,858,692.43
Delivery Schedule
Software
Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date
A la Carte 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 09/01/2027 08/31/2032
Services
Bundle Item Description QTY
A la Carte 100946 AXON - MULTI-YEAR SWS TECHNICAL ACCOUNT MANAGER 1
A la Carte 85157 AXON RECORDS - PROFESSIONAL SERVICES MILESTONE PAYMENT 1
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 4 Q-592470-45946CN
Shipping Locations
Location Number Street City State Zip Country
1 1055 S Grady Way Renton WA 98057-3232 USA
Payment Details
Aug 2027
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Annual Payment 1 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 $9,017.93 $928.85 $9,946.78
Annual Payment 1 85157 AXON RECORDS - PROFESSIONAL SERVICES MILESTONE PAYMENT 1 $123,887.35 $12,760.40 $136,647.75
Upfront TAM 100946 AXON - MULTI-YEAR SWS TECHNICAL ACCOUNT MANAGER 1 $208,004.40 $0.00 $208,004.40
Total $340,909.68 $13,689.25 $354,598.93
Aug 2028
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Annual Payment 2 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 $23,131.52 $2,382.55 $25,514.07
Annual Payment 2 85157 AXON RECORDS - PROFESSIONAL SERVICES MILESTONE PAYMENT 1 $317,778.16 $32,731.15 $350,509.31
Total $340,909.68 $35,113.70 $376,023.38
Aug 2029
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Annual Payment 3 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 $23,131.52 $2,382.55 $25,514.07
Annual Payment 3 85157 AXON RECORDS - PROFESSIONAL SERVICES MILESTONE PAYMENT 1 $317,778.16 $32,731.15 $350,509.31
Total $340,909.68 $35,113.70 $376,023.38
Aug 2030
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Annual Payment 4 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 $23,131.52 $2,382.55 $25,514.07
Annual Payment 4 85157 AXON RECORDS - PROFESSIONAL SERVICES MILESTONE PAYMENT 1 $317,778.16 $32,731.15 $350,509.31
Total $340,909.68 $35,113.70 $376,023.38
Aug 2031
Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total
Annual Payment 5 73681 AXON RECORDS 40 $23,131.52 $2,382.53 $25,514.05
Annual Payment 5 85157 AXON RECORDS - PROFESSIONAL SERVICES MILESTONE PAYMENT 1 $317,778.16 $32,731.15 $350,509.31
Total $340,909.68 $35,113.68 $376,023.36
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 5 Q-592470-45946CN
Tax is estimated based on rates applicable at date of quote and subject to change at time of invoicing. If a tax exemption certificate should be applied, please submit
prior to invoicing.
Standard Terms and Conditions
Axon Enterprise Inc. Sales Terms and Conditions
Axon Master Services and Purchasing Agreement:
This Quote is limited to and conditional upon your acceptance of the provisions set forth herein and Axon’s Master Services and Purchasing Agreement
(posted at https://www.axon.com/sales-terms-and-conditions), as well as the attached Statement of Work (SOW) for Axon Fleet and/or Axon Interview
Room purchase, if applicable. In the event you and Axon have entered into a prior agreement to govern all future purchases, that agreement shall govern to
the extent it includes the products and services being purchased and does not conflict with the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix
as described below.
ACEIP:
The Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix, which includes the sharing of de-identified segments of Agency Content with Axon to
develop new products and improve your product experience (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), is incorporated herein by
reference. By signing below, you agree to the terms of the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program.
Acceptance of Terms:
Any purchase order issued in response to this Quote is subject solely to the above referenced terms and conditions. By signing below, you represent that you
are lawfully able to enter into contracts. If you are signing on behalf of an entity (including but not limited to the company, municipality, or government agency
for whom you work), you represent to Axon that you have legal authority to bind that entity. If you do not have this authority, please do not sign this Quote.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Page 6 Q-592470-45946CN
\s1\\d1\
Signature Date Signed
10/16/2025
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
Code Product Name
Hardware Costs Due on Early Termination.
If contract is terminated early, balance of the below unit costs will be due for hardware received.
Product Quoted Quantity Unit Cost
Body Camera Docking Stations
70033 AXON - DOCK WALL MOUNT - BRACKET ASSY 2 $43.90
71019 AXON BODY - DOCK POWERCORD - NORTH AMERICA 2 $0.00
73347 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 3 - DOCK MULTI BAY 19 $1,115.57
73348 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 4 - DOCK MULTI BAY 19 $1,132.35
73688 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 2 - DOCK MULTI BAY 19 $1,084.42
73689 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 1 - DOCK MULTI BAY 19 $1,032.89
100206 AXON BODY 4 - 8 BAY DOCK 2 $0.00
Body Cameras
73309 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 1 - CAMERA 2 $879.30
73309 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 1 - CAMERA 10 $802.52
73309 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 1 - CAMERA 155 $113.87
73310 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 2 - CAMERA 2 $922.73
73310 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 2 - CAMERA 10 $842.15
73310 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 2 - CAMERA 155 $142.63
73345 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 3 - CAMERA 2 $948.96
73345 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 3 - CAMERA 10 $866.09
73345 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 3 - CAMERA 155 $628.48
73346 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 4 - CAMERA 2 $963.43
73346 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 4 - CAMERA 10 $879.30
73346 AXON BODY - TAP REFRESH 4 - CAMERA 155 $638.07
74028 AXON BODY - MOUNT - WING CLIP RAPIDLOCK 37 $0.00
100147 AXON BODY 4 - CAMERA - NA US FIRST RESPONDER BLK RAPIDLOCK 33 $0.00
100466 AXON BODY 4 - CABLE - USB-C TO USB-C 37 $0.00
100775 AXON BODY 4 - MAGNETIC DISCONNECT CABLE 37 $0.00
Dedrone Rapid Reponse Trailer
102054 AXON DEDRONERAPIDRESPONSE RF PLUS OPTICAL 1 $17,973.78
Drone as a First Responder
101212 AXON AIR - SKYDIO SPARE PROPELLERS FOR X10 99 $0.00
101250 AXON AIR - SKYDIO PARACHUTE FOR X10 9 $0.00
101526
AXON AIR - SKYDIO - ASSURED FUTURE EQPMNT PARACHUTE
REFRESH 9 $0.00
101558 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK BATTERY FOR X10 180 $0.00
101736 AXON AIR - SKYDIO X10 DOCK HW KIT 6 $56,077.33
101747 AXON AIR - SKYDIO DOCK-BASED DFR FOR OSP HW KIT 1 $131,947.31
101968 AXON AIR - SKYDIO ASSURED FUTURE EQUIPMENT DFR KIT 6 $0.00
102050 AXON DEDRONEBEYOND RADAR LRR HW KIT (US) 1 $8,986.89
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Fleet
72040 AXON FLEET - TAP REFRESH 1 - 2 CAMERA KIT
100+3+100+
3 =206 $2,486.16
Interview Room
50114 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT SENSOR 1 $356.00
50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC) 1 $209.00
50118 AXON INTERVIEW - MIC - WIRED (STANDARD MIC) 2 $0.00
50218 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - COVERT MAIN UNIT 1 $675.17
50220 AXON INTERVIEW - POE SWITCH - 8 PORT 1 $653.00
50293 AXON INTERVIEW - CAMERA - OVERT PTZ (PAN-TILT-ZOOM) 2 $1,196.00
50294 AXON INTERVIEW - SERVER - LITE 2 $2,934.00
50322 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL PRO 2 $2,532.00
74056 AXON INTERVIEW - TOUCH PANEL WALL MOUNT 2 $64.00
74116 AXON INTERVIEW - COVERT ENCLOSURE 1 $110.00
Signal Sidearm
101886 SIGNAL SENSOR 150 $179.14
101886 SIGNAL SENSOR 2 $270.49
101889 AXON SIGNAL - BATTERY - CR2032 150 $3.00
101889 AXON SIGNAL - BATTERY - CR2032 2 $4.52
TASER 10
20018 AXON TASER - BATTERY PACK - TACTICAL
150+5+30
=185 $68.15
20242 AXON TASER - CERTIFICATION PROGRAM YEAR 6-10 HARDWARE 150 $3,090.56
70033 AXON - DOCK WALL MOUNT - BRACKET ASSY 2 $26.30
71019 AXON BODY - DOCK POWERCORD - NORTH AMERICA 2 $7.05
74200 AXON TASER - DOCK - SIX BAY PLUS CORE 2 $988.39
80087 AXON TASER - TARGET - CONDUCTIVE PROFESSIONAL RUGGEDIZED 2 $143.94
80090 AXON TASER - TARGET FRAME - PROFESSIONAL 27.5 IN X 75 IN 2 $71.90
100390 AXON TASER 10 - HANDLE - YELLOW CLASS 3R 150+5 =155 $1,407.95
100394 AXON TASER 10 - MAGAZINE - HALT TRAINING BLUE 12 $98.86
100396 AXON TASER 10 - MAGAZINE - INERT RED 6 $98.86
100399 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - LIVE
3000+450+
450+450+
450 =4800 $14.38
100400 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - HALT
1500+1200+
1200+1200+
1200 =6300 $14.38
100401 AXON TASER 10 - CARTRIDGE - INERT 30 $0.60
100591 AXON TASER - CLEANING KIT 3 $26.96
100611 AXON TASER 10 - SAFARILAND HOLSTER - RH 150 $51.52
100623 ENHANCED HOOK-AND-LOOP TRAINING (HALT) SUIT (V2) 3 $718.95
100751
AXON TASER 10 - REPLACEMENT ACCESS PROGRAM - DUTY
CARTRIDGE 150 $4.61
101455 AXON TASER 10 - REPLACEMENT TOOL KIT - INTERPOSER BUCKET 3 $167.76
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
101456 AXON TASER 10 - REPLACEMENT INTERPOSER BUCKET 3 $11.98
101755 AXON TASER 10 - MAGAZINE - LIVE DUTY BLACK V2 150+5 =155 $98.86
101757 AXON TASER 10 - MAGAZINE - LIVE TRAINING PURPLE V2 6 $98.86
Virtual Reality
20373 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 1 - HEADSET 6 $1,291.72
20374 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 2 - HEADSET 6 $1,344.44
20375 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 3 - HEADSET 6 $1,395.36
100126 AXON VR - TACTICAL BAG 6 $82.68
100210 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 1 - TABLET 6 $717.75
100211 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 2 - TABLET 6 $746.93
100212 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 3 - TABLET 6 $775.27
100748 AXON VR - CONTROLLER - TASER 10 6 $1,069.44
100832 AXON VR - CONTROLLER - HANDGUN VR19H 6 $1,138.34
101009 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 1 - SIDEARM CONTROLLER 6 $1,230.60
101010 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 2 - SIDEARM CONTROLLER 6 $1,291.72
101011 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 3 - SIDEARM CONTROLLER 6 $1,328.86
101012 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 1 - CONTROLLER 6 $1,156.91
101013 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 2 - CONTROLLER 6 $1,204.24
101014 AXON VR - TAP REFRESH 3 - CONTROLLER 6 $1,249.78
101122 AXON VR - HOLSTER - T10 SAFARILAND GRAY - RH 4 $59.91
101123 AXON VR - HOLSTER - T10 SAFARILAND GRAY - LH 2 $59.91
101294 AXON VR - TABLET 6 $835.78
101300 AXON VR - TABLET CASE 6 $38.94
101751 AXON VR - HEADSET - HTC FOCUS VISION 6 $1,318.08
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Exhibit B-5
Project Schedule OSP10 Premium, Fleet 3, Interview Room, DFR, AI Era Plan
Renton Police Department
Axon Contacts
Key Account Leader: Chris Neubeck
CEW/VR Specialist: James Hillary
Real Time Awareness: Morgan Toelle
Dedrone: Clay Taylor
Skydio: Sean O’Grady
Sales Engineer: Dennis Burgess
Legal: Joshua Campbell
Sales Director: Kyle Peck
Professional Services: TBD
Schedule
Product Responsibility Delivery Timeline Professional Services Timeline
Contract
Execution
Renton PD Execution by 12/08/2025 N/A
Contract
Start/End Date
12/01/2025 - 11/30/2035 N/A
Axon Body 4 Axon/Renton PD 11/01/2025 Est Delivery Date Renton PD drives timeline for upgrade, led by Customer Success Manager
TASER 10 &
Virtual Reality
Axon/Renton PD 11/01/2025 Est Delivery Date 10-12 Weeks for 2-day instructor course from contract execution
Interview Room Axon/Renton PD 11/01/2025 Est Delivery Date Kickoff call 2 weeks after contract execution, 12 weeks from call to installation (refer to SOW)
Fusus Axon/Renton PD 12/01/2025 estimated start date Kickoff call within 90 days of execution, phase one of implementation in next 90 days (refer to SOW)
Drone as a First
Responder
Axon/Skydio/Renton PD 11/01/2025 Est Delivery Date 90-120 Days following contract execution. (Refer to SOW)
Dedrone Axon/Dedrone/Renton PD 11/01/2025 Est Delivery Date Refer to SOW for fulfillment and installation timeline
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
AI Era Plan Axon 12/01/2025 estimated start date Professional Services Support included in AI Era Plan package at no additional cost
My90 Renton PD Existing Renton PD application Continuous support with Customer Success Manager & Axon Product Team
Investigate Axon/Renton PD 12/01/2025 estimated start date Up to (10) training seats for specific Investigate training online. 10-12 weeks after contract execution
Records Axon/Renton PD 10/01/2027 estimated go live date Within 120 days, pre deployment discovery call, project team on-site approximately 12 months following contract execution (refer to SOW)
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
-AI Era Plan Training Adoption
Overview
As part of your agency’s adoption of the Axon AI Era Plan, this training engagement is designed
to ensure successful onboarding, implementation, and long-term usage of Draft One, Policy
Chat, and Assistant, and other products as their introduced to the AI Era suite. Axon will provide
a hands-on, structured approach to training, led by a dedicated Professional Services Manager
(PSM), who will guide your agency through each product based on your training format
preference (onsite or virtual).
Note: These products reflect the current AI suite available at the time of training. As new
features and tools are introduced to the AI Era Plan, additional training opportunities will be
offered to ensure your agency remains fully enabled and aligned with evolving capabilities.
1. Holistic AI Era Training Approach
Each agency will be assigned a dedicated Axon PSM who will initiate contact two weeks prior to
the contract start date (CSD). During this initial outreach, your PSM will schedule a Kickoff Call
to review the products included in your AI Era Plan and define next steps to ensure a smooth
implementation. The training format (onsite vs. virtual) will determine session logistics and
delivery cadence.
2. Draft One Training
The Draft One training process includes:
•Kickoff Call: Overview of admin settings, licensing, and setup.
•Training Approach Options:
o Mock Call Simulation: The PSM will coach your team on creating a mock call
that provides strong narrative content. They'll walk through what makes an ideal
video (e.g., 30–45 minutes in length, involving low-level incidents like traffic
stops or public assist calls).
o Real Agency Video Use: If your agency prefers to use actual footage, your PSM
will help you apply the "crawl, walk, run" method to select a manageable case
that will generate strong draft results.
During training, the PSM will demonstrate the Draft One workflow, guide participants through
editing and best practices, and then shift to a hands-on session where your agency team will
share their screen, upload a video, and walk through Draft One in real time.
Exhibit C-5 AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Each session is recorded, and your team will receive:
• A recording of the session
• A training PowerPoint deck
• A Draft One playbook for ongoing internal training
3. Policy Chat Training
The Policy Chat training includes:
• Kickoff Call: The PSM will walk your team through Policy Chat functionality, how
policies are uploaded, and general best practices.
• Policy Integration: The PSM will work with your team to upload your agency’s policies
into the system.
• Training Session: Your team will receive live instruction on how to use Policy Chat
effectively in the field, along with real-world examples and tips for interpreting policy
responses in context.
4. Assistant & General Knowledge Training
For agencies adopting Axon Assistant, the training will include:
• Kickoff Call: A walkthrough of setup, agency requirements, and tips to optimize the
training experience.
o Note: It is recommended that your agency provide a foreign language speaker
during training to demonstrate the live translation capabilities.
• Training Session:
o A guided presentation covering Assistant features, including Do’s and Don’ts for
effective use.
o A hands-on practical session, allowing users to interact with the translation and
general knowledge tools in real-time scenarios.
Outcome and Support
All training sessions are designed to be interactive and outcome-focused. Your agency will leave
with:
• Product-specific playbooks
• Training recordings
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
• Action plans for internal rollout
• Continued support from your assigned PSM
This approach ensures your agency is not only trained on functionality but prepared to scale
usage agency-wide, while remaining ready to expand into future AI product offerings as they are
released.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Submitted By:
Axon Enterprise, Inc. (Axon)
17800 North 85th Street
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
Axon Fusus Pro + Template
Axon Fusus Pro Template
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
1.0 PROJECT OVERVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................................................ 1
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 FUSUS PLATFORM CAPABILITIES .......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 VIDEO INTEGRATION ............................................................................................................................. 3
2.3 MOBILE ................................................................................................................................................... 4
2.4 OTHER INTEGRATIONS .......................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT ................................................................................................................ 5
2.6 USER MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................. 6
3.0IMPLEMENTATION APPROACH ........................................................................................................ 7
3.1 EXECUTION AND DEPLOYMENT ............................................................................................................ 7
3.2 PHASED DEPLOYMENT ........................................................................................................................... 9
3.3 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ......................................................................................................................... 12
4.0 IMPLEMENTATION TEAM ............................................................................................................... 13
5.0 TECHNICAL SUPPORT .................................................................................................................... 16
TERMS AND CONDITIONS .................................................................................................................... 17
ATTACHMENT A – PROJECT CHANGE ORDER ..................................................................................... 18
ATTACHMENT B – MILESTONE COMPLETION REPORT (MCR) ........................................................... 19
ATTACHMENT C – FINAL MILESTONE COMPLETION REPORT (MCR) ............................................... 20
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
1.0 PROJECT OVERVIEW
This Statement of Work outlines the services that Axon will perform for
the Renton Police Department. The objective of this project is to
successfully deploy and implement the selected Axon Modules, included
in the Axon Fusus PRO + package, to enhance operational efficiency,
improve data management, and support the agency’s public safety
initiatives.
1.1 DEFINITIONS
TERM DEFINITION
PARTIES
Agency, Customer, You Refers to the agency or organization that is engaging Axon to provide the
services and solutions outlined herein. The Customer is responsible for
providing access, information, and the support necessary for the
successful execution of the project. Hereafter, the standard term Agency
refers to Renton Police Department.
End-Users Specific Agency groups that will use the system.
Professional Services
Organization, PSO
The dedicated Axon team partnering with public safety agencies to
ensure the successful implementation, integration, and adoption of
Axon’s technology solutions. PSO provides guidance, project
management, technical services, and training to help agencies maximize
the value of their Axon products and achieve their operational goals.
We, Us, Axon Referring to the vendor “Axon” who is responsible for the
implementation of the software outlined within the SOW.
Fusus Referring to the Fusus product line.
SYSTEMS
Axon Systems Software solutions and Agency specific integrations developed by Axon.
Product The software solutions being implemented as part of this SOW
Production Environment The production environment is the live, operational setting where
software, systems, or services are fully deployed and used by end users.
It is the final stage in the development lifecycle, where real-time data is
processed, and performance, reliability, and security are critical.
Service Portal An online portal provided by Axon where issues identified are entered
and triaged.
PROJECT & MILESTONES
Project Scope of this SOW as defined by the work to be completed described
herein.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
Project Change Order
(PCO)
A formal document used to modify the original terms, scope, timeline, or
cost of a project as outlined in this Statement of Work (SOW). It is
mutually agreed upon by both parties and ensures that any changes to
the project are documented, approved, and implemented in an
organized and controlled manner. An example of this documentation
can be found as Attachment A to the SOW.
Milestone Event that constitutes completion of work as listed in Attachment B.
Milestone Completion
Report
The formal document verifying the completion of a specific project
milestone as defined in the Statement of Work (SOW). It is submitted by
the service provider and must be reviewed and approved by the
Customer to confirm that the agreed-upon deliverables or outcomes for
that milestone have been successfully achieved. An example of this
report can be found as Attachment B.
ACCEPTANCE
Blocker Issue impacting 50% or more users.
Integration Acceptance
Testing
Scheduled events for testing each integration point and associated
functionality in collaboration with Agency and Agency’s vendors.
Functional Acceptance
Testing
Testing the functionality of the system as configured for Agency.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
2 .0 SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 FUSUS PLATFORM CAPABILITIES
Fusus is a map-based real-time operations platform incorporating a myriad of Customer and Non-
Customer owned assets into a single pane of glass to optimize incident response and investigation.
The Agency contract for Fusus Pro+ includes the following platform features:
2.1.a Axon Devices – Access to real-time locations, real-time alerts, and livestreaming in Fusus from
any connected Axon device (may require hardware-specific connectivity license), including Axon Body
cameras, Fleet 3, and Axon Air drones or counter-drones.
2.1.b Mutual Aid – Ability to share CCTV Camera streams and team Chat between AGENCY and other
connected Fusus agencies based on mutual aid agreements between the agencies.
2.1.c Floor Plans – Self-serve capability for the upload, editing, placement and orientation of floor
plan images at locations on the Fusus map for increased situational awareness relating to internal
and external video. PSO will support the placement of up to 50 Floor Plans as included with the Pro+
Software Implementation package.
2.1.d Incident Management – Real-time dynamic map overlays to keep your team informed during
critical incidents. Incidents can be shared with customizable permissions for editing and viewing and
can include a room-clearing feature integrated with Floor Plans to support coordinated response
efforts.
2.1.e Overwatch – Ability to locate vehicles and people from one camera to another by identifying
cameras in proximity to the current camera view and updating the live view and surrounding
cameras as new camera views are selected.
2.1.f Artificial Intelligence Sentry & Search – Object and behavior detections for any cameras
connected to Fusus Core AI capable appliances. Object detection includes people and vehicle
classifications, and behavior detections includes crowd detection (object counting), and object
intrusion detection.
2.2 VIDEO INTEGRATION
Fusus is offering the following plan and hardware package based on the video stream counts,
network requirements, and AI usage outlined in Attachment D.
2.2.a Camera Streams – Axon will implement all available streams, up to 5000 total streams. Streams will
be configured for live view and tactical recordings.
q Axon will implement the number of camera streams and locations as outlined in Attachment
D. These streams will be ingested from agency owned assets and other entities such as
Department of Transportation (DOT), and/or Schools as an example.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
q Axon will implement up to 5 separate camera networks, which may be managed by different
teams, departments, or partner organizations. This includes networks not directly controlled
by the Agency but made available through interdepartmental collaboration. Each will be
approached with an understanding of its unique setup to support effective planning and
coordination.
q Agency to provide camera geo-location information and Axon will support map placement of
all available cameras, up to a maximum of 5000 during the implementation period. If no
geo-location information is available, Axon will provide training to Agency how to perform
camera placement and orientation within Fusus.
2.2.b AI Camera Streams – Axon will implement AI camera streams in accordance with the
configurations defined in Attachment D (Hardware Specification Sheet) and the accompanying
quote. Up to the number of AI-capable streams supported by the purchased hardware will be
eligible for AI object detection configuration. The Customer is responsible for identifying which of
these streams should be configured. The actual number of AI streams available is contingent on the
hardware’s capabilities, as not all CORES support AI analytics. Supported AI functionality may vary by
configuration type, including crowd detection, zone detection, or wrong-way detection.
2.2.c Remote Configuration of Fusus Core(s) – Axon will provide a trusted sites list to be
implemented by the Customer networking team which will allow the Fusus Core Video devices to
communicate to our cloud environments for self-management and video streaming.
q Axon will provide remote support for the installation and setup of Fusus Core hardware
devices as outlined in Attachment D.
2.2.d Integration of video feeds – Axon supports direct integration of IP cameras to Fusus Core
Devices using industry standard RTSP and OnVIF. Connecting cameras to a Fusus Core through a
video management system (VMS) risks limiting functionality.
2.3 MOBILE
Activation is not required to utilize the features outlined below. The Customer only needs to
download and install the application on a supported device. Upon installation, the features will be
available and functional without the need for additional configuration or manual activation steps for
authenticated users. .
2.3.a FususOPS™ - Enable users to view live camera feeds, communicate via chat, receive alerts, and
access geolocation and agency-configured data to support situational awareness and incident
response.
2.3.b Emergency and Cross-organizational Chat – Enable internal and external public and private
chat channels. Chat is used for sharing incident related data including video clips, screenshots, and
telestration.
2.3.c Fusus Alert – Enable trusted external users to submit alerts to Fusus, enabling alert geolocation
and automatic docking of nearby camera assets.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
2.4 OTHER INTEGRATIONS
Axon PSO will support implementation of up to 7 integrations, including CAD, from the Fusus Vendor
Product List as part of the Pro Software Implementation package, unless otherwise agreed to in
writing.
2.4.a Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD) – Fusus integrates your active calls for service into a single
pane of glass, map-based platform to quickly identify and populate live stream video from multiple
data sources (mutual-aid, Axon Body and Fleet, and Axon Air if connected) for improved situational
awareness, coordination of resources, and monitoring of incidents in real-time.
Axon will integrate with the Agency’s CAD as outlined in Section 5.2 of Attachment D.
CAD Integration Methodology:
Fusus CAD integration includes deployment of fully managed on-premise equipment, connecting to
a local production or replication database with a read-only SQL user accessing custom tables or
views for obtaining incident number, incident type, incident priority, incident status, address,
latitude, longitude, caller name, caller phone, assigned units, received time, dispatched time, arrival
time, and narrative (optional) OR an existing third-party API integration.
2.4.b Open Ecosystem (3rd Party) - Integrated Devices & Sensors – Axon PSO will support 6
additional standard integrations, outside of the CAD integration, from the Fusus Vendor Product List.
Any self-service integrations managed by the Agency without Axon PSO support are excluded from
the scope of this implementation. These specific integrations are referenced in Attachment D to this
SOW.
2.5 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
2.5.a Fusus Registry – Fusus Registry saves time and enables investigations by creating a map of all
the public and private security cameras in a location. When an incident occurs, investigators can use
the Fusus Registry to easily locate and reach out to all the camera owners in the vicinity to request
video footage. Axon will create and configure a camera registry website for the Agency to share with
the community with Customer provided logo, background image, and memorandum of
understanding.
2.5.b Fusus Connect Microsite – Development of an Agency specific website landing page to assist
with building camera registration and integration of community video assets.
2.5.c Fusus Connect Caller (price per caller/month) - Axon will provide a dedicated Community
Connect Program Advocate (Sales Development Representative) to support the adoption of the
Fusus Connect Program. The advocate will conduct outbound phone outreach to businesses within
the Agency’s jurisdiction, promoting the program, assisting with voluntary camera registration, and
supporting integration efforts as needed. This service includes six (6) months of outreach and will be
provided at no additional cost based on the Agency’s selected Axon Fusus package.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
2.5.d Community Engagement Materials – Provision of Agency-branded marketing materials and
templates designed for community engagement. These resources will be supplied to the Agency for
distribution within the community, ensuring a consistent and professional presentation of the
Community Connect Program and enhancing public awareness and participation.
2.5.e Fusus Tips - Implementation, including a local exchange number with %TIPS%, of the Fusus
SMS service that provides text communications of pictures, audio and video directly into the Fusus
Vault.
2.5.f Fusus Notify - Implementation, including a local exchange number with %NTFY%, of the Fusus
SMS text service that provides mass text notifications to community members.
2.5.g Live Link: Video Call with CFS Reporting Party – Provision of live link system which allows 911
callers to initiate a camera stream in the event of an emergency to the Department, along with a
one-to-many methodology for secure and encrypted responder-group sharing during an emergency
2.6 USER MANAGEMENT
Axon provides an integrated user experience with basic permissions mapping through integration
between Axon Evidence.com and Axon Fusus. Additional permission groups can be configured and
assigned to users within the Fusus User Management interface.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
3 .0 IMPLEMENTATION APPROACH
At Axon, we believe in bringing our customers value on the products they purchase as soon and as
efficiently as possible. To do that, we resource our teams with individuals experienced in law
enforcement, as well as software implementations. The extensive experience of our Professional
Services Organization (PSO) has led us to develop Axon’s Project Management Methodology (PMM).
PMM provides a series of roadmaps for personnel to navigate toward a common set of goals as well as
project tracking, risk, problem, communication, quality, and change management processes and tools
that are foundational to the successful management of information technology projects.
At project kick-off, the Axon project coordinator will support tailoring the methodology to align with the
specific objectives and requirements of the Agency. The resulting concepts, tools, and techniques will be
shared with each member of the team. This provides the structure, focus, and discipline to successfully
deliver a project of this size and complexity.
The key to the PMM’s success is its use of continuous quality management, which includes two levels of
quality assurance throughout the project. First is the quality assurance of project deliverables.
Our project leaders are responsible for verifying each project deliverable meets the requirements of the
contract and that the appropriate reviews/inspections are performed by the Agency. Most importantly,
our project leader will confirm that any issues are addressed in a timely and appropriate manner.
3 .1 EXECUTION AND DEPLOYMENT
3.1.a Project Kickoff – After contract execution and a signed SOW, the Axon project coordinator will
schedule a kickoff to introduce the implementation approach and key members to the Agency’s
project team.
3.1.b Project Discovery – This post sale action is where Axon collaborates with the Customer to
gather detailed requirements, confirm project scope, and assess the current environment. This
phase ensures alignment of goals, identifies potential risks or constraints, and lays the foundation
for a successful software deployment by defining a clear implementation plan tailored to the
Agency’s needs.
3.1.c Business Process Review - Axon will assign a solution architect (SA) to the Agency’s project who
will ensure the project has all the specified data elements accounted for and understood.
3.1.d Process Assessment and Workflow Analysis - Axon’s SA will review workflows with key Agency
stakeholders and Axon project team to ensure the Statement of Work (SOW) and intended software
workflows support and help improve the Agency’s business processes.
3.1.e System Build – Configuration of the Agency environment with necessary integrations,
hardware, and software for development and testing. This phase includes database and server
setup to support subsequent Test and Training phases.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
3.1.f Test – Axon will collaborate with the Agency to develop and refine an agreed upon Acceptance
Test Plan (ATP). The joint project teams will conduct functional, interface, integration, and Final
Acceptance Testing. Test phases and details will be finalized during the deployment process.
In addition to Functional Testing, Acceptance Testing may include the following:
q Test Plan and Test Script Development
q Interface Testing
q Integration Testing
q Final Acceptance Testing
3.1.g Training – The Fusus Training process was developed to build solid foundations and promote
effective system adoption. Training will take place at various points throughout the deployment in
your Fusus environment; this aims to support interactive learning. Please see the below for specific
modules:
3.1.g.1. Foundational Knowledge Development (User Management & Basic Training)
q Objective: Equip the core project team with essential skills in user management and
basic system functionality to establish a solid understanding of the platform.
q Modules:
1. System Orientation: Overview of the platform, navigation basics, and
understanding core features.
2. User Management: Training in creating, editing, and maintaining user accounts,
including assigning roles and profiles.
3. Basic User Training: Introduction to day-to-day system use, troubleshooting
common issues, and promoting self-sufficiency.
q Outcome: Core team members develop confidence in using the platform and
supporting basic user needs.
3.1.g.2. Advanced Training (Administrative Maintenance and Permissions)
q Objective: Deepen the core team’s knowledge, focusing on system administration,
maintaining data integrity, and managing access controls.
q Modules:
1. System Administration Basics: Overview of backend functionalities, including
system updates and reporting tools.
2. Permissions Management: Detailed training on role-based access controls,
auditing user permissions, and compliance best practices.
3. Maintenance Protocols: Establishing routines for system monitoring,
troubleshooting, and escalation pathways.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
q Outcome: Core team is empowered to manage and administer the system effectively,
ensuring alignment with Agency policies and security protocols.
3.1.g.3. Agency-Wide Basic User Training
q Objective: End user-focused e-learning training accessible across the organization,
ensuring all staff are comfortable with day-to-day platform usage.
q Training Modules:
1. Introduction to the System: General overview tailored to basic users,
emphasizing ease of use and key features.
2. Role-Specific Functionality Tutorials: Custom training aligned to job functions,
ensuring relevance and immediate applicability.
3. Complimenting the Axon Family of Devices: Familiarization with how your Axon
devices can be leveraged in the real-time operations center.
4. Support Resources: Familiarization with helpdesk workflows, knowledge bases,
and escalation paths for unresolved issues.
q Outcome: A well-trained workforce capable of utilizing the system efficiently in their daily
roles, supported by a skilled core project team.
3.1.h Go-Live – After completing all project phases, Axon and the Agency will agree on a go-live date.
3.2 PHASED DEPLOYMENT
We will deploy Fusus in two phases, allowing the Agency to establish its system, refine its standard
operating procedures, and gain hands-on experience for a smooth transition. The table below outlines
our best practices for deployment.
TOPIC SIGNIFICANCE
PHASE 1: ACTIVATE FUSUS AND CONNECT FIRST CAMERAS
Project Kickoff Confirmation of Agency’s Strategic Objectives; establishment of the Fusus instance
and critical Axon family of devices integrations.
Community Engagement
Community Engagement is the bedrock of a successful RTCC. The Axon Connect Team
will provide best practices and the essential support to establish a successful
community network, increasing an Agency’s ability to solve crimes expediently.
Hardware
Ability to support connecting to critical camera streams managed by inter-Agency IT,
Agency resources, or donor sites. When the Agency can proactively provide all camera
connectivity details prior to deployment (make/model, password, etc.) we can
establish connectivity, displaying up to 100 video streams into your single pane of
glass. Allowing you to have “eyes on” without requiring an in-person officer.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
Mutual Aid
Establishing mutual aid agreements enhances capabilities by providing access to
additional resources and personnel during emergencies, improving response times
and officer safety. It promotes cost efficiency through resource sharing and ensuring
operational continuity during high-demand situations. Additionally, mutual aid fosters
inter-Agency collaboration, strengthens community trust, and enables a unified
approach to regional crime prevention.
User Management
Increases adoption, efficiency, and security by ensuring users understand platform
capabilities, best practices, and compliance requirements. This leads to improved
productivity, reduced support costs, and maximized ROI.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
PHASE 2 : COMPLETE FUSUS DEPLOYMENT
Single Sign On
SSO enhances security, user convenience, and operational efficiency by allowing users
to access multiple systems with a single set of credentials. Additionally, SSO
strengthens compliance by providing centralized access control and audit capabilities.
CAD Integration
Integrating a Computer-Aided Dispatch (CAD) system into Fusus provides law
enforcement agencies with real-time situational awareness by combining live dispatch
data with video and other intelligence sources. This integration enhances operational
efficiency by enabling faster, data-driven decision-making, improving response times,
and optimizing resource allocation. Additionally, it strengthens officer safety and
community security by providing a unified view of incidents, ensuring better
coordination and proactive policing.
Remaining Hardware
Integrate and aggregate video and data feeds from various sources, such as security
cameras, sensors, and other digital assets, into your Fusus platform. Enable real-time
situational awareness by securely collecting, processing, and transmitting critical
information to command centers and field personnel.
Deeper Integration Connecting 3P systems to Fusus increases situational awareness and reduces the
need to monitor multiple platforms.
Connect Program
Delivery of a public facing portal allows the average citizen to efficiently join your
community engagement initiative and provide access to their camera feeds. This
further strengthens community network.
Agency Wide Training
We leverage the power of e-learning to deliver timely, engaging training directly to
users, empowering officers to train on demand and at their convenience. This
flexibility enables them to retain critical content more effectively, improving readiness
and performance while aligning with their operational schedules
Basic User Training
We leverage the power of e-learning to deliver timely, engaging training directly to
users, empowering officers to train on demand and at their convenience. This
flexibility enables them to retain critical content more effectively, improving readiness
and performance while aligning with their operational schedules.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
3.3 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Our flexible subscription plans enable Customers to purchase their software suite now and implement
over an extended period. This promotes continuous improvement and provides agencies with the ability
to align resources with their operational needs, facilitating a seamless transition while maximizing
system adoption. As a result, implementation of the following will define deployment completion for a
Fusus Pro+ subscription:
Total Number of
Integrations
# of Floor plans
included
# of cameras
oriented/placed
Axon Core
Installations Training
- (7) total Integrations to
include CAD from the
Axon Fusus catalog of
supported integrations.
This does not include
self-serve integrations
deployed by the
Customer.
- Non-Standard
integrations are those
not currently supported
in the Axon Fusus
integrations catalog and
require add-on services
be purchased, if
mutually agreed upon.
- Axon will complete
up to, but not to
exceed, 50 floor plans
as included in the
scope of this package.
- Any floor plans
needed above and
beyond the 50 will
need to be completed
utilizing the self-
service functionality.
- Axon will support
the placement of up
to two-thirds (2/3) of
the total number of
camera streams
purchased, not to
exceed 5,000
cameras, as
included in the
scope of this
package.
- Additional camera
placements and
orientations will
need to be
completed utilizing
the self-service
functionality.
*Requires Agency to
provide camera map
or lat/long locations
- Purchase of Axon
Fusus PSO
Hardware
Deployment SKU
- The qty of this SKU
entitles the Agency
to equal onsite core
installation(s).
*Example: if (3) SKUs
purchased, Axon will
install (3) Cores for
Customer
* Upon installation
of cores, no formal
acceptance will be
sent, however, it will
be construed as the
core being installed
and camera feeds
visible online in Axon
Fusus.
- Required –
Standard
Offering
(Virtual)
Necessary SKUs to support a Fusus Pro+ Implementation:
q Standard Fusus PSO
q Ala carte Integration - opt. add on *
q Ala carte stream count & floor plans *
q Advanced onsite training - opt. add on for 300+ officers*
Note: * Denotes optional SKUs if Agency requires additional support
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
4.0 IMPLEMENTATION TEAM
Axon’s project team will include an executive sponsor, a project coordinator, a technical project
manager, a business analyst, a solution architect, and a customer success manager.
AXON TEAM
4 Executive Sponsor: Oversees implementation and reports
progress to Axon executives.
4 Project Coordinator: Serves as the primary point of contact,
during the Fusus activation.
q Leads the Fusus activation and supports the Agency in connecting ≤ 100
CCTV streams under pre-defined c onditions.
q Facilitates A gency engagement with FususCONNECT p rogram
C oordinators to share RTCC best practices.
q Manages project transition to C ustomer S uccess and T ech S upport post
core functionality establishment.
4 Technical Project Manager: Oversees the successful completion of
the Fusus deployment.
q Manages all aspects of complex enterprise SaaS deployments, e nsuring
milestones, deadlines, and documentation align with C ustomer
acceptance.
q Responsibilities:
§ Develop customized deployment and go-live project plan.
§ Ensure the project stays on schedule, holding Axon and A gency
resources accountable.
§ M aintain clear expectations throughout the deployment.
§ Contribute to program scope and objectives alignment.
§ Oversee change management activities with C ustomer and internal
teams .
§ Execute deployment plan and lead discussions on new requests or
changes
§ Support quality assurance and testing of the Fusus environment.
§ Address training questions and troubleshooting of Fusus features.
§ Manage user permissions and provide virtual training.
§ Facilitate transition to C ustomer S uccess and T ech S upport post go-
live.
4 Business Analyst: R esponsible for supporting the project deployment.
q Will lead aspects of the deployment and is responsible for timely
execution to support the overall project schedule.
q Responsibilities:
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
§ Execute to the established deployment plan.
§ Ensure the project remains on schedule, supporting the timely
configuration of the Fusus system.
§ Lead/ support trade-off discussions when new requests or changes
arise.
§ Support and/ or lead user management, permissions, and virtual
training as necessary.
§ Support quality assurance, testing, and troubleshooting of Fusus
environment.
4 Solution Architect: Technical lead on the project and responsible for the
development and execution of technical initiatives affecting other teams.
q Responsibilities:
§ Confirm SOW scope and timeline estimates.
§ Create the project plan.
§ Refine the requirements and approach for all integrations and data
conversions.
§ Agency liaison to troubleshoot with product and tech support.
§ Ensure Axon tech support has all needed project information.
4 Fusus Connect Program Coordinator: Axon-dedicated point of contact
responsible for collaborating with the C ustomer to design, implement, and
promote a community safety initiative, fostering mutually beneficial
partnerships within the private sector.
q Drives the sustainable growth and scalability of the Fu susCONNECT
program, equipping the A gency to independently manage and expand
the initiative across its jurisdiction.
q Responsibilities:
§ Collaborate with the A gency to define and implement a tailored
community safety initiative, ensuring alignment with A gency
priorities, optimizing available resources, and addressing operational
requirements to guarantee long-term effectiveness and scalability.
§ Serve as the primary liaison between the A gency and private sector
partners, facilitating the seamless integration of compatible camera
systems into the Fusus instance.
§ Oversee the deployment of third-party resources, coordinating with
tech support to ensure the successful installation and configuration
of core devices at private sector locations.
§ Guide the A gency in the creation of a customized, A gency-branded
microsite to drive program participation and community
engagement.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
§ Partner with internal Axon teams to develop and execute targeted
promotional strategies designed to engage the community and
accelerate program adoption.
§ Educate the A gency on industry best practices, providing the tools,
resources, and knowledge required to independently manage, scale,
and sustain the program with long-term success.
4 Customer Success Manager – Serve as the A gency’s advocate and champion
post-implementation assisting with any ongoing strategic needs
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
5.0 TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Axon has a full customer support division; live phone support is available 24 hours a day, seven days a
week. For technical or Customer Support assistance, you may contact a customer service representative
at 844.226.9226 (option 2), or via email at helpdesk@Fusus.com. Online, email -based support and
remote-location troubleshooting are included on an ongoing basis as part of your investment in the
Axon Ecosystem.
Upon project completion, the Technical Project Manager (TPM) will lead a formal handoff to the
Customer Success Manager (CSM) with the Customer present. This ensures all stakeholders are aligned
on the project's current state and establishes a clear plan for ongoing support and success.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
This SOW is governed by the Master Services and Purchasing Agreement
executed by the Parties.
AXON:
Axon Enterprise, Inc.
CUSTOMER:
Renton Police Department
By: By:
Name: Name:
Title: Title:
Date: Date:
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
ATTACHMENT A – PROJECT CHANGE ORDER
Date:
Description of change to Axon p roduct or s ervice:
C hange Order Details:
AXON:
Axon Enterprise, Inc.
CUSTOMER:
Renton Police Department
By: By:
Name: Name:
Title: Title:
Date: Date:
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
A TTACHMENT B – M ILESTONE COMPLETION
REPORT (MCR)
By signing for the items in this Milestone Completion Report, I agree that Axon’s
Professional Services Organization has reached the following milestone(s) for the
project agreed upon in the SOW between Axon and Renton Police Department
q User Acceptance Testing (UAT) 1
q Activation Complete
q User Acceptance Testing (UAT) 2
q Fusus Deployment Complete
Date services were completed on:
day of , 20
Today’s date:
Agency name:
Signature:
Printed name:
Title:
Email:
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 1.1
ATTACHMENT C – FINAL MILESTONE
COMPLETION REPORT (MCR)
For in-flight Fusus customers only (prior to 6/1)
By signing for the items in this Milestone Completion Report, I agree that Axon’s
Professional Services Organization has reached the following milestone(s) for the
Fusus p roject between by Axon and Renton Police Department
q Final Acceptance
Date services were completed on:
day of , 20
Today’s d ate:
Agency name:
Signature:
Printed n ame:
Title:
Email:
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
1. Overview
This Scope of Work outlines the deployment, delivery, and operational framework for two
Dedrone solutions provided to Renton PD:
-Dedrone Rapid Response Trailer (DRR) – a mobile counter-UAS platform equipped with
RF sensors and PTZ camera systems for flexible airspace monitoring and event response.
-DedroneBeyond Node – enabling Beyond Visual Line of Sight (BVLOS) operations in
support of drone as first responder and persistent monitoring missions.
The purpose of this scope is to define deliverables, timelines, responsibilities, and
regulatory considerations to ensure a smooth deployment and operational adoption.
2. Deliverables
Dedrone Rapid Response Trailer
-Hardware: fully integrated trailer with RF sensors, PTZ camera, integrated generator,
LTE/Starlink backhaul, and telescoping mast.
-Safety & Training: deployment and operations checklist covering decoupling, tower tilt,
telescoping, retraction, and transport.
-Setup support: estimated deployment time is <20 minutes once on site.
DedroneBeyond Node
-Hardware: node to enable BVLOS operations and extended detection range.
-Integration: designed to operate alongside DedroneTracker.AI software and existing
Dedrone infrastructure.
-Use case: supports “drone as first responder” operations in coordination with FAA-
approved waivers.
3. Fulfillment & Implementation Timeline
Milestone Estimated Timeframe Notes
Hardware delivery (Trailer
& Beyond Node)
3–5 weeks from order Subject to logistics and
procurement schedules
FAA BVLOS waiver approval ~30 days from Renton PD
submission
Dedrone to provide
supporting documentation
Scope of Work – Dedrone Solutions
for Renton PD
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
FCC license approval
(Beyond Node)
45–60 days Required for radar-based
detection, may extend
beyond hardware delivery
Operator training &
acceptance
Within 1 week of hardware
delivery
Training materials,
checklists, and tutorials
provided by Dedrone
4. Roles & Responsibilities
Dedrone / Axon
- Deliver hardware, accessories, and documentation.
- Provide training materials and operational checklists.
- Support Renton PD with FAA and FCC paperwork templates.
- Coordinate with Axon PM for scheduling and project oversight.
Renton PD
- Submit FAA BVLOS waiver application with Dedrone’s guidance.
- Apply for FCC radar licensing with Dedrone’s support.
- Ensure operational staff complete required training prior to deployment.
- Provide appropriate deployment sites, storage, and vehicle towing capacity (Class III hitch,
5,750 lb trailer rating).
5. Dependencies & Risks
- Regulatory approvals (FAA/FCC) are outside of Dedrone’s direct control and may extend
beyond hardware delivery timelines.
- Severe weather may impact trailer operations (tower max wind rating ~30 mph).
- Renton PD must ensure local site readiness (flat terrain, 30x55 ft clearance for trailer
deployment).
6. Acceptance Criteria
- Trailer is delivered, deployed, and operational per manufacturer specifications.
- Beyond node is delivered, installed, and integrated into DedroneTracker.AI.
- Renton PD operators demonstrate ability to deploy trailer safely and initiate detection
operations.
- Regulatory approvals secured for BVLOS operations.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Skydio Professional Services
Statement of Work for
Renton Police Department
Skydio Dock Deployment
Effective Date: 08-26-25
SOW Version: 1.0
Revision: 1.0
Drafted by: Sean O'Grady
Introduction
This Statement of Work (“SOW”) is made and entered into by and between Renton PD (“Customer”) and
Skydio, Inc. (“Skydio”) and is subject to the Skydio Enterprise Terms and Conditions of Sale between the
parties. This SOW defines the services, deliverables, and mutual responsibilities for the deployment of Skydio
Dock system.
Project Summary
Skydio will provide the implementation and configuration of the Skydio Dock. This includes the setup of
hardware, software, and network integration to ensure secure and reliable remote operation via Skydio Cloud
and Skydio Remote Flight Deck.
Description of Services
Project Readiness Services
Skydio will provide a dedicated Operations Specialist to manage the following:
●Conduct a project kickoff to review objectives and responsibilities.
●Share and update a detailed deployment project plan.
●Coordinate technical review meetings with Customer IT and networking teams.
●Evaluate and confirm network readiness per Skydio’s Dock for X10 standards.
●Document final go/no-go approval for installation.
Configuration and Validation
Skydio will provide:
●Dock installation and system pairing with the assigned X10 drone.
●Remote Flight Deck (RFD) interface configuration.
●Validation of connectivity to Skydio Cloud.
●Verification of video streaming, telemetry, and remote command functionality.
●Quality assurance check for bandwidth, latency, and firewall compliance.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Customer Responsibilities (Pre-Deployment)
To ensure a successful installation, Customer agrees to provide the following:
● Ethernet cable installed and terminated to installation site (5.3mm–6.5mm OD).
● Low-profile strain relief connector (weather-sealed).
● Surge protection in line with local electrical policy (recommended).
● Available upload/download bandwidth (see section below).
● Firewall rules configured per Skydio's network specification:
○ Allow *.skydio.com over TCP 443.
○ Allow WebRTC ports: 322, 7881 TCP, 443 UDP/QUIC.
○ Permit NTP (UDP 123) and DNS (UDP 53) outbound.
○ AWS S3 (TCP 443) for OTA updates.
● DNS, DHCP, and NTP support per Skydio spec.
● Latency testing to cloud.skydio.com (<50ms preferred).
● IT point of contact available for remote coordination.
Network Bandwidth Requirements
Minimum sustained bandwidth must be provisioned for each site based on dock and pilot count. Sample (1
Dock + 1 RFD Pilot):
● Dock: 20 Mbps upload, 80 Mbps download
● Remote Flight Deck: 7 Mbps upload, 30 Mbps download
Note: Shared network usage must account for combined traffic.
Project Conditions
● Skydio must receive complete network readiness confirmation before hardware shipment.
● Skydio is not responsible for delays resulting from customer infrastructure readiness or
misconfiguration.
● Any required deviation from standard network requirements will require written approval from Skydio
Engineering.
Out of Scope
● Physical trenching or network cable installation.
● Non-Skydio device integration.
● VPN configuration or local network rearchitecture.
● Custom firewall configurations outside Skydio standard domains/ports.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Acknowledgement and Approvals
By signing below, the parties agree to the terms of this Statement of Work:
Skydio, Inc.
Name:
Title:
Signature:
Date:
Customer
Name:
Title:
Signature:
Date:
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
PAGE1
S T A T EME N T O F WOR K F OR T H E I MP L EME
N T A T I ON O F A X ON I N T E R V I EW ROOM F OR
R E N T ON P O L I C E D E P T . - WA ( " S OW ” )
Submitted By:
Axon Enterprise, Inc. (Axon) North 85t h
Street AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE2
1. PROJECT OVERVIEW:
1.1 SOFTWARE
The hardware and software detailed in this SOW includes, the listed functionality.
Axon Interview Room
1.2 DEFINITIONS
TERM DEFINITION
PARTIES
Agency Renton Police Dept. - WA who is identified within this SOW
End-Users Specific Agency groups that will use the system
Professional Services The services that Axon will provide within the scope of this SOW
SYSTEMS
Axon Systems Software solutions and Agency specific integrations developed by Axon
CJIS The Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Criminal Justice Information System
NCIC National Crime Information Center
Product The hardware and software solution being implemented as part of this SOW
Production Environment The operational environment where the Product will be accessed
PROJECT & MILESTONES
Project Scope of this SOW as defined by the work to be completed described herein
Project Change Order (PCO)Change order form outlined in Attachment B to be executed between Axon and Agency if a material change in scope is required
to this SOW
ACCEPTANCE
Blocker Issue impacting 50% or more users
Functional Acceptance Testing Testing the functionality of the system as configured for Agency
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE3
1.3 OUT OF PROJECT SCOPE
Axon is only responsible for performing the Professional Services described within this SOW. Any additional Professional Services that
are not defined explicitly by this SOW shall be done so through a Project Change Order. The following are considered outside the scope
of this Project:
Administration, management, or support of any internal City, County, State, Federal or Agency IT network or infrastructure
Third Party Products and Services costs related to the vendors or Agency’s cost of implementing the vendors or Agency’s
side of the integration
Changes made by Agency or Agency’s vendors
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE4
2. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES:
2.1 GENERAL
Axon will provide a project manager throughout entire project.
2.2 HARDWARE
2.2.1 HQ
Axon will supply 2 Servers.
HQ
o If agency grants access, Axon will unbox and rack servers.
o Agency will ensure servers are powered on with Windows installed prior to Install date.
o Agency may setup server per agencies standards for things such as, joining to the domain, antivirus, firewalls, etc, so long
as they do not degrade operations of Interview Server(s)
o Agency will provide onsite and remote access to Interview Server(s) as required by Axon installers. Axon will then configure
the Interview Server(s).
Axon will supply 1 network switches
{{LOCATIONS_NAME
Customer will provide network cabling.
Agency will configure all network equipment.
Agency will prepare all rooms prior to installation.
o Removing all evidence from room.
o Removal of existing video solution. Axon will work on installation timing with Agency to ensure an adequate number of
rooms are available when possible.
HQ
Axon will mount/place Touch Panels Wall mounted outside each room
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE5
Couch room
Couch room
o Overt PTZ Dome Camera in N/A Enclosure
Suspect
Suspect
o Overt PTZ Dome Camera in N/A Enclosure
o Covert Camera in Flush Mount Enclosure Enclosure
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE6
2.3 INTERVIEW SOFTWARE
Agency will ensure an appropriate resource is available to configure/troubleshoot network communications between onsite
Interview Hardware. Agency will also assist in configure/troubleshoot connection to Axon Evidence.
Agency may setup server per agencies standards for things such as, joining to the domain, antivirus, firewalls, etc, so long
as they do not degrade operations of Interview Server(s)
Axon will install Axon Interview Server Application, Agency may be required to provide appropriate permissions/credentials.
Axon will install and configure Touch Panel Software.
2.4 READINESS
Axon will supply Agency with copy of current QA/Testing Checklist.
Axon will complete QA/Testing Checklist per room consisting of:
o Hardware Wiring
o Hardware Mounting
o Hardware Functionality
o Firmware Updates
o Software Install and Configuration
o Functional Test of all features
2.6 TRAINING
Axon will provide training materials that may be used by agency. Training materials will be customized for agencies
environment where applicable.
Agency will provide facilities and equipment for conducting the Training.
Train the Trainer: Axon will provide session(s), materials and support allowing Agency’s in-house trainers to conduct their
own Training. Agency is responsible for updating all Training materials after final acceptance.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE7
3. PROJECT MANAGEMENT:
3.1 MANAGEMENT RESOURCES
Both Parties will assign a Point of Contact, Project Manager, or Project Coordinator to ensure completion of deliverables.
Axon’s Project Coordinator will ensure all team members from Axon and Agency are continually updated on the status of the
Project.
3.2 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING
All Proposed Project timelines will be documented during Project Management Kickoff call.
Once all requirements are agreed to, Axon’s Project Coordinator will work with Agency’s Project Manager to develop a Project
plan for Axon’s implementation.
3.3 CHANGE CONTROL
If any changes in the Project cause a material increase or decrease in fees, as determined by Axon, an adjustment in the
fees will be agreed upon and included in a signed PCO form.
Agency acknowledges a proposed change request might have an impact on both scheduling and cost for the Project that will
be outlined in the PCO form.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE8
4. AGENCY COMMITMENTS:
Ensure the reasonable availability for meetings, phone or email of knowledgeable staff and personnel to provide timely and
accurate documentation and information to Axon.
Identify holidays, non-workdays or major events that may impact the Project.
Ensure Agency desktop or mobile systems and devices can access the Product.
Make available relevant systems if needed for assessment by Axon (including making these systems available to Axon via
remote access if possible).
Technical Systems Requirements
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE9
5. SUPPORT:
Axon will provide on-site installer/trainer support as part of project.
The Product undergoes updates and enhancements which Agency will automatically receive.
Axon will provide Agency’s End Users access to the help.axon.com support portal to submit and review service tickets.
For Technical Support assistance, Agency may contact a Technical Support representative at 800-978-2737, or via email at
Support@Axon.com. Online, email-based support and remote-location troubleshooting are included on an ongoing basis as
part of Agency’s investment in the Axon ecosystem. Phone support is available 24/7.
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE10
6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS:
This SOW is governed by the Master Services and Purchasing Agreement executed by the Parties.
AXON ENTERPRISE, INC.
Signature: _____________________
Name: _________________________
Title: _________________________
Date: _________________________
AGENCY
Signature: _________________________
Name: ____________________________
Title: _____________________________
Date: _____________________________
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
PAGE11
ATTACHMENT B - PROJECT CHANGE ORDER TEMPLATE
Date:
Axon Product or Service:
Change Order Details
AXON ENTERPRISE, INC.
Signature: _____________________
Name: _________________________
Title: _________________________
Date: _________________________
AGENCY
Signature: _________________________
Name: ____________________________
Title: _____________________________
Date: _____________________________
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
d
)
S T A T E M E N T O F W O R K
F O R T H E
I M P L E M E N T A T I O N O F
A X O N R E C O R D S F O R
R E N T O N , W A P D
( " S O W ”)
Submitted By:
Axon Enterprise, Inc. (Axon)
17800 North 85th Street
Scottsdale, AZ 85255
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
1. PROJECT OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................1
1. SOFTWARE ..........................................................................................................................................1
2. DEFINITIONS.......................................................................................................................................1
3. OUT OF PROJECT SCOPE ....................................................................................................................3
2. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ....................................................................................................................4
2.1 GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................4
2.2 REPORTING AND DATASTORE ...........................................................................................................4
2.3 AXON CONFIGURATIONS...................................................................................................................4
2.4 READINESS .........................................................................................................................................6
2.5 TRAINING ............................................................................................................................................6
2.6 GO-LIVE ...............................................................................................................................................7
3 INTERFACES ...........................................................................................................................................8
3.1 AGENCY INTERFACES .........................................................................................................................8
4 DATA CONVERSION .......................................................................................................................... 12
4.1 DESCRIPTION OF ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITES BETWEEN THE AGENCY AND AXON: ............... 12
4.2 AGENCY DATA CONVERSIONS ........................................................................................................ 13
4.3 LEGACY SOFTWARE UPDATES ........................................................................................................ 13
5 THIRD-PARTY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ....................................................................................... 15
5.1 COMMSYS – ........................................................................................................................................ 15
5.2 MICROSOFT SELF HOSTED INTEGRATION RUNTIME (“SHIRT”) .................................................................... 15
5.3 GIS .................................................................................................................................................... 16
6 NIBRS CERTIFICATION ...................................................................................................................... 20
6.1 CUTOVER ......................................................................................................................................... 20
7 GO-LIVE CONTINGENCY ................................................................................................................... 21
8 PROJECT MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................................. 22
8.1 MANAGEMENT RESOURCES ........................................................................................................... 22
8.2 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING ........................................................................................................... 23
8.3 CHANGE CONTROL ......................................................................................................................... 23
8.4 PROJECT METHODOLOGY .............................................................................................................. 24
8.5 MILESTONE COMPLETION REPORT (MCR) ..................................................................................... 24
9 AGENCY COMMITMENTS .................................................................................................................. 25
10 SUPPORT............................................................................................................................................. 26
11 TERMS AND CONDITIONS ................................................................................................................ 27
ATTACHMENT A – MILESTONE COMPLETION REPORT (MCR) ............................................................ 28
ATTACHMENT B – PROJECT CHANGE ORDER ........................................................................................ 29
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
ATTACHMENT C – AXON TECHNICAL ACCOUNT MANAGER .............................................................. 30
AXON TAM ONSITE RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................................... 30
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 1
1. PROJECT OVERVIEW
This document serve s as an overview of the Axon Records project. Axon
Records is a cloud -native software solution provided as a SaaS
subscription.
1. SOFTWARE
The software detailed in th is SOW includes , but is not limited to, the
listed functionality :
AXON
RECORDS
Attachments
Audit Trail
Axon DataStore
Case Management
Configurable Forms
and Fields
Crimes , Productivity ,
and Cases Analytics
Distribution
Management
Employee
Management
Expungement
Field Interviews
Incident Reporting
Master Index Alerts
Master Location
Index
Master Name Index
Master Vehicle Index
Washington NIBRS
State Reporting
Physical Property &
Evidence Entry
Print Auditing
Records Requests
Redaction
Restrictions
Sealing
Search
Supplements
User permission
Management
Warrants
Bookings
Permits
2. DEFINITIONS
T E R M D E F I N I T I O N
P A R T I E S
Agency Renton, WA PD who is identified within this SOW
End-Users Specific agency groups using the system
Professional Services The services that Axon provides within the scope of this SOW
S Y S T E M S
Axon Systems Software solutions and agency-specific interfaces developed by Axon
CJIS The Federal Bureau of Investigation’s criminal justice information system
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 2
MDC Mobile data computer – a device associated within a vehicle or other mobile
unit
NIBRS National Incident-Based Reporting System
DataStore The database Axon provides allowing the agency to query data
Product The software solution being implemented as part of this SOW
Production Environment The operational environment where the product is accessed
Training Environment The pre-production environment where all Axon-specific development,
configuration, functional acceptance testing, user acceptance testing, and
training take place
Service Portal An online portal provided by Axon where issues identified are entered and
triaged
P R O J E C T & M I L E S T O N E S
Project Scope of this SOW as defined by the work to be completed described herein
Project Change Order (PCO) Change order form outlined in Attachment B to be executed between Axon
and the agency if a material change in scope is required for this SOW
Milestone Event that constitutes completion of work as listed in Attachment A
Milestone Completion Report The report outlined in Attachment A to be executed at key milestones
between agency and Axon to approve completion of project phases
Discovery Phase Requirements gathering and confirmation occurs during this phase.
Confirmed requirements feed the sprint phase, and sprints are designed
around what can and cannot be accomplished given time and resource
constraints on both Axon and the agency’s sides.
Design|Build Phase Project phase encompassing iterative development through sprints.
Integrations and workflows are developed and deployed during this phase.
The agency forms are also configured during this phase.
Sprint A period during the configuration phase of the project (typically 2-3 weeks)
where specific pieces of functionality are built, configured, and delivered.
Sprint Review Signifies the end of the sprint where Axon showcases what was built,
configured, and delivered. These items are then deemed ready for functional
acceptance testing and user acceptance testing.
Go-Live End-users are activated, and the agency is actively using the product
Cutover Successful implementation of interfaces, data conversion, and NIBRS state
and federal certification
Third-Party Products and
Services
Software, hardware, and services that are not owned by Axon but are being
provided by Axon for this project as listed in the Third-Party Products and
Services section
A C C E P T A N C E
Blocker Issue impacting 50% or more users
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 3
Functional Acceptance Testing
(FAT)
Testing the functionality of the system as configured for the agency
Integration Acceptance
Testing
Scheduled events for testing of each integration point and associated
functionality in collaboration with the agency and the agency’s vendors
User Acceptance Testing (UAT) Testing the functionality of the system as configured for the agency from an
end-user’s perspective
3. OUT OF PROJECT SCOPE
Axon is only responsible for performing the p rofessional s ervices
described within this SOW. Any additional p rofessional s ervices that are
not defined explicitly by this SOW shall be done so through a P roject
C hange O rder. T he following are considered outside the scope of this
p roject:
A dministration, management, or support of any internal c ity,
c ounty, s tate, f ederal , or a gency IT network or infrastructure
Changes made by the a gency or the a gency ’s vendors after the
Interface Requirements Documentation has been accepted
Third -party products and services costs related to the vendors
or agency’s side of the integration
Changes made by the agency after configuration is complete
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 4
2. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
2.1 GENERAL
The a gency provides a m aster c harge t able that Axon loads. Axon
provide s the appropriate structure to the a gency.
2.2 REPORTING AND DATASTORE
The access to the DataStore includes read -only access to
prescribed views of data which are made available from the
entry of data using the Axon Records User Interface.
Axon provide s the a gency with a data dictionary and/or other
appropriate documentation.
Axon provides the following analytics reports as part of the
Records system: Crimes, Productivity, and Cases
If Axon provide s reports for specific purposes as indicated , it is
the responsibility of the a gency to maintain them after Go -Live.
2.3 AXON CONFIGURATIONS
Records | LInX | Data Export: Axon will enable the export of
Axon Records data to VENDOR (LInX) which is a regional Intel
platform. This interface utilizes the Axon Records DataStore and
whereby the data aggregator (LInX) is expressly provided access
to the agency data based on a data sharing agreement. There is
a single endpoint for this interface.
Records | Third -Party BI Tool: Axon will connect the agency’s
3 rd party analytics tool to the Axon DataStore.
Records | Azure Active Directory: Axon wil l utilize the agency’s
Azure active directory within Axon Records
Renton can configure & maintain mapping "values" (Black=BLK)
per interface
Axon will build a analytical dashboard to present the booking
information captured by the electronic home detention unit.
The exact fields to be captured and presented will be identified
during discovery and implementation.
Configurable Data Retention Rules| Retention and
Expungements
Axon Records will provide configurable retention and purge
functionality that allows Renton PD to manage case and record
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 5
lifecycles in accordance with legal, regulatory, and agency policy
requirements. Retention schedules will be configurable by
agency during implementation, with support for extensions or
holds (e.g., public records requests, evidence/property
requirements).
The system will surface items due for review through reporting
or dashboards, with purge actions requiring authorized user
approval and logged for audit purposes. Minimal information
may be preserved for reference or reporting purposes following
a purge.
Agencies are responsible for identifying applicable state and
local requirements during the Discovery phase. Axon will
support configuration of rules within the system to reflect those
requirements.
Enablement of configurable retention rules
Baseline configuration of rules as defined by the Agency during Discovery.
To utilize certain systems, no integration is necessary; however,
access to the Axon Records DataStore is required. This access
may necessitate action by the customer, their third -party
vendor, or Axon. Axon will furnish credentials/access to the
Axon Reco rds DataStore. It is understood that any work or
changes associated with creating queries to access the data are
the responsibility of the customer or their vendor, and Axon
bears no liability in this regard. The Axon Records DataStore is
provided on an as -is basis, and any requests for custom views,
queries, or connections will be subject to review within the
standard change order process.
Below is a partial list of additional forms that Renton, WA PD
may request to add to the Axon system. These forms are used
by officers and investigators to supplement their Incident
Reports/Case in the RMS:
Case Report
Case Supplement Report
Collision
FIR
Trespass Admonishment
DV
Use of Force
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 6
2.4 READINESS
Axon work s in partnership with the a gency to determine
readiness by conducting f unctional t esting and an end -to-end
s ystem r eview. The Axon program manager and the a gency
project manager work closely together to plan and execute
readiness scenarios.
Axon conduct s user a cceptance t esting via use cases approved
by Axon and the a gency.
All issues discovered during and after t raining are entered into
the service portal for triage and follow -up.
2.5 TRAINING
Axon works with the agency to identify the agency trainers receiving
instruction on the Axon Record s solution. Axon provides a training
guide that outlines the covered topics, intended audience, facility
needs, and duration of the training.
FORMAT
Axon provide s the a gency with all the necessary training materials and
digital assets to facilitate any of the training formats listed below.
Training sessions are conducted in a n environment containing necessary
configurations, forms, and workflows. Any additional training beyond the
selected method is subject to adjustments in pricing. Contact your sales
representative for more information.
It is the responsibility of the agency to deliver and update the training
materials to include agency policies and procedures.
T R A I N T H E T R A I N E R
Axon trains the agency’s recommended users (no more than 1 5 users
per session depending on the size of the agency) in full system
functionality. This is typically the agency’s trainers, or training
academy/FTO staff. The agency’s trainers are responsible for training all
agency end users. Axon provides all training materials for suc cessful
training and assists the agency’s trainers in creating the course and
training schedule.
S C H E D U L E :
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 7
The training plan contains an agreed -upon schedule that makes efficient
use of time and resources to avoid undue staffing impacts on the
agency. Training sessions occur after the User Acceptance Testing has
been successfully completed and documented.
Training sessions provided by Axon are conducted on consecutive
weekdays (Tuesday -Friday) during normal business hours (9 am-
6pm with an hour break in between sessions ).
Training sessions required past the agreed -upon schedule in the
training plan, regardless of delivery method, are the
responsibility of the agency, unless agreed upon previously by
the project team and training team m anagement .
2.6 GO-LIVE
Axon work s in partnership with the a gency to build, coordinate, and
execute a Go -Live plan to ensure successful s ystem a cceptance . Axon
coordinates the Go -Live event.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 8
3 INTERFACES
The a gency tasks related to interface setup start immediately after
project kick -off . It is critical for the a gency interface subject -matter
experts (SME) and Axon project interface resources to work closely
together to scope, set -up, and test all interfaces.
The agency must provide any relevant technical documentation per
interface to Axon.
The agency facilitate s any necessary meetings with all third -party system
vendors where integration is required.
Axon provide s any relevant Axon API documentation to the agency.
Axon conduct s integration acceptance testing demonstrating the
functionality of each integration to the agency.
The agency must notify Axon of any changes to the agency’s side of the
integration that are beyond Axon’s control and may impact the
integration.
3.1 AGENCY INTERFACES
3.1.1 Records | Versaterm | Call For Service: Axon will import
Call For Service (CFS) information from the Versaterm CAD
system. Ingested CFS data will be used to automatically
create a shell Incident Report (TASK) in Axon Records,
assigned to the responding/primary officer from the CAD
CFS Event. This integration may (depending on CAD Vendor
technologies) pull in relat ed NCIC inquiry returns if
attached/incorporated within the CFS Event Data, into the
CFS Side Panel within the Axon Records Incident Report.
Additional customization and workflows may b e added to
ingest CFS Data and will be specified in Interface
Requirement Documentation after Agency Discovery
sessions. Specific data points, cadence and import triggers,
along with method of transfer, will be determined during
the Requirements Phase of t he project.
3.1.2 Records | CommSys | NCIC Inquiry: Axon will leverage
CommSys (vendor relationship) to enable State CJIS, NLETS,
NCIC, connectivity. As an example, the service allows for
inquiries to be conducted (ConnectCIC) for Wants and
Warrants to State/NCIC, Automated Property checks to
State/NCIC, O rders of Protection, DMV inquiries of Person
and Vehicle information, along with many other Inquiries
and checks. This solution requires additional software
activated within the Axon Ecosystem, along with specific
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 9
hardware, software and OS provided by the agency
Information Technology team. State and Regional approval
and documentation is also required as part of the
testing/configuration/delivery of Axon NCIC.
3.1.3 Records | CommSys | NCIC Entry: Axon will leverage
Commsys (vendor relationship) to enable State CJIS, NLETS,
NCIC. As an example, the Entry service enables data from
Axon Records to be published into a specific Commsys
Entry platform (CommSys CLIPS FORMs) which facilitates
entries into State and national databases. This solution
requires additional software activated within the Axon
Ecosystem, along with specific hardware, software and OS
provided by the agency Information Technology team. State
and Region al approval and documentation is also required
as part of the testing/configuration/delivery of Axon NCIC.
3.1.4 Records | TRACS | Citation: Axon will import citation data
from the TRACS system into Axon Records. The data will be
imported into a pre -built and delivered standalone form in
Axon Records, and the Citation standalone form will
automatically finalize upon import. The Citation data
ingested from the 3rd party product will include only that
data visible within the Citation standalone form and will
include an Attachment (.PDF) copy of the finalized version
of the 3rd Party Citation (when available from the ven dor).
During ingestion, data will be matched or ingested as new
into the master name and master vehicle index for easy
search and later use on other Incident reports. Specific
data points, cadence and import triggers, along with
method of transfer, will be determined during the
Requirements Phase of the project.
3.1.5 Records | JINDEX | Court Dispositions: Axon will import
court disposition data from the JINDEX system into Axon
Records. The data will be imported into a pre -built and
delivered standalone form in Axon Records, and the court
disposition standalone form will automatically finalize
upon import. The court disposition data ingested from the
3rd party product will include only that data visible within
the court disposition standalone form and will include an
Attachment (.PDF) copy of the finalized version of the 3rd
Party disposition (when available from the vendor). During
ingestion, data will be matched or ingested as new into the
master name for easy search and later use on other
Incident reports. Specific data points, cadence and import
triggers, along with method of transfer, wil l be determined
during the Requirements Phase of the project.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 10
3.1.6 Records | Brazos| Citation (IMPORT): Axon will import
citation data from the Brazos Parking system into Axon
Records. The data will be imported into a pre -built and
delivered standalone form in Axon Records, and the
Citation standalone form will automatically finalize upon
import. The Citatio n data ingested from the 3rd party
product will include only that data visible within the
Citation standalone form and will include an Attachment
(.PDF) copy of the finalized version of the 3rd Party
Citation (when avai lable from the vendor). During
ingestion, data will be matched or ingested as new into the
master name and master vehicle index for easy search and
later use on other Incident reports. Specific data points,
cadence and import triggers, along with method of
transfer, will be determined during the Requirements
Phase of the project.
3.1.7 Records | TRACS | Collision: Axon will import collision data
from the TRACS system into Axon Records. The data will be
imported into a pre -built and delivered standalone form in
Axon Records, and the Collision standalone form will
automatically finalize upon import. The Collision data
ingested from the 3rd party product will incl ude only that
data visible within the Collision standalone form and will
include an Attachment (.PDF) copy of the finalized version
of the 3rd Party Collision Report (when available from the
vendor). During ingestion, data will be matched or ingested
as new into the master name and master vehicle index for
easy search and later use on other Incident reports.
Specific data points, cadence and import triggers, along
with method of tran sfer, will be determined during the
Requirements Phase of the project.
3.1.8 Records | CopLogic DORS | Online Reporting: Axon will
build an interface with LexisNexis’ CopLogic also known as
Desk Officer Reporting System (DORS) solution where Axon
will import citizen -authored reports from CopLogic into an
Axon Incident Report in Axon Records. These reports may
be assigned to a specific workflow/inbox monitored by an
identified person/team for final review/acceptance. The
report types, associated offenses/charges, person data,
vehicles, property, and related attachments, are
documente d and aligned during the build and
configuration of both the Coplogic DORS and Axon Records
Incident Reports.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 11
3.1.9 Records | Evidence on Q | Property and Evidence: Axon
will export Property and Evidence data to Evidence on Q
Property and Evidence management platform, eliminating
the need for duplicate entry into two systems. The data
exported may include: property item details (type, brand,
manufacturer, serial #, qty, value, color, make, model,
barrel, etc), associated perso ns, locations of
collection/recovery, photos, and related offenses/charges.
Specific data points, cadence and export triggers, along
with method of transfer, will be determined during the
Requirements Phase of the project.
3.1.10 Records | NIBRS | State Reporting: Axon will export NIBRS
data from Axon Records to the State, commensurate with
how the State wishes to receive IBR submissions. In
addition to staying compliant with NIBRS requirements,
Axon will also meet and stay current with the Washington
state NIBR exceptions and additions.
3.1.11 Records | Laserfiche | Collision Report Export: As
determined by a workflow, the interface starts by
extracting relevant case data, documents, and associated
metadata from the Axon Records system to include; case
details, incident reports, evidence documentation, and
other relevant information. The ext racted data from Axon
Records is transformed and encoded into a format that is
compatible with the Laserfiche document management
system. This might involve converting structured data into
standardized document formats like PDF, Wo rd, or image
files. Specific data points, cadence and import triggers,
along with method of transfer, will be determined during
the Requirements Phase of the project.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 12
4 DATA CONVERSION
Axon implements a structured methodology for converting data from the
agency’s legacy system to the product. The agency is responsible for providing
Axon with extracted data in a format that can be used by Axon for import. The
preferred method for delivering legacy data to Axon is by using the Microsoft
Data Migration Assist ant . The next best method is for the agency to send the
data in .bacpac file format to Axon. If neither method is available, a direct
query through the Microsoft Self Hosted Integration Runtime (SHIRt) can be
used.
Axon queries the data to identify completeness, missing values, and other
measures of data integrity across records and provides the agency with
detailed findings. The agency may or may not elect to process the data further
to address completeness or may h ave Axon move forward with the conversion
process.
The data and operational expertise of the agency’s staff are necessary for
questions that arise. Thus, it is critical that a member of the agency’s team be
available to support the data conversion portion of the project.
This process is considered complete once the last set of data has been
converted and available within the product and the agency has confirmed
validation of the converted data. Axon does not provide ongoing maintenance
of the converted data.
4.1 DESC R IPTION OF ROLES AND
RESPONSIBILITES BETWEEN THE AGENCY
AND AXON :
The agency should be prepared to:
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 13
Provide a subject -matter expert (SME) and provide availability
for consultation throughout the project.
Facilitate meetings with all third -party system vendors where
data conversion is necessary, as required by Axon.
Extract and provide the data to Axon in an agreed -upon format.
Address data quality by the agency prior to provisioning to
Axon.
Minimize the amount of business logic and file processing prior
to conversion where possible.
Provide a data dictionary to define all elements of the legacy
data.
Provide an entity relationship diagram of the legacy database, if
available.
Collaborate with Axon to map the data from the legacy data
structures and formats into the product.
Data c onversion and data conversion review s are critical to
success. Throughout the data conversion , requirements
planning , and review process , the a gency project team and Axon
data conversion project resource work closely together to
ensure success.
4.2 AGENCY DATA CONVERSIONS
4.2.1 Tyler New World | Records Data Conversion: Axon will
convert all Incidents, Cases, Supplements, and Physical
Property & Evidence from Tyler to Axon Records. Arrests,
Field Investigations (Trespass Admonishments, Traffic
Stops, Animal Warning, Suspicious Activity), Jackets
(persons, businesses), Accidents, General Property, Global
Vehicles, Global Guns, Wants & Warrants, Tickets (including
parking citations & warnings, traffic and non -traffic
criminal and infractions), Personnel, Orders of Protection,
and Bookings.
The conversion process imports master index records as part of the
incidents, supplements, or use of force reports that are being converted
into the Axon system.
4.3 LEGACY SOFTWARE UPDATES
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 14
During the data conversion process, Axon builds rules to govern the
mapping of data from your legacy database into the A xon Records
database. If your legacy vendor changes your legacy database structure
during the data conversion project, the accuracy of the data conversion
could be compromised.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 15
5 THIRD -PARTY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
To deliver a complete solution to the agency, Axon employs third -party
products and services providers.
Axon is responsible for the management of third parties identified
below for the purposes of this project. All communications between
those third parties, the agency, and Axon is managed by Axon including
any supporting requirements, integration acceptance testing, functional
acceptance testing, or the processing of PCO or MCR documentation.
The following third -party products and services are included within the
scope of this SOW:
5.1 COMMSYS –
Included within this project are products and services from
CommSys for the purposes of connecting to and conducting
transactions with state and/or regional information providers.
The agency agrees to provide a CJIS -compliant server and
operating environment for hosting of the CommSys software
and make remote connectivity available to Axon as required to
install, configure, and test the software and its integration with
Axon product s. The minimum technical requirements are:
1.5 GHz 32 or 64 -bit dual core processor, 4GB RAM,
120GB Hard Drive, Video Adapter and Monitor with a
1280x1024 resolution and 256 colors, TCP/IP LAN
Network connectivity to any client and software
components on same or separate hardware, Established
connectivity to a CJIS Interface
Microsoft Operating System (32 or 64 -bit), Microsoft
Windows Server 2012 R2 with Microsoft SQL Server 2014
and higher
5.2 MICROSOFT SELF HOSTED INTEGRATION
RUNTIME (“SHIRT”)
Included within this project is software that allows integrations
within the agency’s local environment to communicate with
Axon’s cloud hosted environment.
The agency agrees to provide a CJIS server and operating
environment for hosting the Self Hosted Integration Runtime.
The minimum technical requirements are:
Windows 8.1, 10, 11 or Server 2012, 2012 R2, 2016, 2019,
2022
64-bit Operating System with .NET Framework 4.7.2 or
above
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 16
2 GHz, 4 core CPU, 8 GB Memory and 80 GB disk
A virtual machine installed on a CJIS server will also
suffice. It does not need to be a standalone, dedicated
CJIS server.
5.3 GIS
Axon incorporates a multi -tenant, Axon -hosted ArcGIS Enterprise
instance for certain GIS functions along with our existing ArcGIS Online
solution. This new infrastructure meets our customers’ stringent
requirements for high availability GIS data in mission -critical uses.
5.3.1 GIS TERMINOLOGY
Feature Layer: A single map layer that can be created from a Map Service or Feature
Service , ArcGIS Online or ArcGIS Enterprise portal items, or from an array of client -
side features. The layer can be either a spatial (has geographic features) or non -
spatial (table).
G I S F U N C T I O N S A R C H I T E C T U R E R A T I O N A L E
V E C T O R T I L E M A P S
ArcGIS Online
(Uses Axon -hosted as
backup)
ArcGIS Online's AWS CloudFront
architecture is fast and reliable
S A T E L L I T E
I M A G E R Y ArcGIS Online ArcGIS Online's AWS CloudFront
architecture is fast and reliable
R O U T I N G S E R V I C E Axon ArcGIS
Enterprise
Axon routing service has higher
availability and offers an SLA
A D D R E S S
S U G G E S T I O N
S E R V I C E
Axon ArcGIS
Enterprise
Axon routing service has lower
latency, higher availability, and
offers an SLA
G E O L O C A T I O N
S E R V I C E S
Axon ArcGIS
Enterprise
Axon routing service has lower
latency, higher availability, and
offers an SLA
C U S T O M E R
F E A T U R E L A Y E R S
Axon's ArcGIS Online
account
For customers without ArcGIS
Online account, customer
provides layer files to Axon, and
Axon hosts in Axon's ArcGIS
Online account, and owns and
manages layer URL
Customer ArcGIS
Online account
Customer hosts (and controls)
layer content in their own
ArcGIS Online account, and
provides layer URL and an
Access Key to Axon
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 17
Axon ArcGIS
Enterprise
(not supported yet)
Customers provides layer files
to Axon, and Axon hosts layers
in Axon's ArcGIS Enterprise
deployment, and owns and
manages layer URLs.
Axon validate s that the feature
layer is safe to publish and
optimized. See the guide on this
feature for more details.
Customer web server
(not supported yet)
Customer hosts (and controls)
layer content on their own web
server, provides layer URL to
Axon. Axon monitor s customer
web server to assess availability
and make recommendation to
customer about its suitability
for hosting layers in mission
critical applications like CAD
and RMS.
Geocoding: Also called address geocoding, this is the process of taking a text -based
description of a location, such as an address or the name of a place, and returning
geographic coordinates, frequently latitude/longitude pair, to identify a location on
the Earth's surface.
Reverse Geocoding: A process that converts geographic coordinates to a description
of a location, usually the name of a place or an addressable location. Geocoding
relies on a computer representation of address points, the street / road network,
together with postal and admi nistrative boundaries.
Routing: Routing services allow you to perform several types of spatial analysis on
transportation networks, such as finding the best route across a city, finding the
closest emergency vehicle or facility, identifying a service area around a location, or
servicing a set of orders with a fleet of vehicles.
Basemaps: Serves as a reference map on which you overlay data from layers and
visualize geographic information. An individual basemap can be made of multiple
feature, raster, or web layers.
Geocoder: A web service which provides geocoding information. Customers can
define their own and expose them as APIs.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 18
5.3.2 AXON GIS COMPONENTS AND ARCHITECTURE
The ArcGIS Online service does not offer an SLA for many of their
components. Because ArcGIS Online does not offer an SLA, Axon cannot
ensure consistent performance if an agency opts to use ArcGIS Online
for any of its GIS services.
The exception to this is the ArcGIS Online Map Tiles and Satellite
Imagery, which are static assets hosted on reliable modern Content
Delivery Networks (CDN) by ESRI. By leveraging their CDN -hosted assets,
map render time and performance are dramatically i mproved. However,
in the unlikely event that ArcGIS Online map tiles becom e unavailable,
Axon has the ability to switch to a backup copy running on Axon’s
servers. Due to the massive size of satellite imagery, Axon currently
does not offer a backup copy of the satellite imagery at this time but
may consider this for future reque sts.
When accessing Map Tiles and Satellite Imagery, no customer data (such
as addresses or GPS coordinates) are sent to 3rd party services.
5.3.3 GIS REQUEST FLOW
For Axon to host your feature layers in our ArcGIS Online account, we
require two key items:
A complete set of layer configuration files for each layer as enumerated below, with
all files for all layers bundled into a single .zip file
The numbered list describing the stacking order in which the layers should be
applied when selected by end users file requirements for Layer Configuration
Agencies requiring Axon to host their feature layers must send layer files to their
Axon representative in a single .zip file with optional internal folder structure. For
each layer, agencies should include files as follows:
5.3.4 GIS REQUIRED LAYERS
Shapefile (.shp extension) to represent spatial vector data, including points, lines ,
and polygons in a map
Index File (.shx extension) to represent shape index position
dBASE File (.dbf extension) to store attribute data and object IDs
5.3.5 GIS OPTIONAL LAYERS
Projection File (.prj extension) to specify the metadata associated with the shapefiles
coordinate and projection system
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 19
XML Metadata File (.xml extension) to represent the metadata associated with the
shapefile
Spatial Index File (.sbn extension) to optimize and speed up spatial queries, used
with .sbx files
Spatial Index File (.sbx extension) to optimize and speed up spatial queries, used
with .sbn files
Code Page File (.cpg extension) to describe the encoding applied to create the
shapefile
5.3.6 GIS LAYER EXAMPLES
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 20
6 NIBRS CERTIFICATION
Axon work s in partnership with the agency to complete the NIBRS
certification process with the s tate. Axon train s appropriate personnel
within the agency to perform corrective action to Incident Reports, and
ensure representative data is captured in alignment with NIBRS
reporting standards.
The NIBRS certification process include s :
Training a gency personnel on the processing and critical review
stages of all generated i ncident r eports to ensure required NIBRS
reporting compliance data is captured
Training a gency personnel to perform periodic checking and
submission preparation audit of the i ncidents which contain
NIBRS reporting data
Training a gency personnel to conduct a monthly NIBRS export
report of the i ncidents to the s tate in the manner determined by
the s tate
Working with the a gency to update codes, statutes, entity
relationships, and any unmatched data the s tate rejects as part
of the NIBRS test submission process through certification
6.1 CUTOVER
Axon work s in partnership with the agency to build, coordinate, and
execute a cutover plan to ensure successful implementation of
interfaces, data conversion, and NIBRS state and federal certification.
Some of these cutover events happen in parallel with the system
implementation process, and Axon coordinate s with the agency to
determine the timing requirements for each cutover.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 21
7 GO-LIVE CONTINGENCY
At the agency’s discretion, they may elect to go -live before all project deliverables are
complete. Upon completion of all project deliverables, exclusive of the deliverables
identified below, the Final Acceptance MCR will be submitted to the agency for review
and signature. Upon acceptance of the Final MCR, the Agency will be invoiced in accordance with the
payment schedule outlined in Quote - Q-592470. This does not relieve Axon from completing
the applicable deliverables, and Axon will continue supporting the agency with the
completion of these deliverables as the availability of functionality allows.
1. Integrations
2. Data Conversions
3. NIBRS Certification
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 22
8 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
8.1 MANAGEMENT RESOURCES
8.1.1 Axon Team
Executive Sponsor: An Axon executive overseeing the
implementation process and communicating progress to Axon
Leadership.
Program Manager: The dedicated point of contact and person
responsible for successful deployment.
Business Analyst : O ne of the main executors of the agency’s and
PM’s deployment plan . Holds responsibility for ensuring the
project accounts for all specific data elements , and that internal
systems are set up and maintained throughout deployment.
Solution Architect: the technical lead on the project. Holds
responsibility for the development and execution of technical
initiatives affecting other teams.
Customer Success Manager : Holds responsibility for p ost -
implementation and ongoing support .
Training Specialist : Provides training to the agency on the
applications being deployed.
8.1.2 Agency Team
Executive Sponsor : This role is a career police department
leadership role with deep understanding of the agency.
Business sponsor responsible for the success of the project.
Project Manager : This role requires experience managing
enterprise cloud -based software project delivery experience
and strong foundational technical experience.
Integrations Manager: This role requires strong foundational
experience in technology solutions and application integration.
This role also requires fluency in all agency project -relevant
data sources, application integrations, and existing custom -
developed applications, querie s, and reports.
IT Administrator : This role requires strong foundational
experience in systems administration and network management,
fluency in all agency network -related processes, sequence and
timing of recurring process jobs, reconciliation, etc. This role
also requires fluency in the overlap, vulnerabilities , and disaster
recovery protocols associated with agency IT infrastructure.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 23
Records Supervisor : This role provides strong foundational
experience in records management, agency policies, compliance
activity, and standard operating procedures. This role also
provides fluency in all processes associated with close activity,
special processes , and queries to manage bulk actions, as well
as a detailed understanding of data elements that support
special compliance obligations.
Patrol Lead : This role requires strong foundational experience
in field policies related to data collection, records initiation,
and categorization of the numerous forms of citizen interaction.
This role also requires fluency in the policies associated with
records cre ation, supplements, amendments, checkpoints,
routing, case management, and determination of records
outcomes .
Reporting Analyst/Lead : This role requires strong foundational
experience in ad -hoc, daily, weekly , and monthly reporting
policies and compliance across local, state, and federal entities.
This role also requires fluency in all agency reporting
processes , including queries, scripts, and custom applications
utilized for all bulk processing to support reporting
requirements.
8.2 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING
All p roject requirements are documented during the k ick-off and
d iscovery phases of the project .
Once the agency and Axon agree on all requirements, Axon’s p roject
m anager work s with the a gency’s p roject m anager to develop a p roject
p lan for Axon’s implementation.
8.3 CHANGE CONTROL
If any changes in the p roject cause a material increase or decrease in
fees , as determined by Axon, an adjustment in the fees will be agreed
upon between the a gency and Axon. All PCO forms must be approved
and signed by the a gency authority (Attachment_B ).
The a gency acknowledges a proposed change request might have an
impact on both scheduling and cost for the p roject that will be outlined
in the PCO form.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 24
8.4 PROJECT METHODOLOGY
Axon utilizes a hybrid approach to project management, utilizing
aspects of both Agile and Waterfall methodologies. We use Waterfall for
the overall project, with respect to major milestones. We utilize Agile
during the configuration and build phases of the project.
8.5 MILESTONE COMPLETION REPORT (MCR)
Axon will submit an MCR to the a gency for approval upon completion of
a m ilestone. Milestone Completion Report included (Attachment A ).
Upon receiving an MCR, the agency has 7 calendar days to approve the
milestone completion. If the agency reasonably believes Axon did not
complete the milestone in substantial conformance with this SoW, the
agency must notify Axon in writing of the specifi c reasons for rejection
within seven (7) calendar days from delivery of the MCR. Axon will
address the issues and re -present the MCR for signature. If Axon does
not receive the signed MCR or written notification of reasons for
rejection within seven (7) ca lendar days of delivery of the MCR, Axon will
deem the agency to have accepted the milestone.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 25
9 AGENCY COMMITMENTS
Ensure the reasonable availability for meetings, phone or email
of knowledgeable staff and personnel to provide timely and
accurate documentation and information to Axon.
Identify holidays, non -workdays , or major events that may
impact the p roject.
Ensure a gency desktop , mobile systems , and devices can access
the p roduct.
Make available relevant systems if needed for assessment by
Axon (including making these systems available to Axon via
remote access , if possible).
Provide Axon with remote access to the a gency’s Axon Evidence
account when required.
Provide Axon with all CJIS background check requirements at
project initiation.
The a gency agrees to pay for licenses upon completion of Go -
Live in accordance with what is outlined in Q -592470.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 26
10 SUPPORT
Axon provides on -site Go -Live support the week the agency
begins using the software.
Axon provide s ongoing support for active interfaces and NIBRS
troubleshooting.
Axon provide s updates and enhancements to the product, which
the a gency automatically receive s . Some features require the
agency to notify support, so please review our monthly release
notes.
Axon provides a n Onsite Technical Account Manager to provide
technical support to the agency for 1 yea r . See Attachment C for
more information.
Axon provide s the a gency’s e nd users with access to the
help.axon.com support portal for self -service support.
Following final acceptance, the agency utilize s Axon support via
my.axon.com and the support portal for any further
modifications to the product.
For urgent technical support assistance, the agency may contact
a technical support representative at 800 -978-2737. Phone
support is available 24/7.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 27
11 TERMS AND CONDITIONS
This SOW is governed by the m aster s ervices and p urchasing a greement
executed by the p arties :
AXON ENTERPRISE, INC.
AGENCY
Signature:
Name:
Title:
Date:
Signature:
Name:
Title:
Date:
Agency Name:
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 28
ATTACHMENT A – MILESTONE COMPLETION
REPORT (MCR)
By signing for the items in this Milestone Completion Report , I agree that Axon ’s
Professional Services Organization has reached the following milestone (s) for the
p roject agreed upon in the SOW between Axon and Renton, WA PD :
□ Project k ick-off
□ Requirements c ompletion
□ Functional r eview and completion of configuration
□ User a cceptance t esting
□ Integrations completion
□ Data conversions completion
□ Completion of a gency t raining
□ Go-Live
□ Final a cceptance
Date s ervices were completed on: _________ day of _______________, 20___
Signature : ______________________________________
Signature Date : _________________________________________
Printed n ame: ______________________________________
Title: ______________________________________________
Email: ______________________________________________
Agency Name: _____________________________________________
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 29
ATTACHMENT B – PROJECT CHANGE ORDER
Date:
Description of change to Axon p roduct or s ervice:
Justification for c hange:
Effects on s chedule:
Effect on p roject p ricing (a ttach quote for reduction or increase in
costs):
AXON ENTERPRISE, INC.
Signature:
Name:
Title:
Date:
AGENCY
Signature:
Name:
Title:
Date:
Agency Name:
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 30
ATTACHMENT C – AXON TECHNICAL ACCOUNT
MANAGER
AXON TAM ONSITE RESPONSIBILITIES
Axon Technical Account Manager (TAM) Payment: Axon invoices
for Axon TAM services as outlined in the quote when the TAM
commences work onsite at the agency.
Full -Time TAM Scope of Services:
The fulltime TAM works onsite four (4) days per week from
0900 – 1700.
The TAM is employed by Axon and adheres to all Axon policies
and procedures.
In the event there is a need to replace the TAM, Axon
coordinates with the agency to outline timing and interim
coverage.
Agency is responsible for ensuring the TAM has a dedicated
office space to work. The office space needs to be secure,
allowing for storage of electronic devices.
Agency needs to set -up appropriate access control procedures
for the TAM. The onsite TAM requires building and parking
access to ensure effective utilization. The TAM completes CJIS
background clearance process to facilitate access controls.
The agency’s Axon support team works with the agency to
define its support needs and ensures the full -time TAM has
the skills to align with those needs. There may be up to a
three (3) month waiting period before the full -time TAM can
work onsite , depending upon the agency’s needs and
availability.
The full -time TAM professional services can include, but is not limited to
the following:
O N G O I N G S Y S T E M
U P D A T E S A N D
C O N F I G U R A T I O N S
Manage software releases.
Reviews release note with
appropriate
users/administrators to
p rovide insight on new
features and functionality
(particularly capabilities that
relate to known organization
pain points).
Coordinate agency testing of
new features and
functionalities .
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 31
Manage release
communications
(begin/end/rollback /
cancellations/postponements)
with administrators .
Coordinate in the event of an outage.
Facilitate or train on configuration changes.
Coordinate with DRS training
team on larger
feature/system upgrades
A C C O U N T M A I N T E N A N C E Outage communications and follow -up
After action report (ARR) reviews
Conduct monthly executive reviews with
agency and Axon regarding Axon DRS
products
D I R E C T S U P P O R T Onsite Troubleshoot ing
Troubleshoot agency issues
in real -time .
G ather product questions
and feedback from users .
Triaging and overseeing MyAxon Support
cases.
Conduct MyAxon Support
case review meetings.
Directly engage with software
support engineers, data
analyst, and NIBRS
specialists/NIBRS support
engineer
Prioritize feature requests/enhancements.
Coordinate with software
support engineers
Actively participate in and successfully
execute internal support processes and
protocols for day -to-day functions.
Follow internal flowcharts to
assist and streamline agency
support needs.
Assist with agency trainings.
Customized support analytics
Collaborative onsite
troubleshooting for complex
issues that may require direct
involvement from the Axon
software engineering team.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
Version 8 .23 32
A G E N C Y A D V O C A C Y Liaison between the agency and Axon
Helps drive pre -Go-Live deliverables to
completion.
Representative for the agency when
participating in internal customer triage
meetings/planning sessions
S U B J E C T M A T T E R
E X P E R T I S E
Serves as an agency subject matter expert on
DRS products for the following:
Troubleshoot and assist with
reported issues.
Bridge knowledge gaps for
agency personnel on new
functions
Work with the agency to
understand product adoption
and workflow change needs.
Help agency personnel to
become subject matter
experts in their respective
areas (records, investigations,
patrol, crime analysis,
property & evidence, etc.)
Work with agency on any
post -Go-Live needs for
DataStore or form builder
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
1
/ PROGRAM METHODOLOGY
AXON PROGRAM METHODOLOGY provides a series of roadmaps for personnel
to navigate toward a common set of goals, as well as project tracking, risk identification, problem-solving,
communication, quality, and change management processes and tools that are key to the successful
management of Axon software deployments. The Axon Program Methodology is based on the principles of
both the PMI, as well as the Standard for Project Management (ANSI 99-001-2021).
The key to the program’s success is its use of continuous quality management, which includes two levels of
quality assurance throughout the project:
ONE /QUALITY ASSURANCE OF PROJECT DELIVERABLES –
Our project managers are responsible for verifying that each project deliverable
meets the requirements of the contract, and appropriate reviews/inspections
are performed by the agency.
TWO / FREQUENT PROJECT REVIEWS – These reviews measure the
compliance to sound project management practices as defined by the program
methodology and further ensure any identified issues are promptly addressed.
The following four basic objectives are the cornerstones we use to manage and measure a successful project:
ONE / HIGH-QUALITY WORK – Deliver high-quality end products, address
business objectives, and meet end-user requirements.
TWO / ON-TIME DELIVERY – Complete deliverables on schedule and within
budget.
THREE / EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION AND TRANSPARENCY –
This is all about eliminating surprises. Maintain timely and accurate
communication to project participants throughout the entire project.
FOUR / EFFICIENT MANAGEMENT – Identify potential problems before
they develop and initiate appropriate corrective action.
Our experience allows us to anticipate potential risks and take corrective actions early so the project scope,
schedule, and budget are not impacted.
Exhibit H-5 AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
2
/ IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
This Implementation Plan provides a high-level overview of the key Phases, Activities and Deliverables required to
accommodate a successful implementation of Axon Records. While each implementation is tailored to meet the unique
needs of your agency, a sample of the detailed Project Schedule and Build Sequencing has been included in the provided
appendices.
PHASE ACTIVITY DELIVERABLE
Project Initiation |
Kickoff
4 Project Team Meet and Greet
4 Setup Agency Sandbox environment
4 Setup Agency PMIS (project toolkit)
4 Project Kick- Off Meeting
4 Inventory available agency artifacts
4 Project Kick- Off
Presentation
4 High-level project plan
4 NIBRS-compliant
agency Sandbox
environment
Discovery
(Requirements
Planning)
4 Develop understanding of agency
operations
4 Identify required agency Integrations,
including directionality and content
4 Identify reporting requirements, including
state-specific NIBRS submissions
4 Data Migration discovery – Source systems
of record
4 Identify key product features and
functionality required to accommodate
operations
4 Scope Baseline and
Gap Analysis
4 Detailed project plan
4 Detailed build sprint
plan
4 Form Inventory
4 IRD Part A for
integrations and
conversions
Design | Build
(Multiple, iterative
cycles)
– See Appendix for
Detail
4 Agency Configurations
4 Form Design & Development
4 Agency Integrations
4 DataStore
4 Data Migrations
4 Functional Test Plan
4 Configurations
complete in Sandbox
environment
4 Data Migration plan
4 Data Dictionary
4 I ntegration Plan
4 DataStore is active and
accessible to Agency for
Sandbox environment
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
3
4 Iterative Functional Testing:
4 Develop Functional Test Plan (Build
Review)
4 Schedule F unctional Testing
4 Execute Functional Testing
4 Review Results
4 Schedule Contingency
Functional Testing on
Remaining Items
4 IRD Part B for
integrations and
conversions
Validate
4 User Acceptance Testing:
4 Develop User Acceptance Test Plan
4 Schedule User Acceptance Testing
4 Execute User Acceptance Testing
4 Review Results
4 Integration Testing:
4 Schedule Integration Testing
4 Execute Integration Testing
4 Review Integration Testing Results
4 Schedule Contingency Integration
Testing Open Items
4 Conversion Testing:
4 Schedule Conversion Testing
4 Load sample payloads from source
system into agency Sandbox
4 Review Conversion Testing Results
4 Resolve identified discrepancies
and execute additional validations
4 Confirm Training and Go- Live Readiness
4 User Acceptance Test,
Conversion and
Integration test plans
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
4
Training
4 Planning:
4 Define list of Trainees/ Roles
4 Review Training Curriculum with
Agency
4 Update Agency SOPs (as needed)
4 Schedule Training
4 Execute Training:
4 Confirm Go- Live Readiness
4 Training plan
Go- Live
4 Agency Support Planning:
4 Define Support Plan
4 Assign Axon Support Resources
4 Review Hypercare Support Model
4 Review Sustained Support Model
4 Go-Live and Cutover Plan Review
4 Production Go- Live & Conversion:
4 Execute cutover and conversion
plan
4 Confirm Successful Login and
Performance
4 Deliver Data Warehouse
Connection
4 Agency Go- Live
4 Support plan
4 Go-Live and Cutover
plan
4 Cutover and Conversion
checklist
Hypercare
4 Hypercare (60 days)
4 Sustained Support
4 JIRA Service
Management Portal
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
5
*Completion of detailed project plan upon completion of Discovery
4 Axon Project Team On-sites:
§ Onsite #1: Project Kickoff and the initiation of the Discovery Phase of the project. Typically, 3 – 4
days in length based on agency availability and projected complexity.
§ Onsite #2.1: Agency Testing with expanded subject matter experts. Typically, 4 days in length,
conducted once we’ve reached 25 – 50% of the system configuration; allows end users to provide
feedback.
§ Onsite #2.n (as needed): Additional on-sites may be added throughout the Design/Build cycle if
deemed warranted by the collective project team.
§ Onsite #3: User Acceptance Testing conducted; successful completion will confirm Go-Live date.
Typically, 2 – 3 days in length.
§ Onsite #4: Training – Various methods, including Train the Trainer and End User; timeline will vary
based on option.
§ Onsite #5: Go-Live – Team comes onsite the day prior to Go-Live through the end of week (5 days).
§ Onsite #6: On-site Hypercare (5 days).
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
6
/ KEY PROJECT DELIVERABLES
4 Project Kickoff:
§ Project Kickoff Brief: The project kickoff brief provides a general overview to the agency’s key
stakeholders/ leadership of the project they will be working on for the duration of the project. It
walks through all of the subsequent phases of the project.
4 Format: PowerPoint Presentation
4 Additional: Axon will establish the Agency’s Smartsheet Workspace for program
management & an Agency Sandbox for system configurations and development.
4 Discovery:
§ Project Feature Gap Analysis: The project team will conduct a Gap Analysis on the net new
functionality needed to take the Agency live on Axon RMS. The documentation will capture the
feature, its priority, product owner, estimated completion date & associated technical tracking
tickets (Jira).
4 Format: Smartsheet
§ Project Scoping Document: The project team will author the Scoping Document to align both
project teams on the Agency’s requirements for Go-Live and ensure complete transparency on
functionality and its availability.
4 Format: Word/ PDF Document
4 Additional: The Agency’s Smartsheet Workspace will contain addition sheets that outline a
Rolling Action Item List (RAIL), the Project Schedule, a Build Status sheet that captures the
configuration requirements to meet the Agency’s deployment requirements.
4 Design | Build | Validate:
§ Smartsheet Workspace: The project team will maintain the Agency Workspace – the sheets will be
kept current to reflect system configurations conducted, and the Build Status of the RMS.
4 Format: Smartsheet
§ Integration + Data Migration Plans: The project team will develop the Integration and Data
Migration Plans to communicate the Agency’s required data objects, integration directionality and
technical requirements.
4 Format: Word/ PDF Document
4 Additional: Axon will provide the Agency a Network Diagram and Data Dictionary to
communicate technical capabilities and/or limitations to ensure a supportable deployment.
§ Functional Acceptance Testing (FAT): The project team will conduct FAT via the Smartsheet Build
Status Sheet. This allows the Agency to collaborate with the project team as the system is being
built. If functionality does not meet the Agency’s expectations, the team will work to improve upon
the experience.
4 Format: Smartsheet
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
7
4 User Acceptance:
§ User Acceptance Testing (UAT): Following system FAT, the project team will develop a scenario
based UAT experience that guides users through the agency workflows utilizing the Axon RMS
product. Testers will validate the functionality and usability of the system prior to assigning
resources for training.
4 Format: Word/ PDF Document
4 Training:
§ Training Plan: The Axon Trainer will develop a training plan based on Agency resources and
purchased training package to ensure the best user experience. This plan will be communicated and
validated by key stakeholders to ensure Agency needs are met.
4 Format: Word/ PDF Document
4 Go-Live:
§ Go-Live/ Cutover Plan: With the assistance and approval of their Agency counterpart, the Axon
Program Manager will develop a Go-Live/ Cutover Plan that covers the transition from the legacy
system to Axon RMS at a granular level. This documentation serves to provide both sides with the
step-by-step actions, mitigations and decision-making authorities in the event of a system
emergency.
4 Format: Word/ PDF Document
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
8
/ CONFIGURATION BUILD AND VALIDATION
Axon utilizes a hybrid program methodology in which Design, Build and Validation activities take place across
a number of iterative sprints. Throughout these sprints the collective project team leverages progressive
elaboration to design and build features and functions to meet the operating needs of the agency. These
sprints last anywhere between 2-4 weeks and are highly collaborative. As feature sets are configured, the
project team will partner to complete Functional Acceptance Testing in which agency subject matter experts
have the opportunity to validate system functionality and provide feedback where modification or
enhancement may be required.
After the configuration of Axon Records is complete, Axon’s team will facilitate User Acceptance Testing (UAT)
with the agency’s identified end-users. Through validation activities, our team will be able to determine
whether your agency’s solution is configured correctly and validated against the agreed-upon requirements
and product outcomes. This includes final validation of integrations, data warehouse set-up, configuration,
and any data conversions.
User Acceptance Testing is role and scenario based, and the following list covers some sample scenarios
designed to methodically validate all components of the new system. If all testing scenarios meet the pass
criteria, the agency will be ready for training and go-live. If during the validation process, changes are
identified, the PM, SA, and an agency-appointed deployment lead will re-scope the necessary effort and
execute and re-run the applicable scenario until acceptance is reached.
EXAMPLE SCENARIOS
/ SEARCH FOR DATA ENTERED INTO AXON RECORDS INCLUDING INCIDENTS, PEOPLE, VEHICLES, AND
LOCATIONS – The pass criteria for this scenario includes successful utilization of the search feature to
locate applicable information while focusing on efficiency and readability.
/ MY TASKS, CALL FOR SERVICE – The pass criteria for this scenario includes verifying all the integrations
between your CAD and Axon Records, as well as focus on your patrol officers’ understanding of the
reports assigned, priority, and subsequent routing to the correct supervisor and records for review.
/ REPORTING AND ANALYTICS – The pass criteria for this scenario includes a review of all data
summarizations created for go-live with crime analysts and end-consumers of the data, such as command
staff. Results will be graded on the ability to review and extract insights from the data as well as testing of
automatic updates to data where configured. In addition to product outcome validation, our team will
perform integration reviews with the agency. These will include an overview of the steps listed above with
your project lead. Once the system has been confirmed as operational and configuration is approved by
your team, we will then initiate the final training and go-live measures.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
9
/ INTERFACES
THE AXON INTERFACE APPROACH enables your agency to have one unified conversation
across the systems you use. Axon provides a single integration platform using Microsoft Self-Hosted
Integration Runtime. This integration source securely connects your on-premise data to the Azure
Government Cloud so that Axon can share data across Axon’s network of products and software services
with your agency’s existing and future systems. Software services provided in the Azure cloud include auto-
tagging, channel services, legacy evidence migration, and more.
Using this integration platform, Axon can integrate with third-party systems via the following methods:
/ IMPORT INTERFACE – Pulling data from a third-party system into Axon’s solution.
/ EXPORT INTERFACE – Pushing data from Axon’s solution to a third-party system.
/ BIDIRECTIONAL INTERFACE – An interface that supports both importing and exporting, thus
moving data between Axon’s solution and a third-party system.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
10
/ DATA CONVERSION
At this point in the process, your agency may be asking, should we bring over our legacy data or not? Axon’s
Software Services (SWS) is here to help make that decision easier. We largely recognize the value in legacy data and
can work with your agency to create a data conversion plan to successfully bring over legacy data into your new
solution.
Axon Data Conversion services include:
/ DATA CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS PLANNING – Axon, in partnership with
agency resources, can remotely access the legacy system on your network to determine if any database
conversion or data reformatting needs to occur before the conversion.
/ REQUIREMENTS REVIEW – An Axon architect will work with agency resources to determine
which data conversion approach will serve the agency best; identify desired data and how it maps to Axon
Records.
/ DATA CONVERSION AND REVIEW – Axon will work with agency resources to map the data
from the legacy data structures and formats into Axon Records; an iterative process that requires a review by
both Axon and the agency to ensure successful and accurate data conversion.
/ DATA CONVERSION COMPLETION – Once Axon and agency resources verify data migration
is complete, Axon Records can structure the data to be parsed and shared with third-party systems if needed.
/ CHANGE MANAGEMENT
While change can often be disruptive to a project, Axon recognizes the value in change and has built our Program
Methodology to accommodate for this. Throughout critical phases of the project various stakeholders will have
opportunities to contribute to design discussions, run through scenarios in the Sandbox, and/or be asked to test key
elements of the platform, and often this will result in opportunity to further drive value, which presents itself in the
form of feedback. This feedback is expected and encouraged! The Axon Program Methodology is a hybrid of predictive
and agile principles. For the beginning and ending phases of the project, we use a predictive approach which brings
consistency and stability to ensure dates and budgets are met. In between these two phases is a highly agile approach in
which change is not only expected and encouraged, but also acted upon. Not until the last responsible moment do we
limit change, which is following the completion of User Acceptance, promoting system and process stability as training
activities commence.
There are some changes that are outside the authority of the project team, such as changes to timelines, budget and
scope. Any change requested by a project stakeholder that would materially change the agreed-upon Statement of
Work, would be reviewed, evaluated, and presented to both the Project Change Control as well as the Axon Change
Review Board. While any material change will be considered, potential cost and schedule implications will be identified
and reviewed with agency stakeholders prior to proceeding with the change. For changes of this materiality, a robust
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
11
change control process with associated documentation is utilized to ensure alignment with all project stakeholders.
/ RISK MANAGEMENT
Risk is inherent in any project, and appropriate identification and mitigation/exploitation of risk is critical to the success
of the project. Drawing from Axon’s extensive project experience, an initial Risk Register will be jointly created and
reviewed with agency stakeholders during the Initiation phase of the project. Once in place, risk will consistently be
monitored and reviewed, allowing for appropriate actions to be taken to mitigate/exploit risks as deemed warranted. A
sample of a project Risk Register has been included in the appendix for additional reference.
/ TRAINING
Training is a critical step in the deployment process and takes careful planning and consideration. Axon believes
that one training size does not fit all, which is why we will work with you to develop a flexible training curriculum
tailored to meet the specific needs of your agency.
Axon’s robust training preparation and execution will help promote skill development and knowledge transfer,
ensuring sustained success. Our training approach includes the following:
/ DEVELOPING A TRAINING PLAN – Axon will document our approach and propose a training
plan to your agency that covers user types and availability, as well as any additional IT or admin training.
/ SETTING UP THE TRAINING ENVIRONMENT – Axon will leverage the Sandbox
environment that replicates the to-be production environment, thus creating a realistic user training
experience.
/ IDENTIFYING UNIQUE AGENCY CONFIGURATIONS – Axon will work
to understand your current workflows, policies, and SOPs related to any configuration request or need.
/ IDENTIFYING ROLES – Our training team will identify agency roles and workflows while working
to confirm and meet the requirements of your agency.
/ FOSTERING A HANDS-ON APPROACH – All training will be hands-on and occur in an
Axon provided Sandbox environment that promotes interaction.
/ TAILORING THE CURRICULUM – Our training team will tailor the curriculum to meet the
needs of your agency roles and workflows, all while establishing training expectations.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
12
/ TRAINING APPROACH
ELEMENT DESCRIPTION
Purpose and Learning
Objectives
This document outlines the approach to training and onboarding
of the agency’s Train- the-Trainer personnel who will be training
agency end-users on the Axon Records Management System.
This document serves to detail the courses, audiences, schedule,
delivery methods, logistics, and resource needs required to
execute the Axon Records Train-the-Trainer Learning Program.
This plan acts as a working document until Axon and the agency’s
system admin agree to finalize the document.
Axon Records
Learning Program
The Axon Records Learning Program includes the following:
4 Train-the-Trainer (TTT) – This component occurs prior to
the Core Learning Program. It is designed to provide the
agency with agency super users (trainers) who are qualified
to train the agency for the primary Axon Records training
program. By completing these initial learning activities, the
agency establishes the knowledge capital to launch the Core
Learning Program which results in the onboarding of all
agency end-users to the Axon Records live production
environment.
4 Core Learning Program – This training program led by the
agency for the agency personnel who will use Axon Records
for routine work functions. This program focuses on the
instruction needed to accomplish all fundamental tasks
available within the platform. The program is designed to
enable users to complete the training and begin live
production report processing via Axon Records on a preset
Go-Live date. In this way, the Core Learning Program is the
last step to officially onboard each user to Axon Records.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
13
Curriculum
Trainers will receive the following resources:
4 Lesson plan for end user course outline
4 Power point deck
4 Scenarios for each course
The following chart breaks down each core learning course into title, course description and
target audience.
COURSE
NAME
COURSE DESCRIPTION TARGET
AUDIENCE
System
Administration
for Axon Records
This course provides select users with the
ability to perform advanced Axon Records
system administration functions such as
setting up users, managing
accounts/attributes, granting, and managing
report distribution and routing, viewing the
audit log tool, and user attributes.
Personnel who will
maintain the user
management and
system administration
functions.
Records for
Patrol
This course provides users with the ability to
navigate the report writing system, search,
write reports, run statistical analytics from
out of the box dashboards, and/or complete
any other core patrol reporting activities. It
also orients users on the system workflow
rules related to the collaborative report
writing functionality with and without NIBRS
(National Incident Based Reporting System),
which is a key system feature used to
achieve continuous incident-based
reporting. Axon Records course is activity-
driven and provides participants with
several report-writing objectives to
accomplish independently.
Personnel who are
responsible for writing
and contributing to
reports.
Records for
Supervisors
This course provides agency supervisors with
the ability to complete routine incident-
related supervisory report reviews. The
course will also enable participants to add
comments, reassign incident reports, apply
restrictions, and other supervisory activities.
Personnel who are
responsible for
reviewing and
assigning/reassigning
reports.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
14
(This course can be combined with the
Records for Patrol course when the audience
includes supervisors.)
Records Basics This course provides users with a high-level
interactive overview of Axon Records.
Personnel who
perform limited
functions such as
searching in the Axon
Records Management
system.
Case Management This course provides users with the ability to
perform case management functionality
including creating cases, adding/viewing
case details, adding evidence to cases,
managing case evidence, and searching
cases.
Personnel who are
responsible for
investigating certain
offenses beyond the
initial call for service.
Central Records
Management
The course provides users with the ability to
perform administrative functions such as
Records tasks to review reports for
finalization as well as sealing, expungement,
merging duplicate names, search, and
retrieval of records to satisfy public records
requests.
Note: This training does not include the
process to report NIBRS submissions.
Personnel who are
responsible for
administration for
records public release
and final review for
records and NIBRS
validation.
Property and
Evidence
Management
Module
This course provides the users with the
ability to complete property and evidence
check-ins, property searches, scanning
property barcodes, and printing property
barcode labels.
Personnel who are
responsible for intake,
inventory, and
maintenance of
tangible evidence.
Booking
Management
Module
This course provides the users with how to
process in the Axon Records system inmates
who are held for less than 72 hours to
release or transferring them to another
long-term holding facility.
Personnel who are
responsible for
intaking and
processing inmates
upon initial in custody
arrest.
Warrant
Management
Module
This course provides users with the ability to
create and submit new papers, search, and
maintain civil and criminal warrants in the
Axon Records System.
Personnel who are
responsible for
entering and
maintaining civil and
criminal warrants and
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
15
court ordered
paperwork.
Axon Standards This course provides the agency’s users with
a high-level interactive overview of Axon
Standards. The users will learn how to
navigate in the applications, search,
approve/reject reports, apply restrictions,
and add investigative notes.
Personnel who are
responsible for
writing, investigating,
approving, and/or
maintaining the
internal investigation
report.
Personnel
Management
Module
This course provides the users with the
ability to capture and maintain information
on agency personnel including but not
limited to emergency contacts, current and
past assignments, education, training
history, and certifications. Personnel module
also enables agencies to manage and
maintain duty roster.
Personnel who create,
modify/track, and
manage trainings,
certifications,
assignments, and/or
duty rosters of
individuals within the
agency
Permitting
Module
Provide users the means to create custom
forms for permit applications and workflow
for a permit lifecycle (application review,
approval, issuance, expiration) in RMS.
Personnel who issue,
reject, and renew
permit applications,
and set permits to
expire.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
16
/ GO-LIVE
/ NOW THAT WE’VE DONE THE WORK — including system set-up, interface set-up,
configuration, data conversion, functional testing, system review, and end-user training—it’s time to Go-Live!
By this time, the collective project teams will have spent a lot of time together leading up to cut-over, and
the agency should be well prepared to use Axon Records on their own and in the field. The Axon project
team will provide a combination of both on-site and remote support, led by your project manager, the day
the new system goes live.
During the initial Go-Live phase, Axon’s on-site team will be there to address questions as they arise, which will
ensure a smooth and successful Go-Live experience for the agency.
We understand that going live can be a stressful time for an agency, which is why the Axon project team will
be with the agency each step of the way, in partnership, to guarantee a successful deployment.
/ IMPLEMENTATION PHASING — while Go-Live is a critical event, it is the sustained
adoption of all features and functionality across the operational environment that ultimately delivers on the
value proposition of your implementation. Taking into account the scope and complexity of operations,
organizational structure and available resources, Axon will partner with the Agency to determine the
appropriate implementation phasing that best balances all applicable tradeoffs and implications. Based on
our extensive implementation experience, our recommendation is often to implement in as few phases as
feasible, which accelerates the change management process and allows for the consistent adoption of
systems and processes across the operational footprint as quickly as possible.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
17
/ PROGRAM MANAGEMENT TEAM
A X O N T E A M
4 Executive Sponsor: An Axon executive overseeing the implementation process and communicating progress
to Axon Leadership.
4 Program Manager: Your PM will be the lead throughout the entirety of the deployment and is responsible
for the development and execution of the project schedule. Your PM is your dedicated point of contact and
ultimately responsible for a successful deployment.
§ Program Manager Key Responsibilities:
4 Axon’s Program Manager will ensure all team members from Axon and Agency are
continually updated on the status of the Project.
4 Create the customized deployment and go-live project plan.
4 Ensure proper expectations are set and maintained throughout the deployment.
4 Execute on the deployment plan.
4 Ensure the project is on schedule and holding Axon internal and agency resources
accountable.
4 Lead trade-off discussions when new requests or changes to the plan come up.
4 Facilitate project transition with the Technical Account Manager and tech support post-go-
live.
4 Solution Architect: The SA will be the technical lead on the project and is responsible for the development
and execution of technical initiatives. The SA will be your go-to technical resource during the project.
§ Solution Architect Key Responsibilities:
4 Create the technical project plan.
4 Refine the requirements and approach for all integrations and data conversions.
4 Business Analyst: One of the main executors of the deployment plan and responsible for ensuring the
project has all specific forms, data elements and workflows understood and accounted for and that internal
systems and processes are set up and maintained throughout deployment.
§ Business Analyst Key Responsibilities:
4 Deeply review the scope of operations with agency-defined end users/subject matter
experts to ensure, at the highest level of detail, that the deployment will meet agency
expectations.
4 Work with internal engineering and product teams to properly scope and plan deployment-
specific work.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
18
4 Technical Account Manager – Primary point of contact for post- implementation / ongoing support.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
19
A G E N C Y T E A M
The agency should be prepared to:
4 Provide Subject Matter Experts (SME) in key areas and make them available for consulting throughout the
project.
4 Agency Project Manager should have proper authority to speak on behalf of the Agency with respect to the
project.
4 Agency Project Manager should work internally to eliminate roadblocks as required to keep the project on
track.
4 Agency Project Manager should have authority to sign related project documents and reports as required.
4 Agency Project Manager will organize scheduling needs related to the project:
4 System Review and Testing Scheduling
4 Training Scheduling
4 Go- live Scheduling
4 All Communication Cadence Scheduling with appropriate Agency resources
A G E N C Y K E Y P O S I T I O N S
4 Executive Sponsor
4 Primary Agency business sponsor responsible for success of the Records Initiative.
4 Ensure Agency resources support the project through all phases of execution as planned and agreed by
Agency and Axon.
4 Communicate with Agency and City Leadership as necessary to support the Records Project.
4 Provide guidance and leadership as part of the executive steering committee for the project.
4 Project Manager
4 Primary point of contact and Agency designated project leader, responsible for success of the Records
Initiative.
4 Manage and coordinate all Agency resources committed to support the project throughout each phase of
delivery through launch and post launch adoption of the system.
§ Project Manager Key Responsibilities:
4 Designate appropriate subject matter experts to assist the project relative to the task at
hand:
• Agency Hierarchy, User Groups, Roles, and Permissions
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
20
• Module subject matter experts
• Integration subject matter experts, per interface if necessary
• Data Migration Review Team
4 Integrations Manager
4 Primary leadership role to coordinate Agency/ City resources associated with Records integration with
state and federal information systems and 3rd party applications.
4 Coordinate Agency/ City resources to support historical data migration from existing Records system to
Axon.
4 IT Administrator
4 Ensure Project resources have access to systems and data required to support integration and data
migration activity.
4 Records Supervisor
4 Primary leadership role to coordinate and advise the project team on current Agency Records policies,
processes, and operational procedures.
4 Coordinate resources to confirm and support configuration and integration testing and acceptance.
4 Patrol Lead
4 Primary leadership role to coordinate and advise the project team on current Agency patrol, data
capture, and investigative practices.
4 Coordinate resources to confirm and support configuration and integration testing and acceptance.
4 Reporting Analyst/ Lead
4 Primary leadership role to coordinate and advise the project team on current Agency reporting policies,
processes, ad- hoc analysis, and monthly state and federal reporting requirements.
4 Coordinate resources to confirm and support Axon Data Warehouse, configuration of standard reports
and production of Agency specific reports to support normal operations.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
21
T E C H N I C A L K N O W L E D G E
4 Executive Sponsor
4 This role is a career police department leadership role with deep understanding of the agency.
4 Project Manager
4 This role requires experience managing enterprise cloud-based software project delivery experience and
strong foundational technical experience.
4 Integrations Manager
4 This role requires strong foundational experience in technology solutions and application integration.
4 Requires fluency in all Agency project relevant data sources, applications, integrations, and existing
custom developed applications, queries, and reports.
4 IT Administrator
4 This role requires strong foundational experience in systems administration and network management.
4 Requires fluency in all Agency network related processes, sequence and timing of recurring process jobs,
reconciliation, etc.
4 Fluency in the overlap, vulnerabilities and disaster recovery protocols associated with Agency IT
infrastructure.
4 Records Supervisor
4 This role requires strong foundational experience in records management, Agency policies, compliance
activity and standard operating procedures.
4 Requires fluency in all processes associated with close activity, special processes and queries to manage
bulk actions, as well as a detailed understanding of data elements that support special compliance
obligations.
4 Patrol Lead
4 This role Requires strong foundational experience in field policies related to the data collection, records
initiation, and categorization of the numerous forms of citizen interaction.
4 Requires fluency in the policies associated with records creation, supplements, amendments, check
points, routing, case management, and determination of records outcomes.
4 Reporting Analyst/ Lead
4 This role requires strong foundational experience in ad-hoc, daily, weekly, and monthly reporting
policies and compliance across local, state and federal entities.
4 Requires fluency in all Agency reporting processes including queries, scripts, and custom applications
utilized for any and all bulk processing to support reporting requirements.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
1
Last updated: July 2024
Axon - Service Level Agreement
This Service Level Agreement (SLA) identifies the Axon Service Offerings and the expected level of services
between Axon 1 (Axon, us or we) and users of Service Offerings (Customer or you). Unless otherwise
provided in this SLA, this SLA is subject to the terms of the purchase agreement, or other similar agreement,
if any, between Axon and Customer. This SLA applies separately to each Customer using Service Offerings.
By using Service Offerings, you agree that you understand this SLA and you accept and agree to be bound
by the following terms and conditions. Axon reserves the right to update and change the terms of this SLA.
When we post changes, we will revise the “last updated” date at the top of this page. If there are adverse
material changes to this SLA, we will inform you by directly sending you a notification.
1.Axon Cloud Services Commitment
A.Definitions
•“Axon Cloud Services” means Axon’s web services, including but not limited to, Axon Evidence,
Axon Records, Axon Dispatch, FUSUS services and interactions between Axon Evidence and
Axon Devices or Axon client software. Axon Cloud Service excludes third-party
applications, hardware warranties, and my.evidence.com.
•“Downtime” means periods of time, measured in minutes, in which the Service Offering is
Unavailable to you. “Downtime” does not include Scheduled Downtime and does not include
Unavailability of the Service Offering due to limitations described under the section Exclusions.
•“Incident” means a disruption of Service Offerings during which the Customer experiences
Downtime.
•“Maximum Available Minutes” means the total amount of accumulated minutes during
a Service Month for the Service Offering.
•“Monthly Uptime Percentage” means (Maximum Available Minutes - Downtime) / Maximum
Available Minutes * 100.
•“Scheduled Downtime” means periods of time, measured in minutes, in which the Service
Offering is unavailable to Customer, which fall within scheduled routine maintenance or
planned maintenance timeframes.
•“Service Month” means a calendar month at Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
•“Service Credits” means credits received by users of Service Offerings in the event that the
service level objectives are not achieved.
•“Service Offerings” means all Axon Evidence services provided by Axon pursuant to this SLA.
•“Unavailable” and “Unavailability” means a situation where the Service Offering does not allow
for the upload of evidence files, viewing of evidence files or interactive login by an end-user.
1 “Axon” refers to the Axon entity that you are in a contractual agreement with for the provision of Axon Cloud
Services, including but not limited to Axon Public Safety UK Limited, Axon Public Safety Germany SE, etc.
Exhibit I-5
Service Level Agreement
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
2
Service Level Agreement
B. Service Level Objective
Axon will use commercially reasonable efforts to make the Service Offerings available 99.99% of the time.
Guaranteed service level & Service Credits:
Monthly Uptime
Percentage
Service Credit in
Days
Less than 99.9% 3
Less than 99.0% 7
C. Requesting Service Credits
In order for Axon to consider a claim for Service Credits, you must submit the claim to Axon Customer
Support (https://www.axon.com/contact) including all information necessary for us to validate the claim,
including but not limited to: (i) a detailed description of the Incident; (ii) information regarding the time
and duration of the Incident; (iii) the number and location(s) of affected users (if applicable); and (iv)
descriptions of your attempts to resolve the Incident at the time of occurrence.
D. Terms
Axon must receive the claim within one month of the end of the month in which the Incident that is
the subject of the claim occurred. For example, if the Incident occurred on February 12th, we must
receive the claim and all required information by March 31st.
We will evaluate all information reasonably available to us and make a good faith determination of
whether a Service Credit is owed. We will use commercially reasonable efforts to process claims during
the subsequent month and within forty-five days of receipt. You must be in compliance with all Axon
agreements in order to be eligible for a Service Credit. If we determine that a Service Credit is owed to
you, we will apply the Service Credit to the end of your Service Offering subscription term. Service
Credits may not be exchanged for or converted to monetary amounts.
E. Exclusions
This SLA does not apply to any unavailability, suspension or termination of the Service Offerings, or any
other Axon Evidence performance issues: (a) caused by factors outside of our reasonable control,
including any force majeure event, terrorism, sabotage, virus attack or Customer internet access and
related problems beyond the demarcation point of the Service Offerings (including Domain Name Server
issues outside our direct control); (b) that result from any actions or inactions of you or a third party; (c)
that result from your communication delays, including wrong, bad or missing data, improperly
formatted, organized or transmitted data received from you, or any other data issues related to the
communication or data received from or through you; (d) that result from your equipment, software or
other technology and/or third party equipment, software or other technology (other than third party
equipment within our direct control); (e) that result from any maintenance as provided for pursuant to
this SLA; (f) failure to adhere to any required configurations, use supported platforms, and follow any
policies for acceptable use; or (g) arising from our suspension and termination of your right to use the
Service Offerings in accordance with the agreement for the provision of Axon Evidence between you
and Axon.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
3
Service Level Agreement
F. Service Maintenance
• Maintenance periods may periodically result in the Service Offerings being Unavailable to you.
Downtime falling within scheduled routine or planned maintenance is Scheduled Downtime and
is not eligible for Service Credits.
• Emergency maintenance may have less than a 24-hour notification period. Emergency
maintenance may be performed at any time, with or without notice as deemed necessary by
Axon. Emergency maintenance falling outside scheduled routine or planned maintenance is
eligible for Service Credits.
• Axon will make available updates as released by Axon to the Axon Cloud Services. The Customer
is responsible for maintaining the computer equipment and internet connections necessary for
use of Axon Cloud Services.
F.1 Planned Maintenance
Axon may schedule and plan maintenance windows outside of the timeframes detailed in “Scheduled
Routine Maintenance”.
F.2 Scheduled Routine Maintenance: We encourage you to review the most current version of the Axon
Cloud Services Maintenance Schedule by visiting:
https://www.axon.com/products/axon-evidence/maintenance-schedule.
F.3 Emergency Maintenance
Patches and emergency releases are used to deliver ad-hoc application fixes and are typically
seamless to customers. Whenever possible, patches and emergency releases are deployed during
off-peak hours and without Downtime. Emergency releases are conducted on an as-needed basis and
can occur any day of the week.
F.4 Notification of Maintenance
Notification of upcoming routine maintenance is not provided in advance unless there has been a
change to the Scheduled Routine Maintenance. Approximately one (1) week prior to the routine
maintenance, release notes are provided to Axon Evidence customer administrators.
If planned maintenance is required, Axon will communicate via email to Axon Evidence Customer
administrators at least one (1) week in advance.
In the event of scheduled routine or planned maintenance that requires customer action (e.g.
updating network settings), Axon will communicate via email at least sixty (60) days prior to the
maintenance. Please Note: If emergency maintenance that requires customer action is necessary,
Customers may be notified less than one (1) week in advance.
G. Axon Device Firmware Updates
Firmware updates and enhancements to Axon devices are pushed from Axon Cloud Services.
Customer interaction is not required. Updates are retrieved, installed and validated during the
normal device charging and data transfer process. Firmware updates are systemically rolled out to
customers in waves.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
4
Service Level Agreement
2. Customer Support Response Commitment
Axon has implemented Incident response policies and practices for Axon devices and Axon Cloud Services,
which follow industry best practice standards. Axon reserves the right to change the terms of these
response policies.
A. Definitions
• “Business Day” means Monday to Friday 09:00-17:00 based on your location, excluding public
holidays
• “BOD” means the Board of Directors
• “Incident” means a fault related to an Axon product or Axon Cloud Services experienced by
the Customer.
• “Targeted Response Time” means the target timeframe for Axon to respond to Customer
and/or escalate the Incident within the “Axon Customer Support Solution”.
• “Targeted Resolution Time” means the target timeframe for the full resolution of the Incident. It
excludes time delays caused by Customer or third parties outside of Axon’s reasonable control.
• “Workaround” means a method for overcoming an Incident allowing the Customer to operate
the core function of Axon devices and/or Axon Cloud Services.
• “Incident Classification“for incidents (unplanned outages), the ticket is classified as an
"incident"
B. Technical support Service Scope
The following Comprehensive Support Services are covered by this Agreement:
• Telephone, E-mail and Web Conferencing tool (Zoom) based remote desktop assistance during
regular business hours.
• Assistance to the customer depending on the Error Severity Level (See ESL Definition below) to
troubleshoot the purchased equipment to determine if hardware or software is defective when they
are under support warranty.
• If Axon hardware is deemed to be defective, the customer will be requested to return the hardware
as soon as possible via the RMA process (Section 3) who will diagnose, repair, and return the
hardware.
• Axon will maintain case record tracking of all customer issues.
• Emergency Onsite assistance (extra costs apply) depending on the Severity Level.
• Axon support will be available 24/7/365 for all severity 1 and severity 2 technical and product
related issues and for major incidents. All severity 3-5 issues submitted, out of core business hours,
over the weekend or Public Holidays will be addressed on the next business day. If the severity is
unknown by the users at the time of the issue, Technical support will help assign a severity during
troubleshooting.
• Unless otherwise specified, 24/7/365 support is provided in English
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
5
Service Level Agreement
C. Customer Requirements
Customer responsibilities and/or requirements to obtain quick, professional, comprehensive support
from Axon include:
• Reasonable availability of customer representative(s) when resolving a service-related incident or
request.
• Provide all necessary cooperation and all necessary access to such information as may be required by
Axon Support, to render the Services, including but not limited to customer’s data, security access
information, and configuration services.
• A prompt and complete description of issues when encountered, including software, hardware, or
other if known
• Redaction of sensitive footage, audit logs, screenshots to allow for escalation to engineering or
product for troubleshooting purposes.
D. Service Availability
Coverage parameters specific to the service(s) covered in this Agreement are as follows:
• Telephone support: Please refer to Telephone support table below
Calls received out of office hours are forwarded to our follow the sun service who who
support our real time operations 24/7.
Customer calls may be picked up by non-residents of the origin of the call. If there are any
compliance concerns around data sovereignty, customers are required to specify any
concerns during the call to ensure calls can be routed to a resident of the country where the
agency is located.
• Email support: Monitored 09:00 to 17:00 Monday – Friday (based on your geography)
Emails received outside of office hours will be collected and generally monitored and best
efforts are made, however contacting the customer cannot be guaranteed until the next
working day.
If the transfer of audit logs, sensitive video footage, or other sensitive information to an
Axon representative located outside the geographical origin of the call is necessary for
technical support, permission will be requested prior to sharing any information.
• Onsite support can be arranged for issues requiring direct assistance and where an internal
representative not available, will involve additional costs on a per day basis with travel, travel days,
lodging, and meal expenses if not included in your contract
• SLAs for incidents requiring onsite assistance may vary based on site availability, access,
representative availability on site. If SLAs are not met due to events out of Axon’s control, Service
credits will not apply on any breached targets
• Unless otherwise specified in your contract, all out of hours support is provided in English via email
and telephone.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
6
Service Level Agreement
E. Axon Support Channels
Axon Resource Centre: https://my.Axon.com
Email: support@Axon.com
Telephone Support:
Country Phone Number Hours of operation
(local time)
United States +1 (800) 978 2737 (Opt 4) 09:00-17:00
United Kingdom +44 (1327) 709 666 09:00-17:00
Australia +61 (1800) 512 069 09:00-17:00
New Zealand +1 (800) 978 2737 09:00-17:00
France +33 (800) 911 202 09:00-17:00
Germany +49 (800) 555 2966 09:00-17:00
Switzerland +49 (800) 555 2966 09:00-17:00
Austria +49 (800) 555 2966 09:00-17:00
Italy +39 (645) 251 001 09:00-17:00
Spain +34 (914) 102 299 09:00-17:00
Other countries On request On request
F. Incident Classifications and Response Times
a. Table below outlines the targeted response and resolution times across different Severity levels.
b. Relief Time means either Axon have resolved the issue or provide a suitable workaround to allow
business to continue. Customer shall reasonably self-diagnose each Incident and recommend to
Axon an appropriate severity level designation. Axon shall validate your severity level designation
or notify you of a proposed change to a higher or lower level with justification for the proposal.
In the event of a conflict regarding the appropriate severity level designation, each party shall
promptly escalate such conflict to its management team for resolution through consultation
between the parties’ management, during which time the parties shall continue to handle the
Incident support in accordance with Axon’s severity level designation. In the rare case a conflict
requires a management discussion, both parties shall be available within one hour of the
escalation.
c. Resolution of hardware related faults will be immediate if Axon Body camera devices are hot
swapped and then replenished back into contingency stock through Axon’s RMA process.
d. For Customers with different levels of Incident classification such as Critical, High, Medium and
Low, Axon will recognize this and map your severity levels against Axon’s severity levels based
on the targeted response time and resolution time closest representative timeframe For
example, if Critical has a resolution time of 2 hours, it will be classed as Severity 1. If High has a
resolution time of 24 hours, it will be classed as Severity 2.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
7
Service Level Agreement
Incident
Classification
Description
Targeted
Response
Time
Targeted
Relief
Time
Targeted
Resolution
Time
Customer Response
Commitment
Severity 1
- Business critical function is
down - Material impact to Customer's
business - No Workaround exists
Less than 1
hour
Less than 1
Hour Less than 24
hours
Customer shall remain
accessible by phone for
troubleshooting from the time
a Severity 1 issue is logged
until such time as it is
resolved.
Severity 2
- Business critical function is
impaired or degraded - There are time- sensitive
issues that materially impact
ongoing production - Workaround exists, but it is only
temporary
1 Business
Day
Less than 48
hours
Less than 2
weeks
Customer shall remain
accessible by phone or other
electronic means for
troubleshooting from the time
a Severity 2 issue is logged
until such time as it is
resolved.
Severity 3
- Non-critical function down or
impaired - Does not have significant
current production impact - Performance is degraded
1 Business
Day
Mutually agreed
timeframe based
on prioritization
Severity 4 General Customer Enquiry 2 business
days No confirmed
resolution
Severity 5
- Feature Request - Cosmetic Issue
2 business
days No confirmed
resolution
*For Severity 1 and 2 Issues, a phone call report of the issue Is necessary to meet the targeted response time
**If a future date for resolution is provided, update communication will cease except. the resolution to your issue which will be
fixed in the next firmware update on XX/XX/XXXX
*** If the request is related to a Feature Request/Enhancement the support case will be closed once the feedback has been
passed to Axon Production Management
**** Frequency of updates refers to the updates that Axon will provide to the Customer
Relief Time means either Axon has resolved the issue or provided a suitable workaround to allow business to continue.
G. Incident Lifecycle Management
G.1 Incident Lifecycle
All incidents will move through the following stages. Only Sev 1 and Sev 2 incidents will include a Root
Cause Analysis
• Active - Detected
• Active - Under Investigation
• Active - Mitigation in Progress
• Mitigated
• Mitigations are verified successful
• Resolved
• RCA Reviewed
• Closed
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
8
Service Level Agreement
G.2 Notification overview
Every incident has a Customer Support Point of contact who is responsible for handling the dissemination
of potential threats and actual incidents. This person works with all stakeholders to get the information
they need to notify customers of any incidents or threats. The frequency of notifications is defined by the
severity. All incidents will have an initial response, follow up, and resolution based on agreed SLAs
G.3 Severity response communication method
Sev 1 and Sev 2
The primary communication mechanism will be via email. All incidents will have an initial response, follow
up, and resolution based on agreed SLAs
Sev 3
The preferred communication mechanism for Sev 3 incidents will be either via a banner in the app or via
email. Customer Support PoC will determine the means and content of the communication. If only a
single customer is affected, an appointed member of Axon will contact the agency directly via email or
phone, whereas if the impact is wider, utilizing the banner or a group email will be more applicable. All
incidents will have an initial response, follow up, and resolution based on Axon’s incident response SLAs
G.4 Notification data
Axon will provide a breakdown of the issue, including but not limited to:
• Outage/degradation start time
• Outage/degradation end time
• Root cause
• Fixes put in place
Users must be configured as admins in evidence.com and whitelist Axon to ensure successful delivery of
email notifications. If any custom roles have been enabled in your organisation, users must have the
required notification feature flags enabled in their applicable role.
G.5 Post mortem process
As part of our governance, a full investigation will be completed to determine the root cause of the
failings and users will be notified of the cause and proposed remedial actions. These remedial measures
will then be monitored to ensure the SLAs, KPIs and Customer Success deliverables are meeting your
expectations, and will be provided with weekly reports of performance until it is back on track.
G.6 Root Cause Analysis
Where a Root Cause Analysis is required, we would undertake an After-Action Review process. Axon may
not know the true original root cause of the incident and may not have made permanent fixes.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
9
Service Level Agreement
G.7 After Action process
The Incident Commander (IC) initiates the Root Cause Analysis process and sets a date for completion and
review of the RCA. The RCA includes an incident timeline, User impact, a review of the incident response,
investigation into the root cause of the incident, and assignment of corrective action items with
appropriate priority levels. When the RCA is complete, the IC will review it with the incident response
team. The RCA report will not be closed until all outstanding actions have been completed. The RCA will
then be archived for future reviews but no longer active. To ensure we adhere to best practice and our
continuous improvement methodology we will do a post-analysis review and implement any remedial
action to improve our processes on future projects. All Service Desk employees are required to review
these documents during their on-boarding process and during quality control checks of calls and tickets
and are graded as to how well they adhered to the stated policies.
G.8 Escalation protocols
Tier 1 Support:
1. Initial Support Contact: When a user or customer encounters an issue, they typically reach out to
the Tier 1 support team via phone, email, or a ticketing system.
2. Issue Assessment: The Tier 1 support team performs initial diagnostics and troubleshooting to
resolve the problem. They utilize a knowledge base and predefined solutions to address common
issues.
Tier 2 Support:
1. Escalation Criteria: If the issue is more complex or cannot be resolved by Tier 1, it is escalated to
Tier 2 support.
2. Specialized Support: The Tier 2 support team comprises more experienced and knowledgeable
technicians with expertise in specific areas. They handle more intricate or escalated issues that
require in-depth analysis and troubleshooting.
3. Collaboration with Tier 1: Tier 2 support may collaborate with Tier 1 to gather additional
information or to understand previous troubleshooting steps taken.
Engineering:
1. Escalation to Engineering: If the issue requires changes to the product's codebase or fundamental
architectural adjustments, it may be escalated to the engineering or development team.
2. Issue Resolution: The engineering team investigates the problem and develops a fix
3. Communication and Feedback: The resolution is communicated back to Tier 2 support, and the
feedback loop ensures that knowledge is shared for future cases. The Tier 1 team may also be
informed of the resolution for their understanding.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
10
Service Level Agreement
Escalation
Escalation
Level
Description
Escalation
Targeted
Response
Time
Targeted
Resolution Time
Tier 1
Basic technical or
commercial issues -
Non-time critical
None Less than 6
hours
Less than 1
business day
Tier 2
Advanced technical or
commercial issues -
Non-time critical.
BoD / Country
Manager
Less than 4
hours
Less than 1
business day
Tier 3 Technical or commercial
issues - Time critical
Country Manager
to Axon
BoD/Support Team
Less than 2
hours
Less than 1
business day
G.9 Exclusions
This Customer Support Response Statement does not apply to any unavailability, suspension, or
termination of the Service Offerings caused by all the exclusion events under Part 1 of this document, nor
to services or hardware not within Axon’s control. Hardware warranty will be dependent on Customer’s
specific agreement with Axon and levels covered. Please see Part 3 for “Return of Merchandise
Authorisation”.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
11
Service Level Agreement
3. Axon Support Equipment Policy
Axon Support are to use Axon supplied equipment to provide technical support. Our stringent security
protocols and measures are designed to safeguard against unauthorized access, data breaches, and other
cyber threats within Axon. Using Axon equipment ensures that our network remains secure and protected
from potential vulnerabilities that may arise from incompatible or unverified devices.
If Remote access is restricted within your environment, Axon mandates the setup of a jump server or any
other access solution. This configuration permits Axon to utilize remote tools to access the servers hosting
Axon’s software, ensuring seamless troubleshooting capabilities while maintaining security standards.
In cases where remote access is not feasible for troubleshooting purposes, field support may be necessary.
Please note that field support may incur additional costs, which will be communicated and agreed upon
during the contract stage.
Return of Merchandise Authorisation (RMA)
The Axon Evidence Device Return Service provides Customers with the ability to manage return
merchandise authorization (RMA) requests within Axon Evidence.com. Authorized users will be able to
create, update, save, submit, and track device returns for their agency in one place. The hardware warranty
will be dependent on the Customer’s specific agreement with Axon and levels covered.
The Axon Return Service provides Customers with the ability to manage return merchandise authorization
(RMA) requests within Axon Evidence.com or MyAxon.com. Authorized users will be able to create,
submit, and track device returns for their agency in one place. The hardware warranty will be dependent
on the Customer’s specific agreement with Axon and levels covered.
Axon aims to have replacement devices shipped to the Customer within 72 hours of receipt of the faulty
device (excluding weekends or public holidays). Due to regulations by Country this may take up to 14 days
for a shipment to be sent.
Targeted Replacement Time:
Axon aims to have replacement devices shipped to the Customer within 48 hours of receipt of the faulty
device (excluding weekends or public holidays).
Exclusions
The Return of Merchandise Authorisation does not apply to services or hardware not within Axon’s control.
Axon’s customer support will provide detail on return times as soon as possible to the Customer’s point of
contact.
N.B. Tasers (conducted electrical devices) are not covered under the terms of this Return of Merchandise
Authorisation. Customers are requested to contact Customer support directly to report a faulty Taser device.
AGENDA ITEM #7. d)
AB - 3967
City Council Regular Meeting - 01 Dec 2025
SUBJECT/TITLE: Renewal of liability insurance policies for 2026
RECOMMENDED ACTION: Refer to Finance Committee
DEPARTMENT: Human Resources / Risk Management Department
STAFF CONTACT: David Topaz, Administrator
EXT.: 7657
FISCAL IMPACT SUMMARY:
Expenditure required: Estimated $1.2 million in city liability premiums in 2026. The actual quote is not yet
available but will be provided to Finance Committee at the December 8 committee meeting, if available.
Amount budgeted: $910,487. With the anticipated increase in premium, a budget adjustment may be done in
2026.
SUMMARY OF ACTION:
Council approval is requested for renewal of the City’s Liability Insurance for the period of January 1, 2026 – January 1,
2027. This renewal includes excess liability (including law enforcement), excess workers’ compensation, liability
coverage for the airport, unmanned aircraft (drones), and underground storage tanks (UST).
Liability insurance premiums in 2025 totaled approximately $1,083,770. The City anticipates an increase in premium for
this renewal. Quotes for coverage may come back for the City's review as late as the week of December 8.
Rates are secured through a third-party broker who was approved by Council in 2015, Alliant Insurance Services. Factors
determining premiums include market conditions, the City’s loss run history, levels of coverage, and the City’s self-
insured retention. Upon approval by Council, the City will bind insurance policies through Alliant.
EXHIBITS:
n/a
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Approve the city's 2026 liability insurance renewal and authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to sign the implementing
documents when ready.
AGENDA ITEM #7. e)
AB - 3997
City Council Regular Meeting - 01 Dec 2025
SUBJECT/TITLE: Rainier Ave S Corridor Improvements - Phase 4 Project Budget
Request
RECOMMENDED ACTION: Refer to Finance Committee
DEPARTMENT: Public Works Transportation Systems Division
STAFF CONTACT: Michelle Faltous, Project Manager
EXT.: 7301
FISCAL IMPACT SUMMARY:
There is sufficient budget within the capital transportation fund for the proposed change order. A non-
ordinance budget adjustment will be prepared to temporarily reallocate budget within the fund from capital
projects that have yet to be started. These projects will be reanalyzed during the Q1 2026 carryforward
budget.
SUMMARY OF ACTION:
The Rainier Ave S - Phase 4 (S 3rd St to NW 3rd Pl) Project is nearing completion. The project extends previous
corridor improvements from South 3rd Street to 1,000 feet north of Airport Way (NW 3rd Pl). Project
elements include extending a southbound BAT lane from S 2nd St to S 3rd St, pedestrian improvements with
street scaping, pedestrian actuated traffic signal (HAWK), transit facility upgrades, access management, and a
segment of a regional pedestrian/bike path trail (Lake Washington Loop Trail).
Action item addresses the project shortfall, which is a result of several factors, including quantity overruns on
progress payments, remaining change orders to the construction contract, Supplement No. 4 to Agreement
CAG-22-381 with KPG Psomas Inc., which expands the scope of work to provide continued support under the
extended construction contract, and contingency.
Rainier Ave S Corridor Improvements - Phase 4: Project Budget Request
Description Amount
Quantity Overruns on Pay Items for Flaggers, Other Traffic Control Labor,
Off-Duty Uniformed Police Officer, Temporary Pavement, Erosion/Water
Pollution Control, Temporary Pavement Marking $2,150,000
Remaining change orders to the construction contract $900,000
Supplement No. 4 to Agreement CAG-22-381 with KPG Psomas, Inc. $95,000
Contingency $255,000
Total: $3,400,000
EXHIBITS:
A. Agreement
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
Authorize the reallocation of $3,400,000 in revenue from projects identified in the report within Fund 317 to
the Rainier Avenue Phase 4 project to address a 2025 funding shortfall.
AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
Supplemental Agreement
Number
Organization and Address
Phone:
Original Agreement Number
Project Number Execution Date Completion Date
Project Title New Maximum Amount Payable
Description of Work
The Local Agency of
desires to supplement the agreement entered in to with
and executed on and identified as Agreement No.
All provisions in the basic agreement remain in effect except as expressly modified by this supplement.
The changes to the agreement are described as follows:
I
Section 1, SCOPE OF WORK, is hereby changed to read:
II
Section IV, TIME FOR BEGINNING AND COMPLETION, is amended to change the number of calendar days
for completion of the work to read:
III
Section V, PAYMENT, shall be amended as follows:
as set forth in the attached Exhibit A, and by this reference made a part of this supplement.
If you concur with this supplement and agree to the changes as stated above, please sign in the Appropriate
spaces below and return to this office for final action.
By: By:
Consultant Signature Approving Authority Signature
Date
DOT Form 140-063
Revised 09/2005
Exhibit E AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
EXHIBIT A
City of Renton Page 1 of 5 Psomas Inc
Rainier Ave S – S 3rd St to NW 3rd Pl
Construction Engineering Support Services
Supplement 4 September 2025
RAINIER AVENUE S – S 3RD ST TO NW 3RD PL
CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING SUPPORT
SCOPE OF WORK
Supplement 4 – Construction Engineering Support and ROW Services
AGENCY: CITY OF RENTON
CONSULTANT: Psomas Inc
CONTRACT: CAG-15-089
PROJECT: RAINIER AVE S - S 3rd St to NW 3rd Pl
A. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The City of Renton (“AGENCY”) continues infrastructure improvements to the Rainier Ave S
corridor with the Phase 4 improvements from S 3rd St to NW 3rd Pl, including infrastructure
improvements for enhanced transit mobility, traffic safety, and pedestrian safety. The goals of
Phase 4 are to enhance traffic flow, improve safety, eliminate sub-standard conditions, and
provide an enhanced pedestrian environment. Authorization to advertise for construction was
issued by WSDOT in August 2022, and the AGENCY awarded the construction contract to Pivetta
Brothers in December 2022. Construction activities started in March 2023 and are scheduled to
extend beyond the 500 Working Days outlined in the original construction agreement. As of
September 2025, there are approximately 80 Working Days remaining.
B. PURPOSE
Psomas Inc. (“CONSULTANT”) will perform continued CAD Drafting and Design services necessary
to support RFI’s, field work directives, and various design services that include, but are not limited
to:
• Revising project design elements to new PROWAG guidelines:
o Switch back ramp details and stair details
o Relocating City structures outside of the sidewalk area requiring design revisions to
Landscape and Irrigation Plan sheets (20 Sheets)
• Redesigned sidewalks/curb ramps where proposed improvements were placed in areas of
conflict with other project improvements
• Redesigned shared-use path grades and tie-ins along Airport Way
• Supported the contractor with multiple grading checks and edits for many of the driveways
along Rainier Avenue
Additionally, the AGENCY has requested that the CONSULTANT continue with ROW services
extending 26 TCEs, assist in the coordination with the WSDOT Local Agency Coordinator ROW
Services Manager, and obtain ROW Certification for the Project. Due to pre-certification review
complications, property rights were not secured. Valuations completed earlier this year as well
as title reports, are now over 6 months old requiring redrafting of all the City’s temporary
Exhibit E AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
EXHIBIT A
City of Renton Page 2 of 5 Psomas Inc
Rainier Ave S – S 3rd St to NW 3rd Pl
Construction Engineering Support Services
Supplement 4 September 2025
construction easement documents. All ROW services will be led by ProgramX (Sub Consultant),
who will ensure that all ROW activities are WSDOT and Uniform Act Compliant.
C. ASSUMPTIONS
All assumptions are listed below, at the beginning of each task.
D. DELIVERABLES
The end of each task listed below identifies all deliverables to be prepared and produced by the
CONSULTANT as part of this SCOPE.
E. SCOPE
TASK 1 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The following items are to be performed by the CONSULTANT, under this task.
Assumptions for Task 1:
• The anticipated duration of this Supplement is estimated at 4 months.
• The budget shown in Exhibit D captures the four (4) months of project management,
meetings with the construction management team, utilities, and the project team.
Provide project management of CONSULTANT services, including coordination with the AGENCY,
project team, construction management team, utility companies, and monthly
invoicing/progress reports. This effort will include the following elements:
1.1 Administration, Coordination and Supervision
• Supervision of CONSULTANT personnel and activities to ensure compliance with contract
scope and schedule and proper charging of time against the contract.
1.2 Invoicing
• Preparation of monthly invoices with progress reports that include the following:
Summary of budget, expenses to date, expenses for work period, for each task.
Summary of work accomplished for the work period.
Summary of outstanding issues to be resolved by the AGENCY.
Backup details of all direct non-salary costs included in the invoice for the work period.
1.3 Meetings
• The CONSULTANT will attend meetings with AGENCY staff, the Construction Management
team, and Utilities beyond the meetings scoped in the original contract. Sixteen (16)
remaining meetings are estimated (4 meetings per month for 4 months).
Exhibit E AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
EXHIBIT A
City of Renton Page 3 of 5 Psomas Inc
Rainier Ave S – S 3rd St to NW 3rd Pl
Construction Engineering Support Services
Supplement 4 September 2025
1.4 Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Reviews
• The CONSULTANT will provide internal quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) reviews
of all deliverables before submittal to the AGENCY and Construction Management team.
DELIVERABLES:
Monthly invoices with progress reports (4 months) – Delivered to the AGENCY monthly.
TASK 2 – CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING SUPPORT
The following items are to be performed by the CONSULTANT, under this task.
Assumptions for Task 2:
• The CONSULTANT will not direct the contractor orally or in written format except through
the AGENCY.
• As-Built plans will be maintained by the Construction Management team and the
Contractor.
• Record drawings are not included in this scope of work.
• The AGENCY and the Construction Management Team will maintain all construction
management documentation necessary for a WSDOT project management review.
The CONSULTANT will provide continued construction engineering support services during the
construction period, which is assumed to be four (4) months, as requested by the AGENCY.
2.1 The CONSULTANT will conduct up to four (4) site visits to conduct special field
observations as requested by the AGENCY. CONSULTANT will provide AGENCY with a
written field report regarding the visit, in the form of an email, within two working days
of the site visit/field observation. Special inspections will include inspection related to
surface treatments, urban design features, irrigation, landscape, and plantings.
2.2 The CONSULTANT will assist the AGENCY in the preparation of written and oral responses
to twenty (20) Contractor questions, Contractor RFI’s, and change order reviews.
2.3 The CONSULTANT will assist in reviewing material samples requested by the AGENCY for
compliance with the information required by the contract documents. It is anticipated
that many of the submittals will be reviewed by the Construction Management Team and
the CONSULTANT will assist with the review of materials related to surface treatments,
urban design features, landscape and plantings.
2.4 The CONSULTANT will provide engineering and CAD drafting support to support FWD’s,
CO’s, and design revisions requested by the agency.
2.5 The CONSULTANT will attend the preliminary walkthrough and assist in developing the
project punch list.
Exhibit E AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
EXHIBIT A
City of Renton Page 4 of 5 Psomas Inc
Rainier Ave S – S 3rd St to NW 3rd Pl
Construction Engineering Support Services
Supplement 4 September 2025
DELIVERABLES:
Field Observations and Reports.
Responses to Requests for Information (RFI’s).
Material Submittal Reviews.
Plan, Estimates, and Quantity Revisions – Delivered to the AGENCY in PDF format.
Assistance with punch list items.
TASK 3 – Temporary Construction Easement (TCE) Extensions/WSDOT ROW Certification
(ProgramX)
The following items are to be performed by the CONSULTANT, under this task. See Exhibit E for
ProgramX’s Complete Scope and Fee.
Assumptions for Task 3:
• Assumes twenty-six (26) Temporary Construction Easement extensions, no fee
acquisitions or other property interests.
• Fee assumptions assume no design changes after the initial appraisal assignment.
• Hard costs for revised title reports, escrow, and recording fees are to be borne directly by
the AGENCY.
3.1 ProgramX will continue to perform ROW services to extend the TCEs on the project,
coordinate with WSDOT’s Local Area Coordinator, provide full valuation services and
negotiations, and facilitate closings and property owner payments in accordance with the
WSDOT ROW Manual and LAG Manual including WSDOT’s most recent ROW Manual
updates occurring within the last 60 days. Valuations and title reports that are over 6
months old require revisions to all (26) Appraisal Waivers and redrafting of the offer
packages. .
Exhibit E AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
EXHIBIT A
City of Renton Page 5 of 5 Psomas Inc
Rainier Ave S – S 3rd St to NW 3rd Pl
Construction Engineering Support Services
Supplement 4 September 2025
ADDITIONAL SERVICES
The AGENCY may require additional services from the CONSULTANT. The scope of these services
will be determined based on the unanticipated project needs or other considerations at the
AGENCY's sole discretion. This work may include items identified in the current task
authorizations as well as other items, which may include, but are not necessarily limited to the
following:
• Ribbon Cutting Ceremony Graphics/Marketing Support
• Record Drawing Services
• Supplemental CM Support Services (Inspection/Documentation Review)
These services will be authorized under a future contract supplement if necessary. When these
services are required, the CONSULTANT shall provide a detailed scope of work and an estimate
of costs. The CONSULTANT shall not proceed with the work until the AGENCY has authorized the
work and issued a notice to proceed.
Exhibit E AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
EXHIBIT D
PRIME CONSULTANT COST COMPUTATIONS
Project Name: Rainier Avenue S - Construction Engineering Support - Supplement 4
En
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g
Ma
n
a
g
e
r
I
I
En
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g
Ma
n
a
g
e
r
I
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
E
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
I
De
s
i
g
n
E
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
I
I
De
s
i
g
n
E
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
I
Se
n
i
o
r
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
Ma
n
a
g
e
r
S
u
r
v
e
y
Se
n
i
o
r
C
A
D
Te
c
h
n
i
c
i
a
n
Se
n
i
o
r
A
d
m
i
n
$276.00 $240.00 $175.00 $148.00 $140.00 $263.00 $146.00 $148.00 Hours Totals
1.1 Administration, Coordination and Supervision (4 Months)4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 1,104.00$
1.2 Monthly invoicing 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 848.00$
1.3 Project Meetings (16 Meetings)8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 4,128.00$
1.4 QA/QC of Deliverables 4 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 8 1,804.00$
18 8 4 0 0 0 0 2 32 7,884.00$
2.1 Site Visits (4 Assumed)2 2 4 2 0 0 0 0 10 2,028.00$
2.2 Contractor RFI's 10 36 18 0 0 0 0 9 73 15,882.00$
2.3 Review RAMs, Shop Drawings, and Samples 4 8 12 8 0 0 0 0 32 6,308.00$
2.4 CAD Drafting Assistance and Design Revisions 2 36 48 40 16 0 24 0 166 29,256.00$
2.5 Punch List Assistance 8 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 24 5,528.00$
26 90 90 50 16 0 24 9 305 59,002.00$
3.1 See Exhibit E (ProgramX)4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,104.00$
4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,104.00$
48 98 94 50 16 0 24 11 337 67,990.00$
Geotechnical and Structural Support 2,500.00$
ProgramX 24,227.50$
Subtotal 26,727.50$
Administrative Charge (5%)-$
26,727.50$
Mileage at current IRS rate -$
Reproduction Allowance -$
-$
94,717.50$ Total Estimated Budget
Total Labor Hours and Fee
Subconsultants
Total Subconsultant Expense
Reimbursable Direct Non-Salary Costs
Total Reimbursable Expense
Client: City of Renton
Task
No.Task Description
Date: September, 2025
Task 2 - Construction Engineering Support
Task Total
Labor Hour Estimate
Total Hours and Labor
Cost Computations by Task
Task 1 - Project Management
Task Total
Task 3 - TCE Extensions and WSDOT ROW Certification
Task Total
City of Renton
Rainier Ave S - Construction Engineering Support - Supp 4 1 September, 2025
Exhibit E AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
RIGHT OF WAY CONSULTANTS
ACQUISITION, RELOCATION AND
PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
2502 Jefferson Ave, Tacoma, WA 98402
503 747 9961
CONTACTS www.pxrow.com
info@pxrow.com
September 4, 2025
To: Jason Fritzler, Psomas
Re: City of Renton: Rainier Ave Phase 4 – Amendment Request
Dear Mr. Fritzler:
As you know, in December 2024, our team initiated its efforts to develop conveyance documents, WSDOT-
compliant Appraisal Waivers, and City and state compliant offer packages as part of our scope to acquire
(26)temporary construction easement (TCE) extensions in support of the project’s construction efforts.
All documentation was developed by our team and subsequently approved by the City and its legal review
team expeditiously following Notice to Proceed. Unfortunately, we were unable to proceed with presenting
and securing these property rights due to evolving pre-certification review complications between WSDOT
and City management lasting approximately seven to eight months. That said, we’ve been notified recently
that these oversight issues are resolved and that our team will shortly be given approval to make offers.
The complicating factors at this point, and the purpose of this contract amendment request, is that all
valuations are now over six months old, as are the project’s title reports, and WSDOT recently has undergone
extensive updates to its Right of Way Manual in the last 60 days resulting in a total redrafting of all of the
City’s temporary construction easement documents. Also notable: in an unprecedented compliance order for
all local public agencies, WSDOT is now requiring pre-approval on all Administrative Settlement
Justifications on a parcel-by-parcel basis for negotiations settlements $1 or more above Fair Market Value.
It is difficult to estimate how much more effort this WSDOT review will cost, but we will be diligent to secure
these approvals as efficiently and quickly as possible.
Regarding our increased fee request, the revisions to all (26) Appraisal Waivers and redrafting of all of the
offer packages are effectively a restart of most of our efforts. Our original fee for these efforts was
approximately $75K. Leveraging the efforts we’ve already made; however, we can revise the Appraisal
Waivers, redraft all the TCE’s and offer packages for approximately $24K. The labor breaks down as follows:
•125 Hours at Senior Agent Rate of $162.50:$20,312.50
•18 Hours at Senior Project Manager Rate of $217.50:$3,915
Total Contract Amendment Request: $24,227.50
Revised Total Contract Amount: ($24,227.50 + $134,810) $159,037.50
As always, if you have questions about the above, we’re always open to working through any scope or fee
concerns as they arise and look forward to completing this project for the City!
Sincerely,
Hutch Goodman
Principal - ProgramX
Exhibit E AGENDA ITEM #7. f)
AB - 3984
City Council Regular Meeting - 01 Dec 2025
SUBJECT/TITLE: Professional Services Agreement with KBA, Inc. for Construction
Management Services for the Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation
Project
RECOMMENDED ACTION: Refer to Transportation (Aviation) Committee
DEPARTMENT: Public Works Transportation Systems Division
STAFF CONTACT: Bob Hanson, Transportation Design Manager
EXT.: 7223
FISCAL IMPACT SUMMARY:
This professional services agreement for construction management services with KBA, Inc. totals $183,654.00.
The total Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation Project budget is $1,464,923.00. After this execution of this
agreement, a project budget balance of $392,090.51 remains.
SUMMARY OF ACTION:
The Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation Project will complete the previous curb and sidewalk replacement
and pavement overlay project in the Maplewood Glen neighborhood. This project involves the
aforementioned work as well as their location of a storm water line, and addition of a raised intersection at SE
5th and SE 6th streets with bulb out at the corners.
This agreement retains the services of KBA, Inc. for construction management services on the project. The
consultant will be responsible for project start up activities, project execution, and closeout requirements.
Project execution includes documentation, construction meetings, reviewing submittals, responding to
requests for information, change orders, progress payments, daily reports, and traffic control inspection. The
services provided by the consultant are based on estimate of construction activity for approximately five
months. The consultant will provide the services of a project engineer, resident engineer, document control
specialist and construction observer. Payment for services will be based on actual hours worked and expenses
incurred.
EXHIBITS:
A. Professional Services Agreement
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute a professional services agreement with KBA, Inc. to provide
construction management services in an amount totaling $183,654.00 in support of the Maplewood Sidewalk
Rehabilitation Project.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 1 of 14
Local Agency A&E Professional Services
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement
Agreement Number:
Firm/Organization Legal Name (do not use dba’s):
Address Federal Aid Number
UBI Number Federal TIN
Execution Date Completion Date
1099 Form Required
Yes No
Federal Participation
Yes No
Project Title
Description of Work
Yes No DBE Participation
Yes No MBE Participation
Yes No WBE Participation
Yes No SBE Participation
Maximum Amount Payable:
Index of Exhibits
Exhibit A
Exhibit B
Exhibit C
Exhibit D
Exhibit E
Exhibit F
Exhibit G
Exhibit H
Exhibit I
Exhibit J
Scope of Work
DBE Participation
Preparation and Delivery of Electronic Engineering and Other Data
Prime Consultant Cost Computations
Sub-consultant Cost Computations
Title VI Assurances
Certification Documents
Liability Insurance Increase
Alleged Consultant Design Error Procedures
Consultant Claim Procedures
KBA, Inc.
11201 SE 8th Street, Suite 160 Bellevue, WA 98004
601-426-427 91-1581416
12/31/2030
n n
Renton Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation
n 183654.00
n
n
n
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 2 of 14
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as shown in the “Execution Date” box on page one (1) of this
AGREEMENT, between the _________________________________________________________________,
hereinafter called the “AGENCY,” and the “Firm / Organization Name” referenced on page one (1) of this
AGREEMENT, hereinafter called the “CONSULTANT.”
WHEREAS, the AGENCY desires to accomplish the work referenced in “Description of Work” on page one (1)
of this AGREEMENT and hereafter called the “SERVICES;” and does not have sufficient staff to meet the
required commitment and therefore deems it advisable and desirable to engage the assistance of a
CONSULTANT to provide the necessary SERVICES; and
WHEREAS, the CONSULTANT represents that they comply with the Washington State Statutes relating to
professional registration, if applicable, and has signified a willingness to furnish consulting services to the
AGENCY.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms, conditions, covenants, and performance contained herein, or
attached and incorporated and made a part hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:
I.General Description of Work
The work under this AGREEMENT shall consist of the above-described SERVICES as herein defined, and
necessary to accomplish the completed work for this project. The CONSULTANT shall furnish all services,
labor, and related equipment and, if applicable, sub-consultants and subcontractors necessary to conduct and
complete the SERVICES as designated elsewhere in this AGREEMENT.
II.General Scope of Work
The Scope of Work and projected level of effort required for these SERVICES is described in Exhibit “A”
attached hereto and by this reference made a part of this AGREEMENT. The General Scope of Work was
developed utilizing performance based contracting methodologies.
III.General Requirements
All aspects of coordination of the work of this AGREEMENT with outside agencies, groups, or individuals shall
receive advance approval by the AGENCY. Necessary contacts and meetings with agencies, groups, and/or
individuals shall be coordinated through the AGENCY. The CONSULTANT shall attend coordination, progress,
and presentation meetings with the AGENCY and/or such State, Federal, Community, City, or County officials,
groups or individuals as may be requested by the AGENCY. The AGENCY will provide the CONSULTANT
sufficient notice prior to meetings requiring CONSULTANT participation. The minimum required hours or
days’ notice shall be agreed to between the AGENCY and the CONSULTANT and shown in Exhibit “A.”
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a monthly progress report, in a form approved by the AGENCY, which will
outline in written and graphical form the various phases and the order of performance of the SERVICES in
sufficient detail so that the progress of the SERVICES can easily be evaluated.
The CONSULTANT, any sub-consultants, and the AGENCY shall comply with all Federal, State, and local laws,
rules, codes, regulations, and all AGENCY policies and directives, applicable to the work to be performed under
this AGREEMENT. This AGREEMENT shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of Washington.
City of Renton Public Works Department
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 3 of 14
Participation for Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) or Small Business Enterprises (SBE), if required,
per 49 CFR Part 26, shall be shown on the heading of this AGREEMENT. If DBE firms are utilized at the
commencement of this AGREEMENT, the amounts authorized to each firm and their certification number will
be shown on Exhibit “B” attached hereto and by this reference made part of this AGREEMENT. If the Prime
CONSULTANT is, a DBE certified firm they must comply with the Commercial Useful Function (CUF)
regulation outlined in the AGENCY’s “DBE Program Participation Plan” and perform a minimum of 30% of the
total amount of this AGREEMENT. It is recommended, but not required, that non-DBE Prime CONSULTANTS
perform a minimum of 30% of the total amount of this AGREEMENT.
In the absence of a mandatory DBE goal, a voluntary SBE goal amount of ten percent of the Consultant
Agreement is established. The Consultant shall develop a SBE Participation Plan prior to commencing work.
Although the goal is voluntary, the outreach efforts to provide SBE maximum practicable opportunities are not.
The CONSULTANT, on a monthly basis, shall enter the amounts paid to all firms (including Prime) involved
with this AGREEMENT into the wsdot.diversitycompliance.com program. Payment information shall
identify any DBE Participation.
All Reports, PS&E materials, and other data furnished to the CONSULTANT by the AGENCY shall be returned.
All electronic files, prepared by the CONSULTANT, must meet the requirements as outlined in Exhibit “C
– Preparation and Delivery of Electronic Engineering and other Data.”
All designs, drawings, specifications, documents, and other work products, including all electronic files,
prepared by the CONSULTANT prior to completion or termination of this AGREEMENT are instruments of
service for these SERVICES, and are the property of the AGENCY. Reuse by the AGENCY or by others,
acting through or on behalf of the AGENCY of any such instruments of service, not occurring, as a part of this
SERVICE, shall be without liability or legal exposure to the CONSULTANT.
Any and all notices or requests required under this AGREEMENT shall be made in writing and sent to the
other party by (i) certified mail, return receipt requested, or (ii) by email or facsimile, to the address set forth
below: If to AGENCY: If to CONSULTANT:
Name: Name:
Agency: Agency:
Address: Address:
City: State: Zip: City: State: Zip:
Email: Email:
Phone: Phone:
Facsimile: Facsimile:
IV.Time for Beginning and Completion
The CONSULTANT shall not begin any work under the terms of this AGREEMENT until authorized in writing
by the AGENCY. All work under this AGREEMENT shall conform to the criteria agreed upon detailed in the
AGREEMENT documents. These SERVICES must be completed by the date shown in the heading of this
AGREEMENT titled “Completion Date.”
The established completion time shall not be extended because of any delays attributable to the CONSULTANT,
but may be extended by the AGENCY in the event of a delay attributable to the AGENCY, or because of
unavoidable delays caused by an act of GOD, governmental actions, or other conditions beyond the control of the
CONSULTANT. A prior supplemental AGREEMENT issued by the AGENCY is required to extend the
established completion time.
Josef Harnden Cameron Bloomer
City of Renton Public Works Department KBA, Inc.
1055 S. Grady Way 11201 SE 8th St Suite 160
Renton WA 98057 Bellevue WA 98004
jharnden@rentonwa.gov cbloomer@kbacm.com
(425) 430-7225 (206) 819-7148
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 4 of 14
V. Payment Provisions
The CONSULTANT shall be paid by the AGENCY for completed SERVICES rendered under this
AGREEMENT as provided hereinafter. Such payment shall be full compensation for SERVICES performed or
SERVICES rendered and for all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete
SERVICES. The CONSULTANT shall conform to all applicable portions of 48 CFR Part 31 (www.ecfr.gov).
A.Hourly Rates: Hourly rates are comprised of the following elements - Direct (Raw) Labor, Indirect Cost Rate,
and Fee (Profit). The CONSULTANT shall be paid by the AGENCY for work done, based upon the
negotiated hourly rates shown in Exhibits “D” and “E” attached hereto and by reference made part of this
AGREEMENT. These negotiated hourly rates will be accepted based on a review of the CONSULTANT’s
direct labor rates and indirect cost rate computations and agreed upon fee. The accepted negotiated rates
shall be memorialized in a final written acknowledgment between the parties. Such final written
acknowledgment shall be incorporated into, and become a part of, this AGREEMENT. The initially accepted
negotiated rates shall be applicable from the approval date, as memorialized in a final written
acknowledgment, to 180 days following the CONSULTANT’s fiscal year end (FYE) date.
The direct (raw) labor rates and classifications, as shown on Exhibits “D” and “E” shall be subject to
renegotiations for each subsequent twelve (12) month period (180 days following FYE date to 180 days
following FYE date) upon written request of the CONSULTANT or the AGENCY. The written request must
be made to the other party within ninety (90) days following the CONSULTANT’s FYE date. If no such
written request is made, the current direct (raw) labor rates and classifications as shown on Exhibits “D” and
“E” will remain in effect for the twelve (12) month period.
Conversely, if a timely request is made in the manner set forth above, the parties will commence negotiations
to determine the new direct (raw) labor rates and classifications that will be applicable for the twelve (12
month period. Any agreed to renegotiated rates shall be memorialized in a final written acknowledgment
between the parties. Such final written acknowledgment shall be incorporated into, and become a part of, this
AGREEMENT. If requested, the CONSULTANT shall provide current payroll register and classifications to
aid in negotiations. If the parties cannot reach an agreement on the direct (raw) labor rates and classifications,
the AGENCY shall perform an audit of the CONSULTANT’s books and records to determine the
CONSULTANT’s actual costs. The audit findings will establish the direct (raw) labor rates and
classifications that will applicable for the twelve (12) month period.
The fee as identified in Exhibits “D” and “E” shall represent a value to be applied throughout the life of the
AGREEMENT.
The CONSULTANT shall submit annually to the AGENCY an updated indirect cost rate within 180 days of
the close of its fiscal year. An approved updated indirect cost rate shall be included in the current fiscal year
rate under this AGREEMENT, even if/when other components of the hourly rate are not renegotiated. These
rates will be applicable for the twelve (12) month period. At the AGENCY’s option, a provisional and/or
conditional indirect cost rate may be negotiated. This provisional or conditional indirect rate shall remain in
effect until the updated indirect cost rate is completed and approved. Indirect cost rate costs incurred during
the provisional or conditional period will not be adjusted. The CONSULTANT may request an extension of
the last approved indirect cost rate for the twelve (12) month period. These requests for provisional indirect
cost rate and/or extension will be considered on a case-by-case basis, and if granted, will be memorialized in
a final written acknowledgment.
The CONSULTANT shall maintain and have accessible support data for verification of the components of
the hourly rates, i.e., direct (raw) labor, indirect cost rate, and fee (profit) percentage. The
CONSULTANT shall bill each employee’s actual classification, and actual salary plus indirect cost rate plus
fee.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 5 of 14
A.Direct Non-Salary Costs: Direct Non-Salary Costs will be reimbursed at the actual cost to the
CONSULTANT. These charges may include, but are not limited to, the following items: travel, printing, long
distance telephone, supplies, computer charges, and fees of sub-consultants. Air or train travel will be
reimbursed only to lowest price available, unless otherwise approved by the AGENCY. The CONSULTANT
shall comply with the rules and regulations regarding travel costs (excluding air, train, and rental car costs) in
accordance with the WSDOT’s Accounting Manual M 13-82, Chapter 10 – Travel Rules and Procedures, and
all revisions thereto. Air, train, and rental card costs shall be reimbursed in accordance with 48 Code of
Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 31.205-46 “Travel Costs.” The billing for Direct Non-salary Costs shall
include an itemized listing of the charges directly identifiable with these SERVICES. The CONSULTANT
shall maintain the original supporting documents in their office. Copies of the original supporting documents
shall be supplied to the STATE upon request. All above charges must be necessary for the SERVICES
provided under this AGREEMENT.
B.Maximum Amount Payable: The Maximum Amount Payable by the AGENCY to the CONSULTANT under
this AGREEMENT shall not exceed the amount shown in the heading of this AGREEMENT on page one
(1.) The Maximum Amount Payable does not include payment for extra work as stipulated in section XIII,
“Extra Work.” No minimum amount payable is guaranteed under this AGREEMENT.
C.Monthly Progress Payments: Progress payments may be claimed on a monthly basis for all costs authorized
in A and B above. Detailed statements shall support the monthly billings for hours expended at the rates
established in Exhibit “D,” including names and classifications of all employees, and billings for all direct
non-salary expenses. To provide a means of verifying the billed salary costs for the CONSULTANT’s
employees, the AGENCY may conduct employee interviews. These interviews may consist of recording the
names, titles, salary rates, and present duties of those employees performing work on the SERVICES at the
time of the interview.
D.Final Payment: Final Payment of any balance due the CONSULTANT of the gross amount earned will be
made promptly upon its verification by the AGENCY after the completion of the SERVICES under this
AGREEMENT, contingent upon receipt of all PS&E, plans, maps, notes, reports, electronic data, and other
related documents, which are required to be furnished under this AGREEMENT. Acceptance of such Final
Payment by the CONSULTANT shall constitute a release of all claims for payment, which the
CONSULTANT may have against the AGENCY unless such claims are specifically reserved in writing and
transmitted to the AGENCY by the CONSULTANT prior to its acceptance. Said Final Payment shall not,
however, be a bar to any claims that the AGENCY may have against the CONSULTANT or to any remedies
the AGENCY may pursue with respect to such claims.
The payment of any billing will not constitute agreement as to the appropriateness of any item and at the time
of final audit all required adjustments will be made and reflected in a final payment. In the event that such
final audit reveals an overpayment to the CONSULTANT, the CONSULTANT will refund such
overpayment to the AGENCY within thirty (30) calendar days of notice of the overpayment. Such refund
shall not constitute a waiver by the CONSULTANT for any claims relating to the validity of a finding by the
AGENCY of overpayment. Per WSDOT’s “Audit Guide for Consultants,” Chapter 23 “Resolution
Procedures,” the CONSULTANT has twenty (20) working days after receipt of the final Post Audit to begin
the appeal process to the AGENCY for audit findings
E. Inspection of Cost Records: The CONSULTANT and their sub-consultants shall keep available for
inspection by representatives of the AGENCY and the United States, for a period of six (6) years after receipt
of final payment, the cost records and accounts pertaining to this AGREEMENT and all items related to or
bearing upon these records with the following exception: if any litigation, claim or audit arising out of, in
connection with, or related to this AGREEMENT is initiated before the expiration of the six (6) year period,
the cost records and accounts shall be retained until such litigation, claim, or audit involving the records is
completed. An interim or post audit may be performed on this AGREEMENT. The audit, if any, will be
performed by the State Auditor, WSDOT’s Internal Audit Office and /or at the request of the AGENCY’s
Project Manager.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 6 of 14
VI.Sub-Contracting
The AGENCY permits subcontracts for those items of SERVICES as shown in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and
by this reference made part of this AGREEMENT.
The CONSULTANT shall not subcontract for the performance of any SERVICE under this AGREEMENT
without prior written permission of the AGENCY. No permission for subcontracting shall create, between the
AGENCY and sub-consultant, any contract or any other relationship.
Compensation for this sub-consultant SERVICES shall be based on the cost factors shown on Exhibit “E”
attached hereto and by this reference made part of this AGREEMENT.
The SERVICES of the sub-consultant shall not exceed its maximum amount payable identified in each sub
consultant cost estimate unless a prior written approval has been issued by the AGENCY.
All reimbursable direct labor, indirect cost rate, direct non-salary costs and fee costs for the sub-consultant shall
be negotiated and substantiated in accordance with section V “Payment Provisions” herein and shall be
memorialized in a final written acknowledgment between the parties
All subcontracts shall contain all applicable provisions of this AGREEMENT, and the CONSULTANT shall
require each sub-consultant or subcontractor, of any tier, to abide by the terms and conditions of this
AGREEMENT. With respect to sub-consultant payment, the CONSULTANT shall comply with all applicable
sections of the STATE’s Prompt Payment laws as set forth in RCW 39.04.250 and RCW 39.76.011.
The CONSULTANT, sub-recipient, or sub-consultant shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national
origin, or sex in the performance of this AGREEMENT. The CONSULTANT shall carry out applicable
requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the
CONSULTANT to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this AGREEMENT, which may result in
the termination of this AGREEMENT or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate.
VII.Employment and Organizational Conflict of Interest
The CONSULTANT warrants that they have not employed or retained any company or person, other than a
bona fide employee working solely for the CONSULTANT, to solicit or secure this contract, and that it has not
paid or agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for the
CONSULTANT, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or any other consideration,
contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this agreement. For breach or violation of
this warrant, the AGENCY shall have the right to annul this AGREEMENT without liability or, in its
discretion, to deduct from this AGREEMENT price or consideration or otherwise recover the full amount
of such fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift, or contingent fee.
Any and all employees of the CONSULTANT or other persons while engaged in the performance of any work or
services required of the CONSULTANT under this AGREEMENT, shall be considered employees of the
CONSULTANT only and not of the AGENCY, and any and all claims that may arise under any Workmen’s
Compensation Act on behalf of said employees or other persons while so engaged, and any and all claims made
by a third party as a consequence of any act or omission on the part of the CONSULTANT’s employees or other
persons while so engaged on any of the work or services provided to be rendered herein, shall be the sole
obligation and responsibility of the CONSULTANT.
The CONSULTANT shall not engage, on a full- or part-time basis, or other basis, during the period of this
AGREEMENT, any professional or technical personnel who are, or have been, at any time during the period of
this AGREEMENT, in the employ of the United States Department of Transportation or the AGENCY, except
regularly retired employees, without written consent of the public employer of such person if he/she will be
working on this AGREEMENT for the CONSULTANT.
Agreement Number:
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 7 of 14
VIII. Nondiscrimination
During the performance of this AGREEMENT, the CONSULTANT, for itself, its assignees, sub-consultants,
subcontractors and successors in interest, agrees to comply with the following laws and regulations:
•Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
(42 U.S.C. Chapter 21 Subchapter V §
2000d through 2000d-4a)
•Federal-aid Highway Act of 1973 (23
U.S.C. Chapter 3 § 324)
•Rehabilitation Act of 1973
(29 U.S.C. Chapter 16 Subchapter V §
794)
•Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42
U.S.C. Chapter 76 § 6101 et. seq.)
•Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 (Public Law
100-259)
•American with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42
U.S.C. Chapter 126 § 12101 et. seq.)
•23 CFR Part 200
•49 CFR Part 21
•49 CFR Part 26
• RCW 49.60.180
In relation to Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the CONSULTANT is bound by the provisions of Exhibit
“F” attached hereto and by this reference made part of this AGREEMENT, and shall include the attached
Exhibit “F” in every sub-contract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt
by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto.
IX.Termination of Agreement
The right is reserved by the AGENCY to terminate this AGREEMENT at any time with or without cause upon
ten (10) days written notice to the CONSULTANT.
In the event this AGREEMENT is terminated by the AGENCY, other than for default on the part of the
CONSULTANT, a final payment shall be made to the CONSULTANT for actual hours charged at the time of
termination of this AGREEMENT, plus any direct non-salary costs incurred up to the time of termination of this
AGREEMENT.
No payment shall be made for any SERVICES completed after ten (10) days following receipt by the
CONSULTANT of the notice to terminate. If the accumulated payment made to the CONSULTANT prior to
Notice of Termination exceeds the total amount that would be due when computed as set forth in paragraph two
(2) of this section, then no final payment shall be due and the CONSULTANT shall immediately reimburse the
AGENCY for any excess paid.
If the services of the CONSULTANT are terminated by the AGENCY for default on the part of the
CONSULTANT, the above formula for payment shall not apply.
In the event of a termination for default, the amount to be paid to the CONSULTANT shall be determined by the
AGENCY with consideration given to the actual costs incurred by the CONSULTANT in performing
SERVICES to the date of termination, the amount of SERVICES originally required which was satisfactorily
completed to date of termination, whether that SERVICE is in a form or a type which is usable to the AGENCY
at the time of termination, the cost to the AGENCY of employing another firm to complete the SERVICES
required and the time which may be required to do so, and other factors which affect the value to the AGENCY
of the SERVICES performed at the time of termination. Under no circumstances shall payment made under this
subsection exceed the amount, which would have been made using the formula set forth in paragraph two (2) of
this section.
If it is determined for any reason, that the CONSULTANT was not in default or that the CONSULTANT’s failure
to perform is without the CONSULTANT’s or its employee’s fault or negligence, the termination shall be
deemed to be a termination for the convenience of the AGENCY. In such an event, the CONSULTANT would be
reimbursed for actual costs in accordance with the termination for other than default clauses listed previously.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 8 of 14
The CONSULTANT shall, within 15 days, notify the AGENCY in writing, in the event of the death of any
member, partner, or officer of the CONSULTANT or the death or change of any of the CONSULTANT’s
supervisory and/or other key personnel assigned to the project or disaffiliation of any principally involved
CONSULTANT employee.
The CONSULTANT shall also notify the AGENCY, in writing, in the event of the sale or transfer of 50% or
more of the beneficial ownership of the CONSULTANT within 15 days of such sale or transfer occurring. The
CONSULTANT shall continue to be obligated to complete the SERVICES under the terms of this
AGREEMENT unless the AGENCY chooses to terminate this AGREEMENT for convenience or chooses to
renegotiate any term(s) of this AGREEMENT. If termination for convenience occurs, final payment will be
made to the CONSULTANT as set forth in the second and third paragraphs of this section.
Payment for any part of the SERVICES by the AGENCY shall not constitute a waiver by the AGENCY of any
remedies of any type it may have against the CONSULTANT for any breach of this AGREEMENT by the
CONSULTANT, or for failure of the CONSULTANT to perform SERVICES required of it by the AGENCY.
Forbearance of any rights under the AGREEMENT will not constitute waiver of entitlement to exercise those
rights with respect to any future act or omission by the CONSULTANT.
X.Changes of Work
The CONSULTANT shall make such changes and revisions in the completed work of this AGREEMENT as
necessary to correct errors appearing therein, without additional compensation thereof. Should the AGENCY
find it desirable for its own purposes to have previously satisfactorily completed SERVICES or parts thereof
changed or revised, the CONSULTANT shall make such revisions as directed by the AGENCY. This work shall
be considered as Extra Work and will be paid for as herein provided under section XIII “Extra Work.”
XI.Disputes
Any disputed issue not resolved pursuant to the terms of this AGREEMENT shall be submitted in writing within
10 days to the Director of Public Works or AGENCY Engineer, whose decision in the matter shall be final and
binding on the parties of this AGREEMENT; provided however, that if an action is brought challenging the
Director of Public Works or AGENCY Engineer’s decision, that decision shall be subject to judicial review. If
the parties to this AGREEMENT mutually agree, disputes concerning alleged design errors will be conducted
under the procedures found in Exhibit “J”. In the event that either party deem it necessary to institute legal
action or proceeding to enforce any right or obligation under this AGREEMENT, this action shall be initiated in
the Superior Court of the State of Washington, situated in the county in which the AGENCY is located. The
parties hereto agree that all questions shall be resolved by application of Washington law and that the parties
have the right of appeal from such decisions of the Superior Court in accordance with the laws of the State of
Washington. The CONSULTANT hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the State
of Washington, situated in the county in which the AGENCY is located.
XII.Legal Relations
The CONSULTANT, any sub-consultants, and the AGENCY shall comply with all Federal, State, and local
laws, rules, codes, regulations and all AGENCY policies and directives, applicable to the work to be performed
under this AGREEMENT. This AGREEMENT shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Washington.
The CONSULTANT shall defend, indemnify, and hold the State of Washington (STATE) and the AGENCY
and their officers and employees harmless from all claims, demands, or suits at law or equity arising in whole or
in part from the negligence of, or the breach of any obligation under this AGREEMENT by, the
CONSULTANT or the CONSULTANT’s agents, employees, sub consultants, subcontractors or vendors, of any
tier, or any other persons for whom the CONSULTANT may be legally liable; provided that nothing herein shall
require a CONSULTANT
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 9 of 14
to defend or indemnify the STATE and the AGENCY and their officers and employees against and hold
harmless the STATE and the AGENCY and their officers and employees from claims, demands or suits based
solely upon the negligence of, or breach of any obligation under this AGREEMENT by the STATE and the
AGENCY, their agents, officers, employees, sub-consultants, subcontractors or vendors, of any tie , or any other
persons for whom the STATE and /or the AGENCY may be legally liable; and provided further that if the claims
or suits are caused by or result from the concurrent negligence of (a) the CONSULTANT or the
CONSULTANT’s agents, employees, sub-consultants, subcontractors or vendors, of any tier, or any other
persons for whom the CONSULTANT is legally liable, and (b) the STATE and/or AGENCY, their agents,
officers, employees, sub-consultants, subcontractors and or vendors, of any tier, or any other persons for whom
the STATE and/or AGENCY may be legally liable, the defense and indemnity obligation shall be valid and
enforceable only to the extent of the CONSULTANT’s negligence or the negligence of the CONSULTANT’s
agents, employees, sub-consultants, subcontractors or vendors, of any tier, or any other persons for whom the
CONSULTANT may be legally liable. This provision shall be included in any AGREEMENT between
CONSULTANT and any sub-consultant, subcontractor and vendor, of any tier.
The CONSULTANT shall also defend, indemnify, and hold the STATE and the AGENCY and their officers
and employees harmless from all claims, demands, or suits at law or equity arising in whole or in part from the
alleged patent or copyright infringement or other allegedly improper appropriation or use of trade secrets,
patents, proprietary information, know-how, copyright rights or inventions by the CONSULTANT or the
CONSULTANT’s agents, employees, sub-consultants, subcontractors or vendors, of any tier, or any other
persons for whom the CONSULTANT may be legally liable, in performance of the Work under this
AGREEMENT or arising out of any use in connection with the AGREEMENT of methods, processes, designs,
information or other items furnished or communicated to STATE and/or the AGENCY, their agents, officers and
employees pursuant to the AGREEMENT; provided that this indemnity shall not apply to any alleged patent or
copyright infringement or other allegedly improper appropriation or use of trade secrets, patents, proprietary
information, know-how, copyright rights or inventions resulting from STATE and/or AGENCY’s, their agents’,
officers and employees’ failure to comply with specific written instructions regarding use provided to STATE
and/or AGENCY, their agents, officers and employees by the CONSULTANT, its agents, employees, sub-
consultants, subcontractors or vendors, of any tier, or any other persons for whom the CONSULTANT may be
legally liable.
The CONSULTANT’s relation to the AGENCY shall be at all times as an independent contractor.
Notwithstanding any determination by the Executive Ethics Board or other tribunal, the AGENCY may, in its
sole discretion, by written notice to the CONSULTANT terminate this AGREEMENT if it is found after due
notice and examination by the AGENCY that there is a violation of the Ethics in Public Service Act, Chapter
42.52 RCW; or any similar statute involving the CONSULTANT in the procurement of, or performance under,
this AGREEMENT.
The CONSULTANT specifically assumes potential liability for actions brought by the CONSULTANT’s own
employees or its agents against the STATE and/or the AGENCY and, solely for the purpose of this
indemnification and defense, the CONSULTANT specifically waives any immunity under the state industrial
insurance law, Title 51 RCW. The Parties have mutually negotiated this waiver.
Unless otherwise specified in this AGREEMENT, the AGENCY shall be responsible for administration of
construction contracts, if any, on the project. Subject to the processing of a new sole source, or an acceptable
supplemental AGREEMENT, the CONSULTANT shall provide On-Call assistance to the AGENCY during
contract administration. By providing such assistance, the CONSULTANT shall assume no responsibility for
proper construction techniques, job site safety, or any construction contractor’s failure to perform its work in
accordance with the contract documents.
The CONSULTANT shall obtain and keep in force during the terms of this AGREEMENT, or as otherwise
required, the following insurance with companies or through sources approved by the State Insurance
Commissioner pursuant to Title 48 RCW.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 10 of 14
Insurance Coverage
A.Worker’s compensation and employer’s liability insurance as required by the STATE.
B.Commercial general liability insurance written under ISO Form CG 00 01 12 04 or its equivalent with
minimum limits of one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and two million dollars
($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate for each policy period.
C.Business auto liability insurance written under ISO Form CG 00 01 10 01 or equivalent providing coverage
for any “Auto” (Symbol 1) used in an amount not less than a one million dollar ($1,000,000.00) combined
single limit for each occurrence.
Excepting the Worker’s Compensation Insurance and any Professional Liability Insurance, the STATE and
AGENCY, their officers, employees, and agents will be named on all policies of CONSULTANT and any sub-
consultant and/or subcontractor as an additional insured (the “AIs”), with no restrictions or limitations
concerning products and completed operations coverage. This coverage shall be primary coverage and non-
contributory and any coverage maintained by the AIs shall be excess over, and shall not contribute with, the
additional insured coverage required hereunder. The CONSULTANT’s and the sub-consultant’s and/or
subcontractor’s insurer shall waive any and all rights of subrogation against the AIs. The CONSULTANT shall
furnish the AGENCY with verification of insurance and endorsements required by this AGREEMENT. The
AGENCY reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies at any time.
All insurance shall be obtained from an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of
Washington. The CONSULTANT shall submit a verification of insurance as outlined above within fourteen (14)
days of the execution of this AGREEMENT to:
Name:
Agency:
Address:
City: State: Zip:
Email:
Phone:
Facsimile:
No cancellation of the foregoing policies shall be effective without thirty (30) days prior notice to the
AGENCY.
The CONSULTANT’s professional liability to the AGENCY, including that which may arise in reference to
section IX “Termination of Agreement” of this AGREEMENT, shall be limited to the accumulative amount of
the authorized AGREEMENT or one million dollars ($1,000,000.00), whichever is greater, unless the limit of
liability is increased by the AGENCY pursuant to Exhibit H. In no case shall the CONSULTANT’s professional
liability to third parties be limited in any way.
The parties enter into this AGREEMENT for the sole benefit of the parties, and to the exclusion of any third
party, and no third party beneficiary is intended or created by the execution of this AGREEMENT.
The AGENCY will pay no progress payments under section V “Payment Provisions” until the CONSULTANT
has fully complied with this section. This remedy is not exclusive; and the AGENCY may take such other action
as is available to it under other provisions of this AGREEMENT, or otherwise in law.
Josef Harnden
City of Renton Public Works Department
1055 S. Grady Way
Renton WA 98057
jharnden@rentonwa.gov
(425) 430-7225
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 11 of 14
XIII.Extra Work
A.The AGENCY may at any time, by written order, make changes within the general scope of this
AGREEMENT in the SERVICES to be performed.
B.If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the estimated cost of, or the time required for,
performance of any part of the SERVICES under this AGREEMENT, whether or not changed by the order,
or otherwise affects any other terms and conditions of this AGREEMENT, the AGENCY shall make an
equitable adjustment in the: (1) maximum amount payable; (2) delivery or completion schedule, or both; and
(3) other affected terms and shall modify this AGREEMENT accordingly.
C.The CONSULTANT must submit any “request for equitable adjustment,” hereafter referred to as “CLAIM,”
under this clause within thirty (30) days from the date of receipt of the written order. However, if the
AGENCY decides that the facts justify it, the AGENCY may receive and act upon a CLAIM submitted
before final payment of this AGREEMENT.
D.Failure to agree to any adjustment shall be a dispute under the section XI “Disputes” clause. However,
nothing in this clause shall excuse the CONSULTANT from proceeding with the AGREEMENT as changed.
E.Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of paragraphs (A.) and (B.) above, the maximum amount payable
for this AGREEMENT, shall not be increased or considered to be increased except by specific written
supplement to this AGREEMENT.
XIV.Endorsement of Plans
If applicable, the CONSULTANT shall place their endorsement on all plans, estimates, or any other engineering
data furnished by them.
XV.Federal Review
The Federal Highway Administration shall have the right to participate in the review or examination of the
SERVICES in progress.
XVI.Certification of the Consultant and the Agency
Attached hereto as Exhibit “G-1(a and b)” are the Certifications of the CONSULTANT and the AGENCY,
Exhibit “G-2” Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension and Other Responsibility Matters - Primary
Covered Transactions, Exhibit “G-3” Certification Regarding the Restrictions of the Use of Federal Funds for
Lobbying and Exhibit “G-4” Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data. Exhibit “G-3” is required only
in AGREEMENTS over one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) and Exhibit “G-4” is required only
in AGREEMENTS over five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00.) These Exhibits must be executed by
the CONSULTANT, and submitted with the master AGREEMENT, and returned to the AGENCY at the
address listed in section III “General Requirements” prior to its performance of any SERVICES
under this AGREEMENT.
XVII.Complete Agreement
This document and referenced attachments contain all covenants, stipulations, and provisions agreed upon by
the parties. No agent, or representative of either party has authority to make, and the parties shall not be bound
by or be liable for, any statement, representation, promise or agreement not set forth herein. No changes,
amendments, or modifications of the terms hereof shall be valid unless reduced to writing and signed by the
parties as a supplement to this AGREEMENT.
XVIII.Execution and Acceptance
This AGREEMENT may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to
be an original having identical legal effect. The CONSULTANT does hereby ratify and adopt all statements,
representations, warranties, covenants, and AGREEMENT’s contained in the proposal, and the supporting
material submitted by the CONSULTANT, and does hereby accept this AGREEMENT and agrees to all of the
terms and conditions thereof.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 12 of 14
XIX.Protection of Confidential Information
The CONSULTANT acknowledges that some of the material and information that may come into its possession
or knowledge in connection with this AGREEMENT or its performance may consist of information that is
exempt from disclosure to the public or other unauthorized persons under either chapter 42.56 RCW or other
local, state, or federal statutes (“State’s Confidential Information”). The “State’s Confidential Information”
includes, but is not limited to, names, addresses, Social Security numbers, e-mail addresses, telephone numbers,
financial profiles credit card information, driver’s license numbers, medical data, law enforcement records (or
any other information identifiable to an individual), STATE and AGENCY source code or object code, STATE
and AGENCY security data, non-public Specifications, STATE and AGENCY non-publicly available data,
proprietary software, STATE and AGENCY security data, or information which may jeopardize any part of the
project that relates to any of these types of information. The CONSULTANT agrees to hold the State’s
Confidential Information in strictest confidence and not to make use of the State’s Confidential Information for
any purpose other than the performance of this AGREEMENT, to release it only to authorized employees, sub-
consultants or subcontractors requiring such information for the purposes of carrying out this AGREEMENT,
and not to release, divulge, publish, transfer, sell, disclose, or otherwise make it known to any other party
without the AGENCY’s express written consent or as provided by law. The CONSULTANT agrees to release
such information or material only to employees, sub-consultants or subcontractors who have signed a
nondisclosure AGREEMENT, the terms of which have been previously approved by the AGENCY. The
CONSULTANT agrees to implement physical, electronic, and managerial safeguards to prevent unauthorized
access to the State’s Confidential Information.
Immediately upon expiration or termination of this AGREEMENT, the CONSULTANT shall, at the
AGENCY’s option: (i) certify to the AGENCY that the CONSULTANT has destroyed all of the State’s
Confidential Information; or (ii) returned all of the State’s Confidential Information to the AGENCY; or (iii)
take whatever other steps the AGENCY requires of the CONSULTANT to protect the State’s Confidential
Information.
As required under Executive Order 00-03, the CONSULTANT shall maintain a log documenting the following:
the State’s Confidential Information received in the performance of this AGREEMENT; the purpose(s) for
which the State’s Confidential Information was received; who received, maintained, and used the State’s
Confidential Information; and the final disposition of the State’s Confidential Information. The
CONSULTANT’s records shall be subject to inspection, review, or audit upon reasonable notice from the
AGENCY.
The AGENCY reserves the right to monitor, audit, or investigate the use of the State’s Confidential Information
collected, used, or acquired by the CONSULTANT through this AGREEMENT. The monitoring, auditing, or
investigating may include, but is not limited to, salting databases.
Violation of this section by the CONSULTANT or its sub-consultants or subcontractors may result in
termination of this AGREEMENT and demand for return of all State’s Confidential Information, monetary
damages, or penalties
It is understood and acknowledged that the CONSULTANT may provide the AGENCY with information, which
is proprietary and/or confidential during the term of this AGREEMENT. The parties agree to maintain the
confidentiality of such information during the term of this AGREEMENT and afterwards. All materials
containing such proprietary and/or confidential information shall be clearly identified and marked as
“Confidential” and shall be returned to the disclosing party at the conclusion of the SERVICES under this
AGREEMENT.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 13 of 14
The CONSULTANT shall provide the AGENCY with a list of all information and materials it considers
confidential and/or proprietary in nature: (a) at the commencement of the term of this AGREEMENT, or (b) as
soon as such confidential or proprietary material is developed. “Proprietary and/or confidential information” is
not meant to include any information which, at the time of its disclosure: (i) is already known to the other party;
(ii) is rightfully disclosed to one of the parties by a third party that is not acting as an agent or representative for
the other party; (iii) is independently developed by or for the other party; (iv) is publicly known; or (v) is
generally utilized by unaffiliated third parties engaged in the same business or businesses as the
CONSULTANT.
The parties also acknowledge that the AGENCY is subject to Washington State and federal public disclosure
laws. As such, the AGENCY shall maintain the confidentiality of all such information marked proprietary and
or confidential or otherwise exempt, unless such disclosure is required under applicable state or federal law. If a
public disclosure request is made to view materials identified as “Proprietary and/or confidential information” or
otherwise exempt information, the AGENCY will notify the CONSULTANT of the request and of the date that
such records will be released to the requester unless the CONSULTANT obtains a court order from a court of
competent jurisdiction enjoining that disclosure. If the CONSULTANT fails to obtain the court order enjoining
disclosure, the AGENCY will release the requested information on the date specified.
The CONSULTANT agrees to notify the sub-consultant of any AGENCY communication regarding disclosure
that may include a sub-consultant’s proprietary and/or confidential information. The CONSULTANT
notification to the sub-consultant will include the date that such records will be released by the AGENCY to the
requester and state that unless the sub-consultant obtains a court order from a court of competent jurisdiction
enjoining that disclosure the AGENCY will release the requested information. If the CONSULTANT and/or
sub-consultant fail to obtain a court order or other judicial relief enjoining the AGENCY by the release date, the
CONSULTANT shall waive and release and shall hold harmless and indemnify the AGENCY from all claims of
actual or alleged damages, liabilities, or costs associated with the AGENCY’s said disclosure of sub-
consultants’ information.
XX.Records Maintenance
During the progress of the Work and SERVICES provided hereunder and for a period of not less than six (6)
years from the date of final payment to the CONSULTANT, the CONSULTANT shall keep, retain, and
maintain all “documents” pertaining to the SERVICES provided pursuant to this AGREEMENT. Copies of all
“documents” pertaining to the SERVICES provided hereunder shall be made available for review at the
CONSULTANT’s place of business during normal working hours. If any litigation, claim, or audit is
commenced, the CONSULTANT shall cooperate with AGENCY and assist in the production of all such
documents. “Documents” shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings have been resolved even
though such litigation, claim, or audit continues past the six (6) year retention period.
For purposes of this AGREEMENT, “documents” means every writing or record of every type and description,
including electronically stored information (“ESI”), that is in the possession, control, or custody of the
CONSULTANT, including, without limitation, any and all correspondences, contracts, AGREEMENTs,
appraisals, plans, designs, data, surveys, maps, spreadsheets, memoranda, stenographic or handwritten notes,
reports, records, telegrams, schedules, diaries, notebooks, logbooks, invoices, accounting records, work sheets,
charts, notes, drafts, scribblings, recordings, visual displays, photographs, minutes of meetings, tabulations,
computations, summaries, inventories, and writings regarding conferences, conversations or telephone
conversations, and any and all other taped, recorded, written, printed or typed matters of any kind or description;
every copy of the foregoing whether or not the original is in the possession, custody, or control of the
CONSULTANT, and every copy of any of the foregoing, whether or not such copy is a copy identical to an
original, or whether or not such copy contains any commentary or notation whatsoever that does not appear on
the original.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2022 Page 14 of 14
For purposes of this AGREEMENT, “ESI” means any and all computer data or electronic recorded media of any
kind, including “Native Files”, that are stored in any medium from which it can be retrieved and examined,
either directly or after translation into a reasonably useable form. ESI may include information and/or
documentation stored in various software programs such as Email, Outlook, Word, Excel, Access, Publisher,
PowerPoint, Adobe Acrobat, SQL databases, or any other software or electronic communication programs or
databases that the CONSULTANT may use in the performance of its operations. ESI may be located on network
servers, backup tapes, smart phones, thumb drives, CDs, DVDs, floppy disks, work computers, cell phones,
laptops, or any other electronic device that CONSULTANT uses in the performance of its Work or SERVICES
hereunder, including any personal devices used by the CONSULTANT or any sub-consultant at home.
“Native files” are a subset of ESI and refer to the electronic format of the application in which such ESI is
normally created, viewed, and /or modified
The CONSULTANT shall include this section XX “Records Maintenance” in every subcontract it enters into in
relation to this AGREEMENT and bind the sub-consultant to its terms, unless expressly agreed to otherwise in
writing by the AGENCY prior to the execution of such subcontract.
In witness whereof, the parties hereto have executed this AGREEMENT as of the day and year shown in the
“Execution Date” box on page one (1) of this AGREEMENT.
Signature Date
Signature Date
Any modification, change, or reformation of this AGREEMENT shall require approval as to form by the Office
of the Attorney General.
11/11/2025
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit A
Scope of Work
Project No.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 1 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
EXHIBIT A
SCOPE OF SERVICES
for
Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation Project
Construction Management Consultant Services
KBA, Inc. (Consultant) will provide Construction Management (CM) services to The City of Renton (Client), for
the project known as Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation Project (Project). These services will include
consultation, contract administration, field observation, documentation, and material testing, as required during
the construction of the Project, as detailed below.
Project Description: The work includes but is not limited to: demolition of existing curb, gutter, sidewalk,
driveways, roadway asphalt pavement, and demolition of a portion of the existing storm drainage pipe system,
construction of new curb, gutter, sidewalk, driveways, roadway asphalt pavement, concrete crosswalks,
replacement of storm drainage system, adjustment of damaged utility lids in the roadway, topsoil and hydroseed,
temporary traffic control, property protection and restoration and all other Work necessary to complete the Work
as specified and shown in the Contract Provisions. The Designer of Record on this Project is ESM (Designer).
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 4
b. KBA Responsibilities. ............................................................................................................ 4
c. City’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................................... 4
d. Others Responsibilities ......................................................................................................... 4
e. Directing the Contractor ....................................................................................................... 4
2. RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................................................................... 5
a. Construction Manager .......................................................................................................... 5
b. Resident Engineer ................................................................................................................. 5
c. Construction Observer (Inspector) ....................................................................................... 6
d. Documentation Specialist ..................................................................................................... 7
e. Testing Laboratory ................................................................................................................ 7
f. Project Manager (Provided by City of Renton) .................................................................... 7
g. Engineer (Provided by City of Renton) ................................................................................. 8
h. Engineer of Record (Provided By City of Renton) ................................................................ 8
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 2 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
i. Permit and Environmental Compliance Manager (Provided by City of Renton) ................ 9
j. City Public Works Department (Provided by City of Renton) .............................................. 9
3. TASKS 9
a. Advertisement ...................................................................................................................... 9
b. Contract Addenda ................................................................................................................. 9
c. Bidder Questions .................................................................................................................. 9
d. Bid deadline .......................................................................................................................... 9
e. Bid Opening .......................................................................................................................... 9
f. Conformed Contract Documents ........................................................................................ 10
g. ROM (Constr. Man.9-1.2C) ................................................................................................ 10
h. Non-materials Submittal List (Constr. Man. 1-05 Other submittals page 1-51) ................ 10
i. Bid Analysis ......................................................................................................................... 10
j. Determination of Bid Responsiveness and Bidder Responsibility ..................................... 10
k. Pre-award Meeting (Std. Spec. 1-02.15) ............................................................................ 11
l. Preparation of contract documents for execution ............................................................ 11
m. Award .................................................................................................................................. 11
n. Execution (Std. Spec. 1-03.3, RCW 35A.40.200, RCW 35.23.352(1)) ................................. 11
o. Record Keeping ................................................................................................................... 12
p. Non-materials Submittal Schedule..................................................................................... 12
q. Materials ............................................................................................................................. 13
r. Build America Buy America ................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
s. Subcontractors .................................................................................................................... 14
t. DBE Subcontractors (See Special Provision for DBEs 1275) .. Error! Bookmark not defined.
u. Progress Schedule ............................................................................................................... 14
v. Preconstruction Meeting (LAG Man. 52.2) ........................................................................ 15
w. Labor ................................................................................................................................... 16
x. Project Labor List (Std. Spec. 1-09.6.1.) .............................................................................. 16
y. Contractor’s Equipment Rate List (Std. Spec. 1-09.4 and 1.09.6.3.) .................................. 17
z. Construction Observer and Documentation Specialist Oversight ..................................... 17
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 3 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
aa. Notice to Proceed ............................................................................................................... 17
bb. Mobilization (Std. Spec.1-09.7) .......................................................................................... 17
cc. Weekly Construction Meetings .......................................................................................... 17
dd. Safety (Std. Spec. 1-07.1) .................................................................................................... 19
ee. Meeting minutes ................................................................................................................. 19
ff. Weekly Statements of Working Days ................................................................................. 20
gg. Contractor’s Weekly Look-Ahead Schedule ....................................................................... 20
hh. Conformity With and Deviations From Plans and Stakes (Std. Spec 1-05.4) .................... 20
ii. Testing ................................................................................................................................. 21
jj. Permanent Monuments (RCW 58.09.130) ......................................................................... 21
kk. Correction Notices .............................................................................................................. 21
ll. Environmental..................................................................................................................... 22
mm. Work Suspension ........................................................................................................ 22
nn. Photographs ........................................................................................................................ 23
oo. Diary .................................................................................................................................... 23
pp. Field Notebooks .................................................................................................................. 23
qq. IDR’s 23
rr. Pay Notes (Field Notes) (Constr. Man. 10-3.12) ................................................................. 23
ss. As-Built Plans ...................................................................................................................... 24
tt. Requests for Information (RFI’s) ........................................................................................ 24
uu. Serial letters ........................................................................................................................ 24
x. Progress Payment Forms .................................................................................................... 25
xx. Progress Payments (Std. Spec. 1-09.90 ............................................................................. 25
yy. Materials on Hand (Std. Spec.1-09.8) ................................................................................ 25
zz. Field Directives (Std. Spec. 1-04.4.) .................................................................................... 26
aaa. Change Orders ............................................................................................................ 26
bbb. Protests ....................................................................................................................... 27
ccc. Notices ................................................................................................................................ 27
ddd. City Public Works Department Notification .............................................................. 27
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 4 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
4.CONTROLLING ORDER OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (Std. Spec. 1-04.2) ............................. 28
5.CM CONSTRUCTION OFFICE................................................................................................... 28
i. Posting Notices (Std. Spec. 1-07.9(2)) ................................................................................... 28
1.GENERAL
a.Construction Management. KBA shall manage the Project Construction as set
forth in the Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation Contract Construction
Documents.
Documents, WSDOT LAG Manual, 2025 WSDOT Standard Specifications, and the
WSDOT Construction Manual except as may be modified below.
b.KBA Responsibilities.
i.KBA’s staff consists of:
1.Construction Manager
2.Resident Engineer
3.Construction Observer
4.Documentation Specialist –
5.Materials Testing Sub-Consultant per section .f below
ii.KBA responsibilities are the tasks assigned to KBA staff as described within
the task descriptions below.
iii.KBA tasks, as assigned below, may be reassigned by KBA. KBA must notify
Project Manager The City of Renton of such reassignment. The
Construction Manager shall remain responsible for completeness,
accuracy, and timeliness of the KBA’s work.
c.City’s Responsibilities
i.The City staff consists of:
1.Project Manager
2.Engineer
ii.The City’s responsibilities are the tasks assigned to City staff as described
within the task descriptions below.
d.Others Responsibilities
i.Engineer of Record, Permit and Environmental Compliance Manager, and
City Public Works Department shall be independently responsible for tasks
assigned as described within the task descriptions below.
e.Directing the Contractor
i.The Contractor is responsible to get its direction from the contract
documents.
ii.Clarification will be made in writing in RFI’s.
iii.Representatives of the Engineer are not authorized to accept Work, to
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 5 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
accept materials, to issue instructions, or to give advice that is contrary to
the Contract. Work done or material furnished which does not meet the
Contract requirements shall be at the Contractor’s risk and shall not be a
basis for a claim even if the representatives purport to change the Contract
(Std. Spec. 1-05.2). In the event City or KBA staff finds it necessary to give
direction to the Contractor, the entity giving direction may be found
responsible for the work so directed. A written record of the directive must
be made.
f. Duty of the KBA. The presence of the Project Manager and/or the Engineer during
construction or discussions with the Contractor does not change the duties and
responsibilities of the KBA, City, or Contractor.
g. Deliverables The required deliverables, if any, are described in each of the tasks
below.
2. RESPONSIBILITIES
a. Construction Manager
i. Staff management
ii. Progress review
iii. Billing
iv. Preconstruction meeting (3.v.)
v. Construction Observer and Documentation Specialist oversight (3.z.)
vi. Weekly construction meetings (3.cc.)
vii. Serial letters (3.vv.)
viii. Protests (3.bbb.)
b. Resident Engineer
i. ROM (3.g.)
ii. Non-materials submittal list (3.h.)
iii. Bid analysis (3.i.)
iv. Pre-award meeting (3.k.)
v. Record keeping (3.o.)
vi. Materials (3.q.)
vii. Subcontractors (3.s.)
viii. Progress schedule (3.u.)
ix. Preconstruction meeting (3.v.)
x. Labor (3.w.)
xi. Project labor list (3.x.)
xii. Contractor’s equipment rate list (3.y.)
xiii. Construction Observer and Documentation Specialist oversight (3.z.)
xiv. Weekly construction meetings (3.cc.)
xv. Safety (3.dd.)
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 6 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
xvi. Weekly statements of working days (3.ff.)
xvii. Contractor’s weekly look-ahead schedule (3.gg.)
xviii. Conformity with and deviations from plans and stakes.(3.hh.)
xix. Permanent monuments (3.jj.)
xx. Correction notices (3.kk.)
xxi. Work suspension. (3.mm.)
xxii. IDR’s (3.qq.)
xxiii. Pay notes (3.rr.)
xxiv. RFI’s (3.tt.)
xxv. Serial letters (3.vv.)
xxvi. Progress payment forms (3.ww.)
xxvii. Force Account (3.xx.)
xxviii. Progress payments (3.yy.)
xxix. Field directives (3.aaa.)
xxx. Change orders (3.bbb.)
xxxi. Protests (3.ccc.)
xxxii. Notices (3.ddd.)
xxxiii. Change tracking (4.f.)
xxxiv. Progress Schedule (4.h.)
xxxv. Posting Notices (4.i.)
xxxvi. CM construction office (5.h.) and (5.i.)
c. Construction Observer (Inspector)
i. Pre-award meeting (3.k.)
ii. Non-materials submittal schedule (3.p.)
iii. Materials (3.q.)
iv. Subcontractors (3.s.)
v. Preconstruction meeting (3.v.)
vi. Labor (3.w.)
vii. Construction Observer and Documentation Specialist oversight (3.z.)
viii. Weekly construction meetings (3.cc.)
ix. Safety (3.dd.)
x. Contractor’s weekly look-ahead schedule (3.gg.)
xi. Conformity with and deviations from plans and stakes (3.hh.)
xii. Testing (3.ii.)
xiii. Permanent monuments (3.jj.)
xiv. Correction notices (3.kk.)
xv. Environmental (3.ll.)
xvi. Work suspension. (3.mm.)
xvii. Photographs (3.nn.)
xviii. Diary (3.oo.)
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 7 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
xix. Field notebooks (3.pp.)
xx. IDR’s (3.qq.)
xxi. Pay notes (3.rr.)
xxii. As-built plans (3.ss.)
xxiii. Force Account (3.xx.)
xxiv. Progress payments (3.yy.)
xxv. Field directives (3.aaa.)
xxvi. City Public Works Department Notification (3.eee.)
xxvii. CM construction office (5.f.)
d. Documentation Specialist
i. ROM (3.g.)
ii. Record keeping (3.o.)
iii. Non-materials submittal schedule (3.p.)
iv. Materials (3.q.)
v. Subcontractors (3.s.)
vi. Preconstruction meeting (3.v.)
vii. Labor (3.w.)
viii. Construction Observer and Documentation Specialist oversight (3.z.)
ix. Weekly construction meetings (3.cc.)
x. Meeting minutes (3.ee.)
xi. IDR’s (3.qq.)
xii. Pay notes (3.rr.)
xiii. RFI’s (3.tt.)
xiv. Training (3.uu.)
xv. Serial letters (3.vv.)
xvi. Progress payment forms (3.ww.)
xvii. Force Account (3.xx.)
xviii. Progress payments (3.yy.)
xix. Change orders (3.bbb.)
xx. Protests (3.ccc.)
e. Testing Laboratory
i. ROM (3.f.)
ii. Materials testing and approval
iii. On-site compaction testing
iv. On-site concrete testing
f. Project Manager (Provided by City of Renton)
i. Advertisement (3.a.)
ii. Contract addenda (3.b.)
iii. Bidder questions (3.c.)
iv. Bid deadline and opening (3.c. and d.)
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 8 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
v. Conformed construction documents (3.f.)
vi. ROM (3.g.)
vii. Bid analysis (3.i.)
viii. Determination of bidder responsibility and bid responsiveness (3.j.)
ix. Pre-award meeting (3.k.)
x. Preparation of contract documents for execution (3.l.)
xi. Award (3.m.)
xii. Execution (3.n.)
xiii. Record keeping (3.o.)
xiv. Materials (3.q.)
xv. Subcontractors (3.s.)
xvi. Preconstruction meeting (3.v.)
xvii. Notice to proceed (3.z.)
xviii. Work suspension. (3.mm.)
xix. IDR’s (3.qq.)
xx. Serial letters (3.vv.)
xxi. Progress payment forms (3.ww.)
xxii. Progress payments (3.xx.)
xxiii. Change orders (3.aaa.)
xxiv. Notices (3.ccc.)
g. Engineer (Provided by City of Renton)
i. The Authority vested in the “Engineer” by the Standard Specifications shall
be vested in the City Transportation Design Manager who performs the
duties of the Certification Authority.
ii. Directing the Contractor (1.e.)
iii. Contract addenda (3.b.)
iv. Bidder questions (3.c.)
v. Conformed construction documents (3.f.ii)
vi. Pre-award meeting (3.k.)
vii. Materials (3.q.)
viii. Preconstruction meeting (3.v.)
ix. Work suspension. (3.mm.)
x. Change orders (3.aaa.)
xi. Protests (3.bbb.)
h. Engineer of Record (Provided By City of Renton)
i. Contract addenda (3.b.)
ii. Bidder questions (3.c.)
iii. Conformed construction documents (3.f.)
iv. ROM (3.g)
v. Non-materials submittal list (3.h.)
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 9 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
vi. Bid analysis (3.i.)
vii. Pre-award meeting (3.k.)
viii. Record keeping (3.o.)
ix. Materials (3.q.)
x. Preconstruction meeting (3.v.)
xi. Weekly construction meetings (3.cc.)
xii. Conformity with and deviations from plans and stakes (3.hh.)
xiii. Permanent monuments (3.jj.)
xiv. RFI’s (3.tt.)
xv. Change orders (3.bbb.)
i. Permit and Environmental Compliance Manager (Provided by City of Renton)
i. Review and approval of Contractor’s SPCC plan
ii. Environmental (3.ll.)
j. City Public Works Department (Provided by City of Renton)
i. Water Manager (3.ddd.)
ii. Sewer and Surface Water Manager (3.ddd.)
iii. Streets Manager (3.ddd.)
3. TASKS
a. Advertisement
i. Prepared by Project Manager
ii. Placed in newspaper by City Clerk
iii. Two separate ads, posted for the duration of 21 calendar days (LAG
46.2.24)
iv. Electronic copies of the plans and specifications shall be placed by the
Project Manager and shall be available, on line, at Builder’s Exchange from
the first date of advertisement, continuously, until physical completion.
b. Contract Addenda
i. Contract addenda will be prepared by the Engineer of Record, reviewed by
Project Manager, and signed by Engineer (LAG 46.2.24).
c. Bidder Questions
i. Questions must be in writing, email preferable.
ii. Answers will be prepared by the Engineer of Record, reviewed by the
Project Manager, and signed by the Engineer.
iii. All answers shall be made in writing and posted on the bidding website
(Std. Spec. 1-02.4(1), last paragraph).
iv. Answers that change the contract will generate contract addenda
d. Bid deadline
i. The bid delivery will be to the City Clerk and the deadline will be as
advertised.
e. Bid Opening
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 10 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
i. The bid opening by the City Clerk will be at least 48 hours following the bid
deadline
f. Conformed Contract Documents
i. Following the bid opening, the Engineer of Record will cause the contract
documents to incorporate all the changes made during the bidding
process.
ii. The Engineer will sign the contract documents for construction approval.
g. ROM (Constr. Man.9-1.2C)
i. The Record of Materials shall be prepared independently by WSDOT or
testing lab and the Engineer of Record and maintained by the Resident
Engineer or Documentation Specialist
ii. The ROM shall be prepared following bid opening and prior to Award
iii. Made available at the Pre-award Meeting
iv. See (3.q)
h. Non-materials Submittal List (Constr. Man. 1-05 Other submittals page 1-51)
i. The Engineer of Record and Resident Engineer shall independently prepare
a list of all contract-required non-materials submittals. (See Figure 1-1,
Constr. Man. 1-05 page 1-55)
ii. Following bid opening and prior to award
iii. Made available at the pre-award meeting
iv. See (3.p)
i. Bid Analysis
i. The Project Manager shall tabulate all the bids by bid item and evaluate
the apparent low bid for balance and other irregularities (Std. Spec. 1-
02.13.2.). The Engineer of Record and Resident Engineer shall review for
concurrence.
j. Determination of Bid Responsiveness and Bidder Responsibility
i. The Project Manager shall determine bid responsiveness and bidder
responsibility. A bid may be considered irregular and not responsive for
any of the conditions listed in Std. Spec. 1-02.13. Further instruction that
shall be followed is contained in LAG 46.2.26.
ii. A bidder may be deemed not responsible and the proposal rejected for any
of the conditions listed in Std. Spec. 1-02.14. Further instruction that shall
be followed is contained in LAG 46.2.22, 27, and 28.
iii. The Project Manager shall submit the low bid information to WSDOT Local
Programs for review and approval.
iv. Before award of a contract, a bidder shall submit to the contracting agency
a signed statement in accordance with chapter 5.50 RCW verifying under
penalty of perjury that the bidder is in compliance with the responsible
bidder criteria requirement of subsection (2)(f) of RCW 39.26.160. A
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 11 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
contracting agency may award a contract in reasonable reliance upon such
a sworn statement (RCW 39.26.160 (4)).
k. Pre-award Meeting (Std. Spec. 1-02.15)
i. The Project Manager shall schedule and preside over a pre-award meeting.
ii. Required participants
1. Engineer
2. Project Manager
3. Engineer of Record
4. Resident Engineer
5. Construction Observer/s
6. Contractor’s Project Manager
7. Contractor’s Site Foreman/Superintendent
iii. Agenda shall include at least the following:
1. Time of contract compliance letter and response
2. A pre-award progress schedule (3.o.ii).
3. Executed documents deadline
4. Construction phasing
5. Lump sum breakdowns
6. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture
of any or all materials to be used;
7. ROM
8. Non-materials submittal List
9. Special citizen outreach requirements
10. Date for pre-construction meeting/s
11. Date for notice to proceed
12. Construction offices
13. Lay-down locations
l. Preparation of contract documents for execution
i. The Project Manager shall prepare the contract documents for execution
by the Contractor.
m. Award
i. The Project Manager shall prepare the contract for award and submit the
material to the City Clerk who will submit the contract to the City Council
for award.
n. Execution (Std. Spec. 1-03.3, RCW 35A.40.200, RCW 35.23.352(1))
i. The Project Manager will deliver the complete the contract package to the
Contractor.
ii. The Contractor must execute and return the contract documents in full
within ten days from the date at which he or she is notified that he or she
has been awarded the contract.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 12 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
iii. The Project Manager will deliver the contractor-executed contract to the
City Clerk for the Mayor’s execution.
o. Record Keeping
i. Filing system.
1. KBA will host a web-based document management system,
Autodesk Construction Cloud, and provide access to City staff
assigned to the project.
2. Electronic copies of all contract construction documents shall be
kept and filed by the Documentation Specialist and delivered to the
Project Manager in PDF format on a “thumb drive” upon contract
completion.
ii. Timeliness.
1. The Documentation Specialist shall update the status of submittals
and subcontractors on a daily basis and make them available to the
Construction Observer and Resident Engineer and the Engineer of
Record at 7:00 AM the morning following every status change. All
other records shall be updated on a weekly basis and made
available on line to the City, the Contractor, and all members of the
construction management team and at the weekly construction
meeting following the status change.
iii. Final records.
1. Upon contract completion, the Documentation Specialist shall
provide the Project Manager with documentation of the work
performed on the contract. Documentation consists of field books,
inspector’s record of field tests, Resident Engineer’s and inspector’s
diaries, all invoices, weigh bills, truck measurements, quantity
tickets, receiving reports, field office ledgers, mass diagrams, cross-
sections, computer listings, and work profiles. Photographs or video
tapes before, during, and after construction could be useful,
especially if care is taken to show any unusual conditions,
equipment, or procedures (LAG Man. 52.8.83.4).
iv. The Documentation Specialist shall be responsible for filing all meeting
minutes (3.dd).
v. Contractor Records
1. The Document Specialist shall obtain proof from the Contractor
that it has met all the requirements for Records and Retention
(Constr. Man. 1-07.11(10)B)
p. Non-materials Submittal Schedule
i. The Documentation Specialist shall maintain a non-materials tracking
spreadsheet, supplied by the City, of status and delivery deadlines of non-
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 13 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
material submittals for the purpose of notifying the contractor and
construction observer of pending requirements for up-coming construction
activity.
ii. The Resident Engineer shall review the non-materials tracking spreadsheet
at the weekly construction meetings
q. Materials
i. All materials must be approved by the Project Manager prior to use. The
Resident Engineer shall notify Construction Contractor of work found in
non-compliance with the requirements of the contract. Verify that the
quality of materials and workmanship on a project conform to the contract
specifications (LAG 52.3)
ii. All QPL, RAM, ASA, CMO, and MCC submittals shall be delivered to the
Documentation Specialist, Resident Engineer, and the Project
Manager.
iii. Each RAM submittal package shall be delivered complete. Parts of
assemblies submitted individually will be returned to the Contractor. RAMS
that vary from the specifications must be reviewed and approved by the
Engineer of Record.
iv. The Documentation Specialist shall maintain and update a City form
material submittals tracking spreadsheet with all material submittals.
v. Materials shall also be tracked by bid item on appropriate WSDOT forms
272-024.
vi. The Resident Engineer shall be responsible for reviewing materials
submittals for conformance with the specifications and approving, or
obtaining materials approvals.
vii. The Construction Observer shall Verify all Materials on site. Only approved
materials shall be accepted and all materials shall have identification
stamps or tags. Non-approved materials and/or materials missing
identification shall be rejected and either quarantined or removed from
the site. Used materials shall be removed from the site immediately.
viii. The Construction Observer shall keep trip tickets, invoices, weigh bills,
truck measurements, quantity tickets or other record of the quantities of
all materials delivered
ix. Materials Certification. The Documentation Specialist shall provide the
Engineer, for his signature, a completed Materials Certification form (DOT
Form 140-574) upon completion. This materials certification shall be
completed in accordance with Construction Manual Section 9-1.5 and
Section 52.3 of the LAG Manual (LAG Man. 52.8.83.6).
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 14 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
r. Subcontractors
i. All subcontractors must be approved by the Project Manager before
performing any work on the project (Std. Spec. 1-08.1)
ii. The Construction Observer shall keep track of all subcontractors on the job
site and require removal of all unapproved subcontractors by the
Contractor.
iii. All subcontractors must meet the conditions set forth in Std. Spec. 1-08.1.
iv. The Contractor must submit a completed WSDOT form 421-012 for each
proposed subcontractor. The request must be reviewed and approved by
the Resident Engineer to ensure that the proposed subcontractor meets
the requirements of WAC 296.127.10 (Constr. Man. 1-08.1.).
v. All subcontractors must submit intents to pay prevailing wages documents
L&I form F700-029-000 and appropriate addenda before performing any
work on the project.
vi. All contracts with all subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors shall
contain the exact language contained in Form FHWA 1273 as revised May
1, 2012
vii. All subcontractors must have a City of Renton Business License.
viii. The Contractor shall insert the notification set forth in the Standard
Specifications in all solicitations for sub-contractor and supplier bids. (Std.
Spec. 1-07.11(2)3.)
ix. Subcontractor contract retainage requirements GSP1-08.1 (June 3, 2019)
must be met.
x. The Documentation Specialist shall keep files of all subcontractors and
their submittals, and shall maintain and update a City form subcontractor
tracking spreadsheet with all subcontractor approval submittals.
xi. Removal. If dissatisfied with any part of the subcontracted Work, the
Engineer may request in writing that the Subcontractor be removed. (Std.
Spec. 1-08.1 last paragraph).
xii. If required, the Construction Observer shall observe and record VIN
numbers on contractor trucks.
s. Progress Schedule
i. Prepared by the Contractor
1. The Progress Schedule shall be type B unless otherwise indicated in
the contract (Std. Spec. 1-08.3 (2)) and (Special Provisions, page
75).
2. A pre-award schedule, of sufficient detail to demonstrate
completion of the project within the time of contract, shall be
submitted at the pre-award meeting (Std. Spec. 1-02.15.3.).
3. A preliminary schedule shall be submitted five calendar days
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 15 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
following Contract Execution (Std. Spec 1-08. 3(2)B).
4. The entire project schedule, if different from the pre-award
schedule, shall be submitted within 30 calendar days following
contract execution. (Std. Spec. 1-08. 3(2)B)
ii. The progress schedule shall be reviewed and approved or returned by the
Resident Engineer 15 calendar days following submittal by the Contractor,
(Std. Spec. 1-08. 3(2)B)
iii. The Resident Engineer shall determine if the Contractor will perform at
least 30% of the work (Std. Spec. 1-08.1) and:
iv. Collectively, lower tier subcontractors shall not do work that exceeds 25 %
of the total amount subcontracted (Std. Spec. 1-08.1.7.) to all
Subcontractors except for structure work.
v. The Resident Engineer shall require updates, as may be required, for
review and approval. (Std. Spec. 1-08. 3 (3))
t. Preconstruction Meeting (LAG Man. 52.2)
i. The Pre-construction meeting shall be scheduled and managed by the
Resident Engineer.
ii. List of invitees shall include:
1. The Project Manager
2. The Project Specialist (Joey)
3. The Engineer
4. The Engineer of Record
5. The City’s Public Works representatives
6. The Resident Engineer
7. The Construction Manager
8. The Documentation Specialist
9. The Construction Observer/s
10. The franchise utility representatives
iii. The Agenda shall be prepared by the Resident Engineer and shall include at
a minimum those items listed in (LAG Appendix 52.101)
1. First Order of Work (Std. Spec. 1-08.4)
2. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the
installation of high visibility fencing to delineate all areas for
protection or restoration.
iv. Forms
1. The Resident Engineer should provide the Contractor a description
of all required forms, giving the Contractor an initial supply of each.
Additional forms required by the Contractor over the course of the
work should be provided by the Resident Engineer upon request by
the Contractor. Remind the Contractor that all form submittals,
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 16 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
including those of subcontractors, lower-tier subcontractors, and
suppliers, should be routed through the Prime Contractor for
submittal (Constr. Man. P. 1-52).
u. Labor
i. Minimum wages shall meet Federal or Washington State prevailing wage
rates, whichever is higher.
ii. Intents to pay prevailed wages
1. The Prime Contractor and all subcontractors and lower tier
subcontractors must submit intents to pay prevailed wages. It is the
responsibility of the Documentation Specialist to collect and file the
intents (Std. Spec. 1-07.9 and Special Provisions). The Resident
Engineer shall not permit the Contractor, subcontractors or lower
tier subcontractors onto the job site until their Intents have been
submitted.
iii. Certified payrolls
1. The Documentation Specialist shall collect and file all certified
payrolls and shall not enter work into the progress payment form
for payment to the Contractor, subcontractors or lower tier
subcontractors, failing to submit the required certified payrolls
within 10 calendar days of the of the end of the preceding weekly
payroll period. (Std. Spec. 1-07.9(5)
2. The Documentation Specialist shall maintain and update a City form
certified payrolls tracking spreadsheet containing all certified
payrolls.
iv. Affidavits of wages paid
1. The Documentation Specialist shall collect and file affidavits of
wages paid from the Contractor and all subcontractors following
physical completion. The City will not accept the project nor release
the contract bond until all such affidavits have been delivered. (Std.
Spec. 1-07.9(5)
v. Interviews (Constr. Man. 1-07.9(1))
1. The Construction Observer shall perform interviews with the
Contractor’s and subcontractor’s worker to verify payment of the
correct wage rates.(Constr. Man. p. 1-86)
v. Project Labor List (Std. Spec. 1-09.6.1.)
i. Project labor lists of the charge rates for all employees shall be submitted
by the contractor and all subcontractors for review and approval by the
Resident Engineer prior to the notice to proceed.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 17 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
w. Contractor’s Equipment Rate List (Std. Spec. 1-09.4 and 1.09.6.3.)
i. Contractor-owned equipment rates shall be submitted by the contractor
for every piece of equipment potentially used on the job for review and
approval by the Resident Engineer prior to the notice to proceed.
x. Construction Observer and Documentation Specialist Oversight
i. The Resident Engineer shall manage the activities of the Construction
Observer and Documentation Specialist and provide direction and training
as necessary. If the Construction Observer or Documentation Specialist is
failing to perform assigned duties, the Resident Engineer shall attempt to
correct the performance. If the Construction Observer or Documentation
Specialist fails to make the corrections, he or she must be replaced. In the
event the Construction Observer is a City employee, The Construction
Manager shall prepare a written notice of performance failure that must
be delivered to the Project Manager.
ii. If the City employee fails to make the necessary corrections, the Project
Manager will remove the City employee and the Resident Engineer may be
required to replace the City employee with a Consultant Construction
Observer.
y. Notice to Proceed
i. The Project Manager will issue the notice to proceed to the Contractor.
ii. Work must begin within 21 days of execution of contract (Std. Spec. 1-
08.4).
z. Mobilization (Std. Spec.1-09.7)
i. Payment for mobilization will be made in strict compliance with the
Standard Specifications. The numerators for the 5% and 10% thresholds
calculations are the sums of the value of all bid item and force account
work completed up to the cutoff date excluding any amount for the bid
item, mobilization. The divisor for the 5% and 10% thresholds calculations
is the total original contract amount. The basis for the 10% delayed
payment limit until substantial completion is the total original contract
amount.
aa. Weekly Construction Meetings
i. Held in KBA’s or Contractor’s construction office and presided over by the
Resident Engineer.
ii. Required attendees
1. Construction Manager
2. Resident Engineer
3. Documentation Specialist
4. Construction Observer
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 18 of 29
KBA, Inc 10/22/25
Documentation Specialist
Documentation Specialist
5. Project Manager
6. Engineer
7. Engineer of Record
8. Permit and Environmental Compliance Manager
9. Contractor Representatives
iii. Agenda
1. Safety
a. Contractor’s report
b. Resident Engineer’s report
c. Construction Observer’s report
2. Meeting minutes
3. Weekly statement of working days
4. Schedule progress
a. Contractor’s weekly look-ahead schedule
b. Up-coming pre-construction meeting dates
c. Critical completion dates
d. Contractor’s plan for meeting critical completion dates
5. Resident Engineer’s report
6. Construction Observer’s report
7. Environmental compliance report
8. Public outreach report.
9. Submittals
a. Changes to the ROM
b. Materials tracking spreadsheet review.
c. Non- materials tracking spreadsheet review
d. The shall review and supply
updated copies of the materials and non-materials tracking
spreadsheets at every construction meeting.
10. Certified payrolls
a. The shall review and supply
11. RFI’s
updated copies of the Certified payrolls tracking
spreadsheets at every construction meeting.
a. Status
b. The
shall review and supply Documentation Specialist
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 19 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
Documentation Specialist
Documentation Specialist
Documentation Specialist
updated copies of the RFI tracking spreadsheets and at
every construction meeting.
12. Serial Letters
a. Status
b. The shall review and supply
updated copies of the serial letter tracking spreadsheet at
every construction meeting.
13. Change Orders
a. Status
b. The shall review and supply
updated copies of the Change Order tracking spreadsheet at
every construction meeting.
14. Training
a. Contractor’s status
15. Subcontractor status
a. DBE Status
b. Written approvals
c. Intents to pay prevailing wages
d. Business licenses
e. The shall review and supply
updated copies of the subcontractor tracking spreadsheets
at every construction meeting.
bb. Safety (Std. Spec. 1-07.1)
i. The Division of Occupational Safety and Health requires that every
foreman, supervisor, or other person in charge of a crew have a valid first
aid card. (Constr. Man. Page 1-72)
ii. The Resident Engineer shall obtain the WISHA manuals, particularly Safety
Standards for Construction Work WAC 296-155, General Safety and Health
Standards WAC 296-24, and General Occupational Health Standards WAC
296-62, and shall review them with the Construction Observer/s to ensure
reasonable familiarity to the extent that they can recognize important
requirements. (Constr. Man. Page 1-73)
iii. The Resident Engineer, shall complete OSHA Form 301 for each KBA
employee injured.
iv. Vehicular and pedestrian accidents within project limits shall be reported
by the Construction Observer to the City Police at 911. Construction shall
make a make a note in his IDR of what happened.
cc. Meeting minutes
i. Minutes of pre- construction, weekly construction, and all other contractor
construction meetings shall be kept by the Documentation Specialist.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 20 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
Copies of said minutes shall be sent to all participants by the day following
the meeting for review and comment and such comments shall be
returned within 2 days following their receipt. Following corrections, as
may have been necessary, the final minutes will be filed and delivered to
the participants within an additional 2 days or at the next weekly
construction meeting.
dd. Weekly Statements of Working Days
i. Shall be supplied by the Resident Engineer weekly.
ii. This report shall be on LAG Man. form 52.105 that details the number of
workable/unworkable days charged to a project, the reason a day is
charged as unworkable, daily weather codes, the current status of contract
days, and a summary or the week’s construction activity. (Constr. Man.
GEN 1-00.7(1)5.)
ee. Contractor’s Weekly Look-Ahead Schedule
i. The weekly look-ahead shall be for the two-week period beginning the day
following the date of the weekly construction meeting. The weekly look-
ahead schedule must be delivered to the Resident Engineer three working
days prior to the weekly construction meeting (Std. Spec. 1-08.3(2)D). In
the event it is not so delivered, the construction meeting may be delayed
by the Resident Engineer until he or she has completed his or her review
and may suspend work for the period of the meeting delay (Std. Spec. 1-
08.6.2.). The period of such work stoppage will be counted as working days
(Std. Spec. 1-08.6.).
ii. The Resident Engineer and the Construction Observer shall review the
plans, specifications, special provisions, and bid items for work planned for
the up-coming work period
ff. Conformity With and Deviations From Plans and Stakes (Std. Spec 1-05.4)
i. Construction staking
1. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to accurately set
construction staking and to construct the project in conformance
with the plans and specifications. It is the responsibility of the
Construction Observer and Resident Engineer to be familiar with
the Construction staking noted in the plans and specifications.
ii. PROWAG
1. The Construction Observer shall document PROWAG compliance on
all wheelchair ramps and signal construction on WSDOT ADA
Measurement Forms with instructions.
iii. Preconstruction meetings
1. The Resident Engineer shall conduct pre-construction meetings as
may be required by the non-materials submittal list and preceding
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 21 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
construction of features such as wheelchair ramps and catch basins
/manholes.
2. The Resident Engineer and Construction Observer shall conduct
preconstruction meetings prior to construction of curbs at raised
intersections, wheelchair ramps, and catch basins/manholes. A City,
Wells Williams Project, standard plan for catch basin and manhole
construction shall be supplied to the Contractor personnel.
iv. Raised intersection gutters
1. The Construction Observer and Engineer of Record shall be present
during the forming and pouring of the raised intersection gutters.
v. Catch basins and manholes
1. The Resident Engineer and Construction Observer shall be present
at the construction of the adjustment rings and frames. They shall
both inspect all completed catch basins and manholes immediately
following final adjustment and require reconstruction of those not
meeting the requirements of the standard plan.
ii. Testing
i. The Construction Observer shall contact and schedule testing.
ii. Materials testing will be provided by the Consultant.
iii. Compaction testing will be by The Consultant.
iv. Utilities testing will be by Public Works: water (name and phone number);
sewer and storm (name and phone number).
jj. Permanent Monuments (RCW 58.09.130)
i. The Resident Engineer or the Construction Observer shall report to the
Engineer of Record and Project Manager all permanent monuments found
in the construction zone, not shown on the plans. Whenever a survey
monument needs to be removed or destroyed, the application required by
WAC 332-120-050 shall be submitted to the Department of Natural
Resources. It shall be completed, signed and sealed by the Contractor’s
land surveyor or engineer.
ii. All applications must be completed on forms provided by the Department
of Natural Resources and follow instructions provided by DNR. Completed
applications shall be filed at DNR (WAC 332-120-070).
iii. RCW 58.09.040 requires that, for all monuments that are set or reset, a
record of the monument be filed on a Monumentation Map with the
County Engineer in the county in which the corner exists and the original
sent to the DNR for their records.
kk. Correction Notices
i. Deviations. When the Construction Observer observes the Contractor’s
work deviating from the approved plans and/or specifications he/she shall
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 22 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
immediately inform the person performing the unapproved work.
ii. The oral notice shall be followed directly with a written correction notice
from the Resident Engineer using a City-approved form and delivered to
the contractor’s on-site foreman or superintendent.
iii. The Contractor will not be paid for unapproved work and it must be
removed and replaced unless the City and Contractor agree to execute a
change order for an acceptable deviation. An adjustment in cost may be
required.
ll. Environmental
i. Contractor compliance with permits and environmental regulations shall
be the primary responsibility of the contractor and enforcement shall be
the primary responsibility of the Permit and Environmental Compliance
Manager. The Construction Observer shall report all violations observed to
the Permit and Environmental Compliance Manager
mm. Work Suspension
i. The Resident Engineer may issue a work suspension order when there is
overwhelming evidence of contractor disregard for an immediate threat to
Life and Safety. (Std. Spec. 1-07.1) and (Constr. Man. 1-07.1 page 1-75).
1. The first course of action is the Construction Observer gives oral
notification to the foreman of the Contractor’s crew involved and
phone notification to the local WISHA office and the Project
Manager if the problem is not corrected immediately. If the Project
Manager determines that immediate action is required he/she may
direct the Construction Observer to immediately Issue a written
work suspension order.
2. Second is oral and written notification to the Contractor’s Project
Manager and the foreman or superintendent and the local WISHA
field office:
3. Third, if the Contractor refuses to address the safety violation and
no WISHA officer is available, the Engineer may issue a written
work suspension order.
ii. The Resident Engineer with input from the Permit and Environmental
Manager may suspend work in the vicinity of archaeological or historical
objects discovery.
iii. The Resident Engineer shall suspend all work in the area of and adjacent to
the discovery of human skeletal remains (Constr. Man. 1-07.16(4)A).
iv. The Resident Engineer may suspend work in the area of a utility conflict
until the solution of the conflict has been determined and a Field Directive
has been issued.
v. All other Work Suspension Orders must be issued by the Project Manager
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 23 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
following consultation with the Engineer and the City Attorney.
vi. The Work Suspension Order shall be on a City form and must contain, at a
minimum, the following:
1. Identification of the Contract work being performed.
2. A description of the reason or alleged infraction including
WISHA/OSHA rule if available.
3. Location.
4. Time.
5. The name of the Contractor’s person responsible for the alleged
infraction.
6. Photographs and/or video showing the condition or alleged
infraction.
nn. Photographs
i. The Construction Observer shall take photographs of all materials and their
identification markings or tags upon delivery, all changes, and adequate
photographs of construction to create a complete photographic record of
the project construction. All photographs shall be date and time stamped
and given a reference number, and a record kept of the locations of all
photographs (Constr. Man. 10-3.14).
oo. Diary
i. The Construction Observer shall keep a diary record of construction
activity. (Constr. Man. 10-3.6A)
pp. Field Notebooks
i. Field Notebooks shall be completed and maintained by the Construction
Observer (Constr. Man. 10-3.12).
qq. IDR’s
i. The Construction Observer shall complete inspector daily reports for every
day worked by the Contractor. The IDR’s shall be completed in compliance
with Constr. Man. 10-3.6B and delivered to the Documentation Specialist,
Resident Engineer and Project Manager In PDF format at the completion of
each day’s work.
ii. The IDR’s shall be made on WSDOT forms 422-004, 004A and 004B
Revised 07/2019
iii. The Resident Engineer shall review all IDR’s.
rr. Pay Notes (Field Notes) (Constr. Man. 10-3.12)
i. The Construction Observer shall measure and complete records of
quantities of all the bid items constructed each day using WSDOT Form IP
422-635ER EF Revised 2/2009 or KBA provided forms/tracking systems so
long as they meet WSDOT requirements.
ii. The Construction Observer shall present the completed Pay Notes to the
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 24 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
Contractor the following morning for review and signature and
immediately forward to the Documentation Specialist and Resident
Engineer.
iii. The Resident Engineer shall review all pay notes.
iv. The Documentation Specialist shall prepare and complete Pay Note
records on Pay Note summary spreadsheets for each pay period.
ss. As-Built Plans
i. The Construction Observer shall keep an independent record of all changes
from the plans in his or her diary and in red ink on a full-size set of the
construction plans (Constr. Man. 10-3.11A). The as-built plans shall be
clearly stamped “AS-BUILT DRAWINGS” and kept in the construction office
until physical completion.
ii. All corrections, repairs, revisions and additional details necessary to depict
the work as it was constructed shall be shown on the as-built plans,
whether considered the practice of engineering or not and whether
considered a change to the contract or not.
iii. The as-built drawings shall be current with entries made the day the
construction changes were made.
iv. Changes made pursuant to a Change Order shall be identified on the plans
with the Change Order number.
v. Photographs of the changes shall be taken and referenced on the plans by
reference number.
tt. Requests for Information (RFI’s)
i. Contractor requests for information shall be answered in writing by the
Resident Engineer.
ii. If the RFI is for information missing from the plans or specifications, it shall
be forwarded to the Engineer of Record for a response.
iii. The Documentation Specialist shall maintain and update a City form RFI
tracking spreadsheet containing all RFI’s.
uu. Serial letters
i. Serial letters shall be used for the tracking of time-sensitive
communications that require responses, such as notices, claims, protests,
etc.
ii. The Construction Manager shall consult with the Resident Engineer and
prepare the responses. They shall be reviewed by the Project Manager,
reviewed by the Engineer, reviewed by the City Attorney if necessary, and
sent to the Contractor.
iii. The Documentation Specialist shall maintain and update a City form serial
letter tracking spreadsheet for tracking all protests, disputes, claims,
requests for additional time, and all other time sensitive correspondence
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 25 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
between the City and the Contractor.
x. Progress Payment Forms
i. Following award, the Project Manager shall input the contract schedule of
prices on the City Progress Payment forms and then shall lock the input
contract data and forward the completed forms to the Resident Engineer
and Documentation Specialist.
ii. Following execution of a change order, the Project Manager shall input the
change order items and estimates and then shall lock the input change
order data and forward the completed forms to the Resident Engineer and
Documentation Specialist.
iii. All the formula columns shall be locked.
ww. Force Account (Std. Spec. 1-9.6)
i. The Construction Observer shall track force account work on City forms.
The forms shall be completed by the end of each day force account work
was performed. The Construction Observer shall sign and obtain the
signature of the Contractor’s representative on all completed force
account tracking forms before the end of the following day. The
Construction Observer shall forward all completed and signed force
account tracking forms to the Resident Engineer, the Project Manager, and
Documentation Specialist.
xx. Progress Payments (Std. Spec. 1-09.90
i. Progress payment invoices shall be prepared and signed by the
Documentation Specialist or Resident Engineer on forms provided by the
City. All bid item quantities shall be based on the pay notes generated for that
pay period.
ii. All input by KBA will be in quantities from the Pay Note Summary
spreadsheet. KBA will check measurement and payment for the complete
bid items of the specifications to verify that the measurement conditions
have been met.
iii. The estimate to complete column must never contain formulas. The input
shall be actual estimated quantities provided by the Construction Observer
and reviewed by the Resident Engineer.
iv. Completed progress payments must be reviewed and signed by the Project
Manager prior to submittal to the Contractor for signature.
v. The Engineer will review, sign, and submit the signed Progress Payment
Invoices to the City Finance Division in time to insure payment to the
contractor within 30 days from the Contractor’s signed progress payment
invoices delivery to the City.
yy. Materials on Hand (Std. Spec.1-09.8)
i. Payment for materials on hand will be made in strict compliance with the
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 26 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
Standard Specifications.
zz. Field Directives (Std. Spec. 1-04.4.)
i. Written field directives shall be used to enforce correction notices or
initiate change orders. They will be issued by the Resident Engineer or
Construction Observer on City forms.
ii. They shall include a description of required work and in the case of
changes, a rough estimate. Signatures of the initiator, the Resident
Engineer or Construction Observer are required and the Contractor’s
representative for changes.
aaa. Change Orders
i. Change orders shall be prepared by the Resident Engineer on City
approved forms, and in compliance with (Std. Spec. 1-04.4.)
ii. Change orders must be reviewed and signed by the Project Manager,
Engineer, Engineer of Record, Engineer, and others as may be required by
City Policy.
iii. The change order, approved and issued by the Engineer, will be given to
the Contractor for endorsement. If the Contractor fails to endorse and
return the change order, request an extension of time for endorsement or
responds in accordance with Std. Spec. 1-04.4. within 14 days of delivery
to the Contractor, it may be issued unilaterally by the City.
iv. Change orders shall include only force account work, bid item work, or a
lump sum. Mixing any of the above in one change order makes tracking of
force account work impossible.
v. Preparation of change orders shall begin immediately following issuance of
field directives or the decision for a planned change. In the case of a
planned change, the first step is a determination that the change is not a
new project by the City Attorney. The preparation of all change orders is as
follows:
1. Complete a description of the change.
2. Prepare a cost estimate by the Resident Engineer.
3. Get a change order quotation or estimate from the Contractor.
4. Establish force account estimate, bid item, or negotiated lump sum
amount for the equitable adjustment. Force account change orders
are preferable.
5. Update labor list and equipment rate list if necessary.
6. Complete a reason for the change.
7. Execute the change order.
A change order has fixed unit prices and estimated bid item quantities,
fixed as a lump sum, or an open estimate in the case of force account. In
any case it must be executed immediately in order to pay the contractor
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 27 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
for its work. Force account records are for progress payments, not change
orders.
vi. Minor Changes shall not be used.
vii. Equitable Adjustment includes the cost of the labor, equipment, materials,
bid items, if any, and the costs of non-main office extended overhead, if
any (Std. Spec.1-09.4).
viii. Completed change orders shall be filed by the Documentation Specialist.
ix. The Documentation Specialist shall maintain and update a City form
Change Order tracking spreadsheet that shall include all Field Directives
and Change Orders.
bbb. Protests
i. The procedure for the Contractor to file a protest is set forth in Std. Spec.
1-04.5.
ii. The Resident Engineer, with recommendations from the Construction
Manager and as reviewed and approved by the Project Manager, shall
propose resolution of protests, disputes and claims. (Std. Spec.1-09.11).
Final determination of the response to the Contractor shall be made by the
Engineer.
iii. The Documentation Specialist shall track all protests, disputes and claims
on a City form serial letter tracking spreadsheet.
ccc. Notices
i. The method for serving and receiving notices is set forth in Std. Spec.
1.05.15. Notices from the Contractor shall be sent to the Project Manager.
Notices to the Contractor shall be prepared by the Resident Engineer and
issued by the Project Manager.
ddd. City Public Works Department Notification
i. The Construction Observer shall be responsible for notifying City Public
Works employees when the following work is requested (3.ii.):
ii. Water
1. Pressure Testing
2. Disinfection
3. Purity Testing
iii. Sewer
1. Video
2. Pressure Testing
3. Manhole inspection
iv. Surface Water
1. Video
2. Pressure testing
3. Manhole/catch Basin inspection
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 28 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
v. Streets
1. Curb/gutter inspection
2. Sidewalk inspection
3. Pavement inspection
4. CONTROLLING ORDER OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (Std. Spec. 1-04.2)
a. Addenda,
b. Proposal Form,
c. Special Provisions,
d. Contract Plans,
e. Amendments to the Standard Specifications,
f. Standard Specifications,
g. City of Renton Standard Plans
h. Geotechnical Studies
5. CM CONSTRUCTION OFFICE
a. The construction office shall be provided by the City of Renton, which may consist
of cubicles at City offices.
b. Construction office equipment shall be provided by The City of Renton. In the
event there is a delay in power, cable, or phone connections or equipment
deficiency of any kind, it shall be the responsibility of KBA to temporarily provide
such connections and/or equipment necessary to perform the duties of the KBA.
The City will compensate the KBA for such temporary provision of connections
and/or equipment required to be provided by others.
c. Weekly Construction Meetings will be held in the KBA’s construction field office.
d. Scope of Work. This Scope of Work shall be kept and mounted on a wall in the
construction office at all times.
e. Plans and Specifications. A full size set of Project Plans together with all other
Contract Documents shall be kept and available in the construction office at all
times.
f. Change Tracking. The Construction Observer shall track and record all changes on
separate full size set of plans kept in the construction office. Changes shall be
recorded in red the day of or following the change.
g. Permits. Copies of all project permits shall be kept and mounted on a wall in the
KBA’s construction office at all times.
h. Progress Schedule. A current Progress Schedule of the entire project shall be kept
and mounted on a wall in the construction office at all times. The Resident
Engineer shall track the construction progress with a yellow hi-liter. The
construction progress tracking shall be based on the Pay Notes and be entered as
soon as available.
i. Posting Notices (Std. Spec. 1-07.9(2))
i. The Resident Engineer shall verify that the Contractor posts the required
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Page 29 of 29
KBA, Inc 7/10/2025
notices listed in the referenced standard specification and the additional
documents listed in (Constr. Man. 1-07.(2).
ii. The location of the postings must be as set forth in the Standard
Specifications at the job site or if the project is small and the Contractor
has no on-site construction office, then alternatively, the Contractor may
post the notices at the corporate office and supply each and every
employee working on the project with copies of all the required notices.
Assumptions
• Schedule assumes 80 contract days, from November 2025 through June 2026, including a winter
suspension beginning in December 2025 and ending in March 2026. The anticipated completion date for
this project will be in June, 2026.
o Start-up - 10 days
o Construction - 60 Contractor Working Days
o Closeout - 10 days
• Estimate does not include overtime or night inspection. Overtime hours for exempt employees are
invoiced at time and a half premium. Night Shift is charged at a 15% premium for all employees on
Direct Labor Costs
• This estimate does include Materials Testing Services
• This contract is not receiving federal funding contributions and therefore not subject to federal
acquisition requirements (FAR’s).
• This Agreement does not have DBE goals or DBE reporting requirements
• KBA labor rates provided in this estimate are all inclusive and valid through December 31, 2025, and
the rates provided for 2026 are estimated with a 5% escalation on Direct Salary Costs. Labor will be invoiced
at actual cost.
• Client will provide office space for up to two (2) Consultant Staff
• The Autodesk Construction Cloud website being used for this Project is proprietary to KBA, Inc., and
may not be used by any other party or on any other project without the written permission and
involvement of KBA, Inc.
• RCW 4.24.115 is applicable to KBA’s services provided under this Agreement.
• Services provided by KBA under this Agreement will be performed in a manner consistent with that
degree of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the same profession currently practicing
under similar circumstances, in the same geographical area and time period.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit B
DBE Participation Plan
In the absents of a mandatory DBE goal, a voluntary SBE goal amount of ten percent of the Consultant Agreement
is established. The Consultant shall develop a SBE Participation Plan prior to commencing work. Although the
goal is voluntary, the outreach efforts to provide SBE maximum practicable opportunities are not.
Not Applicable for this Agreement
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit C
Preparation and Delivery of Electronic Engineering and Other Data
In this Exhibit the agency, as applicable, is to provide a description of the format and standards the consultant is
to use in preparing electronic files for transmission to the agency. The format and standards to be provided may
include, but are not limited to, the following:
I.Surveying, Roadway Design & Plans Preparation Section
A.Survey Data
B.Roadway Design Files
C.Computer Aided Drafting Files
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
D.Specify the Agency’s Right to Review Product with the Consultant
E.Specify the Electronic Deliverables to Be Provided to the Agency
F.Specify What Agency Furnished Services and Information Is to Be Provided
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
II.Any Other Electronic Files to Be Provided
III.Methods to Electronically Exchange Data
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
A.Agency Software Suite
B.Electronic Messaging System
C.File Transfers Format
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit D
Prime Consultant Cost Computations
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Renton Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation
City of Renton
KBA Cost Estimate
KBA HOURS TOTAL NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN
HOURS 2025 2025 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026
PROJECT DURATION:KBA Working Days: 19 22 22 20 21 22 21 21
WORKING DAYS: 60 KBA Contract Days
Dec 2025- Jan 2026 : Concrete and Storm Contractor Working Days
Feb March 2026: Winter Suspension Conttacts Days Remaining
April-May 2026: Paving, Striping, Landscape Reg Hrs / Month: 152 176 176 160 168 176 168 168
Overtime Util %: 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12% 12%
OT Hrs / Month: 18 21 21 19 20 21 20 20
Status: Estimated Estimated Estimated Estimated Estimated Estimated Estimated Estimated
Task Invoice No.: TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
TASK 01.00 Contract Administration
Cameron Bloomer E007Project Manager 01.00 36 4 8 4 8 8 4
Jean Peabody A003Contract Administrator 01.00 24 4 4 4 4 4 4
TASK 02.00 Construction Management
Wayne Rollins T004Resident Engineer 02.00 629.6 80 140.8 140.8 40 60 88 80
Chris Lyons T005Inspector 02.00 0
Ambaye Hailu E004Engineer 02.00 200 40 40 40 40 40
889.6 120 188.8 192.8 48 72 140 128 0
SUBCONSULTANTS TOTAL NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN
SUBS 2025 2025 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026
Firm Name
HWA GeoSciences Inc SUB.5,000$ 5,000$
5,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 5,000$ -$ -$
EXPENSES TOTAL NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN
EXPENSES 2025 2025 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026
Description Markup
SUV 4 Door Assumes 6% Annual Escalation 5,421$ 663$ 1,167$ 1,237$ 351$ 527$ 773$ 703$ -$
5,421$ 663$ 1,167$ 1,237$ 351$ 527$ 773$ 703$ -$
ESTIMATED PROJECT TOTAL NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN
2025 2025 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026
Task TOTAL DSC
Subtotal Direct Salary Cost 62,819$ 8,240$ 12,842$ 13,862$ 3,368$ 5,153$ 10,147$ 9,206$ -$
Total Overhead Cost at Home Rate 6,769$ -$ 806$ 1,423$ 846$ 1,423$ 1,423$ 846$ -$
Total Overrhead Cost at Field Rate 84,740$ 11,960$ 17,872$ 18,766$ 4,084$ 6,126$ 13,374$ 12,558$ -$
Subtotal Overhead Cost 91,509$ 11,960$ 18,678$ 20,189$ 4,931$ 7,550$ 14,798$ 13,404$ -$
Total Fee For Profit Home Staff 1,373$ -$ 163$ 289$ 172$ 289$ 289$ 172$ -$
Total Fee for Profit Field Staff 17,533$ 2,474$ 3,698$ 3,883$ 845$ 1,268$ 2,767$ 2,598$ -$
Subtotal Fee for Profit 18,905$ 2,474$ 3,861$ 4,171$ 1,017$ 1,556$ 3,056$ 2,770$ -$
Total Loaded Labor Cost 173,233$ 22,674$ 35,381$ 38,222$ 9,316$ 14,259$ 28,001$ 25,380$ -$
Total Expenses 5,421$ 663$ 1,167$ 1,237$ 351$ 527$ 773$ 703$ -$
Total Subconsultant Cost 5,000$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ 5,000$ -$ -$
183,654$ 23,337$ 36,548$ 39,459$ 9,667$ 14,787$ 33,774$ 26,083$ -$
Task
Vehicle
Task
DE
Vehicle
None
SUV 4 Door
SUV 4 Door
None
None
HWA001
KBA STAFF
HOURLY BILLABLE FEE LOADED EFFECTIVE HOURLY FEE LOADED EFFECTIVE
RATE DSC AS % OF RATE THROUGH RATE AS % OF RATE THROUGH
NAME CLASS TITLE/ ROLE TASK (DSC) RATE Type Rate DSC + OH (DSC) Type Rate DSC + OH
Cameron Bloomer E007 Project Manager 01.00 90.00$ 90.00$ Home 152.67% 12.3% $255.26 12/31/2025 94.50$ Home 152.67% 12.3% $268.03 12/31/2026
Jean Peabody A003 Contract Administrator 01.00 42.00$ 42.00$ Home 152.67% 12.3% $119.12 12/31/2025 44.10$ Home 152.67% 12.3% $125.08 12/31/2026
Wayne Rollins T004 Inspector 02.00 67.00$ 67.00$ Field 145.14% 12.3% $184.36 12/31/2025 70.35$ Field 145.14% 12.3% $193.58 12/31/2026
Chris Lyons T005 Inspector 02.00 72.00$ 72.00$ Field 145.14% 12.3% $198.12 12/31/2025 75.60$ Field 145.14% 12.3% $208.03 12/31/2026
Ambaye Hailu E004 Engineer 02.00 72.00$ 72.00$ Field 145.14% 12.3% $198.12 12/31/2025 75.60$ Field 145.14% 12.3% $208.03 12/31/2026
OVERHEAD
AS % OF DSC
2025 Estimated 2026
OVERHEAD
AS % OF DSC
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
DIRECT OVERHEAD
LABOR PERSONNEL 152.67% x DSC 12.25% x (DSC + ICR)
CLASS CLASSIFICATION
Min.Max.Min.Max.Min.Max.Min.Max.
M-7 Manager VII $133.00 to $261.51 $203.05 to $399.25 $16.29 to $80.94 $352 to $742
M-6 Manager VI $122.00 to $204.43 $186.26 to $312.11 $14.95 to $63.28 $323 to $580
M-5 Manager V $111.00 to $169.15 $169.46 to $258.24 $13.60 to $52.36 $294 to $480
M-4 Manager IV $101.00 to $132.83 $154.20 to $202.79 $12.37 to $41.11 $268 to $377
M-3 Manager III $95.00 to $121.42 $145.04 to $185.36 $11.64 to $37.58 $252 to $344
M-2 Manager II $90.00 to $110.00 $137.40 to $167.94 $11.03 to $34.05 $238 to $312
M-1 Manager I $69.00 to $98.58 $105.34 to $150.51 $8.45 to $30.51 $183 to $280
E-8 Engineering / Professional VIII $95.00 to $126.60 $145.04 to $193.29 $11.64 to $39.19 $252 to $359
E-7 Engineering / Professional VII $85.00 to $114.15 $129.77 to $174.27 $10.41 to $35.33 $225 to $324
E-6 Engineering / Professional VI $74.00 to $103.77 $112.98 to $158.43 $9.07 to $32.12 $196 to $294
E-5 Engineering / Professional V $64.00 to $93.40 $97.71 to $142.59 $7.84 to $28.91 $170 to $265
E-4 Engineering / Professional IV $55.00 to $80.94 $83.97 to $123.58 $6.74 to $25.05 $146 to $230
E-3 Engineering / Professional III $46.00 to $68.49 $70.23 to $104.56 $5.64 to $21.20 $122 to $194
E-2 Engineering / Professional II $37.00 to $55.00 $56.49 to $83.97 $4.53 to $17.02 $98 to $156
E-1 Engineering / Professional I $30.00 to $46.70 $45.80 to $71.29 $3.68 to $14.45 $79 to $132
T-8 Technical Representative VIII $90.00 to $113.11 $137.40 to $172.69 $11.03 to $35.01 $238 to $321
T-7 Technical Representative VII $85.00 to $107.92 $129.77 to $164.77 $10.41 to $33.40 $225 to $306
T-6 Technical Representative VI $72.00 to $101.70 $109.92 to $155.26 $8.82 to $31.48 $191 to $288
T-5 Technical Representative V $58.00 to $91.32 $88.55 to $139.42 $7.11 to $28.27 $154 to $259
T-4 Technical Representative IV $53.00 to $84.06 $80.92 to $128.33 $6.49 to $26.02 $140 to $238
T-3 Technical Representative III $42.00 to $67.45 $64.12 to $102.98 $5.15 to $20.88 $111 to $191
T-2 Technical Representative II $37.00 to $56.04 $56.49 to $85.55 $4.53 to $17.34 $98 to $159
T-1 Technical Representative I $23.00 to $40.47 $35.11 to $61.79 $2.82 to $12.53 $61 to $115
P-8 Project Controls VIII $74.00 to $113.11 $112.98 to $172.69 $9.07 to $35.01 $196 to $321
P-7 Project Controls VII $69.00 to $107.92 $105.34 to $164.77 $8.45 to $33.40 $183 to $306
P-6 Project Controls VI $61.00 to $98.58 $93.13 to $150.51 $7.47 to $30.51 $162 to $280
P-5 Project Controls V $53.00 to $91.32 $80.92 to $139.42 $6.49 to $28.27 $140 to $259
P-4 Project Controls IV $51.00 to $84.06 $77.86 to $128.33 $6.25 to $26.02 $135 to $238
P-3 Project Controls III $42.00 to $67.45 $64.12 to $102.98 $5.15 to $20.88 $111 to $191
P-2 Project Controls II $32.00 to $53.96 $48.85 to $82.38 $3.92 to $16.70 $85 to $153
P-1 Project Controls I $27.00 to $40.47 $41.22 to $61.79 $3.31 to $12.53 $72 to $115
A-7 Administrator VII $69.00 to $101.70 $105.34 to $155.26 $8.45 to $31.48 $183 to $288
A-6 Administrator VI $58.00 to $84.06 $88.55 to $128.33 $7.11 to $26.02 $154 to $238
A-5 Administrator V $53.00 to $71.60 $80.92 to $109.32 $6.49 to $22.16 $140 to $203
A-4 Administrator IV $45.00 to $60.19 $68.70 to $91.89 $5.51 to $18.63 $119 to $171
A-3 Administrator III $32.00 to $51.89 $48.85 to $79.22 $3.92 to $16.06 $85 to $147
A-2 Administrator II $30.00 to $43.58 $45.80 to $66.54 $3.68 to $13.49 $79 to $124
A-1 Administrator I $24.00 to $36.32 $36.64 to $55.45 $2.94 to $11.24 $64 to $103
Note:(1) Billing rates shall equal actual DSC at the time work is performed multiplied by 2.8374 (Labor Multiplier = DSC + Overhead + Fee)
(2) DSC ranges shown are effective July 1, 2025 - December 31, 2025 . OH(ICR) Rate may adjust annually with new WSDOT audit letter.
(3) 15% differential applied for Night Shift work.
(4) Time-and-a-half applied for non-exempt staff working more than 40 hours/week.
(5) For multi-year agreements, DSC Max ranges noted above escalate annually on January 1 with 30 days notice.
DIRECT NON-SALARY REIMBURSABLES
EXPENSE TYPE ITEM RATE
Subconsultants Cost
Field Equipment & Supplies (valued over $100), Reprographics, Couriers Cost
Auto Mileage Higher of current IRS or WSDOT adopted rate
Fuel - a fuel surcharge may apply, if more than 300 miles are travelled in a month $5.00 / Gallon
Lodging & Per Diem Per WSDOT Travel Directives
THIS INFORMATION IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO KBA, INC.
FEE INCLUSIVE
SALARY COST
Billing Rate and Fee Schedule
DSC Rates - Effective 7/1/25 through 12/31/25
HOURLY RATE
Project Assigned SUV (compact & full size pickup truck rates provided upon request).
Rates quoted include sales tax which will be applied upon invoicing.$8.29 / Hour Including Tax
KBA, Inc.
11201 SE 8th Street - Suite 160
Bellevue, WA 98006
KBA Rates for Home Office Staff
Printed 7/16/2025
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
DIRECT OVERHEAD
LABOR PERSONNEL 145.14% x DSC 12.25% x (DSC + ICR)
CLASS CLASSIFICATION
Min.Max.Min.Max.Min.Max.Min.Max.
M-7 Manager VII $133.00 to $261.51 $193.04 to $379.55 $16.29 to $78.53 $342 to $720
M-6 Manager VI $122.00 to $204.43 $177.07 to $296.72 $14.95 to $61.39 $314 to $563
M-5 Manager V $111.00 to $169.15 $161.11 to $245.51 $13.60 to $50.80 $286 to $465
M-4 Manager IV $101.00 to $132.83 $146.59 to $192.79 $12.37 to $39.89 $260 to $366
M-3 Manager III $95.00 to $121.42 $137.88 to $176.22 $11.64 to $36.46 $245 to $334
M-2 Manager II $90.00 to $110.00 $130.63 to $159.65 $11.03 to $33.03 $232 to $303
M-1 Manager I $69.00 to $98.58 $100.15 to $143.09 $8.45 to $29.60 $178 to $271
E-8 Engineering / Professional VIII $95.00 to $126.60 $137.88 to $183.75 $11.64 to $38.02 $245 to $348
E-7 Engineering / Professional VII $85.00 to $114.15 $123.37 to $165.68 $10.41 to $34.28 $219 to $314
E-6 Engineering / Professional VI $74.00 to $103.77 $107.40 to $150.62 $9.07 to $31.16 $190 to $286
E-5 Engineering / Professional V $64.00 to $93.40 $92.89 to $135.56 $7.84 to $28.05 $165 to $257
E-4 Engineering / Professional IV $55.00 to $80.94 $79.83 to $117.48 $6.74 to $24.31 $142 to $223
E-3 Engineering / Professional III $46.00 to $68.49 $66.76 to $99.41 $5.64 to $20.57 $118 to $188
E-2 Engineering / Professional II $37.00 to $55.00 $53.70 to $79.83 $4.53 to $16.52 $95 to $151
E-1 Engineering / Professional I $30.00 to $46.70 $43.54 to $67.78 $3.68 to $14.02 $77 to $128
T-8 Technical Representative VIII $90.00 to $113.11 $130.63 to $164.17 $11.03 to $33.97 $232 to $311
T-7 Technical Representative VII $85.00 to $107.92 $123.37 to $156.64 $10.41 to $32.41 $219 to $297
T-6 Technical Representative VI $72.00 to $101.70 $104.50 to $147.60 $8.82 to $30.54 $185 to $280
T-5 Technical Representative V $58.00 to $91.32 $84.18 to $132.54 $7.11 to $27.42 $149 to $251
T-4 Technical Representative IV $53.00 to $84.06 $76.92 to $122.00 $6.49 to $25.24 $136 to $231
T-3 Technical Representative III $42.00 to $67.45 $60.96 to $97.90 $5.15 to $20.26 $108 to $186
T-2 Technical Representative II $37.00 to $56.04 $53.70 to $81.33 $4.53 to $16.83 $95 to $154
T-1 Technical Representative I $23.00 to $40.47 $33.38 to $58.74 $2.82 to $12.15 $59 to $111
P-8 Project Controls VIII $74.00 to $113.11 $107.40 to $164.17 $9.07 to $33.97 $190 to $311
P-7 Project Controls VII $69.00 to $107.92 $100.15 to $156.64 $8.45 to $32.41 $178 to $297
P-6 Project Controls VI $61.00 to $98.58 $88.54 to $143.09 $7.47 to $29.60 $157 to $271
P-5 Project Controls V $53.00 to $91.32 $76.92 to $132.54 $6.49 to $27.42 $136 to $251
P-4 Project Controls IV $51.00 to $84.06 $74.02 to $122.00 $6.25 to $25.24 $131 to $231
P-3 Project Controls III $42.00 to $67.45 $60.96 to $97.90 $5.15 to $20.26 $108 to $186
P-2 Project Controls II $32.00 to $53.96 $46.44 to $78.32 $3.92 to $16.20 $82 to $148
P-1 Project Controls I $27.00 to $40.47 $39.19 to $58.74 $3.31 to $12.15 $69 to $111
A-7 Administrator VII $69.00 to $101.70 $100.15 to $147.60 $8.45 to $30.54 $178 to $280
A-6 Administrator VI $58.00 to $84.06 $84.18 to $122.00 $7.11 to $25.24 $149 to $231
A-5 Administrator V $53.00 to $71.60 $76.92 to $103.93 $6.49 to $21.50 $136 to $197
A-4 Administrator IV $45.00 to $60.19 $65.31 to $87.36 $5.51 to $18.07 $116 to $166
A-3 Administrator III $32.00 to $51.89 $46.44 to $75.31 $3.92 to $15.58 $82 to $143
A-2 Administrator II $30.00 to $43.58 $43.54 to $63.26 $3.68 to $13.09 $77 to $120
A-1 Administrator I $24.00 to $36.32 $34.83 to $52.72 $2.94 to $10.91 $62 to $100
Note:(1) Billing rates shall equal actual DSC at the time work is performed multiplied by 2.7532 (Labor Multiplier = DSC + Overhead + Fee)
(2) DSC ranges shown are effective July 1, 2025 - December 31, 2025 . OH(ICR) Rate may adjust annually with new WSDOT audit letter.
(3) 15% differential applied for Night Shift work.
(4) Time-and-a-half applied for non-exempt staff working more than 40 hours/week.
(5) For multi-year agreements, DSC Max ranges noted above escalate annually on January 1 with 30 days notice.
DIRECT NON-SALARY REIMBURSABLES
EXPENSE TYPE ITEM RATE
Subconsultants Cost
Field Equipment & Supplies (valued over $100), Reprographics, Couriers Cost
Auto Mileage Higher of current IRS or WSDOT adopted rate
Fuel - a fuel surcharge may apply, if more than 300 miles are travelled in a month $5.00 / Gallon
Lodging & Per Diem Per WSDOT Travel Directives
THIS INFORMATION IS CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO KBA, INC.
FEE INCLUSIVE
SALARY COST
Billing Rate and Fee Schedule
DSC Rates - Effective 7/1/25 through 12/31/25
HOURLY RATE
Project Assigned SUV (compact & full size pickup truck rates provided upon request).
Rates quoted include sales tax which will be applied upon invoicing.$8.29 / Hour Including Tax
KBA, Inc.
11201 SE 8th Street - Suite 160
Bellevue, WA 98006
KBA Rates for Field Office Staff
Printed 7/16/2025
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
April 22, 2025
KBA, Inc
11201 SE 8th Street, Suite 160
Bellevue, WA 98004
Subject: Acceptance FYE 2024 ICR – Risk Assessment Review
Dear Andy Jones:
Based on Washington State Department of Transportation’s (WSDOT) Risk Assessment review
of your Indirect Cost Rate (ICR), we have accepted your proposed FYE 2024 ICR of 152.67% and
145.14% of direct labor for Home and Field office. This rate will be applicable for WSDOT
Agreements and Local Agency Contracts in Washington only. This rate may be subject to
additional review if considered necessary by WSDOT. Your ICR must be updated on an annual
basis.
Costs billed to agreements/contracts will still be subject to audit of actual costs, based on the terms
and conditions of the respective agreement/contract.
This was not a cognizant review. Any other entity contracting with your firm is responsible for
determining the acceptability of the ICR.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our office at (360) 704-6397 or via email
consultantrates@wsdot.wa.gov.
Regards,
SCHATZIE HARVEY, CPA
Contract Services Manager
SH: kb
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit E
Sub-consultant Cost Computations
If no sub-consultant participation listed at this time. The CONSULTANT shall not sub-contract for the
performance of any work under this AGREEMENT without prior written permission of the AGENCY. Refer to
section VI “Sub-Contracting” of this AGREEMENT.
Not Applicable for this Agreement
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit F - Title VI Assurances Appendix A & E
APPENDIX A
During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in
interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows:
1.Compliance with Regulations: The contractor (hereinafter includes consultants) will comply with the Acts
and the Regulations relative to Non-discrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the U.S. Department of
Transportation, (Federal Highway Administration), as they may be amended from time to time, which are
herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract.
2.Non-discrimination: The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, will not
discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors,
including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor will not participate directly or
indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by the Acts and the Regulations, including employment practices
when the contract covers any activity, project, or program set forth in Appendix B of 49 CFR Part 21.
[Include Washington State Department of Transportation specific program requirements.]
3.Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations,
either by competitive bidding, or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a
subcontract, including procurements of materials, or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or
supplier will be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Acts and the
Regulations relative to Non-discrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin. [Include
Washington State Department of Transportation specific program requirements.]
4.Information and Reports: The contractor will provide all information and reports required by the Acts, the
Regulations, and directives issued pursuant thereto and will permit access to its books, records, accounts, other
sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Recipient or the (Federal Highway
Administration) to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Acts, Regulations, and instructions. Where
any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish
the information, the contractor will so certify to the Recipient or the (Federal Highway Administration), as
appropriate, and will set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information.
5.Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of a contractor's noncompliance with the Non- discrimination
provisions of this contract, the Recipient will impose such contract sanctions as it or the (Federal Highway
Administration) may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to:
a.withholding payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies; and/or
b.cancelling, terminating, or suspending a contract, in whole or in part.
6.Incorporation of Provisions: The contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs one through six in every
subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Acts, the
Regulations and directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor will take action with respect to any
subcontract or procurement as the Recipient or the (Federal Highway Administration) may direct as a means
of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, that if the contractor becomes
involved in, or is threatened with litigation by a subcontractor, or supplier because of such direction, the
contractor may request the Recipient to enter into any litigation to protect the interests of the Recipient. In
addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the
United States.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit F - Title VI Assurances Appendix A & E
APPENDIX E
During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest
(hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees to comply with the following non-discrimination statutes
and authorities; including but not limited to:
Pertinent Non-Discrimination Authorities:
•Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq., 78 stat. 252), (prohibits
discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin); and 49 CFR Part 21.
•The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, (42 U.S.C. §
4601), (prohibits unfair treatment of persons displaced or whose property has been acquired because of
Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects);
•Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1973, (23 U.S.C. § 324 et seq.), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of
sex);
•Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.), as amended, (prohibits
discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 CFR Part 27;
•The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, (42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq.), (prohibits discrimination
on the basis of age);
•Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, (49 USC § 471, Section 47123), as amended, (prohibits
discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex);
•The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987, (PL 100-209), (Broadened the scope, coverage and
applicability of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 and
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition of the terms "programs or
activities" to include all of the programs or activities of the Federal-aid recipients, sub-recipients and
contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally funded or not);
•Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of
disability in the operation of public entities, public and private transportation systems, places of public
accommodation, and certain testing entities (42 U.S.C. §§ 12131-12189) as implemented by
Department of Transportation regulations at 49 C.F.R. parts 37 and 38;
•The Federal Aviation Administration's Non-discrimination statute (49 U.S.C. § 47123) (prohibits
discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and sex);
•Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and
Low-Income Populations, which ensures discrimination against minority populations by discouraging
programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately high and adverse human health or
environmental effects on minority and low-income populations;
•Executive Order 13166, Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency,
and resulting agency guidance, national origin discrimination includes discrimination because of limited
English proficiency (LEP). To ensure compliance with Title VI, you must take reasonable steps to
ensure that LEP persons have meaningful access to your programs (70 Fed. Reg. at 74087 to 74100);
•Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits you from discriminating
because of sex in education programs or activities (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq).
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit G
Certification Document
Exhibit G-1(a) Certification of Consultant
Exhibit G-1(b) Certification of
Exhibit G-2
Exhibit G-3
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension and Other Responsibility Matters - Primary
Covered Transactions
Certification Regarding the Restrictions of the Use of Federal Funds for Lobbying
Certificate of Current Cost or Pricing Data Exhibit G-4
City of Renton
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit G-1(a) Certification of Consultant
I hereby certify that I am the and duly authorized representative of the firm of
______________________________________________________________________________________
whose address is
______________________________________________________________________________________
and that neither the above firm nor I have
a)Employed or retained for a commission, percentage, brokerage, contingent fee, or other consideration,
any firm or person (other than a bona fide employee working solely for me or the above CONSULTANT)
to solicit or secure this AGREEMENT;
b)Agreed, as an express or implied condition for obtaining this contract, to employ or retain the services of
any firm or person in connection with carrying out this AGREEMENT; or
c)Paid, or agreed to pay, to any firm, organization or person (other than a bona fide employee working
solely for me or the above CONSULTANT) any fee, contribution, donation, or consideration of any kind
for, or in connection with, procuring or carrying out this AGREEMENT; except as hereby expressly
stated (if any);
I acknowledge that this certificate is to be furnished to the _________________________________________
and the Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation in connection with this
AGREEMENT involving participation of Federal-aid highway funds, and is subject to applicable State and
Federal laws, both criminal and civil.
Consultant (Firm Name)
Signature (Authorized Official of Consultant) Date
KBA, Inc.
11201 SE 8th St Suite 160, Bellevue, WA 98004
City of Renton
KBA, Inc.
aapaapwdw7
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit G-1(b) Certification of ________________________________________
I hereby certify that I am the:
Other
of the _______________________________________, and ________________________________________
or its representative has not been required, directly or indirectly as an express or implied condition in connection
with obtaining or carrying out this AGREEMENT to:
a)Employ or retain, or agree to employ to retain, any firm or person; o
b)Pay, or agree to pay, to any firm, person, or organization, any fee, contribution, donation, or
consideration of any kind; except as hereby expressly stated (if any):
I acknowledge that this certificate is to be furnished to the ___________________________________________
and the Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, in connection with this
AGREEMENT involving participation of Federal-aid highway funds, and is subject to applicable State and
Federal laws, both criminal and civil.
Signature Date
CIty of Renton
X
City of Renton KBA, Inc.
City of Renton
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit G-2 Certification Regarding Debarment Suspension and Other Responsibility
Matters - Primary Covered Transactions
I.The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its
principals:
A.Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;
B.Have not within a three (3) year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil
judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with
obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or
contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State anti-trust statues or commission of
embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements,
or receiving stolen property;
C.Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity
(Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of
this certification; an
D.Have not within a three (3) year period preceding this application / proposal had one or more public
transactions (Federal, State and local) terminated for cause or default.
II.Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this
certification such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
Consultant (Firm Name)
Signature (Authorized Official of Consultant) Date
KBA, Inc.
aapaapwdw7
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit G-3 Certification Regarding the Restrictions of the Use of Federal Funds for
Lobbying
The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her
knowledge and belief, that:
1.No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any
person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a
Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or any employee of a Member of Congress in
connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of
any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative AGREEMENT, and the extension, continuation,
renewal, amendment, or modification of Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative AGREEMENT.
2.If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for
influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of
Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection
with this Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative AGREEMENT, the undersigned shall complete and
submit Standard Form - LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its
instructions.
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this
transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or
entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file
the require certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000.00, and not more than
$100,000.00 for each such failure.
The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal that he or she shall
require that the language of this certification be included in all lower tier sub-contracts, which exceed
$100,000 and that all such sub-recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
Consultant (Firm Name)
Signature (Authorized Official of Consultant) Date
KBA, Inc.
aapaapwdw7
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit G-4 Certification of Current Cost or Pricing Data
This is to certify that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the cost or pricing data (as defined in section of
the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and required under FAR subsection 15.403-4) submitted, either
actually or by specific identification in writing, to the Contracting Officer or to the Contracting Officer’s
representative in support of ______________________________________* are accurate, complete, and current
as of ______________________________________________**.
This certification includes the cost or pricing data supporting any advance AGREEMENT’s and forward pricing
rate AGREEMENT’s between the offer or and the Government that are part of the proposal.
Firm: ___________________________________________________________________________
Signature Title
Date of Execution __________________________________________________________***:
*Identify the proposal, quotation, request for pricing adjustment, or other submission involved, giving the appropriate identifying number (e.g. project title.)
**Insert the day, month, and year, when price negotiations were concluded and price AGREEMENT was reached.
***Insert the day, month, and year, of signing, which should be as close as practicable to the date when the price negotiations were concluded and the
contract price was agreed to.
Renton Maplewood Sidewalk Rehabilitation
KBA, Inc.
President
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit H
Liability Insurance Increase
To Be Used Only If Insurance Requirements Are Increased
The professional liability limit of the CONSULTANT to the AGENCY identified in Section XII, Legal Relations
and Insurance of this Agreement is amended to $ _______________________ .
The CONSULTANT shall provide Professional Liability insurance with minimum per occurrence limits in the
amount of $ __________________________________.
Such insurance coverage shall be evidenced by one of the following methods:
•Certificate of Insurance
•Self-insurance through an irrevocable Letter of Credit from a qualified financial institution
Self-insurance through documentation of a separate fund established exclusively for the payment of professional
liability claims, including claim amounts already reserved against the fund, safeguards established for payment
from the fund, a copy of the latest annual financial statements, and disclosure of the investment portfolio for
those funds.
Should the minimum Professional Liability insurance limit required by the AGENCY as specified above exceed
$1 million per occurrence or the value of the contract, whichever is greater, then justification shall be submitted
to the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) for approval to increase the minimum insurance limit.
If FHWA approval is obtained, the AGENCY may, at its own cost, reimburse the CONSULTANT for the
additional professional liability insurance required.
Notes: Cost of added insurance requirements: $ ___________________________.
•Include all costs, fee increase, premiums.
•This cost shall not be billed against an FHWA funded project.
•For final contracts, include this exhibit
______________________________________________________________________
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit I
Alleged Consultant Design Error Procedures
The purpose of this exhibit is to establish a procedure to determine if a consultant has alleged design error is of a
nature that exceeds the accepted standard of care. In addition, it will establish a uniform method for the
resolution and/or cost recovery procedures in those instances where the agency believes it has suffered some
material damage due to the alleged error by the consultant.
Step 1 Potential Consultant Design Error(s) is Identified by Agency’s Project Manager
At the first indication of potential consultant design error(s), the first step in the process is for the
Agency’s project manager to notify the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer regarding the
potential design error(s). For federally funded projects, the Region Local Programs Engineer should be
informed and involved in these procedures. (Note: The Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer
may appoint an agency staff person other than the project manager, who has not been as directly
involved in the project, to be responsible for the remaining steps in these procedures.)
Step 2 Project Manager Documents the Alleged Consultant Design Error(s)
After discussion of the alleged design error(s) and the magnitude of the alleged error(s), and with the
Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer’s concurrence, the project manager obtains more detailed
documentation than is normally required on the project. Examples include all decisions and descriptions
of work, photographs, records of labor, materials, and equipment.
Step 3 Contact the Consultant Regarding the Alleged Design Error(s)
If it is determined that there is a need to proceed further, the next step in the process is for the project
manager to contact the consultant regarding the alleged design error(s) and the magnitude of the alleged
error(s). The project manager and other appropriate agency staff should represent the agency and the
consultant should be represented by their project manager and any personnel (including sub-consultants)
deemed appropriate for the alleged design error(s) issue.
Step 4 Attempt to Resolve Alleged Design Error with Consultant
After the meeting(s) with the consultant have been completed regarding the consultant’s alleged design
error(s), there are three possible scenarios:
•It is determined via mutual agreement that there is not a consultant design error(s). If this is the case,
then the process will not proceed beyond this point.
•It is determined via mutual agreement that a consultant design error(s) occurred. If this is the case,
then the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer, or their representatives, negotiate a settlement
with the consultant. The settlement would be paid to the agency or the amount would be reduced
from the consultant’s agreement with the agency for the services on the project in which the design
error took place. The agency is to provide LP, through the Region Local Programs Engineer, a
summary of the settlement for review and to make adjustments, if any, as to how the settlement
affects federal reimbursements. No further action is required.
•There is not a mutual agreement regarding the alleged consultant design error(s). The consultant may
request that the alleged design error(s) issue be forwarded to the Director of Public Works or Agency
Engineer for review. If the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer, after review with their legal
counsel, is not able to reach mutual agreement with the consultant, proceed to Step 5.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Step 5 Forward Documents to Local Programs
For federally funded projects, all available information, including costs, should be forwarded through the
Region Local Programs Engineer to LP for their review and consultation with the FHWA. LP will meet
with representatives of the agency and the consultant to review the alleged design error(s), and attempt to
find a resolution to the issue. If necessary, LP will request assistance from the Attorney General’s Office
for legal interpretation. LP will also identify how the alleged error(s) affects eligibility of project costs
for federal reimbursement.
•If mutual agreement is reached, the agency and consultant adjust the scope of work and costs to
reflect the agreed upon resolution. LP, in consultation with FHWA, will identify the amount of federal
participation in the agreed upon resolution of the issue.
•If mutual agreement is not reached, the agency and consultant may seek settlement by arbitration or
by litigation.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Exhibit J
Consultant Claim Procedures
The purpose of this exhibit is to describe a procedure regarding claim(s) on a consultant agreement. The
following procedures should only be utilized on consultant claims greater than $1,000. If the consultant’s
claim(s) total a $1,000 or less, it would not be cost effective to proceed through the outlined steps. It is
suggested that the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer negotiate a fair and reasonable price for the
consultant’s claim(s) that total $1,000 or less.
This exhibit will outline the procedures to be followed by the consultant and the agency to consider a potential
claim by the consultant.
Step 1 Consultant Files a Claim with the Agency Project Manager
If the consultant determines that they were requested to perform additional services that were outside of
the agreement’s scope of work, they may be entitled to a claim. The first step that must be completed is
the request for consideration of the claim to the Agency’s project manager.
The consultant’s claim must outline the following:
•Summation of hours by classification for each firm that is included in the claim
•Any correspondence that directed the consultant to perform the additional work;
•Timeframe of the additional work that was outside of the project scope;
•Summary of direct labor dollars, overhead costs, profit and reimbursable costs associated with the
additional work; and
•Explanation as to why the consultant believes the additional work was outside of the agreement
scope of work.
Step 2 Review by Agency Personnel Regarding the Consultant’s Claim for Additional Compensation
After the consultant has completed step 1, the next step in the process is to forward the request to the
Agency’s project manager. The project manager will review the consultant’s claim and will met with the
Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer to determine if the Agency agrees with the claim. If the
FHWA is participating in the project’s funding, forward a copy of the consultant’s claim and the
Agency’s recommendation for federal participation in the claim to the WSDOT Local Programs through
the Region Local Programs Engineer. If the claim is not eligible for federal participation, payment will
need to be from agency funds.
If the Agency project manager, Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer, WSDOT Local Programs
(if applicable), and FHWA (if applicable) agree with the consultant’s claim, send a request memo,
including backup documentation to the consultant to either supplement the agreement, or create a new
agreement for the claim. After the request has been approved, the Agency shall write the supplement
and/or new agreement and pay the consultant the amount of the claim. Inform the consultant that the
final payment for the agreement is subject to audit. No further action in needed regarding the claim
procedures.
If the Agency does not agree with the consultant’s claim, proceed to step 3 of the procedures.
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Local Agency A&E Professional Services Agreement Number ____________
Negotiated Hourly Rate Consultant Agreement Revised 07/30/2021
Step 3 Preparation of Support Documentation Regarding Consultant’s Claim(s)
If the Agency does not agree with the consultant’s claim, the project manager shall prepare a summary
for the Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer that included the following:
•Copy of information supplied by the consultant regarding the claim;
•Agency’s summation of hours by classification for each firm that should be included in the claim
•Any correspondence that directed the consultant to perform the additional work;
•Agency’s summary of direct labor dollars, overhead costs, profit and reimbursable costs associate
with the additional work;
•Explanation regarding those areas in which the Agency does/does not agree with the consultant’s
claim(s);
•Explanation to describe what has been instituted to preclude future consultant claim(s); and
•Recommendations to resolve the claim.
Step 4 Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer Reviews Consultant Claim and Agency
Documentation
The Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer shall review and administratively approve or
disapprove the claim, or portions thereof, which may include getting Agency Council or Commission
approval (as appropriate to agency dispute resolution procedures). If the project involves federal
participation, obtain concurrence from WSDOT Local Programs and FHWA regarding final settlement
of the claim. If the claim is not eligible for federal participation, payment will need to be from agency
funds.
Step 5 Informing Consultant of Decision Regarding the Claim
The Director of Public Works or Agency Engineer shall notify (in writing) the consultant of their final
decision regarding the consultant’s claim(s). Include the final dollar amount of the accepted claim(s) and
rationale utilized for the decision.
Step 6 Preparation of Supplement or New Agreement for the Consultant’s Claim(s)
The agency shall write the supplement and/or new agreement and pay the consultant the amount of the
claim. Inform the consultant that the final payment for the agreement is subject to audit
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
B2511401 Renton Maplewood Agreement
Package v3 11.10.2025
Final Audit Report 2025-11-12
Created:2025-11-10
By:Laurene Caudill (lcaudill@kbacm.com)
Status:Signed
Transaction ID:CBJCHBCAABAAbd_Hefvlv22-4Q7bC2QSCNbj1IeXQDQG
"B2511401 Renton Maplewood Agreement Package v3 11.10.20
25" History
Document created by Laurene Caudill (lcaudill@kbacm.com)
2025-11-10 - 11:02:49 PM GMT
Document emailed to Cameron Bloomer (cbloomer@kbacm.com) for approval
2025-11-10 - 11:07:30 PM GMT
Email viewed by Cameron Bloomer (cbloomer@kbacm.com)
2025-11-10 - 11:07:38 PM GMT
Document approved by Cameron Bloomer (cbloomer@kbacm.com)
Approval Date: 2025-11-10 - 11:52:47 PM GMT - Time Source: server
Document emailed to pgarrett@kbacm.com for approval
2025-11-10 - 11:52:51 PM GMT
Email viewed by pgarrett@kbacm.com
2025-11-10 - 11:53:04 PM GMT
Reminder sent to pgarrett@kbacm.com
2025-11-11 - 11:58:15 PM GMT
Email viewed by pgarrett@kbacm.com
2025-11-11 - 11:58:25 PM GMT
Signer pgarrett@kbacm.com entered name at signing as Paul Garrett
2025-11-12 - 1:04:42 AM GMT
Document approved by Paul Garrett (pgarrett@kbacm.com)
Approval Date: 2025-11-12 - 1:04:44 AM GMT - Time Source: server
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
Document emailed to Kristen Overleese (koverleese@kbacm.com) for signature
2025-11-12 - 1:04:48 AM GMT
Email viewed by Kristen Overleese (koverleese@kbacm.com)
2025-11-12 - 1:04:56 AM GMT
Document e-signed by Kristen Overleese (koverleese@kbacm.com)
Signature Date: 2025-11-12 - 2:26:55 AM GMT - Time Source: server
Agreement completed.
2025-11-12 - 2:26:55 AM GMT
AGENDA ITEM #7. g)
AB - 3993
City Council Regular Meeting - 01 Dec 2025
SUBJECT/TITLE: Bid Award: Oakesdale Avenue Southwest Pavement Preservation,
Construction Contract CAG-25-278
RECOMMENDED ACTION: Council Concur
DEPARTMENT: Public Works Transportation Systems Division
STAFF CONTACT: Bob Hanson, Transportation Design Manager
EXT.: 7223
FISCAL IMPACT SUMMARY:
The Engineer’s Estimate for construction was $2,226,485, and the low bid received was $1,806,125.00 from
ICON Materials. The transportation project budget (317.122104) is sufficient to cover all anticipated expenses
for the construction phase.
SUMMARY OF ACTION:
Bids for this construction contract were received on Tuesday, October 14, 2025 and opened on Friday,
October 17, 2025. The Engineer’s Estimate for construction was $2,226,485.
A total of four bids were submitted and are summarized below:
SUBMITTED BY BID AMOUNT
ICON Materials $1,806,125.00
Lakeside Industries $2,164,003.00
Miles Resources, LLC $2,123,804.50
Tucci and Sons $2,215,843.00
Staff has determined that the bid submitted by ICON Materials is the lowest responsive bid, and that the
bidder is responsible per the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria of RCW 39.04.350(1). The surety has
confirmed with staff that the bid bond submitted by ICON Materials is valid.
The City provided a complete copy of the Bid Proposal and supplemental bid information to the Washington
State Department of Transportation (WSDOT), Local Programs, for evaluation pursuant to Special Provision
Section 1-07.11. Additionally, WSDOT Local Programs and Headquarters concurred that ICON Materials met
all the above criteria and was determined to be a successful bidder with the lowest responsive bid.
EXHIBITS:
A. Bid Tabulations
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
AGENDA ITEM #7. h)
The City Council award the construction contract to ICON Materials in the amount of $1,806,125.00,and authorize the
Mayor and city clerk execute the contract documents on behalf of the city.
AGENDA ITEM #7. h)
BID TABULATIONS
PROJECT: OAKESDALE AVENUE SW PAVEMENT PRESERVATION PROJECT Checked by:
BID DATE: TUESDAY, OCTOBER 14, 2025
BID OPENING: FRIDAY, OCTOBER 17, 2025
ITEM
NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC.
SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT
1 Roadway Surveying 1-05 LS 1 20,000$ 20,000.00 12,000.00 12,000.00 13,000.00 13,000.00 16,160.00 16,160.00 16,500.00 16,500.00
2 ADA Feature Surveying 1-05 LS 1 3,000$ 3,000.00 4,300.00 4,300.00 5,000.00 5,000.00 3,870.00 3,870.00 4,500.00 4,500.00
3 SPCC Plan 1-07.15 LS 1 5,000$ 5,000.00 165.00 165.00 1,000.00 1,000.00 250.00 250.00 300.00 300.00
4 Mobilization 1-09 LS 1 203,000$ 203,000.00 26,200.00 26,200.00 100,000.00 100,000.00 72,000.00 72,000.00 45,610.00 45,610.00
5 Work Zone Safety Contingency 1-10 FA 1 11,000$ 11,000.00 11,000.00 11,000.00 11,000.00 11,000.00 11,000.00 11,000.00 11,000.00 11,000.00
6 Pedestrian Traffic Control 1-10 LS 1 5,000.00$ 5,000.00 3,700.00 3,700.00 6,000.00 6,000.00 7,050.00 7,050.00 1,900.00 1,900.00
7 Traffic Control Supervisor 1-10 HR 603 75.00$ 45,225.00 90.00 54,270.00 125.00 75,375.00 127.00 76,581.00 146.00 88,038.00
8 Flagger 1-10 HR 48 85.00$ 4,080.00 77.00 3,696.00 80.00 3,840.00 74.00 3,552.00 85.00 4,080.00
9 Other Traffic Control Labor 1-10 HR 1205 75.00$ 90,375.00 82.00 98,810.00 80.00 96,400.00 83.00 100,015.00 90.00 108,450.00
10 Construction Signs Class A 1-10 SF 126 60.00$ 7,560.00 20.00 2,520.00 35.00 4,410.00 25.00 3,150.00 43.00 5,418.00
11 Other Temporary Traffic Control Devices 1-10 LS 1 50,000.00$ 50,000.00 3,400.00 3,400.00 28,000.00 28,000.00 3,000.00 3,000.00 3,100.00 3,100.00
12 Sequential Arrow Board 1-10 HR 1315 6.00$ 7,890.00 1.00 1,315.00 5.00 6,575.00 6.50 8,547.50 3.80 4,997.00
13 Clearing and Grubbing 2-01 SP LS 1 1,000.00$ 1,000.00 3,167.00 3,167.00 9,000.00 9,000.00 505.00 505.00 4,700.00 4,700.00
14 Removal of Structures and Obstructions 2-02 GSP LS 1 3,500.00$ 3,500.00 21,700.00 21,700.00 45,000.00 45,000.00 38,000.00 38,000.00 29,500.00 29,500.00
15 Crushed Surfacing Top Course 4-04 TON 315 72.00$ 22,680.00 61.00 19,215.00 125.00 39,375.00 171.00 53,865.00 57.00 17,955.00
16 Planing Bituminous Pavement 5-04 SY 41500 5.50$ 228,250.00 4.20 174,300.00 5.10 211,650.00 6.10 253,150.00 6.00 249,000.00
17 HMA CL 1/2” , PG 64-22" 5-04 SP TON 4866 135.00$ 656,910.00 107.00 520,662.00 124.00 603,384.00 122.00 593,652.00 135.00 656,910.00
Icon Materials
SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS AND QUANTITIES ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE
Lakeside Industries Miles Tucci & Sons
Page 1 of 4
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
h
)
BID TABULATIONS
PROJECT: OAKESDALE AVENUE SW PAVEMENT PRESERVATION PROJECT Checked by:
BID DATE: TUESDAY, OCTOBER 14, 2025
BID OPENING: FRIDAY, OCTOBER 17, 2025
ITEM
NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC.
SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT
Icon Materials
SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS AND QUANTITIES ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE
Lakeside Industries Miles Tucci & Sons
18 Adjust and Replace Utility Lid 7-05 SP EA 4 5,000.00$ 20,000.00 1,100.00 4,400.00 1,100.00 4,400.00 1,120.00 4,480.00 2,000.00 8,000.00
19 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Preventio8-01 LS 1 10,000$ 10,000.00 3,494.00 3,494.00 1,100.00 1,100.00 500.00 500.00 1,800.00 1,800.00
20 Inlet Protection 8-01 EA 64 98.00$ 6,272.00 33.00 2,112.00 110.00 7,040.00 102.00 6,528.00 92.00 5,888.00
21 Seeded Lawn Installation 8-02 SY 19 12.00$ 228.00 8.00 152.00 55.00 1,045.00 42.00 798.00 70.00 1,330.00
22 Topsoil, Type A (8" Depth) 8-02 SP CY 5 100.00$ 500.00 92.00 460.00 220.00 1,100.00 1,026.00 5,130.00 250.00 1,250.00
23 Synthetic Turf, Complete 8-33 SP SF 1660 17.00$ 28,220.00 16.00 26,560.00 21.00 34,860.00 10.00 16,600.00 16.00 26,560.00
24 Thermoplastic Stamped Surface 8-22 SP SF 9979 9.00$ 89,811.00 19.00 189,601.00 20.00 199,580.00 21.00 209,559.00 25.00 249,475.00
25 Cement Conc. Traffic Curb and Gutter 8-04 LF 159 42.00$ 6,678.00 62.00 9,858.00 62.00 9,858.00 64.00 10,176.00 88.00 13,992.00
26 Extruded Curb 8-04 LF 4256 25.00$ 106,400.00 20.00 85,120.00 21.00 89,376.00 22.00 93,632.00 22.00 93,632.00
27 Cement Conc. Pedestrian Curb 8-04 LF 121 26.00$ 3,146.00 47.00 5,687.00 60.00 7,260.00 62.00 7,502.00 94.00 11,374.00
28 Raised Pavement Marker Type 2 8-09 HUND 6 1,000.00$ 6,000.00 900.00 5,400.00 900.00 5,400.00 952.00 5,712.00 950.00 5,700.00
29 Traffic Separator with Flexible Delineator 8-10 SP EA 59 450.00$ 26,550.00 290.00 17,110.00 320.00 18,880.00 319.00 18,821.00 320.00 18,880.00
30 Cement Conc. Sidewalk 8-14 SY 65 70.00$ 4,550.00 122.00 7,930.00 90.00 5,850.00 101.00 6,565.00 160.00 10,400.00
31 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Combination 8-14 EA 2 3,000.00$ 6,000.00 3,500.00 7,000.00 2,200.00 4,400.00 2,184.00 4,368.00 4,100.00 8,200.00
32 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Perpendicular 8-14 EA 7 3,000.00$ 21,000.00 3,500.00 24,500.00 1,900.00 13,300.00 1,904.00 13,328.00 2,400.00 16,800.00
33 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Parallel 8-14 EA 1 3,000.00$ 3,000.00 4,000.00 4,000.00 3,100.00 3,100.00 3,120.00 3,120.00 7,000.00 7,000.00
34 Cement Conc. Curb Ramp Type Bike 8-14 EA 4 2,000.00$ 8,000.00 650.00 2,600.00 500.00 2,000.00 420.00 1,680.00 1,300.00 5,200.00
Page 2 of 4
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
h
)
BID TABULATIONS
PROJECT: OAKESDALE AVENUE SW PAVEMENT PRESERVATION PROJECT Checked by:
BID DATE: TUESDAY, OCTOBER 14, 2025
BID OPENING: FRIDAY, OCTOBER 17, 2025
ITEM
NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC.
SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT
Icon Materials
SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS AND QUANTITIES ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE
Lakeside Industries Miles Tucci & Sons
35 Traffic Signal System Modification - Oakesdale 8-20 SP LS 1 35,000.00$ 35,000.00 53,000.00 53,000.00 55,000.00 55,000.00 46,600.00 46,600.00 58,000.00 58,000.00
36 Traffic Signal System Modification - Oakesdale 8-20 SP LS 1 25,000.00$ 25,000.00 40,000.00 40,000.00 40,000.00 40,000.00 40,600.00 40,600.00 45,000.00 45,000.00
37 Traffic Signal System Modification - Oakesdale 8-20 SP LS 1 20,000.00$ 20,000.00 32,000.00 32,000.00 33,000.00 33,000.00 31,000.00 31,000.00 36,000.00 36,000.00
38 Permanent Signing 8-21 LS 1 15,000.00$ 15,000.00 24,000.00 24,000.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 25,200.00 25,200.00 17,000.00 17,000.00
39 Remove Pavement Markings 8-22 LS 1 3,700.00$ 3,700.00 3,800.00 3,800.00 4,000.00 4,000.00 3,920.00 3,920.00 3,900.00 3,900.00
40 Temporary Pavement Markings 8-23 LS 1 10,000.00$ 10,000.00 10,320.00 10,320.00 43,000.00 43,000.00 13,000.00 13,000.00 16,000.00 16,000.00
41 Plastic Bicycle Lane Symbol 8-22 EA 40 500.00$ 20,000.00 370.00 14,800.00 400.00 16,000.00 392.00 15,680.00 390.00 15,600.00
42 Plastic Traffic Arrow 8-22 EA 38 370.00$ 14,060.00 370.00 14,060.00 400.00 15,200.00 392.00 14,896.00 390.00 14,820.00
43 Plastic Traffic Letter 8-22 EA 14 200.00$ 2,800.00 105.00 1,470.00 110.00 1,540.00 112.00 1,568.00 110.00 1,540.00
44 Plastic Stop Line 8-22 LF 330 18.00$ 5,940.00 12.50 4,125.00 13.00 4,290.00 13.00 4,290.00 12.00 3,960.00
45 Plastic Crosswalk Line 8-22 SF 1100 11.00$ 12,100.00 11.00 12,100.00 12.00 13,200.00 12.00 13,200.00 11.00 12,100.00
46 Plastic Shared Lane Marking 8-22 SP EA 2 500.00$ 1,000.00 380.00 760.00 400.00 800.00 392.00 784.00 390.00 780.00
47 MMA Profiled Embossed Line 8-22 SP LF 42000 5.00$ 210,000.00 3.60 151,200.00 3.80 159,600.00 4.00 168,000.00 3.90 163,800.00
48 MMA Crosshatch Marking 8-22 SP LF 6000 15.00$ 90,000.00 7.00 42,000.00 7.00 42,000.00 7.30 43,800.00 7.30 43,800.00
49 MMA Crosswalk Line (Green) 8-22 SP SF 1300 22.00$ 28,600.00 20.00 26,000.00 19.00 24,700.00 21.00 27,300.00 20.00 26,000.00
50 MMA Transit Box (Red) 8-22 SP SF 980 22.00$ 21,560.00 20.00 19,600.00 19.00 18,620.00 21.00 20,580.00 20.00 19,600.00
51 KCM Red and Yellow Curb Paint 8-22 SP LF 90 10.00$ 900.00 5.40 486.00 5.50 495.00 6.00 540.00 5.60 504.00
Page 3 of 4
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
h
)
BID TABULATIONS
PROJECT: OAKESDALE AVENUE SW PAVEMENT PRESERVATION PROJECT Checked by:
BID DATE: TUESDAY, OCTOBER 14, 2025
BID OPENING: FRIDAY, OCTOBER 17, 2025
ITEM
NO.ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC.
SECTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT
Icon Materials
SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS AND QUANTITIES ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE
Lakeside Industries Miles Tucci & Sons
2,226,485.00 1,806,125.00 2,164,003.00 2,123,804.50 2,215,843.00TOTAL =
Page 4 of 4
AG
E
N
D
A
I
T
E
M
#
7
.
h
)
AB - 3996
City Council Regular Meeting - 01 Dec 2025
SUBJECT/TITLE: Agreement with King County Flood Control District for the Award of
Flood Reduction Grant Funds
RECOMMENDED ACTION: Refer to Utilities Committee
DEPARTMENT: Public Works Utility Systems Division
STAFF CONTACT: Casey Jeszeck, Surface Water Engineer
EXT.: 7323
FISCAL IMPACT SUMMARY:
Grant agreement GRA-25-036 adds $479,000 of King County Flood Control District Flood Reduction Grant
funding to the Surface Water Utility Capital Improvement Program budget for the Hardie Ave SW Storm
System Improvement project (427.475475.015.594.31.63.000). No city matching funds are required for the
grant.
SUMMARY OF ACTION:
The Hardie Avenue SW - SW 7th St. Storm System Improvement Project (project) will construct approximately
590 feet of new 48” trunk line storm system along Hardie Ave SW from the underpass of BNSF Railway to SW
7th St. The objective of this project is to address recurring flooding during major storm events at the low point
where significant amount of standing water has resulted in the closure of Hardie Ave SW. The proposed
improvement will reduce flood risk by increasing the conveyance capacity of the storm system and adding an
additional flow path for the stormwater to drain from the low point at the Hardie Avenue SW BNSF Railway
underpass.
Under Flood Reduction Grant number 4.25.09 (Renton GRA-25-036), the King County Flood Control District
would award the city $479,000 to fully fund the planning and design of the project. The project started in 2022
upon the execution of a professional services agreement with WSP USA (CAG-22-072). Amendment 4 to CAG-
22-072 in the amount of $479,256, executed in June 2025, will be fully fund by this grant, except for $256.00.
Contract amendment No. 4 added the professional services required to develop final plans, specifications,
engineer’s estimates, and to provide construction support services. Construction of this project is planned to
start in the second quarter of 2027.
EXHIBITS:
A. Agreement
B. Site Map
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute Flood Reduction Grant Agreement 4.25.09 with the King County
Flood Control District in the amount of $479,000 for professional services associated with the design and
construction of the Hardie Avenue SW - SW 7th St. Storm System Improvement Project.
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
Project Name: Hardie Ave SW Flood Risk Reduction Award Number: 4.25.09
Page 1 of 9
AGREEMENT FOR AWARD OF
FLOOD REDUCTION GRANT FUNDS
BETWEEN THE CITY OF RENTON AND KING COUNTY
This Agreement is made between King County, a municipal corporation, and the City of
Renton (“Recipient”) (collectively referred to as the “parties” and in the singular “party”), for
the purposes set forth herein. This Agreement shall be in effect from the date of execution to
December 31, 2028.
Project Contacts:
Contact for King County: Kim Harper, Grant Administrator, 206-477-6079,
Kim.harper@kingcounty.gov.
Contact for Recipient: Casey Jeszeck, Civil Engineer, 425-430-7323, Cjeszeck@rentonwa.gov.
SECTION 1. RECITALS
1.1 Whereas, the King County Flood Control District (“District”) is a quasi-municipal
corporation of the State of Washington, authorized to provide funding for flood control
and stormwater protection projects and activities;
1.2 Whereas, King County is the service provider to the District under the terms of an
interlocal agreement (“ILA”) by and between King County and the District, dated
February 17, 2009, as amended, and as service provider implements the District’s annual
work program and budget;
1.3 Whereas, on November 12, 2013, the Board of Supervisors of the District (the “Board”)
passed Resolution FCD 2013-14 which established a Flood Reduction Grant Program
and criteria for awarding grant funding for projects;
1.4 Whereas, on November 19, 2024, the Board passed Resolution FCD 2024-12, which
authorized an allocation of $13,806,963 from the District’s 2025 budget to fund flood
reduction projects;
1.5 Whereas, on September 9, 2025, the Board passed Resolution FCD 2025-09, which
approved the flood reduction projects described in Attachment A to that Resolution;
1.6 Whereas, in accordance with the terms of these Resolutions , and in its capacity as
service provider to the District, King County has established policies and procedures for
administering the flood reduction grant program, a copy of which has been furnished to
Recipient and which is incorporated herein by this reference (hereinafter “Grant Policies
and Procedures”);
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
Project Name: Hardie Ave SW Flood Risk Reduction Award Number: 4.25.09
Page 2 of 9
1.7 Whereas, the Recipient submitted an application to receive funds for a project to be
funded by the Flood Reduction Grant Program;
1.8 Whereas, the Board approved funding of Recipient’s application for the project
(“Project”), as described in Attachment A to Resolution FCD 2025-09 in the amount of
$479,000 (“Award”)
1.9 Whereas, Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, contains a
description of the Project as described in Attachment A to Resolution FCD 2025-09;
1.10 Whereas, King County has received a Scope of Work and a Budget for the Project from
the Recipient and has determined that the Scope of Work, attached hereto and
incorporated herein as Exhibit B (“Scope of Work”), and the Budget, attached hereto and
incorporated herein as Exhibit C (“Budget”), are consistent with the Grant Policies and
Procedures, the Recipient’s application for the Project, and the Resolution approving
funding for the Project; and
1.11 Whereas, King County and the Recipient desire to enter into this Agreement for the
purpose of establishing the terms and conditions under which King County will provide
funding from the District in accordance with Resolution FCD 2025-09 and the Grant
Policies and Procedures, and under which the Recipient will implement the Project.
SECTION 2. AGREEMENT
2.1. The Recitals are an integral part of this Agreement and are incorporated herein by this
reference.
2.2. King County agrees to pay the Award amount to the Recipient in the total amount of
$479,000 from District funds. The Award shall be used by the Recipient solely for the
performance of the Project, as described in Exhibit A to this Agreement. King County
shall pay the Recipient in accordance with the terms of the Grant Policies and
Procedures.
2.3. The Recipient represents and warrants that it will only use the Award for the Scope of
Work of this Agreement and in accordance with the Project Budget. The Recipient shall
be required to refund to King County that portion of the Award which is used for work or
tasks not included in the Scope of Work. Further, the Recipient agrees that King County
may retain any portion of the Award that is not expended or remains after completion of
the Scope of Work and issuance of the Final Report, as further described below.
2.4. Activities carried out for this Project and expenses incurred by the Recipient may predate
the execution date of this Agreement provided that 1) they have been identified by
Recipient as being within the scopes of numbers 2) and 3) below, and have been
approved by King County as being within such scopes; 2) the activities are specified in
the Scope of Work of this Agreement; 3) the expenses are incurred in carrying out the
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
Project Name: Hardie Ave SW Flood Risk Reduction Award Number: 4.25.09
Page 3 of 9
Scope of Work and are authorized by the Award as identified in the Budget of this
Agreement; 4) such activities and expenses otherwise comply with all other terms of this
Agreement; 5) such activities and expenses do not occur prior to the date the grants were
approved by the District; and 6) reimbursements shall be paid to the Recipient only after
this Agreement has been fully executed.
2.5. The Recipient shall invoice King County for incurred expenses using the Request for
Payment form and Progress Report form, or online equivalents to these forms upon the
County’s implementation of an online reporting database, for those documented and
allowable expenses identified in the Budget and according to the rules set forth in the
Grant Policies and Procedures. A request for payment shall be made no less frequently
than every six months after the effective date of this Agreement nor more frequently than
every three months after the aforementioned date. A Progress Report form and backup
documentation of claimed expenses shall be submitted with all payment requests. A one-
time advance may be allowed, in the discretion of King County, for expenses anticipated
to be incurred in the three months following the date of submission of the advance
Request for Payment only for work that is included in the Scope of Work of this
Agreement, and identified as such in the Request for Payment. The amount of the
advance may not exceed 25% of the total award amount. Documentation of payments
made from advances shall be submitted to King County prior to any further requests for
payment.
2.6. The Recipient shall be required to submit to King County a final report which documents
the Recipient’s completion of the work in conformance with the terms of this Agreement
within thirty (30) days after the completion of the work. The final report may be
submitted on the Close-out Report form, or online equivalent to this form upon the
County’s implementation of an online reporting database. The final report shall include a
summary of the Project’s successes and shall address the flood reduction benefits
accomplished by the work.
2.7. The Recipient's expenditures of Award funds shall be separately identified in the
Recipient's accounting records. If requested, the Recipient shall comply with other
reasonable requests made by King County with respect to the manner in which Project
expenditures are tracked and accounted for in the Recipient's accounting books and
records. The Recipient shall maintain such records of expenditures as may be necessary
to conform to generally accepted accounting principles as further described in Section 2.8
below, and to meet the requirements of all applicable state and federal laws.
2.8. The Recipient shall be required to track project expenses using the Budget Accounting
and Reporting System for the State of Washington (“BARS”) or Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles set forth by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or by the
Governmental Accounting Standards Board.
2.9. King County or its representative, and the District or its representative, shall have the
right from time to time, at reasonable intervals, to audit the Recipient's books and records
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
Project Name: Hardie Ave SW Flood Risk Reduction Award Number: 4.25.09
Page 4 of 9
in order to verify compliance with the terms of this Agreement. The Recipient shall
cooperate with King County and the District in any such audit.
2.10. The Recipient shall retain all accounting records and project files relating to this
Agreement in accordance with criteria established by the Washington State Archivist
Local Government Common Records Retention Schedule (CORE) as revised.
2.11. The Recipient shall ensure that all work performed by its employees, agents, contractors,
or subcontractors is performed in a manner which protects and safeguards the
environment and natural resources, and which is in compliance with local, state and
federal laws and regulations. The Recipient shall implement an appropriate monitoring
system or program to ensure compliance with this provision.
2.12. The Recipient agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless King County, and the
District, their elected or appointed officials, employees and agents, from all suits, claims,
alleged liability, actions, losses, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees),
penalties, settlements and damages of whatsoever kind or nature, arising out of, in
connection with, or incident to any acts or omissions of the Recipient, its employees,
agents, contractors, or subcontractors in performing its obligations under the terms of this
Agreement, except to the extent of the County’s or the District’s sole negligence.
The Recipient’s obligations under this provision shall include, but not be limited to, the
duty to promptly accept tender of defense and provide defense to the County and the
District with legal counsel acceptable to the County and the District at Recipient’s own
expense. Recipient, by mutual negotiation, hereby waives, as respects the County and the
District only, any immunity that would otherwise be available against such claims under
the Industrial Insurance provisions of Title 51 RCW. In the event it is necessary for the
County or the District to incur attorney’s fees, legal expenses, or other costs to enforce
the provisions of this section, all such fees, expenses, and costs shall be recoverable from
Recipient. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration, abandonment, or
termination of this Agreement.
2.13. The Recipient agrees to acknowledge the District as a source of funding for the Project
on all literature, signage or press releases related to the Project. The Recipient may
obtain from King County a District logo that may be used in the acknowledgement.
SECTION 3. GENERAL PROVISIONS
3.1. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their
respective successors and assigns. The Recipient shall not assign this Agreement to a
third party.
3.2. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof. No prior or contemporaneous representation, inducement, promise
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
Project Name: Hardie Ave SW Flood Risk Reduction Award Number: 4.25.09
Page 5 of 9
or agreement between or among the parties which relate to the subject matter hereof
which are not embodied in this Agreement shall be of any force or effect.
3.3. No amendment to this Agreement shall be binding on any of the parties unless such
amendment is in writing and is executed by the parties. The parties contemplate that this
Agreement may from time to time be modified by written amendment which shall be
executed by duly authorized representatives of the parties and attached to this Agreement.
3.4. Unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, all notices or documentation required or
provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be in electronic form and shall be deemed duly
given when received at the addresses set forth below via electronic mail and transmittal is
demonstrated by an electronic delivery receipt or similar confirmation.
King County Recipient
Kim Harper Casey Jeszeck
Grant Administrator Civil Engineer
King County WLRD City of Renton
kim.harper@kingcounty.gov Cjeszeck@rentonwa.gov
Either party hereto may, at any time, by giving ten (10) days written notice to the other
party to designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which
such notice or communication shall be given.
3.5. Each party warrants and represents that such party has full and complete authority to
enter into this Agreement and each person executing this Agreement on behalf of a party
warrants and represents that he/she has been fully authorized to execute this Agreement
on behalf of such party and that such party is bound by the signature of such
representative.
3.6. The Project shall be completed by no later than December 31, 2028. In the event that the
Project is not completed by this date, King County has the discretion, but not the
obligation, to terminate this Agreement and retain any unexpended Award funds.
3.7. The Agreement will be terminated if the Recipient is unable or unwilling to expend the
Award as specified in Section 2.2 and Exhibits B and C. In the event of termination
under this section, the County shall be released from any obligation to fund the Project
and Recipient shall forfeit all rights to the unexpended portion of the Award.
3.8. If the County determines that a breach of contract has occurred or does not approve of the
Recipient’s performance, it will give the Recipient written notification of unacceptable
performance. Recipient will then take corrective action within a reasonable period of
time, as may be defined by King County in its sole discretion in its written notification to
Recipient. King County may withhold any payment owed Recipient until the County is
satisfied that corrective action has been taken or completed.
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
Project Name: Hardie Ave SW Flood Risk Reduction Award Number: 4.25.09
Page 6 of 9
3.9. Waiver of breach of any provision in this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver
of any subsequent breach and shall not be construed to be a modification of the terms of
the Agreement unless stated to be such through written approval by the County, which
shall be attached to the original Agreement. Waiver of any default shall not be deemed to
be a waiver of any subsequent defaults.
3.10. KCC chapters 12.16, 12.17 and 12.18 are incorporated herein by reference and the
requirements in these code sections shall specifically apply to this Agreement. In its
performance under this Agreement the Recipient shall not discriminate against any
person on the basis of race, color, age, gender, marital status, sexual orientation, gender
identity or expression, religion, ancestry, national origin, disability or use of a service or
assistive animal by an individual with a disability, unless based upon a bona fide
occupational qualification, and the Recipient shall not violate any of the terms of chapter
49.60 RCW, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, or any other applicable federal,
state, or local law or regulation regarding nondiscrimination in employment.
3.11. None of the funds, materials, property, or services provided directly or indirectly under
this Agreement shall be used for any partisan political activity or to further the election or
defeat of any candidate for public office.
3.12. This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts.
3.13. If any provision of this Agreement shall be wholly or partially invalid or unenforceable
under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective to that extent only, without in any
way affecting the remaining parts or provision of this Agreement, and the remaining
provisions of this Agreement shall continue to be in effect.
3.14. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of
Washington. Actions pertaining to this Agreement will be brought in King County
Superior Court, King County, Washington.
3.15. The amount of the Award has been fully funded by the District. To the extent that
funding of the Award requires future appropriations by the District or the King County
Council, King County’s obligations are contingent upon the appropriation of sufficient
funds by the District or the King County Council to complete the Scope of Work. If no
such appropriation is made, this Agreement will terminate at the close of the
appropriation year for which the last appropriation that provides funds under this
Agreement was made.
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
Project Name: Hardie Ave SW Flood Risk Reduction Award Number: 4.25.09
Page 7 of 9
This document has been approved as to form by the King County Prosecuting Attorney’s Office
as of October 21, 2024.
KING COUNTY: RECIPIENT:
By By
Name Name Armondo Pavone
Title Title Mayor
Date Date
Attest
Name Jason A. Seth
Title City Clerk
Approved as to Legal Form
Name Cheryl Beyer
Title Senior City Attorney
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
Project Name: Hardie Ave SW Flood Risk Reduction Award Number: 4.25.09
Page 8 of 9
EXHIBIT A: PROJECT DESCRIPTION
PROJECT NAME RECIPIENT DESCRIPTION LEVERAGE AWARD
Hardie Ave SW
Flood Risk
Reduction
City of
Renton
Reduce the risk of flooding at the sag point of Hardie Ave
SW south of the BNSF Railway underpass by installing
approximately 600 lineal feet of 48-inch storm drain
within the Hardie Ave SW right-of-way. The
improvements will extend to SW 7th St and connect to
the existing 60” storm main conveying stormwater to the
west.
$25,000 $479,000
EXHIBIT B: SCOPE OF WORK
Activity Title Activity Description Deliverables
Estimated
Percent of Grant
Budget
Month/Year
Task will be
Completed
Task 1: Project
Administration
(Required)
Submit reimbursement request forms,
backup documentation for billing, and
progress reports at least every 6
months. Submit a Closeout Report
form with the final reimbursement
request.
Reimbursement requests,
closeout report form
12% December
2027
Task 2: Supplemental Survey and Utility
Locating Supplement original 2014
base map and utility survey to include
the new alignment along Hardie Ave
SW to SW 7th St. Task includes
supplemental survey, utility locating
and potholing.
Stamped and signed updates to
base map to be used for design.
8% December 2025
Task 3: Geotechnical Investigations Produce
geotechnical report which will contain
recommendations for design of
improvements.
- Draft and Final Geotechnical
Report
- Review of Plans and
Specifications with regards to
Geotechnical considerations
12% December 2025
Task 4: Final Design Report Develop 30% plan
level design along with modeling and
basis of design report. Report will
include stormwater compliance
evaluation, plans to address utility
conflicts, and cost estimate for City
review.
- Draft Design Report
- Final Design Report
14% December 2025
Task 5: Project Permitting and SEPA
Compliance
- Right of Way Use Permit
Application
- Draft and Final SEPA Checklist
- Draft and Final Construction
Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan
4% March 2026
Task 6: Development of Plans, Specifications,
and Construction Estimates Consultant
- 60% Design Submittal
- 90% Design Submittal
39% October 2026
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
Project Name: Hardie Ave SW Flood Risk Reduction Award Number: 4.25.09
Page 9 of 9
Activity Title Activity Description Deliverables
Estimated
Percent of Grant
Budget
Month/Year
Task will be
Completed
will prepare engineering design plans,
technical specifications and
construction cost estimates.
- Pre-Final and Final Bid-Ready
Plan Submittal
- Digital files of plans,
specifications, and estimate
including CAD drawings and
external references
Task 7: Traffic Impact Assessment/Traffic
Control Plan Development (Optional
Task) If requested, the Consultant shall
perform traffic impact assessment
expected during construction, assess
detour routes, or prepare preliminary
temporary traffic control drawings.
3% June 2026
Task 8: Assistance During Bidding The
Consultant shall assist the City during
the bidding process. The services shall
include responding to contractor’s
questions, preparing technical revisions
for inclusion in an addendum,
attending a pre-bid conference, and
recommendations for award of
contract.
1% June 2026
Task 9: Construction Support The Consultant
will provide assistance with
construction including, review of bids,
submittal review, change order/RFI
review, special inspections, as-built
drawing preparation.
7% December 2027
EXHIBIT C: BUDGET
BUDGET ITEM GRANT REQUEST
COMMERCIAL SERVICES & CREW TIME $479,000
TOTAL $ 479,000
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
WGS_1984_Web_Mercator_Auxiliary_Sphere
All data, information, and maps are provided "as
is" without warranty or any representation of
accuracy, timeliness of completeness. The
burden for determining accuracy, completeness,
timeliness, merchantability and fitness for or the
appropriateness for use rests solely on the user.
Legend
8185
81850
12037
Feet
72,224
4093
City and County Labels
City and County Boundary
Renton
<all other values>
Citations
project area
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
WGS_1984_Web_Mercator_Auxiliary_Sphere
All data, information, and maps are provided "as
is" without warranty or any representation of
accuracy, timeliness of completeness. The
burden for determining accuracy, completeness,
timeliness, merchantability and fitness for or the
appropriateness for use rests solely on the user.
Legend
200
2000
294
Feet
1,765
100
City and County Labels
Addresses
Parcels
City and County Boundary
Renton
<all other values>
Network Structures
Public Access Riser
Private Access Riser
Public Inlet
Private Inlet
Public Manhole
Private Manhole
Public Utility Vault
Private Utility Vault
Public Clean Out
Private Clean Out
Public Unknown
Private Unknown
Pump Station
Public Pump Station
Project Area
project area
connection to 60"
storm main on sw 7th st
HA
R
D
I
E
A
V
E
S
W
SW 7TH ST
BNSF RA
I
L
W
A
Y
EXISTING DISCHARGE
FROM LOW POINT
(36"X60" ARCH PIPE)
AGENDA ITEM #7. i)
CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, AUTHORIZING
TEMPORARY FULL STREET CLOSURE OF HOUSER WAY NORTH BETWEEN LAKE
WASHINGTON BOULEVARD NORTH AND LOWE’S BUSINESS ACCESS ROAD.
WHEREAS, the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) is constructing
the I-405, Renton to Bellevue Widening and Express Toll Lanes (ETL) project; and
WHEREAS, this construction activity will require a temporary street closure of Houser
Way North between Lake Washington Boulevard and Lowe’s business access road; and
WHEREAS, by Resolution 4545, the City Council previously authorized temporary closure
of Houser Way between Lake Washington Boulevard North and Lowe’s business access road for
a 120-day period to occur between the dates of January 21, 2025, through May 22, 2025; and
WHEREAS, the project was unable to implement the 120-day closure between January
21, 2025, and May 22, 2025, due to delays in the permitting process with BNSF; and
WHEREAS, by Resolution 4560, the City Council previously authorized temporary closure
of Houser Way between Lake Washington Boulevard North and Lowe’s business access road for
a 120-day period to occur between the dates of September 2, 2025, through December 31, 2025;
and
WHEREAS, the project will be unable to be completed within the 120-day closure
between September 2, 2025, and December 31, 2025, due to design changes that required the
phasing of work; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to subsection 9-9-3 of the Renton Municipal Code (RMC), such
street closures require City Council authorization by means of a resolution;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, DO
RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. a)
2
RESOLUTION NO.
SECTION I. The City Council does hereby authorize the temporary closure of Houser Way
North between Lake Washington Boulevard North and Lowe’s business access road to be extended
to May 15, 2026, for the purpose of completing construction activities related to the I-405,
Renton to Bellevue Widening and Express Toll Lanes (ETL) project.
SECTION II. Notice of the closure shall be posted and published as required by RMC 9-9-2
and RMC 9-9-3.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL the day of , 2025.
Jason A. Seth, City Clerk
APPROVED BY THE MAYOR this day of , 2025.
Armondo Pavone, Mayor
Approved as to form:
Shane Moloney, City Attorney
RES- PW:25RES028:11/07/2025
AGENDA ITEM # 9. a)
1
CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON
ORDINANCE NO. ________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, PROVIDING FOR THE
ACQUISITION OF REAL PROPERTY LOCATED IN RENTON, WASHINGTON, TAX
PARCEL NUMBER 3023059096, 3023059098, 3023059099 and 3023059091,
INCLUDING THROUGH THE EXERCISE OF EMINENT DOMAIN FOR A CITY
MAINTENANCE FACILITY AND RESOURCE CENTER; PROVIDING FOR
SEVERABILITY; AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, the City of Renton (the “City”) is a non-charter optional municipal code city as
provided in Title 35A RCW, incorporated under the laws of the State of Washington, and
authorized to acquire title to real property for public purposes pursuant to chapter 8.12 RCW;
and
WHEREAS, the City plans to construct and operate a City maintenance facility and
resource center in Renton, Washington (the “Project”); and
WHEREAS, the City determined that the acquisition of the parcel, fully described in Exhibit
A attached hereto, and known as King County Tax Parcel No. 3023059096, 3023059098,
3023059099 and 3023059091 ("Real Property”), is necessary to complete the Project; and
WHEREAS, Stacey Holdings LLC (“Owner”), a Washington limited liability company (UBI
604 261 096) acquired title to the Real Property by statutory warranty deed recorded October
25, 2023 in Official Records under Recording No. 20231025000498; and
WHEREAS, the City notified Owner of its intent to acquire the Real Property and to the
extent necessary, to exercise its power of eminent domain with respect to the City’s desire to
acquire the Real Property; and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. b)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
2
WHEREAS, on June 23, 2025, the City approved the acquisition of the Real Property from
Owner and subsequent to such approval, the City and Owner entered into a purchase agreement
(“Purchase and Sale Agreement”) relating to the purchase and sale of the Real Property; and
WHEREAS, the Owner has now defaulted under the Purchase Agreement; and
WHEREAS, the City and Owner continue to negotiate the purchase and sale of the Real
Property by negotiating an amendment to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, provided, however,
the City desires to authorize the acquisition of the Real Property should those negotiations fail;
and
WHEREAS, it is anticipated that Owner, under the terms of an amendment to the
Purchase and Sale Agreement, will waive its right to require the City to comply with the
acquisition procedures under RCW 8.26.180; and
WHEREAS, it is anticipated that Owner, under the terms of an amendment to the
Purchase and Sale Agreement, will waive its right to notice of final action under RCW 8.25.290;
and
WHEREAS, it is anticipated that Owner, under the terms of an amendment to the
Purchase and Sale Agreement, will waive its right to adjudication of the issue of public use and
necessity; and
WHEREAS, it is anticipated that Owner, under the terms of an amendment to the
Purchase and Sale Agreement, will affirm that no individual or business occupies the Real
Property being acquired and therefore no individual or business will be displaced by the City’s
Project (as defined by chapter 8.26 RCW);
AGENDA ITEM # 9. b)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
3
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON DO
ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION I. The recitals set forth above are hereby adopted and incorporated herein as if
set forth in full.
SECTION II. The City Council of the City of Renton finds and declares that: i) the Project is
a public use; ii) the acquisition of the Real Property legally described in Exhibit A is necessary for
the completion of the Project; and iii) the acquisition of the Real Property and the construction
of the Project are in the best interests of the citizens residing within the City of Renton.
SECTION III. The City Council authorizes the acquisition of the Real Property, including
through the use of eminent domain and initiation of a condemnation action if necessary, subject
to the making or paying of just compensation to the owners thereof in the manner provided by
law.
SECTION IV. Nothing in this Ordinance limits the City in its identification and acquisition
of property and property rights necessary for the Project. The City reserves the right to acquire
additional or different properties or property rights as needed for the Project.
SECTION V. The Mayor, by and through the Mayor’s designees, is authorized and directed
to complete the purchase of the Real Property under imminent threat of eminent domain, and,
if needed, to prosecute actions and proceedings in the manner provided by law to condemn,
take, damage and appropriate the Real Property to carry out the provisions of this Ordinance.
SECTION VI. The compensation to be paid to Owner of the Real Property acquired for the
Project shall be paid from the City's general funds or from such other monies that the City may
have available or attain for the acquisition.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. b)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
4
SECTION VII. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or word of this
Ordinance should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction,
such invalidity or unconstitutionality thereof shall not affect the constitutionality of any other
section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or word of this Ordinance.
SECTION VIII. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect five (5) days after publication
of a summary of this ordinance in the City's official newspaper. The summary shall consist of this
ordinance's title.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL the day of , 2025.
______________________________
Jason A. Seth, City Clerk
APPROVED BY THE MAYOR this day of , 2025.
______________________________
Armondo Pavone, Mayor
Approved as to form:
Shane Moloney, City Attorney
Date of Publication:
ORD-CED: 25ORD025: 11.3.2025
AGENDA ITEM # 9. b)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
5
EXHIBIT A
Property Legal Description
PARCEL A: 302305-9096
THE NORTH 200 FEET OF THAT PORTION OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST
QUARTER OF SECTION 30, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M., IN KING COUNTY,
WASHINGTON, LYING WEST OF PRIMARY STATE HIGHWAY NO. 5 AS ESTABLISHED BY DEED
RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 5346369;
EXCEPT THE WEST 30 FEET THEREOF CONVEYED TO THE STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR ROAD
PURPOSES BY DEED RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 1079782.
PARCEL B: 302305-9098
THE SOUTH 230 FEET OF THE NORTH 430 FEET OF THAT PORTION OF THE NORTH HALF OF THE
SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 30, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH,
RANGE 5 EAST, W.M., IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, LYING WEST OF PRIMARY STATE
HIGHWAY NO. 5 AS ESTABLISHED BY DEED RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 5346369;
EXCEPT THE WEST 30 FEET THEREOF CONVEYED TO THE STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR ROAD
PURPOSES BY DEED RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 1079782.
PARCEL C: 302305-9099
THE NORTH HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION
30, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M., IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, LYING WEST
OF PRIMARY STATE HIGHWAY NO. 5 AS ESTABLISHED BY DEED RECORDED UNDER RECORDING
NO. 5346369;
EXCEPT THE WEST 30 FEET THEREOF CONVEYED TO THE STATE OF WASHINGTON FOR ROAD
PURPOSES BY DEED RECORDED UNDER RECORDING NO. 1079782;
AND EXCEPT THE NORTH 430 FEET THEREOF;
AND EXCEPT THE EAST 167 FEET OF THE WEST 197 FEET OF THE SOUTH 108 FEET OF SAID
NORTH HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION.
PARCEL D: 302305-9091
THE EAST 167 FEET OF THE WEST 197 FEET OF THE SOUTH 108 FEET OF THE NORTH HALF OF
THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 30, TOWNSHIP 23
NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M., IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. b)
1
CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON
ORDINANCE NO. ________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, AMENDING SECTIONS
4-3-050, 4-11-030, 4-11-040, AND 4-11-190 OF THE RENTON MUNICIPAL CODE;
AND AMENDING THE FOLLOWING SUBSECTIONS OF SECTION 4-3-050: 4-3-050.A,
4-3-050.B.1, 4-3-050.C, 4-3-050.D.3, 4-3-050.D.5.c, 4-3-050.E.3, 4-3-050.E.5, 4-3-
050.E.6, 4-3-050.F, 4-3-050.G, 4-3-050.H.3, 4-3-050.I.1, 4-3-050.I.3, 4-3-050.J.2.a,
4-3-050.J.4, 4-3-050.L.1.a, 4-3-050.L.1.b, 4-3-050.L.1.g, 4-11-190.B; AMENDING
CRITICAL AREAS REGULATIONS INCLUDING ADDING STANDARDS FOR
CONSISTENCY WITH BEST AVAILABLE SCIENCE AND NEW DEFINITION IN SECTION
4-11-030; AUTHORIZING CORRECTIONS, PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY, AND
ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, the Revised Code of Washington (RCW) 36.70A.060 and RCW 36.70A.170
require counties and cities to designate critical areas and adopt regulations to protect them; and
WHEREAS, RCW 36.70A.130(1)(a) requires counties and cities to periodically review, and
if necessary, revise development regulations regarding critical areas according to deadlines set
forth in RCW 36.70A.130(4) and (5); and
WHEREAS, the RCW 36.70A.172 requires counties and cities to include the best available
science in developing policies and development regulations to protect the functions and values
of critical areas to give special consideration to conservation or protection measures to preserve
or enhance anadromous fisheries; and
WHEREAS, in accordance with the requirement for the inclusion of best available science
and the requirement in RCW 36.70A.130 to periodically review development regulations, the
City has conducted a review of its existing critical area regulations together with a review of best
available science; and
WHEREAS, this matter was duly referred to the Planning Commission for investigation
and study, and the matter was considered by the Planning Commission; and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
2
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission held a public hearing on September 17, 2025,
considered all relevant matters, and heard all parties in support or opposition, and subsequently
forwarded a recommendation to the City Council; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to RCW 36.70A.106, on September 25, 2025, the City notified the
State of Washington of its intent to adopt amendments to its development regulations;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, DO
ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION I. All portions of the Renton Municipal Code (RMC) in this ordinance that are not
shown in strikethrough and underline edits or are not explicitly repealed herein remain in effect
and unchanged.
SECTION II. Section 4-3-050.A of the RMC is amended as follows:
The purposes of this Section are to:
1. Manage development activities to protect environmental quality, and promote
diversity of species, and habitat within the City by regulating critical areas, including
wetlands, critical aquifer recharge areas, fish and wildlife habitat conservation areas,
frequently flooded areas, and geologically hazardous areas as defined by the Growth
Management Act and chapter 4-11 RMC;
2. Ensure that activities in or affecting critical areas do not threaten public safety,
cause nuisances, or destroy or degrade critical area functions and values;
3. Prevent the loss of critical area acreage and functions and strive for a net gain over
present conditions through restoration where feasible;
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
3
4. Assist or further the implementation of the policies of the Growth Management
Act, the State Environmental Policy Act, and the City of Renton Comprehensive Plan;
5. Provide City officials with information to evaluate, approve, condition, or deny
public or private development proposals with regard to critical area impacts;
6. Protect the public life, health, safety, welfare, and property by minimizing and
managing the adverse environmental impacts of development within and abutting critical
areas;
7. Protect the public from:
a. Avoidable monetary losses due to maintenance and replacement of public
facilities and utilities, property damage, public mitigation of avoidable impacts, and
public emergency rescue and relief operations; and
b. Potential litigation on improper construction practices occurring in critical
areas;
8. Reduce the potential for damage to life and property from abandoned coal mines,
and return the land to productive uses;
9. Maintain, to the extent practicable, a stable tax base by providing for the sound use
and development of areas of flood hazard areas so as to minimize future flood blight
areas; and
10. Protect riparian habitat and ecological processes in order to provide for bank and
channel stability, sustained water supply, flood storage, recruitment of woody debris, leaf
litter, nutrients, sediment and pollutant filtering, shade, shelter, and other functions that
are important to both fish and wildlife.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
4
SECTION III. Section 4-3-050.B.1 of the RMC is amended as follows:
1. Lands to Which These Regulations Apply and Non-regulated Lands: The following
critical areas are regulated by this Section. Multiple development standards may apply to
a site feature based upon overlapping critical area(s) and/or critical area classifications:
a. Flood hazard areas. Includes floodways and channel migration zones.
b. Geologic Hazards Geologically Hazardous Areas. Steep slopes (must have a
minimum vertical rise of fifteen feet (15')), landslide hazards, erosion hazards, seismic
hazards, and/or coal mine hazards or on sites within fifty feet (50') of steep slopes,
landslide hazards, erosion hazards, seismic hazards, and/or coal mine hazards
classified under RMC 4-3-050.G.5 which are located on abutting or adjacent sites.
c. Fish and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Areas.
d. Streams and Lakes. All applicable requirements of this Section apply to Class F,
Np, and Ns water bodies, as defined in subsection G7 of this Section RMC 4-3-050.G.2
or on sites within one hundred feet (100') of Class F, Np, and Ns water bodies, except
Type S water bodies, inventoried as “Shorelines of the State,” are not subject to this
Section, and are regulated in RMC 4-3-090, Shoreline Master Program Regulations,
and RMC 4-9-190, Shoreline Permits.
e. Wellhead Protection Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas.
f. Wetlands, Categories I, II, III, and IV or on sites within two hundred feet (200')
the buffers of Category I, II, III, and IV wetlands.
Wetlands created or restored as a part of a mitigation project are regulated wetlands.
Regulated wetlands do not include those artificial wetlands intentionally created from
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
5
non-wetland sites, including, but not limited to, irrigation and drainage ditches, grass-
lined swales, canals, detention facilities, wastewater treatment facilities, farm ponds, and
landscape amenities, or those wetlands created after July 1, 1990, that were
unintentionally created as a result of the construction of a road, street, or highway.
g. Sites Separated from Critical Areas, Nonregulated: As determined by the
Administrator, these regulations may not apply to development proposed on sites
that are separated from critical areas by pre-existing, intervening, and lawfully
created structures, roads, or other substantial existing improvements. For the
purposes of this Section, the intervening lots/parcels, roads, or other substantial
improvements shall be found to:
i. Separate the subject upland property from the critical area due to their
height or width; and
ii. Substantially pPrevent or impair delivery of most functions from the subject
upland property to the critical area. Such determination and evidence shall be
included in the application file. Public notification shall be given as follows:
(a) For applications that are not subject to notices of application pursuant
to Chapter 4-8 RMC, notice of the buffer determination shall be given by
posting the site and notifying parties of record, if any, in accordance with
Chapter 4-8 RMC.
(b) For applications that are subject to notices of application, the buffer
determination or request for determination shall be included with notice of
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
6
application. Upon determination, notification of parties of record, if any, shall
be made.
SECTION IV. Section 4-3-050.C of the RMC is amended as follows:
1. Permit Required:
a. Development or Alteration: Prior to any development or alteration of a
property containing a critical area as defined in subsection B of this Section, entitled
Applicability, the owner or designee must obtain a development permit, critical area
permit, and/or letter of exemption. No separate critical area permit is required for a
development proposal which requires development permits or which has received a
letter of exemption. A separate critical area permit is not required for development
proposals that already require other development permits and/or have received a
letter of exemption.
b. Operating and Closure Permits – Wellhead Protection Areas: Wellhead
Protection Areas operating permit and closure permit requirements are contained in
RMC 4-9-015, Aquifer Protection Areas Permits.
2. Letter of Exemption:
a. Flood Hazard Areas, Geologically Hazardous Areas, Fish and Wildlife Habitat
Conservation Areas, Streams and Lakes, Wellhead Protection Areas, Wetlands:
Except in the case of public emergencies, all other exemptions in this subsection C
may require that a letter of exemption be obtained from the Administrator prior to
construction or initiation of activities.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
7
b. Applicability of Requirements to Exempt Activities: Exempt activities provided
with a letter of exemption may intrude into the critical area or required buffer subject
to any listed conditions or requirements. Exempt activities do not need to comply with
mitigation ratios of subsection J of this Section RMC 4-3-050.J unless required in
exemption criteria.
c. Reports and Mitigation Plans Required: A critical area report, and/or
enhancement or mitigation plan shall be required pursuant to subsections F and L of
this SectionRMC 4-3-050.F and 4-3-050.L, unless otherwise waived by the
Administrator.
d. Administrator Findings: In determining whether to issue a letter of exemption
for activities listed in this subsection C, the Administrator shall find that:
i. The activity is not prohibited by this or any other provision of the Renton
Municipal Code or State or Federal law or regulation;
ii. The activity will be conducted using best management practices as specified
by industry standards or applicable Federal agencies or scientific principles;
iii. Impacts are minimized and, where applicable, disturbed areas are
immediately restored;
iv. Where water body or buffer disturbance has occurred in accordance with
an exemption during construction or other activities, revegetation with native
vegetation shall be required;
v. If a hazardous material, activity, and/or facility that is exempt pursuant to
this Section has a significant or substantial potential to degrade groundwater
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
8
quality, then the Administrator may require compliance with the Wellhead
Protection Area requirements of this Section otherwise relevant to that hazardous
material, activity, and/or facility. Such determinations will be based upon site
and/or chemical-specific data.
3. Exemptions – Critical Areas and Buffers: Exempt activities are those that are not
anticipated to have a significant impact on the structure or function of a critical area. All
exempt activities must be conducted in a manner that avoids and minimizes adverse
impacts to critical areas. Exempt activities are listed in the following table. If an “X”
appears in a box, the listed exemption applies in the specified critical area and required
buffer. If an “X” does not appear in a box, then the exemption does not apply in the
particular critical area or required buffer. Where utilized in the following table the term
“restoration” means returning the subject area back to its original state or better
following the performance of the exempt activity, as determined by the City. Activities
taking place in critical areas and their associated buffers and listed in the following table
are exempt from the applicable provisions of this Section, provided a letter of exemption
has been issued. Whether the exempted activities are also exempt from permits will be
determined based upon application of chapters 4-8 and 4-9 RMC, or other applicable
sections of the Renton Municipal Code. All activities within shoreline jurisdiction are
subject to Shoreline Master Program Regulations in RMC 4-3-090 and 4-10-095. All
exempt activities must comply with state requirements to ensure no net loss of critical
area functions and values.
Table 4-3-050.C.3 Exemption Table
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
9
EXEMPT ACTIVITIES – PERMITTED WITHIN CRITICAL AREAS AND ASSOCIATED BUFFERS
EXEMPT ACTIVITY
Flood
Hazard
Areas
Geologically
Hazardous
Areas
Fish and
Wildlife
Habitat
Conservation
Areas
Streams
and
Lakes:
Type F,
Np, & Ns
Wellhead
Protection
Areas
Wetlands
a. Conservation, Enhancement, Education and Related Activities:
i. Natural
Resource/Habitat
Conservation or
Preservation2
X X X X X1 X
ii. Enhancement
activities as defined in
chapter 4-11 RMC
X X X X X
iii. Approved
Restoration/Mitigation3 X X X X X1 X
b. Research and Site Investigation:
i. Nondestructive
Education and
Research
X X X X X1 X
ii. Site Investigative
Work4 X X X X X1 X
c. Agricultural, Harvesting, Vegetation Management:
i. Harvesting Wild
Foods5 X X X X X1 X
ii. Existing/Ongoing
Agricultural Activities6 X X X X X
iii. Dangerous High-
RiskTrees7 X X X X8 X1 X8
d. Surface Water:
i. New Surface Water
Discharges9 X X X
ii. Modification of
existing Regional
Stormwater Facilities10
X
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
10
EXEMPT ACTIVITIES – PERMITTED WITHIN CRITICAL AREAS AND ASSOCIATED BUFFERS
EXEMPT ACTIVITY
Flood
Hazard
Areas
Geologically
Hazardous
Areas
Fish and
Wildlife
Habitat
Conservation
Areas
Streams
and
Lakes:
Type F,
Np, & Ns
Wellhead
Protection
Areas
Wetlands
iii. Flood Hazard Areas
Reduction11 X X
iv. Storm Drainage
Piping12 X
e. Public and Private Roads, Parks, Public and Private Utilities18:
i. Relocation of Existing
Utilities out of Critical
Area and Buffer13
X X X X X1 X
ii. Maintenance,
Operation, and Repair
of existing Parks, Trails,
Roads, Facilities, and
Utilities, and the
Construction of New
Trails14
X X X X X X
iii. Utilities, Traffic
Control, Walkways,
Bikeways Within
Existing, Improved
Right-of-Way or
Easements15
X X X X
iv. Modification of
Existing Utilities and
Streets by Ten Percent
(10%) or Less16
X X17 X17
v. Construction and
Maintenance of
Pedestrian Skybridge
Structures twenty feet
(20’) and higher from
the surface
X X X X X X
f. Temporary Wetland Impacts:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
11
EXEMPT ACTIVITIES – PERMITTED WITHIN CRITICAL AREAS AND ASSOCIATED BUFFERS
EXEMPT ACTIVITY
Flood
Hazard
Areas
Geologically
Hazardous
Areas
Fish and
Wildlife
Habitat
Conservation
Areas
Streams
and
Lakes:
Type F,
Np, & Ns
Wellhead
Protection
Areas
Wetlands
i. Temporary Wetland
Impacts19 X X
g. Maintenance and Construction – Existing Uses and Facilities:
i. Remodeling,
Replacing, Removing
Existing Structures,
Facilities, and
Improvements20
X X X X
ii. Maintenance and
Repair – Any Existing
Public or Private Use21
X X X X
iii. Modification of an
Existing Residential
Structure Single
Family22
X X X X X
iv. Existing Activities23 X X X X X
h. Emergency Activities:
i. Emergency
Activities24, 25, 26, 27 X X X X X1 X
i. Hazardous Materials:
i. Federal or State
Preemption28 X1
ii. Use of Materials with
No Risk29 X1
Footnotes:
1. If a hazardous material, activity, and/or facility that is exempt pursuant to this Section
has a significant or substantial potential to degrade groundwater quality, then the Administrator
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
12
may require compliance with the Wellhead Protection Area requirements of this Section
otherwise relevant to that hazardous material activity and/or facility.
2. Conservation or preservation of soil, water, vegetation, fish and other wildlife. Within
shoreline jurisdiction this includes watershed restoration projects as defined in WAC
173-27-040(2)(o) or projects to improve fish or wildlife habitat or fish passage approved by the
Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife as described in WAC 173-27-040(2)(p).
3. Any critical area and/or buffer restoration or other mitigation activities which have
been approved by the City. Within shoreline jurisdiction this includes watershed restoration
projects as defined in WAC 173-27-040(2)(o) or projects to improve fish or wildlife habitat or fish
passage approved by the Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife as described in WAC
173-27-040(2)(p).
4. Site investigative work necessary for land use application submittals such as surveys,
soil logs, percolation tests, and other related activities. Investigative work shall not disturb any
more than five percent (5%) of the critical area and required buffer. In every case, impacts shall
be minimized and disturbed areas shall be immediately restored at a one-to-one (1:1) ratio.
Within shoreline jurisdiction, this includes the marking of property lines or corners on state-
owned lands, when such marking does not significantly interfere with the normal public use of
the surface water. Limitations on site exploration and investigative activities are defined in WAC
173-27-040(2)(m) for properties within shoreline jurisdiction.
5. The harvesting of wild foods in a manner that is not injurious to natural reproduction
of such foods and provided the harvesting does not require tilling of soil, planting of crops, or
alteration of the critical area.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
13
6. Existing and ongoing agricultural activities including farming, horticulture, aquaculture
and/or maintenance of existing irrigation systems. Activities on areas lying fallow as part of a
conventional rotational cycle are part of an ongoing operation; provided, that the agricultural
activity must have been conducted within the last five (5) years. Activities that bring a critical
area into agricultural use are not part of an ongoing operation. Maintenance of existing legally
installed irrigation, ditch, and pipe systems is allowed; new or expanded irrigation, ditch, outfall,
or other systems are not exempt. If it is necessary to reduce the impacts of agricultural practices
to critical areas, a farm management plan may be required based on the King County
Conservation District’s Farm Conservation and Practice Standards, or other best management
practices. Within shoreline jurisdiction practices normal or necessary for farming are defined in
WAC 173-27-040(2)(e).
7. Removal of non-native invasive ground cover or weeds listed by King County Noxious
Weed Board or other government agency or dangerous high-risk trees, as defined in chapter 4-
11 RMC, which have been approved by the City and certified dangerous by a licensed landscape
architect, or certified arborist, selection of whom to be approved by the City based on the type
of information required.
8. Limited to cutting of dangerous high-risk trees; such hazardous trees shall be retained
as large woody debris in critical areas and/or associated buffers, where feasible.
9. New surface water discharges in the form of dispersion trenches, outfalls and
bioswales are allowed within the outer twenty five percent (25%) of the buffer of a Category III
or IV wetland only provided that: the discharge meets the requirements of the Drainage and
Water Quality (Surface Water) Standards (RMC 4-6-030); no other location is feasible; and will
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
14
not degrade the functions or values of the wetland or stream. Where differences exist between
these regulations and RMC 4-6-030, these regulations will take precedence.
10. Modifications to existing regional stormwater management facilities operated and
maintained under the direction of the City Surface Water Utility that are designed consistent with
the current version of the Washington State Department of Ecology Stormwater Management
Manual or meeting equivalent objectives.
11. Implementation of public flood hazard areas reduction and public surface water
projects, where habitat enhancement and restoration at a one-to-one (1:1) ratio are provided,
and appropriate Federal and/or State authorization has been received.
12. Installation of new storm drainage lines in any geologic hazard area when a
geotechnical report clearly demonstrates that the installation would comply with the criteria
listed in RMC 4-3-050.J.1 and that the installation would be consistent with each of the purposes
of the critical area regulations listed in RMC 4-3-050.A. Also, to qualify for the exemption, the
report must propose appropriate mitigation for any potential impacts identified in the report.
13. Relocation out of critical areas and required buffers of natural gas, cable,
communication, telephone and electric facilities, lines, pipes, mains, equipment and
appurtenances (not including substations), with an associated voltage of fifty five thousand
(55,000) volts or less, only when required by a local governmental agency, and with the approval
of the City. Disturbed areas shall be restored.
14. Normal and routine maintenance, operation and repair of existing parks, trails,
streets, roads, rights-of-way and associated appurtenances, facilities and utilities where no
alteration or additional fill materials will be placed other than the minimum alteration and/or fill
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
15
needed to restore those facilities or to construct new trails to meet established safety standards.
The use of heavy construction equipment shall be limited to utilities and public agencies that
require this type of equipment for normal and routine maintenance and repair of existing utility
structures and rights-of-way. In every case, critical area and required buffer impacts shall be
minimized and disturbed areas shall be restored during and immediately after the use of
construction equipment.
15. Within existing and improved public road rights-of-way or easements, installation,
construction, replacement, operation, overbuilding or alteration of all- natural gas, cable,
communication, telephone and electric facilities, lines, pipes, mains, equipment or
appurtenances, traffic control devices, illumination, walkways and bikeways. If activities exceed
the existing improved area or the public right-of-way, this exemption does not apply. Where
applicable, restoration of disturbed areas shall be completed. Within shoreline jurisdiction the
exemption also applies to any project with a certification from the Governor pursuant to
chapterRCW 80.50 RCW.
16. Overbuilding (enlargement beyond existing project needs) or replacement of existing
utility systems and replacement and/or rehabilitation of existing streets, provided:
a. The work does not increase the footprint of the structure, line, or street by more
than ten percent (10%) within the critical area and/or buffer areas, and occurs in the
existing right-of-way boundary or easement boundary.
b. Restoration shall be conducted where feasible. Compensation for impacts to
buffers shall include enhancement of the remaining buffer area along the impacted area
where there is enhancement opportunity. Restoration and enhancement of wetlands
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
16
shall consider Wetland Mitigation in Washington State, Part 1: Agency Policies and
Guidance, Version 2 (Ecology Publication No. 21-06-003, April 2021) or as amended
hereafter.
c. The Administrator determines that, based on best judgment, a person would not:
(i) be able to meaningfully measure, detect, or evaluate insignificant effects; or (ii) expect
discountable effects to occur.
d. This exemption allows for ten percent (10%) maximum expansion total, life of the
project. After the ten percent (10%) expansion cap is reached, future improvements are
subject to all applicable provisions of this Section.
17. Exemption is not allowed in Category I wetlands.
18. Maintenance activities, including routine vegetation management and essential tree
removal, and removal of non-native invasive vegetation or weeds listed by the King County
Noxious Weed Board or other government agency, for public and private utilities, road rights-of-
way and easements, and parks.
19. Temporary disturbances of a wetland due to construction activities that do not
include permanent filling may be permitted; provided, that there are no permanent adverse
impacts to the critical area or required buffer, and areas temporarily disturbed are restored at a
one-to-one (1:1) ratio. Category I wetlands and Category II forested wetlands shall be enhanced
at a two-to-one (2:1) ratio in addition to being restored consistent with Wetland Mitigation in
Washington State, Part 1: Agency Policies and Guidance, Version 2 (Ecology Publication No. 21-
06-003, April 2021) or as amended hereafter. For Fish and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Areas,
this exemption applies only to Category I wetlands.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
17
20. Remodeling, restoring, replacing or removing structures, facilities and other
improvements in existence or vested on the date this Section becomes effective and that do not
meet the setback or buffer requirements of this Section provided the work complies with the
criteria in RMC 4-10-090.
21. Normal and routine maintenance and repair of any existing public or private uses and
facilities where no alteration of the critical area and required buffer or additional fill materials
will be placed. The use of heavy construction equipment shall be limited to utilities and public
agencies that require this type of equipment for normal and routine maintenance and repair of
existing utility or public structures and rights-of-way. In every case, critical area and required
buffer impacts shall be minimized and disturbed areas shall be restored during and immediately
after the use of construction equipment. Normal maintenance and repair for structures within
shoreline jurisdiction is defined by WAC 173-27-040(2)(b).
22. Additions and alterations of an existing single family residence residential structure
and/or garage (attached or detached); provided, that the addition/alteration does not increase
the footprint of the structure lying within the critical area or buffer; and provided, that no portion
of the addition/alteration occurs closer to the critical area or required buffers than the existing
structure unless the structure or addition can meet required buffers. Existing or rebuilt accessory
structures associated with single family dwelling a residential structure and rebuilt with the same
footprint such as fences, gazebos, storage sheds, and play housesplayhouses are exempt from
this Section. New accessory structures may be allowed when associated with single-family
dwellings a residential structure such as fences, gazebos, storage sheds, play housesplayhouses,
and when built on and located in a previously legally altered area.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
18
23. Existing activities which have not been changed, expanded or altered, provided they
comply with the applicable requirements of chapter 4-10 RMC.
24. Emergency activities are those which are undertaken to correct emergencies that
threaten the public health, safety and welfare. An emergency means that an action must be
undertaken immediately or within a time frame too short to allow full compliance with this
Section, to avoid an immediate threat to public health or safety, to prevent an imminent danger
to public or private property, or to prevent an imminent threat of serious environmental
degradation. Within shoreline jurisdiction, emergency activities are defined by WAC
173-27-040(2)(d).
25. Emergency tree and/or ground cover removal by any City department or agency
and/or public or private utility involving immediate danger to life or property, substantial fire
hazards, or interruption of services provided by a utility.
26. Emergency activities in Wellhead Protection Areas: Public interest emergency use,
storage, and handling of hazardous materials by governmental organizations.
27. Temporary emergency exemptions shall be used only in extreme cases and not to
justify poor planning by an agency or applicant. Issuance of an emergency permit by the City does
not preclude the necessity to obtain necessary approvals from appropriate Federal and State
authorities. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section or any other City laws to the contrary,
the Administrator may issue a temporary emergency exemption letter if the action meets the
requirements:
a. An unacceptable threat to life or severe loss of property will occur if an emergency
permit is not granted;
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
19
b. The anticipated threat or loss may occur before a permit can be issued or modified
under the procedures otherwise required by this Section and other applicable laws;
c. Any emergency exemption letter granted shall incorporate, to the greatest extent
practicable and feasible but not inconsistent with the emergency situation, the standards
and criteria required for nonemergency activities under this Section.
d. The emergency exemption shall be consistent with the following procedural and
time requirements:
i. The emergency shall be limited in duration to the time required to complete the
authorized emergency activity; provided, that no emergency permit be granted for a
period exceeding ninety (90) days except as specified in RMC 4-3-050.C.
ii. Any critical area altered as a result of the emergency activity must be restored
within the ninety (90) day period, except that if more than ninety (90) days from the
issuance of the emergency permit is required to complete restoration, the emergency
permit may be extended to complete this restoration. For the purposes of this
subsection, “restoration” means returning the affected area to its state prior to the
performance of the emergency activity.
iii. Notice of the issuance of the emergency permit and request for public
comments shall be posted at the affected site(s) and City Hall no later than ten (10)
days after the issuance of the emergency permit. If significant comments are received,
the City may reconsider the permit.
iv. Expiration of Exemption Authorization: The emergency exemption
authorization may be terminated at any time without process upon a determination
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
20
by the Administrator that the action was not or is no longer necessary to protect
human health or the environment.
28. Cleanups, monitoring, and/or studies undertaken under supervision of the
Washington Department of Ecology or the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
29. Use, storage, and handling of specific hazardous materials that do not present a risk
to the aquifer as determined and listed by the Department.
4. Exemptions – In Buffers Only: The activities listed in the following table are allowed
within critical area buffers, and are exempt from the applicable provisions of this Section,
provided a letter of exemption has been issued pursuant to this subsection C. If an “X”
appears in a box, the listed exemption applies in the specified buffer. If an “X” does not
appear in a box, then the exemption does not apply in the required buffer. Whether the
exempted activities are also exempt from permits will be determined based upon
application of chapters 4-8 and 4-9 RMC, or other applicable sections of the Renton
Municipal Code. All activities within shoreline jurisdiction are subject to Shoreline Master
Program Regulations in RMC 4-3-090 and 4-10-095.
Table 4-3-050.C.4 Exemption Table
EXEMPTIONS WITHIN CRITICAL AREA BUFFERS
EXEMPT
ACTIVITY
Flood
Hazard
Areas
Geologically
Hazardous
Areas
Fish and
Wildlife
Habitat
Conservation
Areas
Streams
and Lakes:
Types F, Np,
& Ns
Wellhead
Protection
Areas
Wetlands
a. Activities in Critical Area Buffers:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
21
EXEMPTIONS WITHIN CRITICAL AREA BUFFERS
EXEMPT
ACTIVITY
Flood
Hazard
Areas
Geologically
Hazardous
Areas
Fish and
Wildlife
Habitat
Conservation
Areas
Streams
and Lakes:
Types F, Np,
& Ns
Wellhead
Protection
Areas
Wetlands
i. Trails and
Open
Space1
X X X X X X
ii.
Stormwater
Treatment
and Flow
Control
Facilities in
Buffer2
X
iii.
Stormwater
Conveyance
in Buffer3
X X X
Footnotes:
1. Walkways and trails, and associated open space in critical area buffers located on
public property, or where easements or agreements have been granted for such purposes on
private property. All of the following criteria shall be met:
a. The trail, walkway, and associated open space shall be consistent with the Parks,
Recreation, and Natural Areas Open Space Plan or Bike and Trails Master Plan. The City
may allow private trails as part of the approval of a site plan, subdivision, or other land
use permit approvals.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
22
b. Trails and walkways shall be located in the outer twenty five percent (25%) of the
buffer, i.e., the portion of the buffer that is farther away from the critical area. Exceptions
to this requirement may be made for:
i. Trail segments connecting to existing trails where an alternate alignment is not
practical.
ii. Public access points to water bodies spaced periodically along the trail.
c. Enhancement of the buffer area is required where trails are located in the buffer.
Where enhancement of the buffer area abutting a trail is not feasible due to existing high-
quality vegetation, additional buffer area or other mitigation may be required consistent
with Wetland Mitigation in Washington State, Part 1: Agency Policies and Guidance,
Version 2 (Ecology Publication No. 21-06-003, April 2021), or as amended hereafter.
d. Trail widths shall be a maximum width of twelve feet (12') five feet (5'). Trails shall
be constructed of permeable materials which that protect water quality, allow adequate
surface water and ground water movements, do not contribute to erosion, are located
where they do not disturb nesting, breeding, and rearing areas, and are designed to avoid
or reduce the removal of trees. Impervious materials may be allowed if pavement is
required for handicappedADA or emergency access, or for safety, or if the trail is a
designated nonmotorized transportation route or makes a connection to an already
dedicated trail, or the materials reduces the potential for other environmental impacts.
e. Any crossing over a stream or wetland shall be generally perpendicular to the
critical area and shall be accomplished by bridging or other technique designed to
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
23
minimize critical area disturbance. It shall also be the minimum width necessary to
accommodate the intended function or objective.
2. Stormwater management facilities shall not be built within a critical area buffer except
as allowed in Reference 5, Wetlands Protection Guidelines of the City’s Surface Water Design
Manual. and shall require buffer enhancement or buffer averaging when they are sited in areas
of forest vegetation, provided the standard buffer zone area associated with the critical area
classification is retained pursuant to RMC 4-3-050G2, and is sited to reduce impacts between the
critical area and surrounding activities.
3. Necessary conveyance systems including stormwater dispersion outfall systems
designed to minimize impacts to the buffer and critical area, where the site topography requires
their location within the buffer to allow hydraulic function, provided the standard buffer zone
area associated with the critical area classification is retained pursuant to RMC 4-3-050.G.2, and
is sited to reduce impacts between the critical area and surrounding activities.
4. WAC 173-27-040(2)(g) defines and identifies the limitations on the construction of a
single family home and appurtenances. Single family residences and appurtenances must be
located landward of the ordinary high-water mark and the perimeter of a wetland. Based on the
results of a critical area report, and/or enhancement or mitigation plan, the City shall condition
development to require buffer enhancement or buffer averaging, site design that reduces
impacts between the critical area and surrounding activities, and a building setback.
SECTION V. Section 4-3-050.D.3 of the RMC is amended as follows:
3. Flood Hazard Areas:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
24
a. DesignaƟon of the Floodplain Administrator: The Administrator is hereby
appointed to administer, implement, and enforce the provisions of this Sec Ɵon by
granƟng or denying development permits in accordance with its provisions. The
Floodplain Administrator may delegate authority to implement these provisions.
b. Enforcement: All development within special flood hazard areas and channel
migraƟon zones is subject to the terms of this SecƟon and other applicable
regulaƟons. The standards of this SecƟon are not intended to repeal, abrogate, or
impair any exisƟng easements, covenants, or deed restricƟons. However, where the
standards of this SecƟon and any other applicable regulaƟon, easement, covenant, or
deed restricƟon conflict or overlap, whichever imposes the more stringent restricƟons
shall prevail. These regulaƟons, and the various parts thereof, are hereby declared to
be severable. Should any standard of this SecƟon be declared by the courts to be
unconsƟtuƟonal or invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of this SecƟon as
a whole, or any porƟon thereof, other than the secƟon so declared to be
unconsƟtuƟonal or invalid.
c. Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard: The special flood
hazard areas idenƟfied by the Federal Insurance Administrator in a scien Ɵfic and
engineering report enƟtled “The Flood Insurance Study (FIS) for King County,
Washington and Incorporated Areas” dated August 19, 2020, and any revisions
thereto, with accompanying Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMs), and any revisions
thereto, are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this Sec Ɵon.
The FIS and the FIRM are on file at City of Renton, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton,
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
25
WA 98057. The best available informaƟon for flood hazard area idenƟficaƟon as
outlined in subsecƟon D3f of this SecƟonRMC 4-3-050.D.3.f shall be the basis for
regulaƟon unƟl a new FIRM is issued that incorporates data uƟlized under subsecƟon
D3f of this SecƟonRMC 4-3-050.D.3.f.
d. InformaƟon to be Provided by Applicant: The applicant shall provide the
Administrator the following informaƟon:
i. The actual elevaƟon, in relaƟon to mean sea level, the North American
VerƟcal Datum of 1988 (NAVD 88), of the lowest floor (including basement) of all
new or substanƟally improved structures, and whether or not the structure
contains a basement where base flood elevaƟon data is provided through the
flood insurance study or required.
ii. For all new or substanƟally improved flood proofed structures:
(a) The applicant shall verify and have recorded the actual elevaƟon in
relaƟon to mean sea level, the North American VerƟcal Datum of 1988 (NAVD
88); and
(b) Flood elevaƟon cerƟficates shall be submiƩed by an applicant to the
Development Services Division prior to the building’s finished floor
construcƟon. Finished floor elevaƟon should be verified by a preconstrucƟon
elevaƟon cerƟficate at the Ɵme of construcƟon of a substanƟal structural
element of the finished floor (i.e., foundaƟon form for the concrete floor). An
as-built elevaƟon cerƟficate will be provided prior to issuance of final
occupancy.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
26
iii. Where a structure is to be flood proofed, cer ƟficaƟon by a registered
professional engineer or architect that the flood proofing methods for any
nonresidenƟal structure meet flood proofing criteria in subsecƟon G4diii(b) of this
SecƟonRMC 4-3-050.G.d.iii.b;
iv. DescripƟon of the extent to which a watercourse will be altered or
relocated as a result of proposed development;
v. Where a structure is proposed in a V, V1-30, or VE zone, a V-zone design
cerƟficate;
vi. Where development is proposed in a floodway, an engineering analysis
indicaƟng no rise of the Base Flood ElevaƟon; and
vii. Any other such informaƟon that may be reasonably required by the
Floodplain Administrator in order to review the applicaƟon.
e. InformaƟon to be Obtained and Maintained:
i. Where base flood elevaƟon data is provided through the FIS, FIRM, or
required as in subsecƟon D3f of this SecƟonRMC 4-3-050.D.3.f, obtain and
maintain a record of the actual (as-built) elevaƟon (in relaƟon to mean sea level)
of the lowest floor (including basement) of all new or substan Ɵally improved
structures, and whether or not the structure contains a basement.
ii. For all new or substanƟally improved flood proofed nonresidenƟal
structures where base flood elevaƟon data is provided through the FIS, FIRM, or
as required in subsecƟon D3f of this SecƟonRMC 4-3-050.D.3.f:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
27
(a) Obtain and maintain a record of the elevaƟon (in relaƟon to mean sea
level) to which the structure was flood proofed.
(b) Maintain the flood proofing cerƟficaƟons required in subsecƟon G4diii
of this SecƟon.
iii. CerƟficaƟon required by subsecƟon G4ei of this SecƟonRMC
4-3-050.G.4.e.i.
iv. Records of all variance acƟons, including jusƟficaƟon for their issuance.
v. Improvement and damage calculaƟons.
vi. Maintain for public inspecƟon all records pertaining to the provisions of this
SecƟon.
f. Use of Other Base Flood Data (in A and V Zones): When base flood elevaƟon
data has not been provided (in A or V zones) in accordance with subsecƟon D3c of this
SecƟonRMC 4-3-050.D.3.c, Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard,
the Floodplain Administrator shall obtain, review, and reasonably uƟlize any base
flood elevaƟon and floodway data available from a federal, state, or other source, in
order to administer subsecƟon G4d of this SecƟonRMC 4-3-050.G.4.d, Specific
Standards, and subsecƟon G4e of this SecƟonRMC 4-3-050.G.4.e, AddiƟonal
RestricƟons within Floodways.
g. Basis for Establishing the Channel MigraƟon Zone: A channel migraƟon zone
for the Cedar River has been idenƟfied and mapped by King County in a report Ɵtled
Cedar River Channel MigraƟon Study, dated April 2015. The study shall be the basis
for regulaƟon unƟl the study or porƟons thereof are updated and accepted by the City,
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
28
or unless the City approves a mapping change pursuant to RMC 4-3-050.E.3.c, Channel
MigraƟon Zone DeterminaƟon.
i. At the request of a property owner or on its own iniƟaƟve, the department
may reassess and adjust the boundary of a completed CMZ map within a smaller
porƟon of the full CMZ study length as follows:
(a) A property owner may submit a criƟcal area study to the department
supporƟng the property owner’s request for a site-specific reassessment of the
CMZ boundary. The criƟcal area study shall be conducted using channel
migraƟon mapping methods and criteria specified in King County’s
DesignaƟon, ClassificaƟon and Mapping of Channel MigraƟon Zones Appendix
A: PreparaƟon of Channel MigraƟon Zone (CMZ) Study and Map.
(b) The department may reassess and adjust the boundary of CMZ or its
component hazard areas if it determines that the condiƟons within a specific
porƟon of an overall CMZ study area have changed to the extent that the
exisƟng mapped CMZ boundary is no longer accurate. The reassessment and
adjustment shall be made using mapping methods and criteria specified in King
County’s DesignaƟon, ClassificaƟon and Mapping of Channel MigraƟon Zones
Appendix A: PreparaƟon of Channel MigraƟon Zone (CMZ) Study and Map.
(c) If the department approves an adjustment to an exisƟng CMZ map
under RMC 4-3-050.D.3.g.i.a or b, the adjustment will be documented by City
of Renton staff in a leƩer and annotated porƟon of the adjusted CMZ map.
SECTION VI. Section 4-3-050.D.5.c of the RMC is amended as follows:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
29
c. Geologically Hazardous Areas, Fish and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Areas,
Streams and Lakes, and Wetlands: The Administrator is authorized, pursuant to
subsection H of this Section, entitled Alterations To Critical Areas And/Or Buffers –
General Requirements, to make the following administrative allowances and
determinations:
i. Geologically Hazardous Areas:
(a) Waive independent review of geotechnical reports.
(b) Increase or decrease required buffer for very high landslide hazard
areas.
(c) Grant a modification for created slopes.
ii. Streams and Lakes:
(a) Approve proposals for buffer width reductions.
(b) Approve proposals for buffer width averaging.
iii. Wellhead Protection Areas:
(a) Issue operating and closure permits.
(b) Determine pipeline requirements.
(c) Determine if Zone 1 requirements should apply in Zone 2 of a Wellhead
Protection Area.
iv. Wetlands:
(a) Determine whether wetlands are unregulated.
(b) Extend the valid period of a wetland delineation.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
30
(c) Approve proposals for buffer width reductions of up to twenty five
percent (25%).
(d) Approve proposals for buffer width averaging.
(e) Authorize other category level for created or restored wetlands.
(f) Waive requirements of this Section upon determination that all impacts
on wetlands would be mitigated as part of an approved area-wide wetlands
plan that, when taken as a whole over an approved schedule or staging of plan
implementation, will meet or exceed the requirements of this Section.
SECTION VII. Section 4-3-050.E.3 of the RMC is amended as follows:
3. Flood Hazard Areas:
a. Basic Map and Documentation Identifying Hazards: Flood hazard areas are
identified by the Federal Insurance Administration in a scientific and engineering
report entitled the Flood Insurance Study for the City of Renton, dated September 29,
1989, and any subsequent revision, with accompanying flood insurance maps which
are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be a part of this Section. The flood
insurance study is on file at the Public Works Department pursuant to RMC 4-3-
050.D.3.c, Basis for Establishing the Areas of Special Flood Hazard.
b. When Federal Insurance Study is Not Available: The Applicant shall obtain, for
City review, and reasonably utilization any base flood elevation and floodway data
available from a Federal, State or other source, in the following instances:
i. To administer subsection G of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G when base flood
elevation data has not been provided in accordance with this subsection E.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
31
ii. To identify flood hazard areas that will be regulated; until a new Flood
Insurance Rate Map is issued which incorporates the data utilized under
subsection D of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.D.
SECTION VIII. Section 4-3-050.E.5 of the RMC is amended as follows:
5. Streams and Lakes: Water class shall be determined in accordance with subsection
G7a of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.2.a.
a. Reclassification: The reclassification of a water body to a lower class (i.e., F to Np,
or Np to Ns, etc.) requires Administrator acceptance of a stream or lake study, followed
by an legislativeadministrative amendment to the map in this subsection E prior to its
effect. The reclassification of a water body to a higher class (i.e., Ns to Np, Np to F, or F to
S) requires either: Administrator acceptance of a stream or lake study or consultation with
the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife, followed by an legislativeadministrative
amendment to the map in this Section.
b. Salmonid Migration Barriers: For the purposes of classifying or reclassifying
water bodies, features determined by the Administrator to be salmonid migration
barriers pursuant to the definition in RMC 4-11-190 shall be mapped. The
Administrator shall prepare and update the map as appropriate.
SECTION IX. Subsection 4-3-050.E.6 of the RMC is amended as follows:
6. Wetlands: Categorization of wetlands shall be determined in accordance with
subsection G9 of this Section,RMC 4-3-050.G.9 and also refer to the City of Renton
Wetland and Stream Corridors Critical Areas Inventory depicted on the City of Renton’s
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
32
COR Maps, the City’s online interactive mapping application available through the City’s
website.
SECTION X. Section 4-3-050.F of the RMC is amended as follows:
1. Preapplication Consultation: Any person intending to develop properties known or
suspected to have critical areas present is strongly encouraged to meet with the
appropriate City department representative during the earliest possible stages of project
planning before major commitments have been made to a particular land use and/or
project design. Effort put into a preapplication consultation and planning will help
applicants create projects which will be more quickly and easily processed due to a better
understanding on the part of applicants of regulatory requirements.
2. Plans and Studies Required: When an application is submitted for any building
permit or land use review and/or to obtain approval of a use, development or
construction, the location of the critical areas and buffers on the site shall be indicated
on the plans submitted based upon an inventory provided by a qualified
specialistprofessional.
a. Geologically Hazardous Areas:
i. Whenever a proposed development requires a development permit and a
geologic hazard is present on the site of the proposed development or on abutting
or adjacent sites within fifty feet (50') of the subject site, geotechnical studies by
licensed professionals, such as a geotechnical engineer and/or engineering
geologist, shall be required. Specifically, geotechnical studies are required for
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
33
developments proposed on sites with any of the following geologically hazardous
areas:
(a) Sensitive and protected slopes;
(b) Medium, high, or very high landslide hazards;
(c) High erosion hazards;
(d) High seismic hazards;
(e) Medium or high coal mine hazards.
ii. The required studies shall demonstrate the following review criteria can be
met:
(a) The proposal will not increase the threat of the geological hazard to
adjacent or abutting properties beyond pre-development conditions; and
(b) The proposal will not adversely impact other critical areas; and
(c) The development can be safely accommodated on the site.
iii. A mitigation plan may be required consistent with subsection L of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.L.
iv. Sensitive Slopes – Medium, High and Very High Landslide Hazards – High
Erosion Hazards: Development applications shall submit erosion control plans
consistent with chapter 4-8 RMC, Permits – General and Appeals.
v. Coal Mine Hazards:
(a) Medium Hazard – Report Required: Reports consistent with chapter 4-
8 RMC, Permits – General and Appeals, shall be prepared for development
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
34
proposed within medium coal mine hazard areas and for development
proposed within two hundred feet (200') of a medium coal mine hazard area.
(b) High Hazard – Report Required: Reports consistent with chapter 4-8
RMC, Permits – General and Appeals, shall be prepared for development
proposed within high coal mine hazard areas and for development proposed
within five hundred feet (500') of a high coal mine hazard area.
b. Fish and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Areas: Based upon subsection G6 of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.6, Fish and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Areas, the City shall
require a habitat/wildlife assessment for activities that are located within or abutting
a critical habitat, defined in RMC 4-11-030, or that are adjacent to a critical habitat,
and have the potential to significantly impact a critical habitat. The assessment shall
determine the extent, function and value of the critical habitat and potential for
impacts and mitigation consistent with report requirements in RMC 4-8-120.D.
c. Streams and Lakes: The applicant shall be required to conduct a stream or lake
study pursuant to RMC 4-8-120 if a site contains a water body or buffer area and
changes to buffer requirements or alterations of the water body or its associated
buffer are proposed, either administratively or via a variance request. A stream or lake
study is also required when the project area is within one hundred fifty feet (1050') of
a water body even if the water body is not located on the subject property.
d. Wellhead Protection Areas: The City may require an applicant to prepare a
hydrogeologic study if the proposal has the potential to significantly impact
groundwater quantity or quality, and sufficient information is not readily available.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
35
Such a report shall be prepared by a qualified professional at the applicant’s expense.
Report content requirements may be specified by the City in accordance with State or
Federal guidelines or tailored to the particular development application. Peer review
of the applicant’s report may be required in accordance with this subsection F.
e. Wetlands:
i. Wetland Categorization: The applicant shall be required to conduct a study
to determine the categorization of the wetland if the subject property or project
area is within two hundred twenty five feet (20025') of a wetland even if the
wetland is not located on the subject property, but it is determined that
alterations of the subject property are likely to impact the wetland in question or
its buffer. If there is a potential Category I or II wetland within three hundred feet
(300') of a proposal, the City may require an applicant to conduct a study even if
the wetland is not located on the subject property, but it is determined that
alterations of the subject property are likely to impact the wetland in question or
its buffer.
ii. Wetland Delineation: A wetland delineation using the methods identified
in the approved federal delineation manual and applicable regional supplement,
as required by WAC 173-22-035, is required for any portion of a wetland or its
buffer on the subject property that will be impacted by the permitted activities.
iii. Wetland Assessment: The applicant shall prepare a wetland assessment
pursuant to RMC 4-8-120.D.23a through j.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
36
f. Period of Validity: Studies submitted and reviewed are valid for five (5) years
from date of study completion unless the Administrator determines that conditions
have changed significantly. The Administrator may extend the period of validity,
provided on-site conditions have not changed.
3. Testing Authorized:
a. Pipeline Requirements – Zone 1, As Identified in Subsection G8 of This Section:
If the Department has reason to believe that the operation or proposed operation of
an existing non-potable water pipeline, defined in RMC 4-11-160, in Zone 1 of a
Wellhead Protection Area, may degrade groundwater quality, the Department may
require leakage testing of the existing pipeline in accordance with subsection G of this
Section; and installation, sampling, and sample analysis of monitoring wells. Routine
leakage testing of existing pipelines in Zone 1 may be required by the Department.
Criteria for this determination are specified in subsection D of this SectionRMC 4-3-
050.D.
Should pipeline leakage testing reveal any leakage at any level, then the
Department shall require immediate repairs to the pipeline to the satisfaction of the
Department such that no infiltration of water into the pipeline or exfiltration of
substances conveyed in the pipeline shall occur. Any repairs which are made shall be
tested for leakage pursuant to subsection G of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.
b. Pipeline Requirements – Zone 2, As Identified in Subsection G8 of This
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.7: If the Department has reason to believe that the operation
or proposed operation of an existing pipeline in Zone 2 of a Wellhead Protection Area
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
37
may degrade groundwater quality, the Department may require leakage testing in
accordance with subsection G of this Section; installation, sampling, and sample
analysis of groundwater monitoring wells; repair of the pipeline to the satisfaction of
the Department such that degradation of groundwater quality is minimized or
eliminated. Criteria for this determination are specified under subsection D of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.D.
4. Submittal Requirements: In order to be accepted for review, studies shall include
all information as required in chapter 4-8 RMC.
5. Fees: See the currently adopted City of Renton Fee Schedule brochure available at
the City’s website or in the City Clerk’s Office.
6. Independent Secondary Review: The City may require independent review of an
applicant’s report as follows:
a. All Critical Areas: When appropriate due to the type of critical areas, habitat, or
species present, project area conditions, project scope, or potential for negative
impacts to critical areas, or lack of substantial documentation of impact avoidance in
first study, the applicant may be required to prepare and/or fund analyses or
activities, including, but not limited to:
i. An evaluation by an independent qualified professional regarding the
applicant’s analysis and the effectiveness of any proposed mitigating measures or
programs, to include any recommendations as appropriate. This shall be paid at
the applicant’s expense, and the Administrator shall select the third-party review
professional; and/or
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
38
ii. A request for consultation with the Washington Department of Fish and
Wildlife, Washington State Department of Ecology, or the local Native American
Tribe or other appropriate agency; and/or
iii. Detailed surface and subsurface hydrologic features both on and abutting
the site.
b. Additional Requirements for Geologically Hazardous Areas: Independent
secondary review shall be conducted in accordance with the following:
i. Required – Sensitive and Protected Slopes, and Medium, High, or Very High
Landslide Hazards: All geotechnical reports submitted in accordance with this
subsection F, and chapter 4-8 RMC, Permits – General and Appeals, shall be
independently reviewed by qualified specialists selected by the City, at the
applicant’s expense. An applicant may request that independent review be waived
by the Department Administrator in accordance with subsection D of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.D.
ii. Required for Critical Facilities in High Erosion, High Seismic, Medium Coal
Mine, or High Coal Mine Hazards: The City shall require independent review of a
geotechnical report addressing a critical facility, defined in RMC 4-11-030, by
qualified specialists selected by the City, at the applicant’s expense. An applicant
may request that independent review be waived by the Department
Administrator in accordance with subsection D of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.D.
iii. At City’s Discretion – High Erosion, High Seismic, Medium Coal Mine, or
High Coal Mine Hazards: For any proposal except critical facilities, the City may
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
39
require independent review of an applicant’s geotechnical report by qualified
specialists selected by the City, at the applicant’s expense.
7. Waiver of Submittal Requirements: An applicant may request that the
Administrator waive the report requirement pursuant to subsection D of this SectionRMC
4-3-050.D, where it has been determined through field documentation that critical areas
are not present or as specified below:
a. Habitat Assessment: In cases where a proposal is will not likely to significantly
impact the critical habitat and there is sufficient information to determine the effects
of a proposal, an applicant may request that this report be waived by the
Administrator.
b. Streams and Lakes:
i. Stream or Lake Study: This report may only be waived by the Administrator
when the applicant provides satisfactory evidence that:
(a) A road, building or other barrier exists between the water body and the
proposed activity that results in functional isolation,; or
(b) The water body or required buffer area does not intrude on the
applicant’s lot, and based on evidence submitted, the proposal will not result
in significant adverse impacts to nearby water bodies regulated under this
Section; or
(c) Applicable data and analysis appropriate to the proposed project exists
and an additional study is not necessary.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
40
ii. Stream or Lake Mitigation Plan: This plan may only be waived when no
impacts have been identified through a stream or lake study.
c. Wetland Assessment: The wetland assessment shall be waived by the
Administrator when the applicant provides satisfactory evidence that a road, building
or other barrier exists between the wetland and the proposed activity, when the
buffer area, determined with a wetland categorization, needed or required will not
intrude on the applicant’s lot, or when applicable data and analysis appropriate to the
project proposed exists and an additional report is not necessary.
SECTION XI. Section 4-3-050.G of the RMC is amended as follows:
1. General: No proposal shall result in a loss of critical area functions or values. If the
application of these provisions would deny all reasonable use of the property, the
applicant may apply for a variance as identified in RMC 4-9-250.
2. Critical Area Buffers and Structure Setbacks from Buffers: The following critical
area buffers and structure setbacks from buffers are established for each critical area.
Table 4-3-050.G.2 Critical Area Buffer Table
Critical Area Category or
Type Critical Area Buffer Width
Structure
Setback
beyond
Buffer1
Flood Hazard Areas
Flood Hazard
Areas None None
Channel
Migration
Zone
None None
Geologically Hazardous Areas
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
41
Critical Area Category or
Type Critical Area Buffer Width
Structure
Setback
beyond
Buffer1
Steep Slopes:2
Sensitive
Slopes None3 None3, 4
Protected
Slopes5 None3 15 ft.1
Landslide Hazards:2
Low None3 None3, 4
Medium None3 None3, 4
High None3 None3, 4
Very High5 50 ft. 15 ft.1
Erosion Hazards:
Low None None
High None None
Seismic Hazards:
Low None None
High None None
Coal Mine Hazards:
Low None3 None3
Medium None3 None3
High None3 None3
Fish and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Areas
Critical
Habitats Established by Administrator per RMC 4-3-050.G 15 ft.1
Streams and Lakes5
Type F 115 ft. 15 ft.1
Type Np 75 ft. 15 ft.1
Type Ns 50 ft. 15 ft.1
Wellhead Protection Areas
Zones 1 and 2 None None
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
42
Critical Area Category or
Type Critical Area Buffer Width
Structure
Setback
beyond
Buffer1
Wetlands6
Low Impact Land Uses:7
High
Habitat
Function
(8-9
points)
Moderate
Habitat
Function
(5-7 points)
Low
Habitat
Function
(3-4
points)
All Other
Scores
15 ft.1
Category I –
Bogs &
Natural
Heritage
Wetlands
175 ft.
Category I –
All Others 175 ft. 125 ft. 75 ft. 75 ft.
Category II 150 ft. 100 ft. 75 ft. n/a
Category III 100 ft. 75 ft. 50 ft. n/a
Category IV 40 ft. n/a
All Other Land Uses:
High
Habitat
Function
(8-9
points)
Moderate
Habitat
Function
(5-7 points)
Low
Habitat
Function
(3-4
points)
All Other
Scores
15 ft.1
Category I –
Bogs &
Natural
Heritage
Wetlands
200 ft.
Category I –
All Others 200 ft. 150 ft. 115 ft. 115 ft.
Category II 175 ft. 150 ft. 100 ft. n/a
Category III 125 ft. 100 ft. 75 ft. n/a
Category IV 50 ft. n/a
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
43
Footnotes:
1. The following may be allowed in the building setback area:
a. Landscaping;
b. Uncovered decks, less than eighteen inches (18") above grade;
c. Building overhangs, if such overhangs do not extend more than
twenty-four inches (24") into the setback area; and
d. Impervious ground surfaces, such as driveways and patios, provided
that such improvements may be subject to water quality regulations and
maximum impervious surface limitations.
e. Other similar architectural elements, as determined by the
Administrator.
2. Buffers shall be established from the top, toe, and sides of slopes.
3. Based upon the results of a geotechnical report and/or independent
review, conditions of approval for developments may include buffers and/or
setbacks from buffers.
4. Unless required pursuant to the adopted building code or Building
Official.
5. When a required stream/lake buffer falls within a protected slope or
very high landslide hazard area, the stream/lake buffer width shall extend to the
boundary of the protected slope of very high landslide hazard area.
6. Areas that are functionally and effectively disconnected from the
wetland by a permanent road or other substantially developed surface of
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
44
sufficient width and with use characteristics such that buffer functions are not
provided shall not be counted toward the minimum buffer unless these areas can
be feasibly removed, relocated or restored to provide buffer functions.
7. Low intensity land uses include but are not limited to the following:
unpaved trails, low intensity open space (hiking, bird-watching, preservation of
natural resources, etc.) and utility corridor without a maintenance road and little
or no vegetation management. Land Use Impacts:
Level of
Impact
Types of Land Use
High Commercial
Urban
Industrial
InsƟtuƟonal
Mixed-use developments
ResidenƟal (more than 1 unit/acre)
Roads: federal and state highways, including on-ramps
and exits, state routes, and other roads associated with
high-impact land uses
Railroads
Agriculture with high-intensity acƟviƟes (dairies,
nurseries, greenhouses, growing and harvesƟng crops
requiring annual Ɵlling, raising and maintaining animals,
etc.)
Open/recreaƟonal space with high-intensity uses (golf
courses, ball fields, etc.)
Solar farms (uƟlity scale)
Moderate
ResidenƟal (1 unit/acre or less)
Roads: Forest Service roads and roads associated with
moderate-impact land uses
Open/recreaƟonal space with moderate-intensity uses
(parks with paved trails or playgrounds, biking, jogging,
etc.)
Agriculture with moderate-intensity uses (orchards, hay
fields, light or rotaƟonal grazing, etc.)
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
45
UƟlity corridor or right-of-way used by one or more
uƟliƟes and
including access/maintenance road
Wind farm
Low Natural resource lands (forestry/silviculture–cuƫng of
trees only, not land clearing and removing stumps)
Open/recreaƟonal space with low-intensity uses
(unpaved trails, hiking, birdwatching, etc.)
UƟlity corridor without a maintenance road and liƩle or
no vegetaƟon management
Cell tower
a. Streams and Lakes
Table 4-3-050G.2.a Streams and Lakes Buffer Table
Critical Area Category or Type Critical Area Buffer Width
Structure
Setback
beyond
Buffer1
Streams and Lakes3
Standard Buffer1 Increased
Buffer2
Type F 115 ft 200 ft 15 ft4
Type Np 75 ft 100 ft 15 ft4
Type Ns 50 ft 67 ft 15 ft4
Footnotes:
1. The standard buffer widths apply so long as either the vegetated buffer standards
outlined in RMC 4-3-050.G.2.f are met or the buffer is enhanced to comply with the vegetated
buffer standards through an approved mitigation plan in accordance with RMC 4-3-050.G.2.f.
2. The increased buffer widths apply when either the vegetated buffer standards outlined
in 2.a.i. of this section are not met or the buffer is not enhanced through an approved mitigation
plan in accordance with subsection 2.a.i. of this section.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
46
3. When a required stream/lake buffer falls within a protected slope or very high landslide
hazard area, the stream/lake buffer width shall extend to the boundary of the protected slope of
very high landslide hazard area.
4. The following may be allowed in the building setback area:
a. Landscaping;
b. Uncovered decks, less than eighteen inches (18") above grade;
c. Building overhangs, if such overhangs do not extend more than
twenty-four inches (24") into the setback area; and
d. Impervious ground surfaces, such as driveways and patios,
provided that such improvements may be subject to water quality
regulations and maximum impervious surface limitations.
e. Other similar architectural elements, as determined by the
Administrator.
b. Classification System: The following classification system is hereby adopted for
the purposes of regulating Streams and Lakes in the City. This classification system is
based on the State’s Permanent Water Typing System WAC 222-16-030. Stream and
lake buffer widths are based on the following rating system:
i. Type S: Waters inventoried as “Shorelines of the State” under RCW 90.58.
These waters are regulated under Renton’s Shoreline Master Program
Regulations, RMC 4-3-090.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
47
ii. Type F: Waters that are known to be used by fish or meet the physical
criteria to be potentially used by fish and that have perennial (year-round) or
seasonal flows.
iii. Type Np: Waters that do not contain fish or fish habitat and that have
perennial (year-round) flows. Perennial stream waters do not go dry any time of a
year of normal rainfall. However, for the purpose of water typing, Type Np waters
include the intermittent dry portions of the perennial channel below the
uppermost point of perennial flow.
iv. Type Ns: Waters that do not contain fish or fish habitat and have
intermittent flows. These are seasonal, non-fish habitat streams in which surface
flow is not present for at least some portion of a year of normal rainfall and are
not located downstream from any stream reach that is a Type Np Water. Ns
Waters must be physically connected by an above-ground channel system to Type
S, F, or Np Waters.
c. Non-regulated: Waters that are considered “intentionally created” not
regulated under this Section include irrigation ditches, grass-lined swales and canals
that do not meet the criteria for Type S, F, Np, or Ns. Purposeful creation must be
demonstrated through documentation, photographs, statements and/or other
persuasive evidence.
d. Measurement:
i. Stream/Lake Boundary: The boundary of a stream or lake shall be
considered to be its ordinary high- water mark (OHWM) as defined in RMC 4-11.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
48
The OHWM shall be flagged in the field by a qualified consultant when any study
is required pursuant to RMC 4-3-050.G.2.
ii. Buffer: The boundary of a buffer shall extend beyond the boundaries of the
stream or lake to the width applicable to the stream/lake class as noted in RMC 4-
3-050.G.2, Critical Area Buffers and Structure Setbacks from Buffers. Where
streams enter or exit pipes, the buffer in this subsection shall be measured
perpendicular to the OHWM from the end of the pipe along the open channel
section of the stream.
Figure 4-3-050.G.2.d.ii. Buffer measurement at pipe opening.
e. Performance Standards: Developments on sites with a stream or associated
critical area buffer shall incorporate the following performance standards in design of
the development as applicable:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
49
i. Lights shall be directed away from the stream.
ii. Activity that generates noise such as parking lots, generators, and residential
uses shall be located away from the stream, or any noise shall be minimized
through use of design and insulation techniques.
iii. Toxic runoff from new impervious area shall be routed away from the
stream.
iv. Treated water may be allowed to enter the critical area buffer if discharged
as far from the associated critical area as possible and all the City’s adopted
Stormwater Design Manual standards are met. Low Impact Design (LID)
stormwater facilities are considered where feasible.
v. The outer edge of the stream critical area buffer shall be planted with dense
vegetation or install a split rail fence to limit pet or human use.
f. Vegetation Buffer Standards: Standard stream buffer widths required by this
section assume the stream buffer is densely vegetated with a native plant community
appropriate for the ecoregion, consisting of an average of 80% native cover comprised
of trees, shrubs, and groundcover plants. If the existing buffer is unvegetated, sparsely
vegetated, or vegetated with invasive species, the buffer must either be enhanced
through an approved mitigation plan or theincreased buffer per the tableabove will
be applied to ensure the buffer provides adequate functions.
dg. Stream/Lake Buffer Width Requirements:
i. Buffers and Setbacks:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
50
(a) Minimum Stream/Lake Buffer Widths: See subsection G2 of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.2.
(b) Piped or Culverted Streams:
(1) Building structures over a natural stream located in an
underground pipe or culvert except as may be granted by a variance in
RMC 4-9-250 are prohibited. Transportation or utility crossings or other
alterations pursuant to subsection J of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.J are
allowed. Pavement over a pre-existing piped stream is allowed.
Relocation of the piped stream system around structures is allowed. If
structure locations are proposed to be changed or the piped stream is
being relocated around buildings, a hydrologic and hydraulic analysis of
existing piped stream systems will be required for any development
project site that contains a piped stream to ensure it is sized to convey
the one hundred (100) year runoff level from the total upstream tributary
area based on future land use conditions.
(2) No buffers are required along segments of piped or culverted
streams. The City shall require easements and setbacks from pipes or
culverts consistent with stormwater requirements in RMC 4-6-030 and
the adopted drainage manual.
ii. Increased Buffer Width:
(a) Areas of High Blow-down Potential: Where the stream/lake buffer is
in an area of high blow-down potential for trees as identified by a qualified
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
51
professional, the buffer width may be expanded an additional fifty feet (50')
on the windward side.
(b) Habitat Corridors: Where the stream/lake buffer is adjacent to high
functioning critical areas (e.g., wetlands, other streams, other identified
habitats), the stream/lake buffer width shall be extended to the buffer
boundary of the other protected critical area to establish a habitat corridor
as needed to protect or establish contiguous vegetated areas between
streams/lakes and other critical areas.
eh. Criteria for Permit Approval – Type F, Np, and Ns: Permit approval for projects
on or near regulated Type F, Np, and Ns water bodies shall be granted only if the
approval is consistent with the provisions of this subsection, and complies with one
of the following conditions:
i. A proposed action meets the standard provisions of this Section and results
in no net loss of regulated riparian area or shoreline ecological function in the
drainage basin where the site is located; or
ii. A proposed action meets alternative administrative standards pursuant to
this Section and the proposed activity results in no net loss of regulated riparian
area or shoreline ecological function in the drainage basin where the site is
located; or
iii. A variance process is successfully completed and the proposed activity
results in no net loss of regulated riparian area or shoreline ecological function in
the drainage basin where the site is located.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
52
fi. Incentives for Restoration of Streams Located in an Underground Pipe or
Culvert: Daylighting of culverted watercourses should be encouraged and allowed
with the following modified standards:
i. Residential Zones: Reduced setbacks, lot width and lot depth standards of
chapter 4-2 RMC may be approved without requirement of a variance for lots
that abut the daylighted watercourse to accommodate the same number of lots
as if the watercourse were not daylighted.
ii. Mixed Use, Commercial, and Industrial Zones: Where greater lot coverage
allowances are provided for structured parking in chapter 4-2 RMC, lot coverage
may be increased to the limit allowed for structured parking if instead a stream
is daylighted. The increase in impervious surface allowed shall be equal to the
area of stream restoration.
(a) Standard buffers may be reduced pursuant to subsection I of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.I. If reduced buffers in subsection I of this SectionRMC
4-3-050.I along with other development standards of the zone would not
allow the same development level as without the watercourse daylighting, a
modification may be requested as in subsection I2c of this SectionRMC 4-3-
050.I.2.c.
(b) When designed consistent with the City’s flood regulations in this
subsection G, portions of the daylighted stream/created buffer may be
considered part of compensatory storage in flood hazard areas.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
53
(c) Stream relocation is permitted subject to subsection J of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.J.
j. Wetlands
Table 4-3-050.G.2.j Wetlands Buffer Table
Critical Area Category or Type Critical Area Buffer Width
Structure
Setback
beyond
Buffer3
Wetlands4
Wetland
Characteristic Standard Buffer1 Increased
Buffer2
Category I
Bogs & Natural
Heritage
Wetlands –
Habitat score 8 -
9
225 ft 300 ft
15 ft 3
Natural heritage
wetlands and
bogs – All others
190 ft 250 ft
Habitat score of
8 - 9 225 ft 300 ft
Habitat score of
6 - 7 110 ft 150 ft
Habitat score of
3 - 5 75 ft 100 ft
Category II
Habitat score of
8 - 9 225 ft 300 ft
Habitat score of
6 - 7 110 ft 150 ft
Habitat score of
3 - 5 75 ft 100 ft
Category III
Habitat score of
8 - 9 225 ft 300 ft
Habitat score of
6 - 7 110 ft 150 ft
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
54
Habitat score of
3 - 5 60 ft 80 ft
Category IV All 40 ft 50 ft
Footnotes:
1. To apply the standard buffer width criteria for performance standards under RMC 4-
3-050.G.2.e, vegetation buffer standards under RMC 4-3-050.G.2.n and habitat corridor must be
met.
2. Buffers that do not meet criteria for vegetation buffer standards and habitat corridor
are assigned the increased buffer width.
3. The following may be allowed in the building setback area:
a. Landscaping;
b. Uncovered decks, less than eighteen inches (18") above grade;
c. Building overhangs, if such overhangs do not extend more than
twenty-four inches (24") into the setback area; and
d. Impervious ground surfaces, such as driveways and patios, provided
that such improvements may be subject to water quality regulations and
maximum impervious surface limitations.
e. Other similar architectural elements, as determined by the
Administrator.
4. Areas that are functionally and effectively disconnected from the wetland by a
permanent road or other substantially developed surface of sufficient width and with use
characteristics such that buffer functions are not provided shall not be counted toward the
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
55
minimum buffer unless these areas can be feasibly removed, relocated or restored to provide
buffer functions.
a. Potential or lack of potential to create a protected corridor must be
determined by a qualified professional on a site-specific basis.
b. Presence or absence of the shoreline or priority habitat must be
confirmed by a qualified biologist or shoreline administrator.
c. Performance standards under RMC 4-3-050.G.2.e. are applied.
d. If the area is required to be protected as a habitat corridor by
operation of this subsection is not under common ownership, then the
requirements of this subsection shall only be applied to the portion of the
required habitat corridor required to be located on property that is owned
or controlled by the applicant. The habitat corridor shall then be
completed, at a later date, by a future applicant upon development of the
property not under common ownership.
j. Applicability: Wetland regulations apply to sites containing or abutting
wetlands, defined in RMC 4-11-230, as described below. The City categorizes wetlands
according to the most current version of the Washington State Wetland Rating System
for Western Washington.
k. Delineation of Regulatory Edge of Wetlands:
i. Methodology: For the purpose of regulation, the exact location of the
wetland edge shall be determined by the qualified professional hired at the
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
56
expense of the applicant through the performance of a field investigation in
accordance with the approved federal wetland delineation manual and applicable
regional supplements.
ii. Adjustments to Delineation by City: Where the applicant has provided a
delineation of the wetland edge, the City shall review and may render adjustments
to the edge delineation. In the event the adjusted edge delineation is contested
by the applicant, the City shall, at the applicant’s expense, obtain the services of
an additional qualified professional to review the original study and render a final
delineation.
l. Wetland Categorization or Categorization System: The following categorization
system is hereby adopted for the purposes of regulating wetlands in the City. The City
may accept a dual wetland categorization for a wetland exhibiting a combination of
Category I and II features or a combination of Category I and III features. The City will
not accept a dual rating for a Category II wetland, such as a combined Category II and
III rating. Dual ratings for a Category I wetland shall be consistent with the Washington
State Wetland Rating System for Western Washington – 2014 Update (October 2014)
or as amended hereafter. Wetlands buffer widths, replacement ratios and avoidance
criteria shall be based on Wetland Mitigation in Washington State, Part 1: Agency
Policies and Guidance, Version 2 (Ecology Publication No. 21-06-003, April 2021) and
as may be amended in the future, and the following ratings:
i. Category I Wetlands: Category I wetlands are those wetlands of exceptional
value in terms of protecting water quality, storing flood and stormwater, and/or
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
57
providing habitat for wildlife as indicated the state rating system referenced
above. These are wetland communities of infrequent occurrence that often
provide documented habitat for critical, threatened, or endangered species,
and/or have other attributes that are very difficult or impossible to replace if
altered.
ii. Category II Wetlands: Category II wetlands have significant value based on
their function as indicated by the state rating system referenced above. They do
not meet the criteria for Category I rating but occur infrequently and have qualities
that are difficult to replace if altered.
iii. Category III Wetlands: Category III wetlands have important resource value
as indicated by the state rating system referenced above.
iv. Category IV Wetlands: Category IV wetlands are wetlands of limited
resource value as indicated by the state rating system referenced above. They
typically have vegetation of similar age and class, lack special habitat features,
and/or are isolated or disconnected from other aquatic systems or high quality
upland habitats.
m. Performance Standards
i. Lights shall be directed away from the wetland.
ii. Activity that generates noise such as parking lots, generators, and residential
uses shall be located away from the wetland, or a noise shall be minimized through
use of design and insulation techniques
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
58
iii. Toxic runoff from new impervious area shall be routed away from the
wetlands.
iv. Treated water may be allowed to enter the wetland critical area buffer.
v. The outer edge of the wetland critical area buffer shall be planted with
dense vegetation to limit pet or human use.
n. Vegetation Buffer Standards: All wetland buffer widths presume the buffer is
densely vegetated with a native plant community appropriate for the ecoregion,
consisting of an average of eighty percent (80%) native cover comprised of trees,
shrubs, and groundcover plants. If the existing buffer is unvegetated, sparsely
vegetated, or vegetated with invasive species, the buffer must either be enhanced
through an approved mitigation plan or widened to ensure the buffer provides
adequate functions.
i. Habitat Corridor. Wetlands that score six (6) points or more for habitat
functions the following requirements apply along with standard buffer widths
above.
(a) A relatively undisturbed vegetated corridor at least one hundred feet
(100’) wide between the wetland and the areas listed below when present:
(1) A legally protected, relatively undisturbed and vegetated area (e.g.,
Priority Habitats, compensatory mitigation sites, wildlife areas/refuges,
national, county, and state parks where they have identified areas
designated as Natural, Natural Forest, or Natural Area Preserve; or
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
59
(2) An area that is the site of a Watershed Project identified within,
fully consistent with, a Watershed Plan as defined by RCW 89-08-460; or
(3) An area where development is prohibited according to the
provisions of the local shoreline master program; or
(4) An area with equivalent habitat quality that has conservation status
in perpetuity, in consultation with WDFW.
(b) The corridor is permanently protected for the entire distance between
the wetland and the shoreline or legally protected area by a conservation
easement, deed restriction, or other legal site protection mechanism.
Potential or lack of potential to create a protected corridor must be
determined by a qualified professional on a site-specific basis.
(c) Presence or absence of the shoreline or priority habitat must be
confirmed by a qualified biologist or shoreline administrator.
(d) Performance standards under RMC 4-3-050G.2.m are applied.
(e) If the area is required to be protected as a habitat corridor by operation
of this subsection is not under common ownership, then the requirements of
this subsection shall only be applied to the portion of the required habitat
corridor required to be located on property that is owned or controlled by the
applicant. The habitat corridor shall then be completed, at a later date, by a
future applicant upon development of the property not under common
ownership.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
60
ii. Wetlands that score five (5) or fewer habitat points, a habitat corridor is not
required.
o. Wetland Buffers:
i. Standard Buffer Widths: See RMC 4-3-050.G.2, Critical Area Buffers and
Structure Setbacks from Buffers.
ii. Independent Buffer Study: The Administrator shall have the authority to
approve proposed alternate buffer widths based on a qualified professional’s
wetland study, provided the criteria below are met.
(a) The applicant funds the wetland study; and
(b) The wetland study shows why the standard buffer widths are
unnecessary and how the proposed alternate buffer will provide an equivalent
ecological protection as provided by the City standards; and
(c) The wetland study demonstrates how it meets best available science as
identified in Wetlands in Washington State, Volume 1: A Synthesis of the
Science (Ecology Publication No. 05-06-006, March 2005) or as amended
hereafter, and Wetlands in Washington State, Volume 2: Managing and
Protecting Wetlands (Ecology Publication No. 04-06-008, April 2005) or as
amended hereafter, Wetland Mitigation in Washington State Part 1: Agency
Policies and Guidance, Version 2 (Ecology Publication No. 21-06-003, April
2021) or as amended hereafter, and Calculating Credits and Debits for
Compensatory Mitigation in Wetlands of Western Washington (Ecology
Publication No. #10-06-011, March 2012) or as amended hereafter.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
61
iii. Measurement of Buffers: All buffers shall be measured from the wetland
boundary as surveyed in the field pursuant to the requirements of this subsection.
iv. Increased Wetland Buffer Width: Each applicant shall document in the
required wetland assessments whether the criteria in RMC 4-3-050.G.2.o are or
are not met and increased wetland buffers are warranted. Based on the
applicant’s report or third-party review, increased standard buffer widths may be
required in unique cases. Such determination shall be attached as a condition of
project approval. Unique cases shall include but not be limited to:
(a) The wetland is used by species listed by the Federal or the State
government as threatened, endangered and sensitive species and State-listed
priority species, essential habitat for those species or has unusual nesting or
resting sites such as heron rookeries or raptor nesting trees or evidence
thereof; or
(b) The buffer or adjacent uplands have a slope greater than fifteen
percent (15%) or is susceptible to erosion and standard erosion control
measures will not effectively prevent adverse wetland impacts; or.
(c) When a larger buffer is necessary to protect wetlands functions and
values.
p. Cooperative Wetland Compensation: Mitigation Banks, In-Lieu Fee Programs,
or Special Area Management Programs (SAMP):
i. Applicability: The City encourages and will facilitate and approve
cooperative projects wherein a single applicant or other organization with
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
62
demonstrated capability may undertake a compensation project under the
following circumstances:
(a) Restoration or creation on site may not be feasible due to problems
with hydrology, soils, or other factors; or
(b) Where the cooperative plan is shown to better meet established
regional goals for flood storage, flood conveyance, habitat or other wetland
functions.
ii. Process: Applicants proposing a cooperative compensation project shall:
(a) Submit a permit application;
(b) Demonstrate compliance with all standards;
(c) Demonstrate that long-term management will be provided; and
(d) Demonstrate agreement for the project from all affected property
owners of record.
iii. Mitigation Banks: Mitigation banks are defined as sites which may be used
for restoration, creation and/or mitigation of wetland alternatives from a different
piece of property than the property to be altered within the same drainage basin.
If credits are from a mitigation bank are to be used for Federal or State permits,
the bank must be certified under State rules. If approved, compensation payments
received as part of a mitigation or creation bank must be received prior to the
issuance of an occupancy permit.
iv. In-Lieu Fee Programs: In-lieu fee mitigation involves the restoration,
creation, enhancement, or preservation of aquatic resources through funds paid
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
63
to a governmental or non-profit natural resources management entity to satisfy
compensatory mitigation for Federal, State, and local permits. Both the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers (33 CFR §§ 325, 332) and Washington State (WAC 173-700)
allow the use of in-lieu fee programs. The City of Renton is located within the
service area of the King County Mitigation Reserves In-Lieu Fee Program, which
may be used by applicants with the approval of the Administrator and Public
Works Department provided the mitigation occurs within the City of Renton and
the same drainage basin.
v. Special Area Management Programs: Special area management programs
are those wetland programs agreed upon through an interjurisdictional planning
process involving the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the Washington State
Department of Ecology, any affected counties and/or cities, private property
owners and other parties of interest. The outcome of the process is a regional
wetlands permit representing a plan of action for all wetlands within the special
area.
3. Native Growth Protection Areas:
a. Required: A native growth protection area shall be instituted to protect a critical
area from any proposed development for a non-exempt activity as follows:
i. Protected slopes and their associated buffers.
ii. Very high landslide hazard areas and their associated buffers.
iii. Class F, Np, and Ns, as defined in subsection G7 of this SectionRMC 4-3-
050.G.2.a, streams or lakes and their associated buffers.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
64
iv. Category I, II, III, or IV wetlands, as defined in subsection G9c of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.2.l, and their associated buffers.
b. May Be Required: Native growth protection areas may be required for high
landslide hazard area buffers, or for critical fish and wildlife habitats areas and their
buffers.
4. Flood Hazard Areas:
a. Classification: Flood hazard areas are defined as the land in the floodplain
subject to one percent (1%) or greater chance of flooding in any given year.
Designation on flood maps always includes the letters A or V.
b. Data to Be Used for Existing and Future Flow Conditions: The City shall
determine the components of the flood hazard areas after obtaining, reviewing and
utilizing base flood elevations and available floodplain data for a flood having a one
percent (1%) chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year, often referred
to as the “one hundred (100) year flood.” The City may require projections of future
flow conditions for proposals in unmapped potential flood hazard areas.
c. General Standards: In all flood hazard areas, the following standards are
required:
i. Anchoring – All New Construction: All new construction and substantial
improvements shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse, or lateral
movement of the structure resulting from hydrodynamic and hydrostatic loads
including the effects of buoyancy.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
65
ii. Anchoring – Manufactured Homes: All manufactured homes must likewise
be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement, and shall be
installed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage. Anchoring
methods may include, but are not limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to
ground anchors (reference FEMA’s Manufactured Home Installation in Frequently
Flooded Areas guidebook for additional techniques).
iii. Construction Materials and Methods:
(a) All new construction and substantial improvements shall be
constructed with materials and utility equipment resistant to flood damage.
(b) All new construction and substantial improvements shall be
constructed using methods, statutes, codes, rules, regulations and practices
that minimize flood damage.
(c) Electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing, and air-conditioning
equipment and other service facilities shall be designed and/or otherwise
elevated or located so as to prevent water from entering or accumulating
within the components during conditions of flooding.
iv. Utilities:
(a) All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to
minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the system. A proposed
water well shall be located on high ground that is not in the floodway (WAC
173-160-171).
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
66
(b) New and replacement sanitary sewage systems shall be designed to
minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood waters into the systems and
discharge from the systems into flood waters.
(c) On-site waste disposal systems shall be located to avoid impairment to
them or contamination from them during flooding.
v. Subdivision Proposals:
(a) All subdivision proposals shall be consistent with the need to minimize
flood damage;
(b) All subdivision proposals shall have public utilities and facilities such as
sewer, gas, electrical, and water systems located and constructed to minimize
flood damage;
(c) All subdivision proposals shall have adequate drainage provided to
reduce exposure to flood damage; and
(d) All subdivision proposals shall show the flood hazard areas information
and boundary on the subdivision drawing including the nature, location,
dimensions, and elevations of the subdivided area.
vi. Project Review:
(a) A development permit shall be obtained before construction or
development begins within any area of special flood hazard established in
subsection D3c of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.D.3.c. The permit shall be for all
structures including manufactured homes, as set forth in chapter 4-11 RMC,
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
67
Definitions, and for all development including fill and other activities, also as
set forth in the chapter 4-11 RMC, Definitions.
(b) Where elevation data is not available, either through the flood
insurance study (FIS), Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), or from another
authoritative source (subsection D3f of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.D.3.f),
applications for floodplain development shall be reviewed to assure that
proposed construction will be reasonably safe from flooding. The test of
reasonableness is a local judgment and includes use of historical data, high
water marks, photographs of past flooding, etc., where available. Failure to
elevate at least two feet (2') above the highest adjacent grade in these zones
may result in higher insurance rates.
(c) Where base flood elevation data has not been provided or is not
available from another authoritative source, it shall be generated by the
applicant.
(d) Review all development permits to determine that:
(1) The permit requirements of this Section have been satisfied;
(2) All other required state and federal permits have been obtained;
(3) The site is reasonably safe from flooding;
(4) The proposed development is not located in the floodway. If located
in the floodway, asensure the encroachment provisions of subsectionRMC
4.3.050.G.4.e.i of this Section are met.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
68
(5) The proposed development is not located in a channel migration
zone. If located in a channel migration zone, ensure the additional
provisions of subsection G.4.f of this Section are met; and
(5)(6) Notify FEMA when annexations occur in the Special Flood Hazard
Area.
d. Specific Standards: In all flood hazard areas, the following provisions are
required:
i. Residential Construction:
(a) In AE and A1-30 zones or other A zoned areas where the base flood
elevation has been determined or can be reasonably obtained, new
construction and substantial improvement of any residential structure shall
have the lowest floor, which for the purposes of this Section includes
basement or attached garage as described in subsection G4di(e)(4) of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.4.d.i.e.4, elevated one foot (1') or more above the base
flood elevation. Mechanical equipment, ductwork, and utilities shall be
elevated at least one foot (1') above the base flood elevation.
(b) New construction and substantial improvement of any residential
structure in an AO zone shall meet the requirements in Appendix A, attached
to Ordinance 5977, or superseding ordinances.
(c) New construction and substantial improvement of any residential
structure in an Unnumbered A zone, for which a base flood elevation is not
available and cannot be reasonably obtained, shall be reasonably safe from
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
69
flooding, but in all cases the lowest floor and any attached garage floor shall
be at least two feet (2') above the highest adjacent grade.
(d) If buildings or manufactured homes are constructed or substantially
improved with fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor, the areas shall be
used solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or storage.
(e) Fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor that are subject to flooding
are prohibited, or shall be designed to automatically equalize hydrostatic flood
forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit of floodwaters.
Designs for meeting this requirement must meet or exceed the following
minimum criteria:
(1) Have a minimum of two (2) openings with a total net area of not
less than one (1) square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject
to flooding; and
(2) The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one foot (1')
above grade; and
(3) Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other
coverings or devices provided that they permit the automatic entry and
exit of floodwater; and
(4) A garage attached to a residential structure, constructed with the
garage floor slab below the base flood elevation, must be designed to
allow for the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
70
Alternatively, a registered engineer or architect may design and certify
engineered openings.
ii. Manufactured Homes:
(a) All manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved within
Zones A1-A30, AH, and AE on the community’s Flood Insurance Rate Map
(FIRM), shall be elevated on a permanent foundation such that the lowest floor
of the manufactured home is elevated a minimum of one foot (1') above the
base flood elevation and be secured to an adequately anchored foundation
system to resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement. Mechanical
equipment, ductwork, and utilities shall be elevated at least one foot (1')
above the base flood elevation.
(b) Manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved on sites in
an existing manufactured home park or subdivision within Zones A1-30, AH,
and AE on the community’s FIRM that are not subject to the above
manufactured home provisions shall be elevated so that the lowest floor of
the manufactured home is elevated a minimum of one foot (1') above the base
flood elevation and be secured to an adequately anchored foundation system
to resist flotation, collapse, and lateral movement. Mechanical equipment,
ductwork, and utilities shall be elevated at least one foot (1') above the base
flood elevation.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
71
(c) If buildings or manufactured homes are constructed or substantially
improved with fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor, the areas shall be
used solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or storage.
iii. Nonresidential Construction: New construction or substantial
improvement of any commercial, industrial or other nonresidential structure shall
meet the requirements of subsection G.4.d.iii(a) or G4diii(b) of this SectionRMC 4-
3-050.G.d.iii.a or 4-3-050.G.d.iii.b:
(a) New construction or substantial improvement of any commercial,
industrial or other nonresidential structure shall meet all of the following
requirements:
(1) In AE and A1-30 zones or other A zoned areas where the base flood
elevation has been determined or can be reasonably obtained, new
construction and substantial improvement of any commercial, industrial,
or other nonresidential structure shall have the lowest floor, including
basement, elevated one foot (1') or more above the base flood elevation,
or elevated as required by ASCE 24, whichever is greater. Mechanical
equipment and utilities shall be elevated at least one foot (1') above the
base flood elevation, or as required by ASCE 24, whichever is greater.
(2) If located in an AO zone, the structure shall meet the requirements
in Appendix A, attached to Ordinance 5977, or superseding ordinances.
(3) If located in an Unnumbered A zone for which a BFE is not available
and cannot be reasonably obtained, the structure shall be reasonably safe
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
72
from flooding, but in all cases the lowest floor shall be at least two feet (2')
above the highest adjacent grade.
(4) If buildings or manufactured homes are constructed or substantially
improved with fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor, the areas shall
be used solely for parking of vehicles, building access, or storage.
(5) Fully enclosed areas below the lowest floor that are subject to
flooding are prohibited, or shall be designed to automatically equalize
hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls by allowing for the entry and exit
of floodwaters. Designs for meeting this requirement must either be
certified by a registered professional engineer or architect or must meet
or exceed the following minimum criteria:
(A) Have a minimum of two (2) openings with a total net area of
not less than one (1) square inch for every square foot of enclosed area
subject to flooding; and
(B) The bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one foot (1')
above grade; and
(C) Openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or
other coverings or devices provided that they permit the automatic
entry and exit of floodwater; and
(D) A garage attached to a residential structure, constructed with
the garage floor slab below the BFE, must be designed to allow for the
automatic entry and exit of floodwaters.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
73
Alternatively, a registered engineer or architect may design and certify
engineered openings.
(b) If the requirements of subsection G.4.d.iii(a) of this SectionRMC 4-3-
050.G.4.d.iii.a are not met, then new construction and substantial
improvement of any commercial, industrial or other nonresidential structure
shall meet all of the following requirements:
(1) Be dry flood proofed so that below one foot (1') or more above the
base flood level the structure is watertight with walls substantially
impermeable to the passage of water or dry flood proofed to the elevation
required by ASCE 24, whichever is greater; and
(2) Have structural components capable of resisting hydrostatic and
hydrodynamic loads and effects of buoyancy; and
(3) Be certified by a registered professional engineer or architect that
the design and methods of construction are in accordance with accepted
standards of practice for meeting provisions of this subsection based on
their development and/or review of the structural design, specifications
and plans. Such certifications shall be provided to the official as set forth
in subsection D3a of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.D.3.a; and
(4) Nonresidential structures that are elevated, not flood proofed,
must meet the same standards for space below the lowest floor as
described in subsection G4diii(a)(5) of this SectionRMC 4-3-
050.G.4.d.iii.a.5.; and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
74
(c) Applicants who are flood proofing nonresidential buildings shall be
notified that flood insurance premiums will be based on rates that are one foot
(1') below the flood proofed level (e.g. a building flood proofed to the base
flood level will be rated as one foot (1') below).
iv. Recreational Vehicles: Recreational vehicles placed on sites within Zones
A1-30, AH, and AE on the community’s FIRM, not including recreational vehicle
storage lots, shall either:
(a) Be on the site for fewer than one hundred eighty (180) consecutive
days;
(b) Be fully licensed and ready for highway use, on its wheels or jacking
system, attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and security
devices, and have no permanently attached additions; or
(c) Meet the requirements of this subsection G and the elevation and
anchoring requirements for manufactured homes.
e. Additional Restrictions within Floodways: Floodways, defined in RMC 4-11-
060, are located within flood hazard areas established in subsection D of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.D. Since the floodway is an extremely hazardous area due to the
velocity of flood waters which carry debris, potential projectiles, and erosion
potential, the following provisions apply:
i. Increase in Flood Levels Prohibited: Encroachments, including fill, new
construction, substantial improvements, and other development are prohibited
unless certification by a registered professional engineer demonstrates through
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
75
hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed in accordance with standard
engineering practice that:
(a) Encroachments shall not result in any increase in flood levels during the
occurrence of the base flood discharge; and
(b) There are no adverse impacts to the subject property or abutting or
adjacent properties; and
(c) There are no higher flood elevations upstream; and
(d) The impact due to floodway encroachment shall be analyzed using
future land use condition flows.
ii. Residential Construction in Floodways: Construction or reconstruction of
residential structures is prohibited within designated floodways, except for:
(a) Repairs, reconstruction, or improvements to a structure which do not
increase the ground floor area; and
(b) Repairs, reconstruction or improvements to a structure, the cost of
which does not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the market value of the structure
either: (1) before the repair, reconstruction, or improvement is started; or (2)
if the structure has been damaged, and is being restored, before the damage
occurred. Work done on structures to comply with existing health, sanitary, or
safety codes or to structures identified as historic places may be excluded in
the fifty percent (50%).
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
76
iii. Compliance Requirements: If this subsection G is satisfied, all new
construction and substantial improvements shall comply with all applicable flood
hazard areas reduction provisions of this Section.
iv. Bridges Crossing Floodways: In mapped or unmapped flood hazard areas,
future flow conditions shall be considered for proposed bridge proposals crossing
floodways.
v. Additional Provisions within AO Zones: Shallow flooding areas appear on
FIRMs as AO zones with depth designations. The base flood depths in these zones
range from one to three feet (1' to 3') above ground where a clearly defined
channel does not exist, or where the path of flooding is unpredictable and where
velocity flow may be evident. Such flooding is usually characterized as sheet flow.
In addition to other provisions in this code, the following additional provisions also
apply in AO zones:
(a) New construction and substantial improvements of residential
structures and manufactured homes within AO zones shall have the lowest
floor (including basement and mechanical equipment) elevated above the
highest adjacent grade to the structure, one foot (1') or more above the depth
number specified in feet on the community’s FIRM (at least two feet (2') above
the highest adjacent grade to the structure if no depth number is specified).
(b) New construction and substantial improvements of nonresidential
structures within AO zones shall either:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
77
(1) Have the lowest floor elevated above the highest adjacent grade of
the building site, one foot (1') or more above the depth number specified
on the FIRM (at least two feet (2') if no depth number is specified); or
(2) Together with attendant utility and sanitary facilities, be above that
level described in G.4.b.v(b)(1) of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.4.e.v.b.1 so
that any space below that level is watertight with walls substantially
impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components
having the capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and
effects of buoyancy. If this method is used, compliance shall be certified by
a registered professional engineer, or architect as described in subsection
G4diii(b)(3) of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.4.d.iii.b.3.
(c) Require adequate drainage paths around structures on slopes to guide
floodwaters around and away from proposed structures.
(d) Recreational vehicles placed on sites within AO zones on the
community’s FIRM either:
(1) Be on the site for fewer than one hundred eighty (180) consecutive
days; or
(2) Be fully licensed and ready for highway use, on its wheels or jacking
system, is attached to the site only by quick disconnect type utilities and
security devices, and has no permanently attached additions; or
(3) Meet the requirements of subsections G4ev(a) and (b) of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.4.e.v.a and 4-3-050.G.4.e.v.b and the anchoring
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
78
requirements for manufactured homes (subsection G4dii of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.4.d.ii).
vi. AE and A1-30 Zones with Base Flood Elevations but No Floodways: In areas
with BFEs (when a regulatory floodway has not been designated), no new
construction, substantial improvements, or other development (including fill)
shall be permitted within Zones A1-30 and AE on the community’s FIRM, unless it
is demonstrated that the cumulative effect of the proposed development, when
combined with all other existing and anticipated development, will not increase
the water surface elevation of the base flood more than one foot (1') at any point
within the community.
f. Additional Restrictions within Channel Migration Zone: Channel migration
zones, defined in RMC 4-11-030 and established in RMC 4-3-050.D, identify hazardous
areas with significant erosion potential; therefore, the following provisions apply to
land within channel migration zones:
i. Residential Construction within Channel Migration Zone: New residential
development shall not require new shoreline stabilization. Developable portions
of lots shall not be subject to flooding or require structural flood hazard reduction
measures within a channel migration zone to support intended development
during the life of the development or use. Prior to approval, analysis of the site
and shoreline characteristics shall demonstrate that new shoreline stabilization is
unlikely to be necessary for each new lot to support intended development during
the life of the development or use.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
79
ii. All Development: All new construction and substantial improvements shall
be constructed using methods and practices that reduce the risk of damage due
to erosion caused by channel migration.
iii. Bridges: Construction of a new bridge shall be permissible if there is no
feasible alternative with less impact on the critical area, the bridge is located to
minimize encroachment into the channel migration zone, and bridge piers or
abutments for bridge crossings are not placed within the severe channel migration
zone.
iv. Mapping Discrepancy: An applicant for a development proposal may
submit a report to the department to determine channel migration zone
boundaries or classify channel migration hazard areas on a specific property if
there is an apparent discrepancy between the site-specific conditions or data and
the adopted channel migration zone mapping. The geomorphic assessment shall
be prepared by a geologist licensed in Washington State with an engineering
geology or hydrogeology specialty license and experience conducting fluvial
geomorphic assessments. If the Administrator determines there is a discrepancy
between the site conditions and the adopted channel migration zone maps, the
City shall make appropriate revisions to the mapped channel migration zone.
fg. Critical Facility: Construction of new critical facilities, as defined in RMC 4-11-
030, shall be, to the extent possible, located outside the limits of flood hazard areas
(one hundred (100) year) floodplain and channel migration zone. Construction of new
critical facilities shall be permissible within flood hazard areas or and channel
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
80
migration zones if no feasible alternative site is available. Critical facilities constructed
within flood hazard areas shall have the lowest floor elevated three feet (3') or more
above the level of the base flood elevation (one hundred (100) year) at the site.
Floodproofing and sealing measures must be taken to ensure that toxic substances
will not be displaced by or released into flood waters. Access routes elevated to or
above the level of the base flood elevation shall be provided to all critical facilities to
the extent possible.
gh. Compensatory Storage:
i. Compensatory Storage Required: Development proposals and other
alterations shall not reduce the effective base flood storage volume of the
floodplain. If grading or other activity will reduce the effective storage volume,
compensatory storage shall be created on the site or off the site if legal
arrangements can be made to assure that the effective compensatory storage
volume will be preserved over time. Compensatory storage shall be configured so
as not to trap or strand salmonids after flood waters recede and may be
configured to provide salmonid habitat or high flow refuge whenever suitable site
conditions exist and the configuration does not adversely affect bank stability or
existing habitat. Effective base flood storage volume shall be based on the
elevations shown in the flood hazard areas map, identified in subsection E3 of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.E.3 or as determined through a study where no base flood
evaluation information exists.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
81
ii. Determining Finished Floor Elevations According to FEMA: The FEMA one
hundred (100) year flood plain elevations shall be used to establish building
finished floor elevations to comply with other National Flood Insurance Program
requirements.
5. Geologically Hazardous Areas Defined:
a. Steep Slope Types:
i. Sensitive Slopes: A hillside, or portion thereof, characterized by: (a) an
average slope of twenty five percent (25%) to less than forty percent (40%) as
identified in the City of Renton Steep Slope Atlas or in a method approved by the
City; or (b) an average slope of forty percent (40%) or greater with a vertical rise
of less than fifteen feet (15') as identified in the City of Renton Steep Slope Atlas
or in a method approved by the City; (c) abutting an average slope of twenty five
percent (25%) to forty percent (40%) as identified in the City of Renton Steep Slope
Atlas or in a method approved by the City. This definition excludes engineered
retaining walls.
ii. Protected Slopes: A hillside, or portion thereof, characterized by an average
slope of forty percent (40%) or greater grade and having a minimum vertical rise
of fifteen feet (15') as identified in the City of Renton Steep Slope Atlas or in a
method approved by the City.
b. Landslide Hazards:
i. Low Landslide Hazard (LL): Areas with slopes less than fifteen percent (15%).
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
82
ii. Medium Landslide Hazard (LM): Areas with slopes between fifteen percent
(15%) and forty percent (40%) and underlain by glacially consolidated soils that
consist largely of sand, gravel or glacial till.
iii. High Landslide Hazards (LH): Areas with slopes greater than forty percent
(40%), and areas with slopes between fifteen percent (15%) and forty percent
(40%) and underlain by soils consisting largely of silt and clay non-glacially
consolidated soils, and areas with slopes between fifteen percent (15%) and forty
percent (40%) with adverse groundwater conditions to include slopes that
intersect geologic contacts with a relatively permeable sediment overlying a
relatively impermeable sediment or bedrock and/or where seeps or springs or
indicators (e.g., vegetation type) of a shallow groundwater table are observed on
or adjacent to the face of the slope.
iv. Very High Landslide Hazards (LV): Areas of known mapped or identified
landslide deposits.
c. Erosion Hazards:
i. Low Erosion Hazard (EL): Areas with soils characterized by the Natural
Resource Conservation Service (formerly U.S. Soil Conservation Service) as having
slight or moderate erosion potential, and a slope less than fifteen percent (15%).
ii. High Erosion Hazard (EH): Areas with soils characterized by the Natural
Resource Conservation Service (formerly U.S. Soil Conservation Service) as having
severe or very severe erosion potential, and a slope more than fifteen percent
(15%).
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
83
d. Seismic Soil Liquefaction Hazards:
i. Low Seismic Hazard (SL): Areas underlain by glacially consolidated or
otherwise dense soils or bedrock. These soils generally have site classifications of
A through D, as defined in the International Building Code, 2012.
ii. High Seismic Hazard (SH): Areas underlain by soft or loose, saturated soils,
such as alluvium or artificial fill overlaying alluvium. These soils generally have site
classifications E or F, as defined in the International Building Code, 2012.
e. Coal Mine Hazards:
i. Low Coal Mine Hazards (CL): Areas with no known mine workings and no
predicted subsidence. While no mines are known in these areas, undocumented
mining is known to have occurred.
ii. Medium Coal Mine Hazards (CM): Areas where mine workings are deeper
than two hundred feet (200') for steeply dipping seams, or deeper than fifteen
(15) times the thickness of the seam or workings for gently dipping seams. These
areas may be affected by subsidence.
iii. High Coal Mine Hazard (CH): Areas with abandoned and improperly sealed
mine openings and areas underlain by mine workings shallower than two hundred
feet (200') in depth for steeply dipping seams, or shallower than fifteen (15) times
the thickness of the seam or workings for gently dipping seams. These areas may
be affected by collapse or other subsidence.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
84
f. Protected Slopes, as defined in subsection G5aii of this SectionRMC 4-3-
050.G.5.a.ii: Development is prohibited on protected slopes. Exceptions to this
prohibition may be granted pursuant to subsection J of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.J.
g. Sensitive Slopes – Medium, High and Very High Landslide Hazards – High
Erosion Hazards: During construction, weekly on-site inspections under the direction
of a licensed geotechnical professional shall be required at the applicant’s expense.
The licensed geotechnical professional directing inspections shall be the same as the
professional that prepared the required geotechnical study for the geologically
hazardous area or shall provide documentation indicating they concur and accept the
conclusions and recommendations in the geotechnical study. Weekly reports
prepared by or under the direction of a Certified Erosion & Sediment Control Lead
(CESCL) documenting erosion control measures shall be required for High Erosion
Hazards.
h. Very High Landslide Hazards:
i. Prohibited Development: Development shall not be permitted on land
designated with very high landslide hazards. Exceptions to this prohibition may be
granted pursuant to subsection J of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.J.
ii. Buffer Modification: The Administrator may increase or decrease the
required buffer based upon the results of a geotechnical report, and any increase
or decrease based upon the results of the geotechnical report shall be
documented in writing and included with the project approval. The modified
standard shall be based on consideration of the best available science as described
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
85
in WAC 365-195-905; or where there is an absence of valid scientific information,
the steps in RMC 4-9-250 shall be followed.
i. Coal Mine Hazards:
i. Mitigation – Additional Engineering Design and Remediation
Specifications: After approval of the mitigation approach proposed as a result of
RMC 4-3-050.D, and prior to construction, the applicant shall complete
engineering design drawings and specifications for remediation. Upon approval of
the plans and specifications, the applicant shall complete the remediation. Hazard
mitigation shall be performed by or under the direction of a licensed geotechnical
engineer or engineering geologist. The applicant shall document the hazard
mitigation by submitting as-builts and a remediation construction report.
ii. Hazards Found during Construction: Any hazards found during any
development activities shall be immediately reported to the Development
Services Division. Any coal mine hazards shall be mitigated prior to recommencing
construction based upon supplemental recommendations or reports by the
applicant’s geotechnical professional.
iii. Construction in Areas with Combustion: Construction shall not be
permitted where surface or subsurface investigations indicate the possible
presence of combustion in the underlying seam or seams, unless the impact is
adequately mitigated in accordance with the recommendations of the applicant’s
geotechnical professional.
6. Fish and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Areas:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
86
a. Classification of Critical Habitats: Habitats that have a primary association with
the documented presence of non-salmonid or salmonid species proposed or listed by
the Federal government or State of Washington as endangered, threatened, sensitive
and/or of local importance.
b. Mapping: Critical habitats are identified by lists, categories and definitions of
species promulgated by the Washington State Department of Fish and Wildlife (Non-
game Data System Special Animal Species) as identified in WAC 220-200-100; in the
Priority Habitat and Species Program of the Washington State Department of Fish and
Wildlife; or by rules and regulations adopted currently or hereafter by the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service.
c. Buffers: The Administrator shall require the establishment of buffer areas for
activities in, or adjacent to, habitat conservation areas when needed to protect fish
and wildlife habitats of importance. Buffers shall consist of an undisturbed area of
native vegetation, or areas identified for restoration, established to protect the
integrity, functions and values of the affected habitat. Buffer widths shall be based
on:
i. Type and intensity of human activity proposed to be conducted on the site
and adjacent sites.
ii. Recommendations contained within a habitat assessment report.
iii. Management recommendations issued by the Washington Department of
Fish and Wildlife.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
87
d. Alterations Require Mitigation: The Administrator may approve mitigation to
compensate for adverse impacts of a development proposal to habitat conservation
areas through use of a federally and/or state certified mitigation bank or in-lieu fee
program. See subsection L of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.L.
7. Streams and Lakes:
a. Classification System: The following classification system is hereby adopted for
the purposes of regulating Streams and Lakes in the City. This classification system is
based on the State’s Permanent Water Typing System WAC 222-16-030. Stream and
lake buffer widths are based on the following rating system:
i. Type S: Waters inventoried as “Shorelines of the State” under chapter 90.58
RCW. These waters are regulated under Renton’s Shoreline Master Program
Regulations, RMC 4-3-090.
ii. Type F: Waters that are known to be used by fish or meet the physical
criteria to be potentially used by fish and that have perennial (year-round) or
seasonal flows.
iii. Type Np: Waters that do not contain fish or fish habitat and that have
perennial (year-round) flows. Perennial stream waters do not go dry any time of a
year of normal rainfall. However, for the purpose of water typing, Type Np waters
include the intermittent dry portions of the perennial channel below the
uppermost point of perennial flow.
iv. Type Ns: Waters that do not contain fish or fish habitat and have
intermittent flows. These are seasonal, non-fish habitat streams in which surface
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
88
flow is not present for at least some portion of a year of normal rainfall and are
not located downstream from any stream reach that is a Type Np Water. Ns
Waters must be physically connected by an above-ground channel system to Type
S, F, or Np Waters.
b. Non-regulated: Waters that are considered “intentionally created” not
regulated under this Section include irrigation ditches, grass-lined swales and canals
that do not meet the criteria for Type S, F, Np, or Ns Non-regulated waters may also
include streams created as mitigation. Purposeful creation must be demonstrated
through documentation, photographs, statements and/or other persuasive evidence.
c. Measurement:
i. Stream/Lake Boundary: The boundary of a stream or lake shall be
considered to be its ordinary high- water mark (OHWM) as defined in RMC 4-11.
The OHWM shall be flagged in the field by a qualified consultant when any study
is required pursuant to this subsection G7.
ii. Buffer: The boundary of a buffer shall extend beyond the boundaries of the
stream or lake to the width applicable to the stream/lake class as noted in
subsection G2 of this Section, Critical Area Buffers and Structure Setbacks from
Buffers. Where streams enter or exit pipes, the buffer in this subsection shall be
measured perpendicular to the OHWM from the end of the pipe along the open
channel section of the stream.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
89
Figure 4-3-050.G.7.c.ii. Buffer measurement at pipe opening.
d. Stream/Lake Buffer Width Requirements:
i. Buffers and Setbacks:
(a) Minimum Stream/Lake Buffer Widths: See subsection G2 of this
Section.
(b) Piped or Culverted Streams:
(1) Building structures over a natural stream located in an underground
pipe or culvert except as may be granted by a variance in RMC 4-9-250 are
prohibited. Transportation or utility crossings or other alterations pursuant
to subsection J of this Section are allowed. Pavement over a pre-existing
piped stream is allowed. Relocation of the piped stream system around
structures is allowed. If structure locations are proposed to be changed or
the piped stream is being relocated around buildings, a hydrologic and
hydraulic analysis of existing piped stream systems will be required for any
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
90
development project site that contains a piped stream to ensure it is sized
to convey the one hundred (100) year runoff level from the total upstream
tributary area based on future land use conditions.
(2) No buffers are required along segments of piped or culverted
streams. The City shall require easements and setbacks from pipes or
culverts consistent with stormwater requirements in RMC 4-6-030 and the
adopted drainage manual.
ii. Increased Buffer Width:
(a) Areas of High Blow-down Potential: Where the stream/lake buffer is
in an area of high blow-down potential for trees as identified by a qualified
professional, the buffer width may be expanded an additional fifty feet (50')
on the windward side.
(b) Habitat Corridors: Where the stream/lake buffer is adjacent to high
functioning critical areas (e.g., wetlands, other streams, other identified
habitats), the stream/lake buffer width shall be extended to the buffer
boundary of the other protected critical area to establish a habitat corridor as
needed to protect or establish contiguous vegetated areas between
streams/lakes and other critical areas.
e. Criteria for Permit Approval – Type F, Np, and Ns: Permit approval for projects
on or near regulated Type F, Np and Ns water bodies shall be granted only if the
approval is consistent with the provisions of this subsection, and complies with one
of the following conditions:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
91
i. A proposed action meets the standard provisions of this Section and results
in no net loss of regulated riparian area or shoreline ecological function in the
drainage basin where the site is located; or
ii. A proposed action meets alternative administrative standards pursuant to
this Section and the proposed activity results in no net loss of regulated riparian
area or shoreline ecological function in the drainage basin where the site is
located; or
iii. A variance process is successfully completed and the proposed activity
results in no net loss of regulated riparian area or shoreline ecological function in
the drainage basin where the site is located.
f. Incentives for Restoration of Streams Located in an Underground Pipe or
Culvert: Daylighting of culverted watercourses should be encouraged and allowed
with the following modified standards:
i. Residential Zones: Reduced setbacks, lot width and lot depth standards of
chapter 4-2 RMC may be approved without requirement of a variance for lots that
abut the daylighted watercourse to accommodate the same number of lots as if
the watercourse were not daylighted.
ii. Mixed Use, Commercial, and Industrial Zones: Where greater lot coverage
allowances are provided for structured parking in chapter 4-2 RMC, lot coverage
may be increased to the limit allowed for structured parking if instead a stream is
daylighted. The increase in impervious surface allowed shall be equal to the area
of stream restoration.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
92
(a) Standard buffers may be reduced pursuant to subsection I of this
Section. If reduced buffers in subsection I of this Section along with other
development standards of the zone would not allow the same development
level as without the watercourse daylighting, a modification may be requested
as in subsection I2c of this Section.
(b) When designed consistent with the City’s flood regulations in this
subsection G, portions of the daylighted stream/created buffer may be
considered part of compensatory storage in flood hazard areas.
(c) Stream relocation is permitted subject to subsection J of this Section.
78. Wellhead Protection Areas:
a. Applicability: Developments, facilities, uses and activities discussed in this
subsection shall comply with the applicable provisions and restrictions of this Section
and chapters 4-4, 4-5, 4-6, 4-9, and 5-5 RMC for the Wellhead Protection Areas, as
classified below, in which the developments, facilities, uses and activities are located,
except as preempted by Federal or State law.
i. Wellhead Protection Areas: Wellhead Protection Areas are the portion of an
aquifer within the zone of capture and recharge area for a well or well field owned
or operated by the City.
ii. Wellhead Protection Area Zones: Zones of a Wellhead Protection Area are
designated to provide graduated levels of Wellhead Protection Area recharge.
Zone boundaries are determined using best available science documented in the
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
93
City of Renton Wellhead Protection Plan, an appendix of the City of Renton Water
System Plan, as periodically updated. The following zones may be designated:
(a) Zone 1: The land area situated between a well or well field owned by
the City and the three hundred sixty-five (365) day groundwater travel time
contour.
(b) Zone 1 Modified: The same land area described for Zone 1 but for the
purpose of protecting a high-priority well, wellfield, or spring withdrawing
from a confined aquifer with partial leakage in the overlying or underlying
confining layers. Uses, activities, and facilities located in this area are regulated
as if located within Zone 1 except as provided by this subsection G8.7.
(c) Zone 2: The land area situated between the three hundred sixty -five
(365) day groundwater travel time contour and the boundary of the zone of
potential capture for a well or well field owned or operated by the City. If the
aquifer supplying water to such a well, well field, or spring is naturally
protected by confining overlying and underlying geologic layers, the City may
choose not to subdivide a Wellhead Protection Area into two (2) zones. In such
a case, the entire Wellhead Protection Area will be designated as Zone 2.
iii. Mapping:
(a) Determination of Location within a Zone of a Wellhead Protection
Area: In determining the location of facilities within the zones, the following
rules shall apply:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
94
(1) Facilities located wholly within a Wellhead Protection zone shall be
governed by the restrictions applicable to that zone.
(2) Facilities having parts lying within more than one zone of a
Wellhead Protection Area shall be governed as follows: Each part of the
facility shall be reviewed and regulated by the requirements set forth in
this Section for the zone in which that part of the facility is actually located.
(3) Facilities having parts lying both in and out of a Wellhead Protection
Area shall be governed as follows:
(A) That portion which is within a Wellhead Protection Area shall
be governed by the applicable restrictions in this Section; and
(B) That portion which is not in a Wellhead Protection Area shall
not be governed by this Section.
b. Facilities:
i. Hazardous Materials – Use, Production, Storage, Treatment, Disposal, or
Management: Persons that store, handle, treat, use, or produce a hazardous
material as defined by RMC 4-11-080, Definitions H, which are new, existing, or to
be closed, shall be subject to the requirements of this Section, and as further
specified below:
(a) All applications for development permits for uses in which hazardous
materials are stored, handled, treated, used or produced or which increase the
quantity of hazardous materials stored, handled, treated, used, or produced
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
95
at a location in the Wellhead Protection Area must be reviewed for compliance
with this chapter by the Department prior to approval.
(b) The focus of review for all permits will be on the hazardous materials
that will be stored, handled, treated, used, or produced; and the potential for
these substances to degrade groundwater quality.
(c) An inventory of hazardous materials on forms provided by the
Department shall be submitted to the Department upon application for a
development permit.
(d) Where required by the Department, plans and specifications for
secondary containment shall be submitted and shall comply with this
subsection G8.7. Development permits shall not be issued until plans and
specifications for secondary containment, if required, have been approved by
the Department.
ii. New Facilities – Zones 1 and 2: All proposals for new facilities within any
zone of an Wellhead Protection Area must be reviewed for compliance with this
Section prior to issuance of any development permits for uses in which hazardous
materials are stored, handled, treated, used or produced or which increase the
quantity of hazardous materials stored, handled, treated, used, or produced.
iii. Prohibited Facilities – Zone 1:
(a) The storage, handling, use, treatment or production of hazardous
materials in aggregate quantities greater than five hundred (500) gallons shall
not be allowed within Zone 1 of a Wellhead Protection Area. The storage,
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
96
handling, use, treatment or production of tetrachloroethylene (e.g., dry-
cleaning fluid) shall not be allowed within Zone 1 of a Wellhead Protection
Area.
(b) No person, persons, corporation or other legal entity shall temporarily
or permanently abandon, close, sell, or otherwise transfer a facility in a
Wellhead Protection Area without complying with the requirements of RMC
4-9-015.F, Closure Permit, and permit conditions of this Section.
iv. Existing Facilities Change in Quantities – Zone 1: In Zone 1 of a Wellhead
Protection Area, no change in operations at a facility shall be allowed that
increases the aggregate quantity of hazardous materials stored, handled, treated,
used, or produced with the following exception: An increase in the quantity of
hazardous materials is allowed up to the amount allowed for a new facility in Zone
1 as provided by subsection C of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.C.
v. Existing Facilities – Allowances in Zone 2: The storage, handling, treatment,
use or production of hazardous materials at existing facilities shall be allowed
within Zone 2 of a Wellhead Protection Area upon compliance with the permit
requirements, release reporting requirements, and closure requirements of this
Section.
vi. Requirements for Facilities – Zones 1 and 2: The following conditions in
subsections G8bvi(a) to (d) of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.7.b.vi.a to d will be
required as part of any operating permit issued for facilities in Zone 1 of a
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
97
Wellhead Protection Area. Conditions in subsections G8bvi(a) to (c)RMC 4-3-
050.G.7.b.vi.a to c shall apply to facilities in Zone 2 of a Wellhead Protection Area.
(a) Secondary Containment – Zones 1 and 2:
(1) Materials Stored in Tanks Subject to DOE – Zones 1 and 2:
Hazardous materials stored in tanks that are subject to regulation by the
Washington Department of Ecology under chapter 173-360 WAC are
exempt from containment requirements in subsection G.8.b.vi(a)(2) of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.7.b.vi.a.2, Secondary Containment – Devices
Required in Zones 1 and 2, but are subject to applicable requirements in
RMC 4-5-120, Underground Storage Tank Secondary Containment
Regulations.
(2) Secondary Containment Devices Required in Zones 1 and 2: Every
owner of a facility shall provide secondary containment devices adequate
in size to contain on site any unauthorized release of hazardous materials
from any area where these substances are either stored, handled, treated,
used, or produced. Secondary containment devices shall prevent
hazardous materials from contacting soil, surface water, and groundwater
and shall prevent hazardous materials from entering storm drains and,
except for authorized and permitted discharges, the sanitary sewer.
(A) Design requirements for secondary containment devices are as
follows:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
98
(i) The secondary containment device shall be large enough to
contain the volume of the primary container in cases where a single
container is used to store, handle, treat, use, or produce a
hazardous material. In cases where multiple containers are used,
the secondary containment device shall be large enough to contain
the volume of the largest container. Volumes specified are in
addition to the design flow rate of the automatic fire extinguishing
system, if present, to which the secondary containment device is
subjected. The secondary containment device shall be capable of
containing the fire flow for a period of twenty (20) minutes or
more.
(ii) All secondary containment devices shall be constructed of
materials of sufficient thickness, density, and composition to
prevent structural weakening of the containment device as a result
of contact with any hazardous material. If coatings are used to
provide chemical resistance for secondary containment devices,
they shall also be resistant to expected abrasion and impact
conditions. Secondary containment devices shall be capable of
containing any unauthorized release for at least the maximum
anticipated period sufficient to allow detection and removal of the
release.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
99
(iii) Hazardous materials stored outdoors and their attendant
secondary containment devices shall be covered to preclude
precipitation with the exception of hazardous materials stored in
tanks that have been approved by and are under permit from the
Fire Department. Secondary containment for such tanks, if
uncovered, shall be able to accommodate the volume of
precipitation that could enter the containment device during a
twenty-four (24) hour, twenty-five (25) year storm, in addition to
the volume of the hazardous material stored in the tank.
(iv) Secondary containment devices shall include monitoring
procedures or technology capable of detecting the presence of a
hazardous material within twenty-four (24) hours following a
release.
(v) Hazardous materials shall be removed from the secondary
containment device within twenty-four (24) hours of detection and
shall be legally stored or disposed.
(vi) Areas in which there are floor drains, catchbasins, or other
conveyance piping that does not discharge into a secondary
containment device that meets the requirements of this chapter
shall not be used for secondary containment of hazardous
materials. Closure of existing piping shall be according to
procedures and designs approved by the Department.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
100
(vii) Primary containers shall be impervious to the contents
stored therein, properly labeled, and fitted with a tight cover which
is kept closed except when substances are being withdrawn or
used.
(viii) Hazardous materials stored outdoors when the facility is
left unsupervised must be inaccessible to the public. Such
techniques as locked storage sheds, locked fencing, or other
techniques may be used if they will effectively preclude access.
(ix) Stored hazardous materials shall be protected and secured,
as needed, against impact and earthquake to prevent damage to
the primary container that would result in release of hazardous
materials that would escape the secondary containment area.
(b) Monitoring Required: See RMC 4-9-015.
(c) Emergency Collection Devices – Zones 1 and 2: Vacuum suction
devices, absorbent scavenger materials, or other devices approved by the
Department shall be present on site (or available within an hour by contract
with a cleanup company approved by the Department), in sufficient quantity
to control and collect the total quantity of hazardous materials plus absorbent
material. The presence of such emergency collection devices and/or cleanup
contract are the responsibility and at the expense of the owner and shall be
documented in the operating permit.
(d) Additional Facility Requirements for Zone 1:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
101
(1) An owner of a facility may, at their own expense, be required to
institute a program to monitor groundwater, surface water runoff, and/or
site soils. The Department may require that the owner of a facility install
one or more groundwater monitoring wells in a manner approved by the
Department in order to accommodate the required groundwater
monitoring. Criteria used to determine the need for site monitoring shall
include, but not be limited to, the proximity of the facility to the City’s
production or monitoring wells, the type and quantity of hazardous
materials on site, and whether or not the hazardous materials are stored
in underground vessels.
(2) An owner may be required to pave all currently unpaved areas of
their facility that are subject to any vehicular use or storage, use, handling,
or production of hazardous materials.
(3) An owner may be required to meet the provisions of RMC 4-6-
030.E.4 if the nature of the business involves the use of hazardous
materials outside of fully enclosed structures, and the City evaluates the
existing stormwater collection and conveyance system.
(4) The owner may be required to test interior wastewater plumbing
and the building side sewer for tightness according to subsection G8gi(c)
of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.7.g.i.c, Pipeline Requirements – Zone
1Testing Required for New Pipelines, and the City reserves the right to
require that such wastewater conveyance be repaired or replaced
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
102
according to subsection G8gi of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.7.g.i, Pipeline
Requirements – Zone 1.
(5) An owner shall be paid by the City fifty percent (50%) of
documented capital costs up to twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000.00)
for required installation and construction of monitoring wells, site paving,
wastewater conveyance, and stormwater improvements as required in
subsections G8bvi(d)(1) through (4) of this Section, Groundwater
Monitoring and PavingRMC 4-3.050.G.7.b.vi.d.1 through 4. Payment by
the City shall be made according to adopted administrative rules.
c. Limited Exemptions: Activities that are exempt from some, but not all,
provisions of this Section are listed below. Whether the exempted activities are also
exempt from permits will be determined based upon application of chapters 4-8 and
4-9 RMC, or other applicable sections of the Renton Municipal Code.
i. Hazardous Materials:
(a) Materials for Sale in Original Small Containers: Hazardous materials
offered for sale in their original containers of five (5) gallons or less shall be
exempt from requirements in subsection G8bvi of this RMC 4-3-050.G.7.b.vi.
(b) Activities Exempt from Specified Wellhead Protection Areas
Requirements: The following are exempt from requirements in subsections
G8bvi(a) through (d) of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.7.b.vi.a through d, the
requirements pertaining to review of proposed facilities in subsection C5d of
this SectionRMC 4-3-050.C.5.c, Prohibited Changes in Land Use and Types of
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
103
New Facilities – Wellhead Protection Areas, and the requirements pertaining
to prohibited facilities in subsection G8biii(a) of this SectionRMC 4-3-
050.G.7.b.iii.a:
(1) Hazardous materials use, storage, and handling in de minimis
amounts (aggregate quantities totaling twenty (20) gallons or less at the
facility or construction site). Weights of solid hazardous materials will be
converted to volumes for purposes of determining whether de minimis
amounts are exceeded. Ten (10) pounds shall be considered equal to one
gallon.
(2) Noncommercial residential use, storage, and handling of hazardous
materials; provided, that no home occupation business (as defined by
chapter 4-11 RMC) that uses, stores, or handles more than twenty (20)
gallons of hazardous material is operated on the premises.
(3) Hazardous materials in fuel tanks and fluid reservoirs attached to a
private or commercial motor vehicle and used directly in the operation of
that vehicle.
(4) Fuel oil used in existing heating systems.
(5) Hazardous materials used, stored, and handled by the City of
Renton in water treatment processes and water system operations.
(6) Fueling of equipment not licensed for street use; provided, that
such fueling activities are conducted in a containment area that is designed
and maintained to prevent hazardous materials from coming into contact
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
104
with soil, surface water, or groundwater except for refueling associated
with construction activity regulated by RMC 4-4-030.C.8, Construction
Activity Standards – Zones 1 and 2.
(7) Hazardous materials contained in properly operating sealed units
(transformers, refrigeration units, etc.) that are not opened as part of
routine use.
(8) Hazardous materials in fuel tanks and fluid reservoirs attached to
private or commercial equipment and used directly in the operation of that
equipment.
(9) Hazardous materials in aerosol cans.
(10) Hazardous materials at multifamily dwellings, hotels, motels,
retirement homes, convalescent centers/nursing homes, mobile or
manufactured home parks, group homes, and daycare family homes or
centers when used by owners and/or operators of such facilities for on-
site operation and maintenance purposes.
(11) Hazardous materials used for janitorial purposes at the facility
where the products are stored.
(12) Hazardous materials used for personal care by workers or
occupants of the facility at which the products are stored including but not
limited to soaps, hair treatments, grooming aids, health aids, and
medicines.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
105
(c) Uses, Facilities, and Activities in Zone 1 Modified Wellhead Protection
Areas Exempt from Specified Wellhead Protection Areas Requirements:
Facilities located in the Zone 1 Modified Wellhead Protection Areas are
exempt from the following:
(1) Prohibited facilities requirements in subsection G8biii(a) of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.7.b.iii.a except that the storage, handling, use,
treatment, and production of tetrachloroethylene (e.g., dry-cleaning fluid)
shall be prohibited;
(2) Additional facility requirements in subsection G8bvi(d) of this
SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.7.b.vi.d;
(3) Wastewater requirements in RMC 4-6-040.J.1.a but shall be subject
to Zone 2 requirements in RMC 4-6-040.J.2;
(4) The prohibition of septic systems; and
(5) Surface water management requirements of RMC 4-6-030.E except
that Zone 2 requirements contained in RMC 4-6-030.E shall apply.
d. Use of Pesticides and Nitrates – All Wellhead Protection Areas:
i. Use of Pesticides: The application of hazardous materials such as pesticides
shall be allowed in a Wellhead Protection Area, except within one hundred feet
(100') of a City owned well or two hundred feet (200') of a City owned spring;
provided, that:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
106
(a) The application is in strict conformity with the use requirements as set
forth by the EPA and as indicated on the containers in which the substances
are sold.
(b) Persons who are required to keep pesticide application records by RCW
17.21.100(1) and WAC 16-228-1320 shall provide a copy of the required
records to the Department within seventy-two (72) hours of the application.
ii. Fertilizers/Nitrate-Containing Materials: The application of fertilizers
containing nitrates shall be allowed in a Wellhead Protection Area except within
one hundred feet (100') of a City owned well or two hundred feet (200') of a
spring; provided, that:
(a) No application of nitrate-containing materials shall exceed one-half
(0.5) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet per single
application and a total yearly application of five (5) pounds of nitrogen per one
thousand (1,000) square feet; except that an approved slow-release nitrogen
may be applied in quantities of up to nine-tenths (0.9) pound of nitrogen per
one thousand (1,000) square feet per single application and eight (8) pounds
of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet per year; and
(b) Persons who apply fertilizer containing nitrates to more than one
contiguous acre of land located in the Wellhead Protection Area either in one
or multiple application(s) per year shall provide to the Department within
seventy-two (72) hours of any application the following information:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
107
(1) The name, address, and telephone number of the person applying
the fertilizer;
(2) The location and land area of the application;
(3) The date and time of the application;
(4) The product name and formulation;
(5) The application rate.
e. Wastewater Disposal Requirements – Zones 1 and 2: Refer to RMC 4-6-040.J,
Sanitary Sewer Standards, Additional Requirements that Apply within Zones 1 and 2
of an Aquifer Protection Area.
f. Surface Water Requirements – Zones 1 and 2: Refer to RMC 4-6-030.E, drainage
plan requirements and methods of analysis for additional surface water requirements
applicable within Zones 1 and 2 of a Wellhead Protection Area.
g. Pipeline Requirements:
i. Pipeline Requirements – Zone 1:
(a) Materials: All new and existing pipelines, as defined by RMC 4-11-160,
in Zone 1 shall be constructed or repaired in accordance with material
specifications contained in this Section.
(b) Maintenance Required for Existing Pipelines: All existing product
pipelines in Zone 1 shall be repaired and maintained in accordance with best
management practices and best available technology.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
108
(c) Testing Required for New Pipelines: All new pipelines constructed in
Zone 1 shall be tested for leakage in conformance with the following
provisions prior to being placed into service.
(1) Pipeline leakage testing shall be conducted in accordance with best
available technology, to the satisfaction of the Department.
(2) Pipeline leakage testing methods shall be submitted to the
Department for review prior to testing and shall include a detailed
description of the testing methods and technical assumptions; accuracy
and precision of the test; proposed testing durations, pressures, and
lengths of pipeline to be tested; and scale drawings of the pipeline(s) to be
tested.
(3) Upon completion of testing, pipeline leakage testing results shall be
submitted to the Department and shall include: record of testing
durations, pressures, and lengths of pipeline tested; and weather
conditions at the time of testing.
(4) Routine leakage testing of new pipelines constructed in Zone 1 may
be required by the Department.
h. Construction Activity Standards – Zones 1 and 2: Persons engaged in
construction activities as defined in RMC 4-11-030, Definitions C, shall comply with
subsection G8 of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.7.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
109
i. Fill Material Requirements – Zones 1 and 2: Refer to RMC 4-4-060.N.4, Fill
Material – Zones 1 and 2, regarding quality of fill and fill material source statement
requirements within Critical Aquifer Recharge Areas.
j. Regulations for Existing Solid Waste Landfills – Zones 1 and 2:
i. Materials: Earth materials used as fill or cover at a solid waste landfill shall
meet the requirements of RMC 4-4-060.N.4, Fill Material.
ii. Groundwater Monitoring: The Department shall have the authority to
require an owner of a solid waste landfill to implement a groundwater monitoring
program equal to that described by King County Board of Health Title 10 (King
County Solid Waste Regulations) Section 10.72.020 and a corrective action
program equal to that described by Section 10.72.030. The Department shall have
the authority ascribed to the health officer in said regulations. Quarterly reports
shall be provided to the Department detailing groundwater monitoring activity
during the preceding three (3) months. Reports detailing corrective action
required by the Department shall be submitted according to a written schedule
approved by the Department.
k. Fuel Oil Heating Systems – Zones 1 and 2: Owners of facilities and structures
shall comply with subsections C5cii(i) and C5ciii(f) of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.C.5.i
and ii, Prohibited Activities – Wellhead Protection Areas, Zones 1 and 2, relating to
conversion of heating systems to fuel oil and installation of new fuel oil heating
systems.
9. Wetlands:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
110
a. Applicability: Wetland regulations apply to sites containing or abutting
wetlands, defined in RMC 4-11-230, as described below. The City categorizes wetlands
according to the most current version of the Washington State Wetland Rating System
for Western Washington.
b. Delineation of Regulatory Edge of Wetlands:
i. Methodology: For the purpose of regulation, the exact location of the
wetland edge shall be determined by the wetlands specialist qualified professional
hired at the expense of the applicant through the performance of a field
investigation in accordance with the approved federal wetland delineation
manual and applicable regional supplements.
ii. Adjustments to Delineation by City: Where the applicant has provided a
delineation of the wetland edge, the City shall review and may render adjustments
to the edge delineation. In the event the adjusted edge delineation is contested
by the applicant, the City shall, at the applicant’s expense, obtain the services of
an additional qualified wetlands specialist professional to review the original study
and render a final delineation.
c. Wetland Categorization or Categorization System: The following categorization
system is hereby adopted for the purposes of regulating wetlands in the City. The City
may accept a dual wetland categorization for a wetland exhibiting a combination of
Category I and II features or a combination of Category I and III features. The City will
not accept a dual rating for a Category II wetland, such as a combined Category II and
III rating. Dual ratings for a Category I wetland shall be consistent with the Washington
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
111
State Wetland Rating System for Western Washington – 2014 Update (October 2014),
or as amended hereafter. Wetlands buffer widths, replacement ratios and avoidance
criteria shall be based on Wetland Mitigation in Washington State, Part 1: Agency
Policies and Guidance, Version 2 (Ecology Publication No. 21-06-003, April 2021) and
the following ratings:
i. Category I Wetlands: Category I wetlands are those wetlands of exceptional
value in terms of protecting water quality, storing flood and stormwater, and/or
providing habitat for wildlife as indicated by a rating system score of twenty -three
(23) points or more on the state rating system referenced above. These are
wetland communities of infrequent occurrence that often provide documented
habitat for critical, threatened or endangered species, and/or have other
attributes that are very difficult or impossible to replace if altered.
ii. Category II Wetlands: Category II wetlands have significant value based on
their function as indicated by a rating system score of between twenty (20) and
twenty -two (22) points the state rating system referenced above. They do not
meet the criteria for Category I rating but occur infrequently and have qualities
that are difficult to replace if altered.
iii. Category III Wetlands: Category III wetlands have important resource value
as indicated by a rating system score of between sixteen (16) and nineteen (19)
points the state rating system referenced above.
iv. Category IV Wetlands: Category IV wetlands are wetlands of limited
resource value as indicated by a rating system score between nine (9) and fifteen
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
112
(15) points the state rating system referenced above. They typically have
vegetation of similar age and class, lack special habitat features, and/or are
isolated or disconnected from other aquatic systems or high -quality upland
habitats.
d. Wetland Buffers:
i. Standard Buffer Widths: See subsection G2 of this Section, Critical Area
Buffers and Structure Setbacks from Buffers.
ii. Independent Buffer Study: The Administrator shall have the authority to
approve proposed alternate buffer widths based on a qualified professional’s
wetland study, provided the criteria below are met. Determinations made by the
Administrator pursuant to this subsection may be appealed to the Hearing
Examiner.
(a) The applicant funds the wetland study; and
(b) The wetland study shows why the standard buffer widths are
unnecessary and how the proposed alternate buffer will provide an equivalent
ecological protection as provided by the City standards; and
(c) The wetland study demonstrates how it meets best available science as
identified in Wetlands in Washington State, Volume 1: A Synthesis of the
Science (Ecology Publication No. 05-06-006, March 2005), and Wetlands in
Washington State, Volume 2: Managing and Protecting Wetlands (Ecology
Publication No. 04-06-008, April 2005), Wetland Mitigation in Washington
State Part 1: Agency Policies and Guidance, Version 2 (Ecology Publication No.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
113
21-06-003, April 2021), and Calculating Credits and Debits for Compensatory
Mitigation in Wetlands of Western Washington (Ecology Publication No. #10-
06-011, March 2012).
iii. Measurement of Buffers: All buffers shall be measured from the wetland
boundary as surveyed in the field pursuant to the requirements of this subsection.
iv. Increased Wetland Buffer Width: Each applicant shall document in the
required wetland assessments whether the criteria in this subsection G9d are or
are not met and increased wetland buffers are warranted. Based on the
applicant’s report or third- party review, increased standard buffer widths may be
required in unique cases. Such determination shall be attached as a condition of
project approval. Unique cases shall include but not be limited to:
(a) The wetland is used by species listed by the Federal or the State
government as threatened, endangered and sensitive species and State-listed
priority species, essential habitat for those species or has unusual nesting or
resting sites such as heron rookeries or raptor nesting trees or evidence
thereof; or
(b) The buffer or adjacent uplands have a slope greater than fifteen
percent (15%) or is susceptible to erosion and standard erosion control
measures will not effectively prevent adverse wetland impacts; or.
(c) The area is very fragile, or Wwhen a larger buffer is necessary to protect
wetlands functions and values.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
114
e. Cooperative Wetland Compensation: Mitigation Banks, In-Lieu Fee Programs,
or Special Area Management Programs (SAMP):
i. Applicability: The City encourages and will facilitate and approve
cooperative projects wherein a single applicant or other organization with
demonstrated capability may undertake a compensation project under the
following circumstances:
(a) Restoration or creation on site may not be feasible due to problems
with hydrology, soils, or other factors; or
(b) Where the cooperative plan is shown to better meet established
regional goals for flood storage, flood conveyance, habitat or other wetland
functions.
ii. Process: Applicants proposing a cooperative compensation project shall:
(a) Submit a permit application;
(b) Demonstrate compliance with all standards;
(c) Demonstrate that long-term management will be provided; and
(d) Demonstrate agreement for the project from all affected property
owners of record.
iii. Mitigation Banks: Mitigation banks are defined as sites which may be used
for restoration, creation and/or mitigation of wetland alternatives from a different
piece of property than the property to be altered within the same drainage basin.
The City of Renton maintains a mitigation bank. A list of City mitigation bank sites
is maintained by the Public Works Department. With the approval of
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
115
Administrator and the Public Works Department, non-City-controlled mitigation
banks may be established and utilized. If credits are from a mitigation bank are to
be used for Federal or State permits, the bank must be certified under State rules.
If approved, compensation payments received as part of a mitigation or creation
bank must be received prior to the issuance of an occupancy permit.
iv. In-Lieu Fee Programs: In-lieu fee mitigation involves the restoration,
creation, enhancement, or preservation of aquatic resources through funds paid
to a governmental or non-profit natural resources management entity to satisfy
compensatory mitigation for Federal, State, and local permits. Both the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers (33 CFR Parts 325 and 332) and Washington State (WAC 173-
700) support the use of in-lieu fee programs. The City of Renton is located within
the service area of the King County Mitigation Reserves In-Lieu Fee Program,
which may be used by applicants with the approval of the Administrator and Public
Works Department provided the mitigation occurs within the City of Renton and
the same drainage basin.
v. Special Area Management Programs: Special area management programs
are those wetland programs agreed upon through an interjurisdictional planning
process involving the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the Washington State
Department of Ecology, any affected counties and/or cities, private property
owners and other parties of interest. The outcome of the process is a regional
wetlands permit representing a plan of action for all wetlands within the special
area.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
116
SECTION XII. Section 4-3-050.H.3 of the RMC is amended as follows:
3. Studies Required: The City’s determination shall be based on specific site studies
by recognized experts. Impacts and mitigation shall be based on consideration of
Wetland Mitigation in Washington State Part 1: Agency Policies and Guidance, Version 2
(Ecology Publication No. 21-06-003, April 2021) and Calculating Credits and Debits for
Compensatory Mitigation in Wetlands of Western Washington (Ecology Publication No.
#10-06-011, March 2012) or as amended hereafter.
SECTION XIII. Section 4-3-050.I.1 of the RMC is amended as follows:
1. Maximum Permissible Administrative Alterations to Critical Areas Buffers –
Alteration of Critical Area Buffers: The required critical area buffers may be reduced to
no less than the minimums set forth in this subsection. Greater buffer width reductions
require review as a variance pursuant to RMC 4-9-250.
Table 4-3-050.I.1 Alterations Table
Critical Area Category or Type Reduced Buffer: Minimum
Widths Possible
Averaged Buffer: Minimum
Widths Possible
Geologically Hazardous Areas
Landslide Hazard Areas:
Very High Based on City acceptance of a
geotechnical report1 N/A
Streams and Lakes
Type F 90 feet2 75 feet3
Type Np 60 feet2 37.5 feet3
Type Ns 40 feet2 25 feet3
Wetlands
Wetland buffer widths shall be reduced by no more than 25% of the buffer required in
subsection G of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.
Footnotes:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
117
1. Subject to approval pursuant to the criteria in RMC 4-3-050.G.5.h.ii.
2. Subject to approval pursuant to the criteria in RMC 4-3-050.I.2.a.
3. Subject to approval pursuant to the criteria in RMC 4-3-050.I.2.b.
SECTION XIV. Section 4-3-050.I.3 of the RMC is amended as follows:
3. Wetlands:
a. Criteria for Reduction of Wetland Buffer Width with Enhancement: The
reviewing official must find that the proposal meets all the following criteria:
i. The reduced buffer will function at a higher level than the standard buffer;
and
ii. An enhanced buffer shall never be less than seventy five percent (75%) of
the standard width at its narrowest point; and
iii. The buffer area has less than fifteen percent (15%) slopes and no direct or
indirect, short-term or long-term, adverse impacts to regulated wetlands, as
determined by the City,; and
iv. The proposal shall rely upon a site-specific evaluation and documentation
of buffer adequacy based upon Wetlands in Washington State, Volume 1: A
Synthesis of the Science (Ecology Publication No. 05-06-006, March 2005), and
Wetlands in Washington State, Volume 2: Managing and Protecting Wetlands
(Ecology Publication No. 04-06-008, April 2005), and Wetland Mitigation in
Washington State Part 1: Agency Guidance, Version 2 (Ecology Publication No. 21-
06-003, April 2021), or as amended hereafter, or similar approaches; and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
118
v. The proposed buffer standard is based on consideration of the best available
science as described in WAC 365-195-905; and
b. Criteria for Averaging of Wetland Buffer Width: Averaging may be allowed only
where the applicant demonstrates all of the following:
i. There are existing physical improvements in or near the wetland and buffer;
and
ii. That width averaging will not adversely impact the wetland function and
values; and
iii. That the total area contained within the wetland buffer after averaging is
no less than that contained within the required standard buffer prior to averaging;
and
iv. A site-specific evaluation and documentation of buffer adequacy based
upon Wetlands in Washington State, Volume 1: A Synthesis of the Science (Ecology
Publication No. 05-06-006, March 2005), and Wetlands in Washington State,
Volume 2: Managing and Protecting Wetlands (Ecology Publication No. 04-06-008,
April 2005), and Wetland Mitigation in Washington State Part 1: Agency Guidance,
Version 2 (Ecology Publication No. 21-06-003, April 2021), or as amended
hereafter, or similar approaches, have been conducted. The proposed buffer
standard is based on consideration of the best available science as described in
WAC 365-195-905; and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
119
v. In no instance shall the buffer width be reduced by more than seventy five
percent (75%) of the standard buffer. Greater buffer width reductions require
review as a variance pursuant to RMC 4-9-250.B; and
vi. Buffer enhancement in the areas where the buffer is reduced shall be
required on a case-by-case basis where appropriate to site conditions, wetland
sensitivity, and proposed land development characteristics.
SECTION XV. Section 4-3-050.J.2.a of the RMC is amended as follows:
2. Alterations Within Streams and Lakes or Associated Buffers.
a. Criteria for Administrative Approval of Transportation Crossings in
Stream/Lake or Buffer Areas: Construction of vehicular or non-vehicular
transportation crossings may be permitted in accordance with an approved
stream/lake study subject to the following criteria:
i. The proposed route is determined to have the least impact on the
environment, while meeting City Comprehensive Plan Transportation Element
requirements and standards in RMC 4-6-060; and
ii. The crossing minimizes interruption of downstream movement of wood and
gravel; and
iii. Transportation facilities in buffer areas shall not run parallel to the water
body; and
iv. Crossings occur as near to perpendicular with the water body as possible;
and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
120
v. Crossings are designed according to the Washington Department of Fish and
Wildlife Fish Water Crossing Design Guidelines (2013) and the National Marine
Fisheries Service (NMFS) 2022 Guidelines for Salmonid Passage at Stream
Crossings in Oregon, Washington, and Idaho. These guidelines National Marine
Fisheries Service Guidelines for Salmonid Passage at Stream Crossings, 2000, as
may be updated, or replaced by equivalent manuals as determined by the
Administrator; and
vi. Seasonal work windows are determined and made a condition of approval;
and
vii. Mitigation criteria of subsection L of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.L are met.
SECTION XVI. Section 4-3-050.J.4 of the RMC is amended as follows:
4. Criteria for Approving Wetland Alterations: Wetland alterations may only be
authorized after the City makes a written finding that the proposal is consistent with the
following criteria:
a. No Net Loss: Activities that adversely affect wetlands and/or wetland buffers
shall include mitigation sufficient to achieve no net loss of wetland function and
acreage and to achieve, where practicable, a net resource gain in wetlands over
present conditions. The concept of “no net loss” means to create, restore and/or
enhance a wetland so that there is no reduction to total wetland acreage and/or
function.
b. Compensation for wetland alterations shall occur in the following order of
preference:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
121
i. Re-establishing wetlands on upland sites that were formerly wetlands.
ii. Rehabilitating wetlands for the purposes of repairing or restoring natural
and/or historic functions.
iii. Creating wetlands on disturbed upland sites such as those consisting
primarily of nonnative, invasive plant species.
iv. Enhancing significantly degraded wetlands.
iv. Preserving Category I or II wetlands that are under imminent threat;
provided, that preservation shall only be allowed in combination with other forms
of mitigation and when the Administrator determines that the overall mitigation
package fully replaces the functions and values lost due to development.
v. Enhancing significantly degraded wetlands.
vi. Cooperative compensation to mitigation banks or in-lieu fee programs, as
indicated in subsection G9e of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.2.p.
c. Mitigation Ratios for Wetland Impacts: Compensatory mitigation for wetland
alterations shall be based on the wetland category and the type of mitigation activity
proposed. The replacement ratio shall be determined according to the ratios provided
in the table(s) below. The created, re-established, rehabilitated, preserved, or
enhanced wetland area shall at a minimum provide a level of functions equivalent to
the wetland being altered and shall be located in an appropriate landscape setting.
Table 4-3-050.J.4.c Mitigation Tables
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
122
Wetland Mitigation Type and Replacement Ratio*
Wetland
Category**
Creation or Re-
establishment Rehabilitation Preservation Enhancement
Only
Category IV 1.5:1*** 2:13:1 6:1 3:16:1
Category III 2:1 3:14:1 8:1 4:18:1
Category II 3:1 4:16:1 12:1 12:16:1
Category I 6:14:1 8:1 16:1 Not allowed 16:1
Combined Wetland MiƟgaƟon Type and CompensaƟon RaƟos*
Wetland Category**
Re-establishment or
CreaƟon (R/C) Plus
RehabilitaƟon (RH)
Re-establishment or
CreaƟon (R/C) Plus
PreservaƟon
(P)****
Re-establishment or
CreaƟon (R/C) Plus
PreservaƟon (P)1
Category
IV
1:1 R/C plus
1:1RH***
1:1 R/C plus 2:1 P 1:1 R/C plus 2:1 E
Category
III
1:1 R/C plus 2:1 RH 1:1 R/C plus 4:1 P 1:1 R/C plus 4:1 E
Category
II
1:1 R/C plus 4:1 RH 1:1 R/C plus 8:1 P 1:1 R/C plus 8:1 E
Category
I
1:1 R/C plus 6:1 RH 1:1 R/C plus 12:1 P 1:1 R/C plus 12:1 E
*Ratio is the replacement area: impact area.
**As defined in RMC 4-3-050.G.
***These ratios do not apply to impacts to wetlands with special
characteristics.
****Consistent with Wetland Mitigation in Washington State, Part 1: Agency Policies and
Guidance, Version 2 (Ecology Publication No. 21-06-003, April 2021) or as amended
hereafter.
d. Mitigation Ratios for Wetland Buffer Impacts: Compensation for wetland
buffer impacts shall occur at a minimum one to one (1:1) ratio. Compensatory
mitigation for buffer impacts shall include enhancement of degraded buffers by
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
123
planting native species, removing structures and impervious surfaces within buffers,
and other measures.
e. Special Requirements for Mitigation Banks: Mitigation banks shall not be
subject to the replacement ratios outlined in the replacement ratio table above, but
shall be determined as part of the mitigation banking agreement and certification
process.
f. Buffer Requirements for Replacement Wetlands: Replacement wetlands
established pursuant to these mitigation provisions shall have adequate buffers to
ensure their protection and sustainability. The buffer shall be based on the category
in subsection G2 of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.2.
g. Location: Compensatory mitigation shall be provided on site or off site in the
location that will provide the greatest ecological benefit and have the greatest
likelihood of success. Mitigation shall occur as close as possible to the impact area,
within the same watershed sub-basin, and in a similar habitat type as the permitted
alteration unless the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator
through a watershed- or landscaped-based analysis that mitigation within an
alternative sub-basin of the same watershed would have greater ecological benefit.
h. Protection: All mitigation areas whether on or off site shall be permanently
protected and managed to prevent degradation and ensure protection of critical area
functions and values into perpetuity. Permanent protection shall be achieved through
protective covenant in accordance with this Section.
SECTION XVII. Section 4-3-050.L.1.a of the RMC is amended as follows:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
124
1. Mitigation Plan Required:
a. Criteria: Mitigation plans required through the application of subsections G4 to
G9 of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.G.2 and 4-3-050.G.4 through G.7 shall comply with
chapter 4-8 RMC. In addition, the applicant shall:
i. Demonstrate sufficient scientific expertise, the supervisory capability, and
the financial resources to carry out the mitigation project; and
ii. Demonstrate the capability for monitoring the site and making corrections
during the monitoring period if the mitigation project fails to meet projected
goals; and
iii. Protect and manage, or provide for the protection and management, of the
mitigation area to avoid further development or degradation and to provide for
long-term environmental health of the mitigation area; and
iv. Provide for project monitoring and allow City inspections on a schedule
determined by the City; and
v. Avoid mitigation proposals that would result in additional future mitigation
or regulatory requirements for adjacent or abutting properties.
SECTION XVIII. Section 4-3-050.L.1.b of the RMC is amended as follows:
b. Mitigation Sequencing: If alterations to critical areas are proposed for a non-
exempt activity, the applicant shall evaluate alternative methods of developing the
property using the following criteria in this order and provide reasons why a less
intrusive method of development is not feasible. In determining whether to grant
permit approval pursuant to RMC 4-3-050.C, a determination shall be made as to
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
125
whether the feasibility of less intrusive methods of development has been adequately
evaluated and that less intrusive methods of development are not feasible.
i. Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an
action (usually by either finding another site or changing the location on the site).
ii. Minimizing adverse impacts by limiting the magnitude of the action and its
implementation, by using appropriate technology, or by taking affirmative steps,
such as project redesign, relocation, or timing, to avoid or reduce impacts.
iii. Rectifying adverse impacts to wetlands, Wellhead Protection Areas, flood
hazard areas, and fish and wildlife habitat conservation areas by repairing,
rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment to the historical conditions
or the conditions existing at the time of the initiation of the project.
iv. Minimizing or eliminating the hazard by restoring or stabilizing the hazard
area through engineered or other methods.
v. Reducing or eliminating the adverse impacts or hazard over time by
preservation and maintenance operations over the life of the action.
vi. Compensating for adverse impacts to wetlands, Wellhead Protection Areas,
flood hazard areas, and fish and wildlife habitat conservation areas by replacing,
enhancing, or providing substitute resources or environments.
vii. Monitoring the hazard or other required mitigation and taking remedial
action when necessary.
SECTION XIX. Section 4-3-050.L.1.g of the RMC is amended as follows:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
126
g. When Stream or Lake Mitigation Plan Is Required: The applicant shall be
required to conduct a stream or lake mitigation plan pursuant to RMC 4-8-120 if
impacts are identified within a stream or lake study. The approval of the stream or
lake mitigation plan by the Administrator shall be based on the following criteria.
i. Mitigation Location: Mitigation location shall follow the preferences in this
subsection L:
(a) On-Site Mitigation: On-site mitigation is required unless a finding is
made that on-site mitigation is not feasible or desirable;
(b) Off-Site Mitigation within Same Drainage Subbasin as Subject Site:
Off-site mitigation may be allowed when located within the same drainage
subbasin as the subject site and if it achieves equal or improved ecological
functions over mitigation on the subject site;
(c) Off-Site Mitigation within Same Drainage Basin within City Limits:
Off-site mitigation may be allowed when located within the same drainage
basin within the Renton City limits if it achieves equal or improved
ecological functions within the City over mitigation within the same
drainage subbasin as the project;
(d) Off-Site Mitigation within the Same Drainage Basin Outside the
City Limits: Off-site mitigation may be allowed when located within the
same drainage basin outside the Renton City limits if it achieves equal or
improved ecological functions over mitigation within the same drainage
basin within the Renton City limits and it meets City goals.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
127
ii. Mitigation Type: In all cases, mitigation shall provide for equivalent or
greater biological functions pursuant to subsection L1giii(a) of this SectionRMC 4-
3-050.L.1.g.iii.a. Additionally, there shall be no net loss of riparian area or
shoreline ecological function resulting from any activity or land use occurring
within the regulated buffer area. Types of mitigation shall follow the preferences
in this subsection L:
(a) Daylighting (returning to open channel) of streams or removal of
manmade salmonid migration barriers;
(b) Removal of impervious surfaces in buffer areas and improved
biological function of the buffer;
(c) In-stream or in-lake mitigation as part of an approved watershed
basin restoration project;
(d) Other mitigation suitable for site and water body conditions that
meet all other provisions for a mitigation plan.
iii. Contiguous Corridors: Mitigation sites shall be located to preserve or
achieve contiguous riparian or wildlife corridors to minimize the isolating effects
of development on habitat areas, so long as mitigation of aquatic habitat is located
within the same aquatic ecosystem as the area disturbed.
(a) Equivalent or Greater Biological Functions: The Administrator shall
utilize the report “City of Renton Best Available Science Literature Review
and Stream Buffer Recommendations” by AC Kindig and Company and
Cedarock Consultants, dated February 27, 2003 the Washington
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
128
Department of Fish and Wildlife’s Best Available Science document,
“Riparian Ecosystem, Volume 1: Science Synthesis and Management
Implications,” and management recommendations document, “Riparian
Ecosystems, Volume 2: Management Recommendations”, or as amended
hereafter, unless superseded with a City-adopted study, to determine the
existing or potential ecological function of the stream or lake or riparian
habitat that is being affected. Alternate reports or literature that meet
Best Available Science may be utilized as supplemental information in
order to ensure the Administrator’s determination reflects current science
and analysis. Mitigation shall address each function affected by the
alteration. Mitigation to compensate alterations to stream/lake areas and
associated buffers shall achieve equivalent or greater biologic and
hydrologic functions and shall include mitigation for adverse impacts
upstream or downstream of the development proposal site. No net loss of
riparian habitat or water body function shall be demonstrated.
(b) Minimum Mitigation Plan Performance Standards: See subsection
L1 of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.L.1.
iv. Alternative Mitigation: The mitigation requirements set forth in this
subsection L.1 may be modified at the Administrator’s discretion if the applicant
demonstrates that improved habitat functions, on a per-function basis, can be
obtained in the affected sub-drainage basin as a result of alternative mitigation
measures.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
129
SECTION XX. Section 4-3-050.N.3 of the RMC is amended as follows:
3. Minimum Performance Standards for Restoration: Information demonstrating
compliance with the requirements in subsection L of this SectionRMC 4-3-050.L.1 shall be
submitted to the Administrator. The following minimum performance standards shall be
met for the restoration of a critical area; provided, that if the violator can demonstrate
that greater functional and habitat values can be obtained, these standards may be
modified:
a. Wellhead Protection Areas, Flood Hazard Areas, Wetlands, and Fish and
Wildlife Habitat Conservation Areas:
i. The historic structural and functional values shall be restored, including
water quality and habitat functions;
ii. The historic soil types and configuration shall be replicated;
iii. The critical area and buffers shall be replanted with native vegetation that
replicates the vegetation historically found on the site in species types, sizes, and
densities. The historic functions and values should be replicated at the location of
the alteration; and
b. Geologic Hazards:
i. The hazard shall be reduced to a level equal to, or less than, the pre-
development hazard; and
ii. Any rRisk of personal injury resulting from the alteration shall be eliminated
or minimized; and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
130
iii. The hazard area and buffers shall be replanted with native vegetation
sufficient to minimize the hazard.
SECTION XXI. Section 4-11-030 of the RMC is amended as follows:
LLL. CRITICAL AQUIFER RECHARGE AREA: Areas, defined under the provisions of
the Growth Management Act as areas with a critical recharging effect on aquifers used
for potable water, including those areas designated as wellhead protection areas and
aquifer protection areas in accordance with RMC 4-11-010 and RMC 4-11-230
LLLMMM. CRITICAL FACILITY: A facility for which even a slight chance of flooding, high
geologic hazard, or inundation in the areas of flood hazard or volcanic hazard might be
too great. Critical facilities include, but are not limited to, schools, nursing homes,
hospitals, police, fire and emergency response installations, and facilities that produce,
use or store hazardous materials or hazardous waste.
MMMNNN. CRITICAL HABITAT or CRITICAL WILDLIFE HABITAT: Habitat areas associated
with threatened, endangered, sensitive, monitored, or priority species of plants or wildlife
and which, if altered, could reduce the likelihood that the species would maintain and
reproduce over the long term. See also RMC 4-3-050.
NNNOOO. CROSS CONNECTION: See RMC 4-6-100.
OOOPPP. CUL-DE-SAC: A vehicular turn-around at the end of a dead end street.
PPPQQQ. CULTURAL FACILITIES: Facilities which offer passive entertainment and
enjoyment activities to the general public. This definition includes, but is not limited to,
museums and libraries. This definition excludes adult entertainment businesses; dance
halls; dance clubs; religious institutions; and gaming/gambling facilities.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
131
QQQRRR. CURB: A vertical curb and gutter section constructed from concrete.
SECTION XXII. Subsection 4-11-040.L of the RMC is amended as follows:
L. DENSITY, NET: A calculation of the number of housing units and/or lots that would be
allowed on a property after critical areas, i.e., very high landslide hazard areas, protected
slopes (except evaluate on a case-by-case basis those protected slopes created by
previous development), wetlands, Type F, Type Np, and Type Ns waterbodies, Class 1 to
4 streams and lakes, or floodways, and public rights-of-way and legally recorded private
access easements, are subtracted from the gross area (gross acres minus streets and
critical areas multiplied by allowable housing units per acre). Developments meeting the
definition of a shopping center are not required to deduct areas within access easements
from the gross site area for the purpose of calculating net density. Required critical area
buffers, streams that have been daylighted including restored riparian and aquatic areas,
public and private alleys, unit lot drives, drives, joint use driveways (and the access
easements upon them), and trails shall not be subtracted from gross acres for the purpose
of net density calculations. All fractions which result from net density calculations shall
be truncated at two (2) numbers past the decimal (e.g., 4.5678 becomes 4.56).
Calculations for minimum or maximum density which result in a fraction that is one-half
(0.50) or greater shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. Those density
calculations resulting in a fraction that is less than one-half (0.50) shall be rounded down
to the nearest whole number.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
132
SECTION XXIII. Section 4-11-190.B of the RMC is amended as follows:
B. SALMONID MIGRATION BARRIER: An in-stream blockage that consists of a natural
drop (no human influence) with an uninterrupted slope greater than one hundred percent
(100%) (forty five (45) degree angle) and a height in excess of eleven (11) vertical feet
within anadromous salmon-bearing waters or a height in excess of three (3) vertical feet
within resident trout-only bearing waters. Human-made barriers to salmonid migration
(e.g., culverts, weirs, etc.) shall be considered barriers to salmonid migration by this
definition, only if they were lawfully installed; permanent; present a complete barrier to
salmonid passage based on hydraulic drop, water velocity, water depth, or any other
feature which would prevent all salmonids from passing upstream; and in the opinion of
the Community and Economic Development Administrator cannot be modified to provide
salmonid passage without resulting in significant impacts to other environmental
resources, major transportation and utility systems, or to the public, and would have
significant expense. For the purposes of this definition, “significant expense” means a cost
equal to or greater than fifty percent (50%) of the combined value of the proposed site
buildings, structures, and/or site improvements, and existing buildings, structures, and/or
site improvements to be retained.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
133
SECTION XXIV. Upon approval of the City Attorney, the City Clerk is authorized to direct
the codifier to make necessary corrections to this ordinance, including the corrections of
scriveners or clerical errors; references to other local, state, or federal laws, codes, rules, or
regulations; or ordinance numbering and section/subsection numbering and references. The City
Clerk is further authorized to direct the codifier to update any chapter, section, or subsection
titles in the Renton Municipal Code affected by this ordinance.
SECTION XXV. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this
ordinance should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction,
such invalidity or unconstitutionality thereof shall not affect the constitutionality of any other
section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this ordinance.
SECTION XXVI. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect five (5) days after publication
of a summary of this ordinance in the City’s official newspaper. The summary shall consist of this
ordinance’s title.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this day of , 2025.
Jason A. Seth, City Clerk
APPROVED BY THE MAYOR this day of , 2025.
Armondo Pavone, Mayor
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
134
Approved as to form:
Shane Moloney, City Attorney
Date of Publication:
ORD-CED:25ORD003:11/19/2025
AGENDA ITEM # 9. c)
1
CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON
ORDINANCE NO. _______
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, EXTENDING THE
TEMPORARY WAIVER OF PARKING FEES FOR THE CITY CENTER PARKING GARAGE
ESTABLISHED BY ORDINANCE NO. 6139 FOR PERIODS OF UP TO 10 HOURS
WITHIN THE CITY’S CITY CENTER PARKING GARAGE LOCATED AT 655 SOUTH 2ND
STREET, PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY, AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE
DATE.
WHEREAS, the City Center Parking Garage is an important asset for the downtown area
as it provides convenient parking for persons visiting downtown for events, dining, shopping,
recreation, and other business-related activities; and
WHEREAS, the actual usage of the garage remains fairly low. Allowing patrons to utilize
the garage without charge (for free) is important to ensuring that it remains an available option
that drivers will utilize either for multi-hour parking for longer downtown visits or for quicker
visits and times when on-street parking options are more limited; and
WHEREAS, construction of the nearby Pavilion is set to begin in the second quarter of
2025. During construction, property and business owners have been encouraged to recommend
the garage and its free parking option as an alternative place to park for customers and
employees. Leaving the free parking in place during 2026 allows the streetscape improvements
team to continue promoting this option during the remainder of the construction period; and
WHEREAS, although the pandemic has ended, downtown businesses remain in recovery
mode. Providing sufficient, convenient, and free parking at the garage will assist in the recovery
effort for Downtown’s small and locally-owned businesses by encouraging more customers to
visit Downtown to patronize them; and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. d)
ORDINANCE NO. _________
2
WHEREAS, in order to accommodate the anticipated increases in short-term parking the
area zoned Center Downtown (CD) and to assist the struggling downtown business community,
Ordinance No. 5997 temporary waived hourly parking fees in the City’s City Center Parking
Garage located at 655 South 2nd Street for parking up to 10 hours; and
WHEREAS, the City Council extended and amended Ordinance No. 5997 in Ordinance
Nos. 6018, 6039, 6065, 6131, and 6139,and the City Council desires to extend the waiver of fees
for an additional year;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, DO
ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION I. Council hereby temporarily extends the waiver of the following parking fees
established in Section III of the City of Renton Fee Schedule for the following parking periods with
the City Center Parking Garage:
Zero (0) to two (2) hours;
Two (2) to four (4) hours;
Four (4) to six (6) hours;
Six (6) to (10) hours
to December 31, 2026.
SECTION II. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this ordinance
should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction, such
invalidity or unconstitutionality thereof shall not affect the constitutionality of any other section,
subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this ordinance.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. d)
ORDINANCE NO. _________
3
SECTION III. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect five (5) days after publication
of a summary of this ordinance in the City's official newspaper. The summary shall consist of this
ordinance's title.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL the day of , 2025.
______________________________
Jason A. Seth, City Clerk
APPROVED BY THE MAYOR this day of , 2025.
______________________________
Armondo Pavone, Mayor
Approved as to form:
Shane Moloney, City Attorney
Date of Publication:
ORD-PW:25ORD007:04.10.2025
AGENDA ITEM # 9. d)
1
CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON
ORDINANCE NO. ________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, IMPLEMENTING
STATUTORY CHANGES REFLECTED IN THE OCTOBER 2025 REVISED MODEL
ORDINANCE FOR BUSINESS AND OCCUPATION TAX BY AMENDING SUBSECTIONS
5-25-2.J.1 THROUGH 5-25-2.J.3, 5-25-2.J.5, 5-25-2.R.2, 5-25-2.Y, and 5-25-2.Z OF
THE RENTON MUNICIPAL CODE BY CHANGING THE TAXATION OF CERTAIN
ACTIVITES FROM SERVICES TO RETAIL, AUTHORIZING CORRECTIONS,
PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY, AND ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, Renton has established, and levies, a Business & Occupation (“B&O”) tax on
parties engaging in business in the City; and
WHEREAS, on May 20, 2025, the Washington state legislature, through Engrossed
Substitute Senate Bill 5814 (“SB 5814”), modified the application and administration of taxation
of certain service activities; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to RCW 35.102.040, and in response to SB 5814, the Association of
Washington Cities updated the model ordinance for B&O tax; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to RCW 35.102.040(2), the city of Renton must adopt all mandatory
provisions in the B&O model ordinance;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, DO
ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION I. All portions of the Renton Municipal Code (“RMC”) in this ordinance not
shown in strikethrough and underline edits remain in effect and unchanged.
SECTION II. Subsections 5-25-2.J.1 through 5-25-2.J.3 RMC are amended as follows:
J. Engaging in business:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
2
1. The term “engaging in business” means commencing, conducting, or continuing
in business, and also the exercise of corporate or franchise powers, as well as liquidating
a business when the liquidators thereof hold themselves out to the public as conducting
such business.
2. This section sets forth examples of activities that constitute engaging in business
in the City, and establishes safe harbors for certain of those activities so that a person
who meets the criteria may engage in de minimis business activities in the City without
having to register and obtain a business license or pay City business and occupation taxes.
The activities listed in this section are illustrative only and are not intended to narrow the
definition of “engaging in business” in subsection 1. If an activity is not listed, whether it
constitutes engaging in business in the City shall be determined by considering all the
facts and circumstances and applicable law.
3. Without being all-inclusive, any one of the following activities conducted within
the City by a person, or its employee, agent, representative, independent contractor,
broker or another person acting on its behalf constitutes engaging in business and
requires a person to register and obtain a business license:
a. Owning, renting, leasing, maintaining, or having the right to use, or using,
tangible personal property, intangible personal property, or real property
permanently or temporarily located in the City.
b. Owning, renting, leasing, using, or maintaining, an office, place of business, or
other establishment in the City.
c. Soliciting sales.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
3
d. Making repairs or providing maintenance or service to real or tangible personal
property, including warranty work and property maintenance.
e. Providing technical assistance or service, including quality control, product
inspections, warranty work, or similar services on or in connection with tangible
personal property sold by the person or on its behalf.
f. Installing, constructing, or supervising installation or construction of, real or
tangible personal property.
g. Soliciting, negotiating, or approving franchise, license, or other similar
agreements.
h. Collecting current or delinquent accounts.
i. Picking up and transporting tangible personal property, solid waste, construction
debris, or excavated materials.
j. Providing disinfecting and pest control services, employment and labor pool
services, home nursing care, janitorial services, appraising, landscape architectural
services, security system services, surveying, and real estate services including the
listing of homes and managing real property.
k. Rendering professional services such as those provided by accountants,
architects, attorneys, auctioneers, consultants, engineers, professional athletes,
barbers, baseball clubs and other sports organizations, chemists, consultants,
psychologists, court reporters, dentists, doctors, detectives, laboratory operators,
teachers, veterinarians.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
4
l. Meeting with customers or potential customers, even when no sales or orders
are solicited at the meetings.
m. Training or recruiting agents, representatives, independent contractors,
brokers or others, domiciled or operating on a job in the City, acting on its behalf, or
for customers or potential customers.
n. Investigating, resolving, or otherwise assisting in resolving customer
complaints.
o. In-store stocking or manipulating products or goods, sold to and owned by a
customer, regardless of where sale and delivery of the goods took place.
p. Delivering goods in vehicles owned, rented, leased, used, or maintained by the
person or another person acting on its behalf.
SECTION III. Subsection 5-25-2.J.5 RMC is amended as follows:
5. A seller located outside the City merely delivering goods into the City by means of
common carrier is not required to register and obtain a business license, provided that it
engages in no other business activities in the City. Such activities do not include those in
subsection 4.
The City expressly intends that engaging in business includes any activity sufficient to
establish nexus for purposes of applying the tax under the law and the constitutions of
the United States and the State of Washington. Nexus is presumed to continue as long as
the taxpayer benefits from the activity that constituted the original nexus generating
contact or subsequent contacts.
SECTION IV. Subsection 5-25-2.R.2 RMC is amended as follows:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
5
2. “To manufacture” means all activities of a commercial or industrial nature
requiring the use of labor or skill, wherein labor or skill is applied, by hand or machinery,
to materials or ingredients resulting in so that as a result thereof a new, different or useful
product for sale or commercial or industrial use, and shall include:
a. The production of special made or custom made articles;
b. The production of dental appliances, devices, restorations, substitutes, or
other dental laboratory products by a dental laboratory or dental technician;
c. Crushing and/or blending of rock, sand, stone, gravel, or ore; and
d. The producing of articles for sale, or for commercial or industrial use from raw
materials or prepared materials by giving such materials, articles, and substances of
trade or commerce new forms, qualities, properties or combinations including, but
not limited to, such activities as making, fabricating, processing, refining, mixing,
slaughtering, packing, aging, curing, mild curing, preserving, canning, and the
preparing and freezing of fresh fruits and vegetables.
“To manufacture” shall not include the production of digital goods or the production of
computer software if the computer software is delivered from the seller to the purchaser by
means other than tangible storage media, including the delivery by use of a tangible storage
media where the tangible storage media is not physically transferred to the purchaser.
SECTION V. Subsections 5-25-2(Y) and 5-25-2(Z) RMC is amended as shown below.
Y. Sale at retail, retail sale:
1. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” means every sale of tangible personal property
(including articles produced, fabricated, or imprinted) to all persons irrespective of the
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
6
nature of their business and including but not limited to, persons who install, repair, clean,
alter, improve, construct, or decorate real or personal property of or for consumers, other
than a sale to a person who presents a resale certificate under RCW 82.04.470, Wholesale
sale – Reseller permit – Exemption certificates – Burden of proof – Tax liability, and who:
a. Purchases for the purpose of resale as tangible personal property in the regular
course of business without intervening use by such person; or
b. Installs, repairs, cleans, alters, imprints, improves, constructs, or decorates real
or personal property of or for consumers, if such tangible personal property becomes
an ingredient or component of such real or personal property without intervening use
by such person; or
c. Purchases for the purpose of consuming the property purchased in producing
for sale a new article of tangible personal property or substance, of which such
property becomes an ingredient or component or is a chemical used in processing,
when the primary purpose of such chemical is to create a chemical reaction directly
through contact with an ingredient of a new article being produced for sale; or
d. Purchases for the purpose of consuming the property purchased in producing
ferrosilicon which is subsequently used in producing magnesium for sale, if the
primary purpose of such property is to create a chemical reaction directly through
contact with an ingredient of ferrosilicon; or
e. Purchases for the purpose of providing the property to consumers as part
of competitive telephone service, as defined in RCW 82.04.065. The term shall include
every sale of tangible personal property which is used or consumed or to be used or
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
7
consumed in the performance of any activity classified as a “sale at retail” or “retail
sale” even though such property is resold or utilized as provided in a through e of this
subsection following such use.; or
f. Purchases for the purpose of satisfying the person’s obligations under an
extended warranty as defined in subsection 78 of this section, if such tangible
personal property replaces or becomes an ingredient or component of property
covered by the extended warranty without intervening use by such person.
The term shall include every sale of tangible personal property which is used or
consumed or to be used or consumed in the performance of any activity classified as
a “sale at retail” or “retail sales” even though such property is resold or utilized as
provided in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this subsection following such use.
The term also means every sale of tangible personal property to persons engaged
in any business that is taxable under RCW 82.04.280(1)(a), (b), and (g), 82.04.290, and
82.04.2908.
2. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” also means every sale of tangible personal property
to persons engaged in any business activity which is taxable under this chapter.
3. The term “sale at retail” or “retail sale” includes the sale of or charge made for
personal, business, or professional services including amounts designated as interest,
rents, fees, admission, and other service emoluments however designated, received by
persons engaging in the following business activities:
a. Information technology training services, technical support, and other services
including, but not limited to, assisting with network operations and support, help desk
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
8
services, in-person training related to hardware or software, network system support
services, data entry services, and data processing services; or
b. Custom website development services. For the purposes of this subsection (3),
“website development services” means the design, development, and support of a
website provided by a website developer to a customer; or
c. Investigation, security services, security monitoring services, and armored car
services including but not limited to, background checks, security guard and patrol
services, personal and event security, armored car transportation of cash and
valuables, and security system services and monitoring. This does not include
locksmith services; or
d. Temporary staffing services. For the purposes of this subsection (3), “temporary
staffing services” means providing workers to other businesses, except for hospitals
licensed under chapter 70.41 or 71.12 RCW, for limited periods of time to supplement
their workforce and fill employment vacancies on a contract or for fee basis; or
e. Advertising services.
i. For the purposes of this subsection 3, “advertising services” means all digital
and nondigital services related to the creation, preparation, production, or
dissemination of advertisements including, but not limited to:
(A) Layout, art direction graphic design, mechanical preparation,
production supervision, placement, referrals, acquisition of advertising space, and
rendering advice concerning the best methods of advertising products or services;
and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
9
(B) Online referrals, search engine marketing, and lead generation
optimization, web campaign planning, the acquisition of advertising space in the
internet media, and the monitoring and evaluation of website traffic for the
purposes of determining the effectiveness of an advertising campaign.
ii. “Advertising services” do not include:
(A) Web hosting services and domain name registration;
(B) Services rendered in respect to the following:
(I) “Newspapers” as defined in RCW 82.04.214;
(II) Printing or publishing under RCW 82.04.280; and
(III) “Radio and television broadcasting” within this state as defined in
RCW 82.04 (section 1, chapter 9, Laws of 2025); and
(C) Services rendered in respect to out-of-home advertising, including;
Billboard advertising; street furniture advertising; transit advertising; place-
based advertising, such as in-store display advertising or point-of-sale
advertising; dynamic or static signage at live events; naming rights; and fixed
signage advertising. Out-of-home advertising does not include direct mail; or
f. Live presentation including, but not limited to, lectures, seminars, workshops,
or courses where participants attend either in person or via the internet or
telecommunications equipment that allows audience members and the presenter or
instructor to give, receive, and discuss information with each other in real time.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
10
For the purposes of (a) through (c) and (e) of this subsection 3, the terms “sale at
retail” and “retail sale” do not include a sale between members of an affiliated group
as defined in RCW 82.04.299(1)(f).
34. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” shall include the sale of or charge made for tangible
personal property consumed and/or for labor and services rendered in respect to the
following:
a. The installing, repairing, cleaning, altering, imprinting, or improving of tangible
personal property of or for consumers, including charges made for the mere use of
facilities, but excluding charges made for the use of coin-operated laundry facilities
when such facilities are situated in and for the exclusive use of tenants of an
apartment house, rooming house, or mobile home park, and also excluding sales of
laundry service to nonprofit health care facilities, and excluding services rendered in
respect to live animals, birds and insects;
b. The constructing, repairing, decorating, or improving of new or existing
buildings or other structures under, upon, or above real property of or for consumers,
including the installing or attaching of any tangible personal property, whether or not
such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation, and shall
also include the sale of services or charges made for the clearing of land and the
moving of earth excepting the mere leveling of land used in commercial farming or
agriculture;
c. The charge for labor and services rendered in respect to constructing, repairing,
or improving any structure upon, above, or under any real property owned by an
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
11
owner who conveys the property by title, possession, or any other means to the
person performing such construction, repair, or improvement for the purpose of
performing such construction, repair, or improvement and the property is then
reconveyed by title, possession, or any other means to the original owner;
d. The sale of or charge made for labor and services rendered in respect to the
cleaning, fumigating, razing or moving of existing buildings or structures, but shall not
include the charge made for janitorial services; and for purposes of this section the
term “janitorial services” shall mean those cleaning and caretaking services ordinarily
performed by commercial janitor service businesses including, but not limited to, wall
and window washing, floor cleaning and waxing, and the cleaning in place of rugs,
drapes and upholstery. The term “janitorial services” does not include painting,
papering, repairing, furnace or septic tank cleaning, snow removal or sandblasting;
e. The sale of or charge made for labor and services rendered in respect to
automobile towing and similar automotive transportation services, but not in respect
to those required to report and pay taxes under RCW Chapter 82.16, Public Utility Tax;
f. The sale of and charge made for the furnishing of lodging and all other services,
except telephone business and cable service, by a hotel, rooming house, tourist court,
motel, trailer camp, and the granting of any similar license to use real property, as
distinguished from the renting or leasing of real property, and it shall be presumed
that the occupancy of real property for a continuous period of one (1) month or more
constitutes a rental or lease of real property and not a mere license to use or enjoy
the same. For the purposes of this subsection, it shall be presumed that the sale of
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
12
and charge made for the furnishing of lodging for a continuous period of one (1)
month or more to a person is a rental or lease of real property and not a mere license
to enjoy the same;
g. The installing, repairing, altering, or improving of digital goods for consumers;
h. The sale of or charge made for tangible personal property, labor and services to
persons taxable under a through g of this subsection when such sales or charges are
for property, labor and services which are used or consumed in whole or in part by
such persons in the performance of any activity defined as a “sale at retail” or “retail
sale” even though such property, labor and services may be resold after such use or
consumption. Nothing contained in this subsection shall be construed to modify
subsection 1 of this section and nothing contained in subsection 1 of this section shall
be construed to modify this subsection.
45. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” shall also include the providing of competitive
telephone service to consumers.
56. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale”:
a. Shall also include the sale of prewritten software, custom software, and
customization of prewritten computer software to a consumer, other than a sale to a
person who presents a resale certificate under RCW 82.04.470, regardless of the
method of delivery to the end user. For purposes of this subsection 56.a the sale of
prewritten computer software includes the sale of or charge made for a key or an
enabling or activation code, where the key or code is required to activate prewritten
computer software and use the software. There is no separate sale of the key or code
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
13
from the prewritten computer software, regardless of how the sale may characterized
by the vendor or by the purchaser.
The term “sale at retail” or “retail sale” does not include the sale of or charge made
for:
i. Custom software; or
ii. The customization of prewritten software.
b.
iii.i. The term “sale at retail” or “retail sales” also includes the charge made to
consumers for the right to access and use prewritten computer software, custom
software, and customization of prewritten computer software, where possession
of the software is maintained by the seller or a third-party, regardless of whether
the charge for the service is on a per use, per user, per license, subscription, or
some other basis.
ii. (A) The service described in b.i of this subsection 56 includes the right to
access and use prewritten software, custom software, and customization of
prewritten computer software to perform data processing.
(B) For purposes of this subsection b.ii “data processing” means the
systematic performance of operations on data to extract the required
information in an appropriate form or to convert the data to usable
information. Data processing includes check processing, image processing,
form processing, survey processing, payroll processing, claim processing, and
similar activities.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
14
67. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” shall also include the sale of or charge made for
labor and services rendered in respect to the building, repairing, or improving of any
street, place, road, highway, easement, right of way, mass public transportation terminal
or parking facility, bridge, tunnel, or trestle which is owned by a municipal corporation or
political subdivision of the state, the State of Washington, or the United States of America
and which is used or to be used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic including mass
transportation vehicles of any kind (public road construction).
78. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” shall also include the sale of or charge made for an
extended warranty to a consumer. For purposes of this subsection, “extended warranty”
means an agreement for a specified duration to perform the replacement or repair of
tangible personal property at no additional charge or a reduced charge for tangible
personal property, labor, or both, or to provide indemnification for the replacement or
repair of tangible personal property, based on the occurrence of specified events. The
term “extended warranty” does not include an agreement, otherwise meeting the
definition of extended warranty in this subsection, if no separate charge is made for the
agreement and the value of the agreement is included in the sales price of the tangible
personal property covered by the agreement.
89. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” shall also include the sale of or charge made for
labor and services rendered in respect to the constructing, repairing, decorating, or
improving of new or existing buildings or other structures under, upon, or above real
property of or for the United States, any instrumentality thereof, or a county or city
housing authority created pursuant to chapter 35.82 RCW, including the installing, or
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
15
attaching of any article of tangible personal property, whether or not such personal
property becomes a part of the real property by virtue of installation (government
contracting).
910. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” shall not include the sale of services or charges
made for the clearing of land and the moving of earth of or for the United States of
America, or any of its instrumentality, or a county or city housing authority. The term does
not include the sale of services or charges made for cleaning up for the United States of
America, or any of its instrumentalities, radioactive waste and other byproducts of
weapons production and nuclear research and development. (This should be reported
under the service and other classification as defined under 5-25-4.A.7.)
1011. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” shall not include the sale of or charge made for
labor and services rendered for environmental remedial action. (This should be reported
under the service and other classification as defined under 5-25-4.A.7.)
1112. a. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” shall also include the following sales to
consumers of digital goods, digital codes, and digital automated services:
a.i. Sales in which the seller has granted the purchaser the right of permanent
use;
b.ii. Sales in which the seller has granted the purchaser a right of use that is
less than permanent;
c.iii. Sales in which the purchaser is not obligated to make continued payment
as a condition of the sale; and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
16
d.iv. Sales in which the purchaser is obligated to make continued payment as
a condition of the sale.
b. A retail sale of digital goods, digital codes, or digital automated services under
this subsection Y.1112 includes any services provided by the seller exclusively in
connection with the digital goods, digital codes, or digital automated services,
whether or not a separate charge is made for such services.
c. A retail sale of digital goods, digital codes, or digital automated services does
not include the following services if the sale occurs between members of an affiliated
group as defined in RCW 82.04.299(1)(f):
i. Any service that primarily involves the application of human effort by the
seller, and the human effort originated after the customer requested the service;
ii. Live presentations, such as lectures, seminars, workshops, or courses, where
participants are connected to other participants via the internet or
telecommunications equipment, which allows audience members and the
presenter or instructor to give receive, and discuss information with each other in
real time;
iii. Advertising services. For purposes of this subsection, “advertising services”
means all services directly related to the creation, preparation, production, or
dissemination of advertisements. Advertising services include layout, art
direction, graphic design, mechanical preparation, production supervision,
placement, and rendering advice to a client concerning the best methods of
advertising that client’s products or services. Advertising services also include
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
17
online referrals, search engine marketing and lead generation optimization, web
campaign planning, the acquisition of advertising space in the internet media, and
the monitoring and evaluation of website traffic for the purposes of determining
the effectiveness of an advertising campaign. Advertising services do not include
web hosting services and domain name registration; and
iv. Data processing services. For purposes of this subsection, “data processing
service” means a primarily automated service provided to a business or other
organization where the primary object of the service is the systematic
performance of operations by the service provider on data supplied in whole or in
part by the customer to extract the required information in an appropriate form
or to convert the data to usable information. Data processing services include
check processing, image processing, form processing, survey processing, payroll
processing, claim processing, and similar activities. Data processing does not
include the service described in subsection of this section.
d. For purposes of this subsection, “permanent” means perpetual or for an
indefinite or unspecified length of time. A right of permanent use is presumed to have
been granted unless the agreement between the seller and the purchaser specifies or
the circumstances surrounding the transaction suggest or indicate that the right to
use terminates on the occurrence of a condition subsequent.
1213. “Sale at retail” or “retail sale” shall also include the installing, repairing, altering,
or improving of digital goods for consumers.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
18
Z. Sale at wholesale, wholesale sale. “Sale at wholesale” or “wholesale sale” means any
sale of tangible personal property, digital goods, digital codes, digital automated services,
prewritten computer software, custom software, customization of prewritten software
to a consumer, or services described in subsection Y.56.b.i, “Sale at retail”, which is not a
retail sale, and any charge made for labor and services rendered for persons who are not
consumers, in respect to real or personal property and retail services, if such charge is
expressly defined as a retail sale or retail service when rendered to or for consumers. Sale
at wholesale also includes the sale of telephone business to another telecommunications
company as defined in RCW 80.04.010 for the purpose of resale, as contemplated by RCW
35.21.715, Taxes on network telephone services.
SECTION VI. Section 4-25-4 RMC is amended as follows:
A. Except as provided in RMC 5-25-4.B (Tax Thresholds) and 5-25-4.C (Annual Tax Cap and
Rate Reduction), through D effective January 1, 2016 at 12:01 a.m. there is levied upon
and shall be collected from every person a tax for the act or privilege of engaging in
business activities in the City of Renton, whether the person’s office or place of business
be within or without the City. The tax shall be in amounts to be determined by application
of rates against gross proceeds of sale, gross income of business, or value of products,
including by-products, as the case may be, as follows:
1. Upon every person engaging within the City in business as an extractor; as to such
persons, the amount of the tax with respect to such business shall be equal to the value
of the products, including by-products, extracted within the City for sale or for commercial
or industrial use, multiplied by the rate of .121 of one percent (.00121). The measure of
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
19
the tax is the value of the products, including by-products, so extracted, regardless of the
place of sale or the fact that deliveries may be made to points outside the City.
2. Upon every person engaging within the City in business as a manufacturer; as to
such persons, the amount of the tax with respect to such business shall be equal to the
value of the products, including by-products, manufactured within the City, multiplied by
the rate of .121 of one percent (.00121). The measure of the tax is the value of the
products, including by-products, so manufactured, regardless of the place of sale or the
fact that deliveries may be made to points outside the City.
3. Upon every person engaging within the City in the business of making sales at
wholesale; as to such persons, the amount of tax with respect to such business shall be
equal to the gross proceeds of such sales of the business without regard to the place of
delivery of articles, commodities or merchandise sold, multiplied by the rate of .121 of
one percent (.00121).
4. Upon every person engaging within the City in the business of making sales at retail;
as to such persons, the amount of tax with respect to such business shall be equal to the
gross proceeds of such sales of the business, without regard to the place of delivery of
articles, commodities or merchandise sold, multiplied by the rate of .070 of one percent
(.00070).
5. Upon every person engaging within the City in the business of (a) printing, (b) both
printing and publishing newspapers, magazines, periodicals, books, music, and other
printed items, (c) publishing newspapers, magazines and periodicals, (d) extracting for
hire, and (e) processing for hire; as to such persons, the amount of tax on such business
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
20
shall be equal to the gross income of the business multiplied by the rate of .121 of one
percent (.00121).
6. Upon every person engaging within the City in the business of sales of retail
services; as to such persons, the amount of tax with respect to such business shall be
equal to the gross proceeds of sales multiplied by the rate of .121 of one percent (.00121).
7. Upon every other person engaging within the City in any business activity other
than or in addition to those enumerated in the above subsections; as to such persons, the
amount of tax on account of such activities shall be equal to the gross income of the
business multiplied by the rate of .121 of one percent (.00121). This subsection includes,
among others, and without limitation whether or not title to material used in the
performance of such business passes to another by accession, merger or other than by
outright sale, persons engaged in the business of developing, or producing custom
software or of customizing canned software, producing royalties or commissions, and
persons engaged in the business of rendering any type of service which does not
constitute a sale at retail, a sale at wholesale, or a retail service.
B. The gross receipts tax imposed in this section shall not apply to any person whose gross
proceeds of sales, gross income of the business, and value of products, including by-
products, as the case may be, from all activities conducted within the City during any
calendar year is equal to or less than $20,000, or is equal to or less than $5,000 during
any quarter if on a quarterly reporting basis.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
21
BC. Expanded Tax Thresholds: The City of Renton has further determined that beyond the
mandatory exception noted in Subsection 5-25-4.B Tthis chapter shall not apply to any
person engaging in any one (1) or more business activities which are otherwise taxable
pursuant to RMC 5-25-4.A, whose value of products, including by-products, gross
proceeds of sales, and gross income of the business, less any deductions, as the case may
be, from all activities conducted during any calendar year, is less than or equal to the
threshold amount of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000).
CD. Annual Tax Cap and Rate Reduction: For the calendar years 2022-2024, the tax
imposed under this chapter for a single taxpayer shall not exceed the following maximum
tax amounts for each respective year according to the following schedule: 2022 – seven
million dollars ($7,000,000); 2023 – nine million dollars ($9,000,000); 2024 – eleven
million dollars ($11,000,000). Starting in 2025 and for each subsequent year thereafter,
once a taxpayer has paid twelve million dollars ($12,000,000) in taxes imposed under this
chapter in the given year, the rates specified in RMC 5-25-4.A shall be discounted by
seventy-five percent (75%) for remaining gross proceeds of sale, gross income of business,
or value of products, including by-products, as the case may be.
SECTION VII. Subsection 5-25-5.B RMC is amended as follows :
B. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the Administrator finds that the
imposition of the City’s tax would place an undue burden upon interstate commerce or
violate constitutional requirements, a taxpayer shall be allowed a credit to the extent
necessary to preserve the validity of the City’s tax, and still apply the City tax to as much
of the taxpayer’s activities as may be subject to the City’s taxing authority.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
22
SECTION VIII. Subsection 5-25-11.M RMC is amended as follows:
M. Constitutional and Statutory Prohibitions: In computing tax, there may be deducted
from the measure of the tax amounts derived from business which the City is prohibited from
taxing under the Constitution or laws of the State of Washington or the Constitution of the United
States of America.
SECTION IX. Upon approval of the City Attorney, the City Clerk is authorized to direct the
codifier to make necessary corrections to this ordinance, including the corrections of scriveners
or clerical errors; references to other local, state, or federal laws, codes, rules, or regulations; or
ordinance numbering and section/subsection numbering and references.
SECTION X. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this ordinance
should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court or competent jurisdiction, such
invalidity or unconstitutionality thereof shall not affect the constitutionality of any other section,
subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this ordinance.
SECTION XI. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect thirty (30) days after adoption.
No later than five (5) days prior to such effective date, a summary of this ordinance consisting of
its title shall be published in the City’s official newspaper.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this _______ day of ___________________, 2025.
Jason A. Seth, City Clerk
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
23
APPROVED BY THE MAYOR this _______ day of _____________________, 2025.
Armondo Pavone, Mayor
Approved as to form:
Shane Moloney, City Attorney
Date of Publication:
ORD-FINANCE:25ORD023:11/06/2025
AGENDA ITEM # 9. e)
1
CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON
ORDINANCE NO. ________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, IMPLEMENTING
STATUTORY CHANGES REFLECTED IN THE REVISED BUSINESS LICENSE MODEL
THRESHOLD ORDINANCE, AMENDING SUBSECTION 5-5-3.B OF THE RENTON
MUNICIPAL CODE, ADJUSTING THE BUSINESS LICENSE THRESHOLD EXEMPTION,
AUTHORIZING CORRECTIONS, PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY, AND
ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, Renton imposes a general business license; and
WHEREAS, on May 5, 2017, the Washington state legislature, through Engrossed House
Bill 2005 (“EHB 2005”), established statewide general business licensing guidance for cities; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to RCW 35.90.080, and in response to EHB 2005, the Association of
Washington Cities adopted a 2018 model ordinance of general business license requirements;
and
WHEREAS, pursuant to RCW 35.90.080(2), Renton is required to adopt mandatory
provisions of the model ordinance; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to RCW 35.90.080(1)(c), the model ordinance on general business
license requirements may not be amended more frequently than once every four (4) years; and
WHEREAS, the 2018 model ordinance on general business license requirements has not
been amended since it was adopted on January 1, 2019; and
WHEREAS, the Association of Washington Cities updated the 2018 business license model
ordinance with a mandatory increase to the business license threshold for out-of-city businesses
and applying automatic periodic increases based on cumulative inflation;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, DO
ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. f)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
2
SECTION I. All portions of the Renton Municipal Code (“RMC”) in this ordinance not
shown in strikethrough and underline edits remain in effect and unchanged.
SECTION II. Subsection 5-5-3.B of the RMC is amended as shown below.
B. General Business License Registration Fee:
1. General Business License Registration Fee Required: The general business license
registration fee of one hundred fifty dollars ($150.00) shall be due and payable when filing
a completed registration form as prescribed by the Administrator. The general business
license registration fee may be adjusted from time to time, as published in the current
City of Renton Fee Schedule. If a business enterprise’s first date of engaging in business
in the City is after July 1, a prorated half year general business license registration fee will
be due in the amount of seventy-five dollars ($75).
2. Exemptions: The following are exempt from the general business license
registration fee, if demonstrated through means satisfactory to the Administrator:
a. Non-Profit Exemption: A person that can demonstrate that it is exempt from
federal income taxation pursuant to 26U.S. Code Subsections 501(c) or (d), as those
subsections may be amended or recodified.
b. Threshold Exemption: A person that can demonstrate that (1) its business has,
as applicable to the type of business, an annual value of products, gross proceeds of
sales, and gross income in the City equal to or less than two thousand dollars ($2,000),
aggregated, and (2) it does not maintain a place of business within the City. This
exemption does not apply to a person whose business requires or obtains a regulatory
license or specialized permit.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. f)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
3
i. Beginning January 1, 2026, the threshold amount will increase to $4,000.
ii. An amount equal to the increase in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for “West
Urban, All Urban Consumers” (CPI-U) for each 12-month period ending on June 30
as published by the United States Department of Labor Bureau of Labor Statistics
or successor agency. To calculate this adjustment, the current rate will be
multiplied by one plus the cumulative four-year (forty-eight month) CPI increase
using each 12-month period ending on June 30 of each prior year, and rounded to
the nearest $100. However, if any of the annual CPI increases are more than five
(5) percent, a five (5) percent increase will be used in computing the annual basis
and if any of the annual CPI decreased during the forty-eight month period, a zero
(0) percent increase will be used in computing the annual basis.
3. Time within Which to Claim Overpayment of General Business License Registration
Fee: If a person makes an overpayment of a general business license registration fee, and,
within four (4) years after date of such overpayment, makes application for a refund or
credit of the overpayment, its claim shall be allowed and be repaid from the general fund
or be applied as a credit to annual renewal fess as approved by the Administrator.
SECTION III. Upon approval of the City Attorney, the City Clerk is authorized to direct
the codifier to make necessary corrections to this ordinance, including the corrections of
scriveners or clerical errors; references to other local, state, or federal laws, codes, rules, or
regulations; or ordinance numbering and section/subsection numbering and references.
SECTION IV. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this
ordinance should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court or competent jurisdiction,
AGENDA ITEM # 9. f)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
4
such invalidity or unconstitutionality thereof shall not affect the constitutionality of any other
section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this ordinance.
SECTION V. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect thirty (30) days after
adoption. No later than five (5) days prior to such effective date, a summary of this ordinance
consisting of its title shall be published in the City’s official newspaper.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this _______ day of ___________________, 2025.
Jason A. Seth, City Clerk
APPROVED BY THE MAYOR this _______ day of _____________________, 2025.
Armondo Pavone, Mayor
Approved as to form:
Shane Moloney, City Attorney
Date of Publication:
ORD-FINANCE:25ORD024:11/07/2025
AGENDA ITEM # 9. f)
1
CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON
ORDINANCE NO. ________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, AMENDING THE CITY’S
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN TO ADOPT THE CITY’S NEW TRANSPORTATION
ELEMENT, AUTHORIZING CORRECTIONS, PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY, AND
ESTABLISHING AN EFFECTIVE DATE
WHEREAS, the Council has heretofore adopted and filed a Comprehensive Plan and the
Council has implemented and amended the Comprehensive Plan from time to time, together
with the adoption of various codes, reports, and records; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Ordinance 6153, on December 9, 2024, the City adopted its
updated 2024 Comprehensive Plan; and
WHEREAS, developing the Transportation Element of the Comprehensive Plan has
occurred on a special timeline and the Puget Sound Regional Council (PSRC) certified the city’s
Comprehensive Plan in June 2025 with the condition of completing the Transportation Element
by December 2025; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to RCW 36.70A.106, on September 3, 2025, the City notified the
State of Washington of its intent to adopt amendments to its development regulations; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Growth Management Act (GMA), all capital facilities plans are
required to be incorporated as a sub-element of the City’s comprehensive plans; and
WHEREAS, adoption of the 2025 Transportation Element is in the public interest and will
promote the safety and improvement of the non-motorized and motorized transportation
system and will enable the City to meet its long-term growth requirements; and
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
2
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission held a public hearing on this matter on September
17, 2025, considered all relevant matters, and heard all parties in support or opposition, and
subsequently forwarded a recommendation to the City Council;
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON, DO
ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION I. All portions of the City’s Comprehensive Plan in this ordinance that are not
shown as amended herein remain in effect and unchanged.
SECTION II. The City amends the Comprehensive Plan by replacing the 2024
Transportation Element in its entirety with the 2025 Transportation Element of the
Comprehensive Plan attached as Exhibit A hereto and incorporated by this reference, and
authorizes and directs City staff to submit the final 2025 Transportation Element, together with
Appendix D referenced in Section III of this ordinance, to the Washington State Department of
Commerce and Puget Sound Regional Council, following insertion of any minor revisions or
corrections associated with the City Council’s final approval.
SECTION III. The City amends the Comprehensive Plan by replacing Appendix D in its
entirety with Appendix D attached as Exhibit B hereto and incorporated by this reference, and
authorizes and directs City staff to submit the Appendix, together with the 2025 Transportation
Element referenced in Section II of this ordinance, to the Washington State Department of
Commerce and Puget Sound Regional Council, following insertion of any minor revisions or
corrections associated with the City Council’s final approval.
SECTION IV. City staff are directed to correct the Comprehensive Plan Table of
Contents, to account for a longer 2025 Transportation Element section.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
3
SECTION V. Upon approval of the City Attorney, the City Clerk is authorized to direct
the codifier to make necessary corrections to this ordinance, including the corrections of
scriveners or clerical errors; references to other local, state, or federal laws, codes, rules, or
regulations; or ordinance numbering and section/subsection numbering and references. The City
Clerk is further authorized to direct the codifier to update any chapter, section, or subsection
titles in the Renton Municipal Code affected by this ordinance.
SECTION VI. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this
ordinance should be held to be invalid or unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction,
such invalidity or unconstitutionality thereof shall not affect the constitutionality of any other
section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this ordinance.
SECTION VII. This ordinance shall be in full force and effect five (5) days after publication
of a summary of this ordinance in the City’s official newspaper. The summary shall consist of this
ordinance’s title.
PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this day of , 2025.
Jason A. Seth, City Clerk
APPROVED BY THE MAYOR this day of , 2025.
Armondo Pavone, Mayor
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
ORDINANCE NO. ________
4
Approved as to form:
Shane Moloney, City Attorney
Date of Publication:
ORD-CED:25ORD003:11/13/2025
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
EXHIBIT A
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation
Transportation investments shape development patterns
that, in turn, influence the economic health, safety, and
character of a community. The design, construction,
maintenance, operation, and location of city streets,
roads, sidewalks, trails and other transportation facilities
impacts all Renton residents, employees, and visitors. The
ownership, control, development, and maintenance of
public rights-of-way are primary functions of city
government.
Older transportation facilities built in preceding decades
are reaching the end of their design life and require
maintenance, rehabilitation, or retrofitting. Securing
revenue for transportation investments is increasingly
difficult as the purchasing power of gas tax revenue has
eroded steadily over time, along with the increasing
difficulty of generating greater revenue through taxes. The
public’s concerns about transportation issues have also
expanded beyond cost and mobility to include
neighborhood impacts, sustainability, and
accommodations for all types of users. With more
residents, there is growing demand for alternatives to
single-occupancy vehicles and reducing the impacts of
transportation on the environment.
While specific responsibility and authority for
transportation choices is divided amongst various
governments and agencies, users expect local and
regional transportation facilities to function as a unified
system. Achieving that requires coordination with federal,
state, regional, county, and municipal stakeholders and
decision makers.
Renton has been designated a Core City by the Puget
Sound Regional Council (PSRC). A Core City contains a
regionally designated growth center – Renton’s Urban
Center encompassing Boeing, The Landing, and the
Downtown Business District – serves as a key hub for the
region’s long-range multimodal transportation system,
and also provides major civic, cultural, and employment
centers.
Plans Adopted by Reference
A.Arterial Streets Map
B.Renton Trails and Bicycle Master Plan
C.Parks, Recreation, and Natural Areas Plan
D.King County Metro’s Strategic Plan for Public
Transportation 2021 – 2031, or as thereafter
amended
E.Washington State Freight Mobility Plan
F.Transportation Improvement Program (TIP)
G.Sound Transit 3 (ST3) Plan
H.Washington State Freight Mobility Plan
I.Transportation Improvement Program (TIP)
J.Transportation Improvement Projects and Programs
K.City of Renton’s Commute Trip Reduction (CTR)
Ordinance and CTR Plan
L.Barrier Free Mobility Plan
M.Rainier/Grady Junction TOD Subarea Plan
N.Renton Comprehensive Walkway Plan
O.Local Road Safety Plan
P.Safety Action Plan
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Transportation Framework
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 4
This Transportation Element assists the City of Renton in
coordinating transportation and land use planning within
its municipal boundaries, guides the development of a
multimodal system that provides transportation choices
for all users and facilitates inter-jurisdictional
coordination of transportation-related projects. This
element is consistent with Puget Sound Regional
Council’s VISION 2050 and the Regional Transportation
Plan.
ED. Transportation
Framework
Council’s VISION 2050 and Transportation 2050 and
includes goals and policies addressing the following
topics:
Maintenance, Management and Safety
Transportation Demand Management
Street Network
Pedestrian and Bicycle Transportation
Transit and High Occupancy Vehicles (HOV)
Transportation Options and Mobility
Growth Strategy, Land Use, and Transportation
Level of Service Standards, Design, and
Concurrency
Freight
Airport
Finance, Investment, and Implementation
Intergovernmental Coordination
Coordinate transportation investments with the pace of
growth and land use development patterns to ensure
Renton maintains an efficient, balanced, multimodal
transportation system.
Goals
Goal TR-A: Continue to develop and operate a
transportation system that stimulates, supports, and
enhances the safe, efficient and reliable movement of
people, vehicles, goods, and services, using best
practices and context sensitive design strategies.
Goal TR-B: Balance transportation needs with other
community values and needs by providing facilities that
promote vibrant commerce, clean air and water, and
health and recreation.
Goal TR-C: Maintain, preserve, and extend the life and
utility of transportation investments.
Goal TR-D: Emphasize investments that provide
alternatives to single occupant vehicle travel.
Goal TR-E: Apply technological solutions to improve the
efficiency and safety of the transportation system.
Goal TR-F: Promote and develop local air transportation
facilities in a responsible and efficient manner.
Goal TR-G: Establish a stable, long-term financial
foundation for continuously improving the quality,
effectiveness, safety, and efficiency of the transportation
system.
GOAL
Coordinate transportation investments with
the pace of growth and land use
development patterns to ensure Renton
maintains an efficient, balanced,
multimodal transportation system.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Maintenance, Management, and Safety
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 5
Policies
Policy TR-1: Develop a connected network of
transportation facilities that foster a sense of place in the
public realm with attractive design amenities where
public streets are planned, designed, constructed, and
maintained for the safe, convenient travel of all users,
including pedestrians, bicyclists, transit riders of all ages
and abilities, and freight and motor vehicle drivers.
Policy TR-2: Implement a multimodal level of service that
maximizes access to available alternative transportation
modes such as walking, biking, carpooling, and transit.
Policy TR-3: Develop a transportation system that
preserves and protects natural resources and complies
with regional, state, and federal air and water quality
standards.
Policy TR-4: Promote clean energy transportation
programs and facilities. Identify actions to reduce air
pollution and greenhouse gas emissions from
transportation.
Policy TR-5: Prepare for and support changes in
transportation modes and technologies that are energy-
efficient and improve system performance to support
communities with a sustainable and efficient
transportation system.
Policy TR-6: Reduce stormwater pollution from
transportation facilities through retrofits and updated
design standards to improve fish passage. Where
feasible, integrate other improvements to achieve
multiple benefits and cost efficiencies.
ED. Maintenance,
Management, and
Safety
The design, construction, operation, and maintenance of
the transportation system impacts long-term use and
safety for all users. Safety planning and mitigation,
including strategies for protecting the transportation
system from disasters, requires multidisciplinary efforts
that can significantly improve the livability of Renton.
According to Washington State Department of
Transportation (WSDOT), from 2020 to 2024, about
5,400 collisions were reported along streets within the
City’s limits, excluding mainline freeway segments such
as I-405 and SR 167. High frequency of collisions were
along NE 3rd Street, Sunset Boulevard N, Benson Drive S,
and SW 43rd Street/SE Carr Road/SE Petrovitsky Road.
In addition, heavily traveled roads such as I-405, SR 169,
SR 167, and Rainier Avenue S also show a high frequency
of crashes at ramp intersections with city streets.
Additional safety analysis and maps can be found in
Appendix D.
To improve transportation safety, the City has a Traffic
Safety Program that provides funding for special, small-
scale traffic safety improvements that are typically
identified through citizens’ concerns, crash history, or
observations by traffic operations or maintenance staff.
Policies
Policy TR-7: Coordinate road right-of-way preservation and
maintenance activities to minimize expected life-cycle
costs and maximize asset management.
Policy TR-8: Ensure maintenance and preservation of the
transportation system is given high priority in resource
allocations. Maintain and preserve the transportation
system mindful of life-cycle costs associated with delayed
maintenance.
Policy TR-9: Increase and maintain the resiliency of the
transportation system by incorporating redundancies and
preparing for disasters and other impacts. Develop and
coordinate prevention and recovery strategies and
disaster response plans with regional and local agencies
to protect the transportation system against major
disruptions.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Transportation Demand Management
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 6
Policy TR-10: Optimize the performance of the
transportation network and improve efficiency and safety
for various travel modes through signal timing
coordination, signal retiming on a regular basis,
maintenance and capital replacement programs, and
other operational improvements of existing and planned
transportation facilities.
Policy TR-11: Limit direct access onto arterials when
access opportunities via another route exist.
Policy TR-12: Invest in and maintain Renton’s Intelligent
Transportation Systems (ITS) Program to optimize
emergency response and communications, optimize trips
and traffic flow through traffic center management,
reduce vehicle miles travelled, encourage the use of other
modes, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions from
idling.
Policy TR-13: Secure sustainable funding sources for the
preservation and maintenance of the transportation
system.
Policy TR-14: Coordinate arterial operations and
enhancements to improve transit service operated by
local and regional transit authorities.
ED. Transportation
Demand Management
Transportation Demand Management (TDM) focuses on
more effectively using existing and planned transportation
capacity, ensuring compatibility with planned uses,
accommodating growth consistent with land use
objectives, offering alternatives to Single Occupancy
Vehicle (SOV) travel, mitigating impacts, and better
meeting mobility needs.
Reducing trip-making, dispersing travel demand
throughout the day, and increasing transit usage and ride-
sharing are significantly less costly means of
accommodating increased travel demand than
constructing new or widening existing transportation
facilities. Reducing the number of trips made via single
occupant vehicles is also an effective way of reducing
automobile-related air pollution, traffic congestion, and
energy use.
Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) can be used to
apply technological solutions to problems such as
congestion, safety, and mobility. Substantial investment
in ITS, such as signs and internet sites providing real time
feedback on travel times and alternatives, continues in
the Puget Sound Region. Renton has installed an
Adaptive Signal Control System (ASCS) on the SW 43rd
Street/Carr Road/Petrovitsky Road corridor which adjusts
the timing of intersection stop lights (green, yellow, red
lights) to accommodate changing traffic patterns and
ease traffic congestion. Renton is currently developing
plans to implement an additional ASCS along Rainier
Avenue South, SR 169 (Maple Valley Highway) and SR
900 Sunset Boulevard corridors.
The location and supply of parking is an integral part of
the local transportation system and TDM strategies are
important to commerce and private enterprise.
Inadequate parking can increase congestion on streets as
people circle and look for available spaces. Too much
parking can deter the use of alternative travel modes,
including transit. Providing for “right size” parking ratios
based on a district’s land use intensity and access to
transit is important to community character and mobility
and can help reduce the total cost of development.
Satellite parking with shuttle services and collective
structured parking are potential physical methods for
managing and increasing the parking supply.
Renton adopted a Commute Trip Reduction Plan and
Ordinance requiring employers with 100 or more regular
employees who arrive to work weekdays between the
hours of 6 and 9 a.m. to have transportation benefit
programs for their workforce. The aim is to reduce
commute trips made by single occupancy vehicles (SOV)
and encourage commuters to use other means of
transportation to work, such as carpooling or vanpooling,
taking transit (buses and trains), or if possible, bicycling
or walking. This improves air quality, reduces fuel
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Street Network
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 7
consumption and reduces congestion on local and
regional roads during commute hours.
Renton’s mixed-use centers offer opportunities to reduce
single occupant vehicle (SOV) travel. Regional plans call
for Regional Growth Centers such as Renton’s to work
towards reducing SOV shares.
In 2022, PSRC estimated the following work trip mode
shares in Renton’s Regional Growth Center:
Single Occupant Vehicle
66.2%
High Occupancy Vehicle
5.3%
Walk and Bike
3.7%
Transit
8.5%
Work from Home
15%
Other
1.3%
Source: PSRC, 2022.
The combination of increased land use density,
development patterns and investments in expanding
transit, walk, and bike facilities would increase the
accessibility and mobility options. By 2044, the
transportation model forecasts the SOV mode share
would decrease by up to six percentage points in
Renton’s Regional Growth Center. This corresponds to
two percentage points increase in people carpooling and
four percentage points increase across the transit, walk,
and bike modes.
Policies
Policy TR-15: Implement transportation demand
management (TDM) programs to reduce disruptive traffic
impacts and to support mixed-use development,
commercial centers, and employment areas.
Policy TR-16: Encourage a reduction in drive alone work
trip shares to below 60% by 2044 within the Regional
Growth Center through investments in non-motorized
facility connections, collaboration with transit providers,
and commute trip reduction programs with employers.
This goal aligns with WSDOT’s drive-alone goals.
Policy TR-17: Invest in and maintain Renton’s Intelligent
Transportation Systems (ITS) Program coordinated with
other agencies.
Policy TR-18: Encourage ridesharing through
requirements for parking reserved for carpool and
vanpool vehicles in the zoning code or as allowed under
state law.
Policy TR-19: Provide education and awareness to
employers about their commute trip reduction obligations
under the City of Renton’s Commute Trip Reduction (CTR)
Ordinance and CTR Plan.
Policy TR-20: Regularly review and refine parking ratios to
account for existing parking supply, land use intensity,
and access to transit, as allowed under state law.
Policy TR-21: Encourage shared and structured parking in
downtown Renton to achieve land use and economic
development goals as expressed in the City Center
Community Plan and to coordinate parking for the benefit
of the district businesses and residents.
ED. Street Network
Federal and State highways such as I-405, SR 900
(Sunset Boulevard), SR 169 (Maple Valley Highway),
SR 515 (Benson Highway), and SR 167 (Rainier Avenue)
are integral elements of Renton's arterial system, as well
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Street Network
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 8
as routes for regional commuters. These five interstate,
freeway, and state highways converge in central Renton
within a half mile radius of each other. This results in a
complex traffic flow as regional and local trips interact
within a relatively short distance. Local arterial streets link
commercial, industrial, and residential neighborhoods to
the freeways and state highways. Within neighborhoods,
local access streets provide internal circulation and
connections to the arterials. Local access streets primarily
provide direct access to abutting land uses and are
designed to discourage through traffic.
Arterials in the City of Renton are divided into three
classifications that are used to identify appropriate uses,
establish eligibility for road improvement funding, and
define appropriate street design standards:
Principal Arterials are streets and highways that
connect major intra-city activity centers and have
high traffic volumes and relatively fast vehicle
speeds. The focus is on through travel instead of
property access.
Minor Arterials are streets that provide links
between intra-city activity centers or between
principal and collector arterials. Minor arterials
carry moderately high traffic volumes and vehicle
speeds are typically lower than principal arterials.
Collector Arterials are streets that distribute
traffic between local streets and principal or
minor arterials and provide circulation within
commercial, industrial, or residential areas. The
collector system distributes traffic to local streets
to support property access.
Generally, local access streets include all public streets
not classified as principal, minor, or collector arterials. A
conceptual arterial map is shown in Map TR- 1Error!
Reference source not found.. The City has adopted more
specific street classifications in the Renton Sunset area.
The Transportation Element seeks to balance local and
regional mobility needs. The following policies and
priorities address issues related to the street network as
a system, the physical design of individual roadways,
traffic flow, and traffic operations control. The intent is to
reduce the amount of traffic on city streets that has
neither an origin nor destination in the City of Renton,
while providing reasonable levels of traffic flow and
mobility for users of the local street system.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Street Network
Map TR- 1. Renton Functional Classification Map
Source: City of Renton, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure
Future Plans
While the street network is mostly built out, anticipated
changes to the street network to provide more direct
multimodal connections include converting S 2nd Street
and S 3rd Street from one-way to two-way operations with
wider sidewalks and parking. In addition, protected bike
lanes are proposed on S 2nd Street. With the I-405
Express Toll Lanes Project described below, additional
direct access ramps are being considered at N 8th Street,
as well as a potential new ramps to and from I-405 at
Lind Avenue SW.
I-405 Renton to Bellevue Widening and Express Toll
Lanes Project1
Travelers on I-405 between Renton and Bellevue
experience one of the state’s roughest commutes. The I-
405 Renton to Bellevue Widening and Express Toll Lanes
Project includes transportation and safety improvements
for different modes to offer more reliable travel choices
and keep drivers, transit riders, and freight moving
smoothly through the region. This project is designed to
improve speeds and trip reliability for all travelers and
shorten Sound Transit Stride S1 Line travel times
between Renton and Bellevue.
The City’s Transportation Improvement Program is a six-
year planning document that is updated annually. The TIP
identifies and prioritizes planned transportation programs
and projects and includes project descriptions, status,
and funding sources. The current TIP 2025-2030 has 60
programs and projects.
Policies
Policy TR-22: Work with the state and neighboring
jurisdictions to provide capacity on regional transportation
systems and to reduce regional traffic on local streets.
1 https://www.soundtransit.org/system-expansion/stride-
bus-rapid-transit/wsdot-partner-projects
Policy TR-23: Increase the person-carrying capacity of the
Renton arterial system by encouraging transit and other
modes.
Policy TR-24: Adopt and implement street standards
based on assigned street classification, land use
objectives, and user needs.
Policy TR-25: Design for and maintain connectivity
throughout and within the street network by avoiding cul-
de-sacs and dead end streets.
Policy TR-26: Support vacating streets when they meet
the criteria in Renton Municipal Code, Chapter 14,
Vacations.
ED. Pedestrian and Bicycle
Infrastructure
Investments in the non-motorized components of
Renton’s transportation system enhance the quality of life
in Renton, improve walking and bicycling safety, support
healthy lifestyles, and support pedestrian and bicycle
transportation modes as alternatives to the use of
automobiles. Non-motorized facilities serve commuters
and recreational users.
Inventory
The City's existing non-motorized transportation system is
comprised primarily of on-street sidewalks, multi-use
paths, on-street bicycle facilities, and recreational off-
street trails or paths. These facilities provide safe non-
motorized mobility for pedestrians and cyclists outside of
business districts. Within business districts, sidewalks are
restricted to pedestrians. Many streets were constructed
before the existing code requiring sidewalks was enacted.
As a result, numerous local and arterial roadways are
currently without sidewalks. The City of Renton
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 11
Comprehensive Citywide Walkway Study (March 2008
and 2024 update) addresses the sidewalks and walkways
within Renton and identifies a priority roster to construct
"missing" sidewalk/walkway sections throughout the city.
Many areas within Renton are walkable, and the city has
at least 343 miles of existing sidewalk. However, there
are gaps in the pedestrian network – particularly along
local neighborhood streets – with at least 188 miles of
missing sidewalk and low levels of pedestrian comfort in
some areas. Map TR- 2 shows the existing sidewalks in
Renton. In addition to sidewalks, Renton has combined
bicycle/pedestrian facilities along Logan Avenue and
portions of Garden Avenue North and North 8th Street,
and striped bicycle lanes on portions of SW 16th Street,
Oakesdale Avenue SW, Duvall Avenue NE, and NE 4th
Street. The Renton Trails and Bicycle Master Plan (2019)
lists routes that have been identified as important bicycle
transportation elements. Map TR- 3 shows the existing
bicycle network in Renton.
Many cities in the region have policies and partnerships in
place for microtransit services like bike and scooter
share programs as a travel option for
shorter trips. There are no programs
currently available in Renton, however
pilot programs could expand into Renton
as more dense, diverse, development
occurs over time.
The City of Renton Parks, Recreation,
and Natural Areas Plan (January 2020)
provides an in-depth description of
proposed walking, bicycle, and mixed-use
trails. By nature, these types of trails are
primarily used for recreational purposes
and supplement the City's non-motorized
transportation system and their
development should be encouraged.
Future Plans
Over the last century, Renton's
transportation system has been oriented towards
accommodating cars, trucks, and buses rather than
pedestrians or bicycles. The policies and priorities of this
section provide guidelines for reevaluating the existing
system and making incremental improvements in the
City’s walking and biking environment. The Rainier/Grady
Junction TOD Subarea Plan (2021) identifies
opportunities to make the area just south of Downtown
develop with smaller block sizes and identifies
multimodal connections across Rainier Avenue S and S
Grady Way to make it more walkable, bikeable, and
accessible by transit. More facilities are also needed for
bicycle storage and parking in shopping areas,
employment centers, and in public places. Specific
recommendations on improvement projects are included
in the Renton Trails and Bicycle Master Plan and
subsequent amendment (January 2019 and amended
January 2024).
Cedar River Trail Bridge
Source: City of Renton
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 12
Policies
Policy TR-27: Coordinate transportation planning activities
with the Renton Trails and Bicycle Master Plan and the
Parks, Recreation, and Natural Areas Plan.
Policy TR-28: Enhance pedestrian and bicycle movement
and safety by:
Providing adequate separation between non-
motorized and motorized traffic;
Separating foot and bicycle traffic when possible,
but giving preference to foot traffic when
necessary;
Improving arterial intersection crossings for non-
motorized users;
Minimizing obstructions and conflicts that restrict
the movement of non-motorized users; and
Providing convenient access to all transit stops
and transit centers.
Policy TR-29: Develop and designate appropriate
pedestrian and bicycle commuter routes along minor
arterial and collector arterial corridors.
Policy TR-30: Ensure provision of safe and convenient
storage and parking facilities for cyclists.
Policy TR-31: Promote safe and convenient access for
healthy communities and livability through active, non-
motorized transportation infrastructure.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure
Map TR- 2. Renton Existing Pedestrian Facility Map
Source: City of Renton, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure
Map TR- 3. Renton Existing Bicycle Facility Map
Source: City of Renton, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 15
ED. Transit and High
Occupancy Vehicles
As Renton’s population continues to grow, there is a
greater need to move people efficiently on the local
roadway network. A well-managed, attractive, and
convenient transit system reduces traffic demand by
encouraging the use of alternatives to single occupant
vehicles for trips within the city limits and for trips to
regional destinations. The following policies and priorities
seek to maximize the use of transit and other alternatives
to single occupant vehicles in Renton.
Inventory
The Downtown Renton Transit Center is the current hub of
transit service in Renton. The Transit Center acts as both
a destination and a major transfer center. Bus service in
Renton is currently provided by King County Metro and
Sound Transit.
Metro provides internal city routes and regional service.
Local transit service includes RapidRide, buses, shuttles,
and Dial-a-Ride (DART). The RapidRide F-line connects
The Landing and Boeing plant with Downton Renton,
Tukwila, SeaTac, and Burien. It connects with the regional
Sounder (commuter rail) and Link Light Rail systems. As
of 2022, Renton has over 1,100 park and ride spaces
located throughout the city to serve local commuters.
Map TR- 4 shows Renton’s existing transit facilities.
Bus Service
King County Metro’s serves Renton with
RapidRide F
160 & 101 frequent all-day routes,
102, 105, 106, 107, 148, 153 & 240 all-day
routes, and
2 https://kingcounty.gov/en/dept/metro/travel-
options/metro-flex
907 Dial-A-Ride Transit (DART)
Sound Transit serves Renton with
560 and 566 express buses
Additionally, King County Metro’s Flex2 is an on-demand
neighborhood transit service operating in the Renton
Highlands to provide rides with minivans for the same
cost as a Metro bus trip.
High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes, available to buses
and vehicles with two or more occupants, currently exist
north and southbound on I-405 and SR 167. HOV queue
jump lanes are provided at some interchange ramps in
Renton. Rainier Avenue has business access and transit
only (BAT) lanes.
Future Plans
VISION 2050 and Transportation 2050 call for channeling
future growth into regional growth centers such as Renton
and providing transit links between centers. Transit
investments are critical to providing local and regional trip
alternatives to single occupant vehicles.
Transit service and facility improvements are needed to
support and encourage increased transit use in the City of
Renton. Renton has been and will continue to work with
King County Metro and Sound Transit to develop transit
system service improvements (e.g., new routes, increased
frequency) and capital investments (e.g., signal queues,
park and ride facilities) to adequately serve Renton’s
developing residential and employment areas.
A future King County Metro RapidRide I Line is expected
to begin service in 2026 and connect the Renton Transit
Center with Auburn’s transit station to the south. Sound
Transit’s Stride S1 Line will connect communities along I-
405 and SR 518 from Bellevue to Burien and include five
Stride stations including the Renton Transit Center and a
new transit center in Renton at NE 44th Station. Parking
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 16
improvements at these two stations are expected to be
completed in 2034.
The City is very supportive of Sound Transit’s project to
add Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) to the I-405 corridor,
including direct HOV ramps at a new WSDOT interchange
at N 8th Street. The project also includes a new transit
center in South Renton and inline station at I-405 and NE
44th Street with the addition of 700 parking stall garage
at the transit center and 200 parking stalls at the
interchange.
Planned HOV facility investments, such as HOV lanes or
intersection queue jumps, are planned in several Renton
corridors and direct access HOV interchange ramps are
planned at the following locations between 2023 and
2030:
Rainier Avenue Corridor Improvements:
Implement Adaptive Signal Control System
(ASCS) along corridors that support transit
operations and emergency management
services.
Safe Routes to Transit Program provides non-
motorized improvements along major transit
corridors such as the future Rapid Ride I line
between the Regional Growth Centers of Auburn,
Kent, and Renton.
NE Sunset Boulevard (SR 900) Corridor
Improvements from I-405 on the west to city
limits to the east: Reconstruct arterial to enhance
pedestrian and bicycle facilities and transit
facilities/develop street to latest adopted
Principal Arterial street standards. The City is also
discussing extension of BRT to this corridor,
which would connect the Sunset Area with The
Landing, Boeing, and other employment centers.
Grady Way Corridor Improvements from Lind
Avenue to Main Avenue: Reconfigure traffic lanes
and add turn lanes and other traffic signal
improvements to enhance traffic operations and
transit reliability.
These HOV investments will improve transit travel time,
accessibility, and reliability and contribute to a reduction
in congestion and pollution by providing an attractive
alternative to the single occupant vehicle.
Policies
Policy TR-32: Work with other jurisdictions and transit
authorities to plan and provide frequent, coordinated, and
comprehensive transit service and facilities in residential
and employment areas.
Policy TR-33: Support direct HOV ramps to/from I-405 in
the vicinity of The Landing (N 8th Street) per the City
Center Community Plan.
Policy TR-34: Work to improve the frequency and
reliability of transit serving the Regional Growth and
Countywide Centers and promote the new South Renton
Transit Center as part of a regional high capacity transit
system.
Policy TR-35: Increase transit service and access in
commercial and mixed-use corridors and nodes.
Policy TR-36: Coordinate transit, bike, and pedestrian
planning efforts and evaluate opportunities to leverage or
support investments in transit infrastructure, service
improvements, and transit stations/facilities for the
benefit of more users.
Policy TR-37: Construct improvements and implement
actions to facilitate the flow of HOV’s into, out of, and
through Renton.
Policy TR-38: Support exclusive freeway/arterial HOV
facilities that improve transit travel times by enabling
buses to bypass congestion.
Policy TR-39: Allow park-and-ride facilities in appropriate
locations subject to design considerations.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 17
Map TR- 4. Renton Existing Transit Facility Map
Source: City of Renton, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Growth Strategy, Land Use, and Transportation
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 18
ED. Transportation Options
and Mobility
As described in Renton’s Housing Action Plan (2021) and
Housing and Human Services Element, lack of mobility
creates obstacles for individuals and families to access
the services they need. Lack of mobility and
transportation services can limit a household’s ability to
obtain basic goods and services, receive medical or
dental care, commute to a job, and maintain employment.
Current barriers to mobility in Renton include:
Uneven access to public transit, with limited
options for those who do not live Downtown, do
not commute during peak travel times, or who
need to travel within Renton (instead of between
Renton and other destinations in the region). The
most vulnerable groups include low-income
households that are unable to afford vehicle
ownership, as well as residents who are unable
to drive.
Elderly residents and others with personal
physical mobility issues also face the challenge
of not being able to walk longer distances to and
from a bus stop, further limiting their
opportunities to use public transit.
Many of the pedestrian and bike routes
connecting Renton’s residential areas with basic
services are unsafe, which further limits
transportation alternatives for households
without an automobile.
Policies
Policy TR-40: Invest in the connection of non-motorized
facilities across Renton. Provide improvements at
intersections to improve safety and comfort of
pedestrians and bicyclists.
Policy TR-41: Support transit agencies’ investment in
transit service to Renton neighborhoods within and
beyond the Transit Center.
Policy TR-42: Develop a connected transportation system,
through implementation of transportation programs and
improvements, that provides equitable mobility choices
and access to opportunities, while preventing or
mitigating negative impacts to marginalized communities,
people with low income, and people with special
transportation needs.
Policy TR-43: Implement the Barrier Free Mobility Plan
adopted by the City Council in December of 2021.
Policy TR-44: Prepare and respond to changes in mobility
patterns and needs for both people and goods, and
encourage partnerships with the private sector, where
applicable.
ED. Growth Strategy, Land
Use, and
Transportation
Renton has been designated a Core City and has a
Regional Growth Center called the Renton Urban Center.
Renton’s adopted Urban Center boundary includes two
primary sections: the northern portion borders Lake
Washington and emphasizes mixed use and regional
employment, including Boeing’s Renton plant and The
Landing, a retail and residential development; the
southern portion of the center includes the downtown
core and adjacent residential area.
The City is obligated to meet the 2044 Growth Targets
contained in the King County Countywide Planning
Policies and much of its growth capacity is in mixed use
zones such as the Central Business District (CBD). The
City must also estimate its growth to the year 2044 to
provide the required 20-year planning period under GMA.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Growth Strategy, Land Use, and Transportation
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 19
Table TR-1 shows the City’s growth targets, capacity, and
transportation modeling assumptions.
Table TR-1. Growth Targets
Housing Jobs
2019-2044 Growth Target
per 2019 Urban Land
Capacity Analysis
17,000 31,780
Growth Capacity Estimated
2024 Urban Land Capacity
Analysis and Pipeline
Projects Capacity
16,503 -
24,454
26,210 –
32,832
Transportation Model
Assumptions (2024-2044)
Growth
25,000 28,000
Sources: King County, Puget Sound Regional Council, Fehr &
Peers, 2025.
The City has tested the future land use, desired mode
split, and planned transportation improvements in the
City’s transportation model. The model results show that
the projected growth can be supported by the City’s
planned improvements, and the City’s level of service
policies (see Policy TR-53) can be met. Increased
congestion is expected to continue to occur near
interstate and state route ramp intersections. The model
tested Renton’s planned growth and improvements in the
context of regional growth and networks consistent with
Puget Sound Regional Council’s VISION 2050 and
Transportation 2050 plans.
Testing Renton’s planned growth and improvements
shows the following summary model results in selected
corridors:
SW 43rd Street/SE Carr Road/Petrovitsky Road
Corridor: Planned physical improvements to
intersections and lanes together ASCS, and the
LOS E Mitigated designation per policies, are
appropriate. Increased congestion requires
continued coordination with WSDOT for potential
changes to increase capacity at the SR 167 ramp
intersections.
Grady Way: Planned improvements such as
grade separation at Rainier Avenue S would
improve transit operations even in areas of
projected continued congestion.
More detailed transportation analysis of planned
improvements would occur through the design process.
Policies
Policy TR-45: Provide multimodal transportation
improvements that support land use plans and are
compatible with surrounding land uses.
Policy TR-46: Plan for land use densities and mixed-use
development patterns that encourage walking, biking,
and transit use in designated areas.
Policy TR-47: Continue to implement the following design
guidelines in Renton’s Regional Growth and Countywide
Centers:
Encourage a mix of complementary land uses.
Encourage compact growth by addressing
density.
Link neighborhoods and connect streets,
sidewalks, and trails.
Complete missing links and connections in the
pedestrian and bicycle systems.
Integrate activity areas with surrounding
neighborhoods.
Locate public and semipublic uses near Renton’s
transit center(s).
Design for pedestrians and bicyclists.
Provide usable open spaces such as the Renton
Piazza, Burnett Linear Park, Cedar River Trail,
and others.
Manage the supply of parking.
Promote the benefits of on-street parking.
Reduce and mitigate the effects of parking.
Policy TR-48: Promote the development of an efficient,
multimodal transportation system, in collaboration with
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Level of Service Standards, Design, and Concurrency
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 20
other jurisdictions and agencies, while prioritizing
investments in Renton’s Regional Growth and Countywide
Centers.
ED. Level of Service
Standards, Design, and
Concurrency
Transportation concurrency – ensuring the programs,
projects, and services needed to serve growth are in
place when or soon after growth occurs – is a key
requirement of the Washington State Growth
Management Act (GMA). The City established the
following objectives for its multimodal concurrency
system:
Meet requirements of GMA and be defensible.
Be meaningful to measure transportation system
versus development.
Be simple to explain.
Be simple and cost efficient to implement and
monitor.
Incorporate other travel modes.
Be receptive to various TDM and parking
strategies.
Consider the potential for different standards for
different parts of the City.
Help fund/implement multimodal transportation
improvements.
Provide a basis for interjurisdictional
coordination on transportation.
Following a review of different systems and methods, the
City developed a multimodal LOS and concurrency system
that considers all modes of travel (vehicle, transit, walk
and bike person trips).
The multimodal LOS system address transportation at the
following scales: 1) citywide, 2) community planning area,
and 3) development level.
The primary component of the system is a plan-level
estimate of person trips based on the land use forecasts.
Person trips are the number of persons making trips by all
modes of travel. Bicycle and pedestrian trips typically
involve one person, thus one person trip. But motor
vehicles often have more than one occupant. For
example, if the average vehicle occupancy was 1.3, and a
concurrency service area (like a community planning
area) had 1,000 p.m. peak vehicle trips, the person trips
would be 1,300. Similarly, if a transit vehicle carries 65
passengers, there would be 65 person trips. Using person
trips provides a common metric for use in concurrency
and assessment of transportation impacts or mitigation
fees.
To ensure that growth is occurring in a pattern and
intensity proposed by the Land Use Element, the person
trips could be tracked by consolidated Community
Planning Areas that share a common circulation system
and that do not place undue administrative burden.
The last component of the LOS program is at a
development scale. Applicants for development would
need to provide an analysis of the effect of their proposed
development on safety, operations and local access
considering a measurement of delay per vehicle of LOS D
or LOS E mitigated using Highway Capacity Manual
definitions. See Table TR-2 for a description of the key
steps in the LOS/Concurrency system.
LOS standards guide the types of street, pedestrian,
bicycle, and transit improvements needed to meet
planned levels of growth. The transportation system’s
quality of design, sensitivity to human needs, and
integration with the surroundings impact the City’s urban
character and quality of life. Transportation improvements
should be designed accordingly.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Level of Service Standards, Design, and Concurrency
Table TR-2. Level of Service and Concurrency System
Program
Component or
Characteristic Attributes
Person Trips Person trips are the number of persons making a trip regardless of mode of travel. Using person trips
provides a common metric for use in concurrency and for impact or mitigation fees.
Multimodal Levels
of Service
See policy TR-53.
Multiple Service
Areas
The City will consider monitoring a person trip bank to specific service areas, such as consolidated
Community Planning Areas, that reflect differences in transportation opportunities, needs and capacities,
as well as differences in existing and future land uses.
However, the City will determine system needs and collect fees at a citywide scale in order to preserve the
City’s flexibility to prioritize projects, and to avoid creating smaller accounts that do not collect enough to
fund any projects before the legal deadlines to spend the money or refund it.
Trip Calculator,
Fee Calculator,
Trip Bank
Applicants will provide the type(s) of land uses they will develop, and the number of units they propose for
each type (i.e., # of apartments, or # of square feet of retail, office, etc.). The Trip Calculator will convert the
applicant’s data to the number of person trips in their service area using trip generation rates. The trip
calculator results will be used for concurrency by comparing the applicant’s person trips to the balance
available in the trip bank. The trip calculator results will be used for fee calculations by multiplying the
applicant’s person trips times the fee per trip.
Multimodal
Mitigation Fees
A separate SEPA-based mitigation fee schedule will collect each applicant’s proportionate share of their
direct impact on the other modes of travel.
Strategies such as TDM and parking can earn credits that reduce the mitigation fees.
Safety, Operations,
and Local Access
Analysis
Applicants for development will be required to submit an analysis of the effect of their proposed
development on safety, operations and local access using guidelines outlined in the City of Renton Policy
Guidelines for Traffic Impact Analysis for New Development.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Level of Service Standards, Design, and Concurrency
Policies
Policy TR-49: Ensure adequate transportation facilities
are in place at the time of development approval or that
an adopted strategy is in place to provide adequate
facilities within six years.
Policy TR-50: Ensure that new development contributes
its fair share of the cost of transportation facilities,
programs and services needed to mitigate growth related
transportation impacts.
Policy TR-51: Maintain a multimodal level of service that
maximizes mobility, is coordinated with level of service
standards of adjacent jurisdictions, and meets
concurrency requirements.
Policy TR-52: Incorporate all transportation modes in
concurrency determinations.
Policy TR-53: Apply the following multimodal LOS
standards at a citywide level and development level:
Auto: Arterials and Collectors: Except as listed
below, apply a standard of LOS D.
o Alternative Arterial and State Route LOS:
Apply a standard of LOS E Mitigated for
the following:
o Specific Corridors: Carr Road, Logan
Avenue, Rainier Avenue, Grady Way, SR
900, and SR 515.
o Centers: Renton Regional Center and
Center Village
o For the above Corridors and Centers,
congestion should be mitigated (such as
increasing transit or other modes) when
p.m. peak hour LOS falls below LOS E.
Pedestrian: Expand the pedestrian network as
identified in Renton’s Comprehensive Walkway
Study.
Bicycle: Expand the bicycle network as identified
in Renton’s Trails and Bicycle Master Plan.
Transit: Facilitate transit speed and reliability
improvements. Provide quality pedestrian and
bicycle connections to high-capacity transit stops
to encourage multimodal travel options.
Citywide Person Trips: Based on the City’s land
use and growth strategy, establish a citywide
level of person trips, and support each mode with
capital improvements and programs. The general
mode categories include: motor vehicle trips,
transit trips, and non-motorized trips.
Operational LOS: Through the SEPA review
process, apply the Auto LOS standard at
intersections that could be impacted by a
proposed development.
Policy TR-54: Recognize LOS standards for highways of
statewide significance in Renton: I-405 LOS D, SR 900
LOS E, SR 169 LOS D, SR 515 LOS E, and SR 167 LOS D.
Policy TR-55: Encourage development that can be
supported by transit and other non-single occupant
vehicle modes.
Policy TR-56: Design transportation facilities to fit the
neighborhood context. Apply urban design principles.
Policy TR-57: Support continued development of the
27th/Strander Corridor into Tukwila.
Policy TR-58: Take one or more of the following actions if
the City is unable to fund the programs, projects and
services identified (not in priority order):
Delay development until the needed programs,
facilities or services can be funded; or
Amend the Land Use Plan to reduce the demand
placed on the transportation system; or
Obtain needed revenue or revise the
Transportation Improvement Plan to reflect
known financial resources; or
As a last choice, change the transportation level
of service standard.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Freight
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 23
ED. Freight
Safe and efficient movement and distribution of goods is
important for attracting and retaining businesses in the
City of Renton.
Inventory
Truck and rail freight are important to the regional and
local economy. The Washington State Freight Mobility
Plan identifies T1 freight corridors (those carrying more
than 10 million tons per year), T2 freight corridors
(carrying 4 to 10 million tons per year), and other freight
routes within the City that are important to the state
economy. Error! Reference source not found.5 identifies
the state-designated freight routes and annual tonnage
moved by classification.
Renton has a system of truck routes for trucks weighing
over 26,000 pounds gross vehicle weight. In accordance
with the City’s truck route ordinance, trucks needing to
make deliveries off the designated truck routes are
required to take the most direct arterial route to/from one
of the designated truck routes and to combine multiple
trips off designated truck routes when feasible. The truck
route ordinance does not apply to the operation of school
buses or public transit on designated routes, garbage
trucks, city maintenance vehicles, or emergency vehicles.
Freight rail service is currently available to several
industrial and commercial areas of the City. Existing rail
lines bordering the City of Renton include the Union
Pacific (UPRR) and Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad
(BNSF) main line tracks between Seattle and Tacoma.
The BNSF main line runs in a north-south direction and is
located along the City of Renton's western city limits,
separating Renton from the City of Tukwila. The BNSF
main line carries a considerable volume of freight service,
as well as passenger service. Two spur lines provide
intermittent, as-needed freight service from the main line
to the Renton Valley industrial area (southwest Renton)
and the Container Corporation of America plant in the
Earlington industrial area. The BNSF 18th Subdivision
Branch Line splits from the BNSF main line at the Black
River Junction and continues through Downtown Renton
and the North Renton industrial area. Spur tracks off the
branch line provide freight service to the Earlington
industrial area in west central Renton.
The UPRR mainline track, located 200 to 300 feet west of
the BNSF mainline and Renton's city limits, also runs in a
north-south direction. The UPRR mainline is a single track,
carrying a somewhat lower level of freight-only service.
The infrequent use of the spur tracks and branch lines
within city limits results in minimal disruption to vehicular
traffic movement in Renton. Future land use development
is not anticipated to result in a significant increase in rail
freight service in Renton.
The following policies and priorities seek to balance the
needs of freight (trucks and trains) with the needs of
other users of the local street network.
Freight Policies
Policy TR-59: Work with local, regional, state, and federal
agencies to address regional freight needs and mitigate
local impacts.
Policy TR-60: Maintain and improve freight access to and
from Renton industrial areas.
Policy TR-61: Minimize the impact of freight traffic on
transportation facilities and general traffic circulation.
Policy TR-62: Limit heavy through truck traffic to
designated truck routes.
Policy TR-63: Support railroad crossing improvements
that minimize maintenance and protect the street
surface. Where warranted, provide protective devices,
such as barriers and warning signals, on at-grade
crossings.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Freight
Map TR- 5. Freight Transportation System in Renton
Source: Washington Department of Transportation
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Airport
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 25
ED. Airport
The Renton Municipal Airport is a major general aviation
airport and a designated Reliever Airport for SeaTac
International Airport in the Federal Aviation
Administration’s National Plan of Integrated Airport
Systems.
Both federal and state governments recognize its
importance as part of the transportation system and
require Renton to protect and maintain it so that it can be
used safely. Renton's airport is more than a
transportation facility. It is a vital element to Renton's
commercial and industrial economy, providing aircraft
services, manufacturing support, flight training, and other
airport activities. The airport is a self-sufficient enterprise
fund within the City’s operations.
According to the 2020 WSDOT Aviation Economic Impact
Study, Renton Municipal Airport accounts for the third
largest economic impact in Washington State at over 16
percent of the business revenues into the state.
Inventory
The Renton Municipal Airport is owned by the City of
Renton. The Airport consists of approximately 165.5
acres; it has one runway with two parallel taxiways.
The runway, running southeast to northwest, is 5,379 feet
long and 200 feet wide. It is equipped with medium
intensity runway lighting, Runway End Identification
Lighting (REIL), and Precision Approach Path Indicators
(PAPI). Taxiways are also equipped with lighting, a rotating
beacon, a windsock, and a non-directional radio beacon.
The Federal Aviation Administration operates a contracted
Air Traffic Control Tower year-round during established
hours (generally 7 a.m. to 8 p.m.).
Renton airport serves general aviation demand (aviation
uses except scheduled commercial passenger airlines)
generated by Renton, Boeing, and other communities
generally within a 30-minute drive. Aircraft services
available at the Airport include aircraft maintenance and
service, fuel, flight instruction, aircraft charter and rental,
and aircraft storage. Fixed Base Operators (FBO's), which
are aviation-oriented businesses offering a variety of
services and products to aircraft owners and operators,
provide these services to the aviation public.
Contiguous to the Renton airport is the Will Rogers-Wiley
Post Memorial Seaplane Base which, during the summer
months, is one of the busiest seaplane bases in the
Northwest.
The Renton Municipal Airport is a Landing Rights Airport,
with US Customs services available for both floatplane
and wheeled aircraft arriving by water or by land.
Future Plans
The Airport Layout Plan establishes future development
and improvement priorities and timelines that will yield a
safe, efficient, economical, and environmentally
acceptable public facility with capacity for the future air
transport needs of the City of Renton and the Puget
Sound region.
The number of aircraft and the number of operations are
projected to grow only modestly in the coming decades;
however, the region has a large unmet need for hangars
for aircraft storage. The airport has begun an update to
the Airport Layout Plan.
Renton Municipal Airport Staff
Source: City of Renton:
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Finance, Investment, and Implementation
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 26
Policies
Policy TR-64: Recognize the regional significance of
Renton Municipal Airport for economic development. Also,
acknowledge that there are certain impacts to the
community with the existence of the airport, such as
noise generation, but that these impacts have historically
been accepted by the community in exchange for the
economic and transportation-related benefits that are
also associated with the airport.
Policy TR-65: Promote coordinated planning and effective
management to optimize the region’s aviation system in a
manner that minimizes health, air quality, and noise
impacts to communities, including historically
marginalized communities.
Policy TR-66: Maximize available space on the Airport site
for uses that require direct access to taxiways and
runways.
Policy TR-67: Continue operation of the Airport as a
Landing Rights Airport.
Policy TR-68: Recognize the benefit of Airport access for
emergency medical and disaster response in the
community.
Policy TR-69: Promote and develop airport facilities and
services for all wheeled and float-equipped aircraft,
owners, pilots, and passengers in a manner that
maximizes safety, efficiency, and opportunity for use.
Policy TR-70: Lease airport property for aviation-related
uses that create jobs and expand the City’s tax base.
Policy TR-71: Maintain the northern shoreline of the
airport as the only major publicly-owned seaplane access
and protect its use for that purpose.
Policy TR-72: Develop appropriate land use plans and
regulations for structures and vegetation within the
airport’s runway approach zone.
ED. Finance, Investment,
and Implementation
This section contains details of transportation revenue
sources that the City can reasonably expect to receive
during the life of the transportation plan. Revenue
sources contained in the Financial Program vary widely in
terms of the amounts available and the types of projects
for which they may be used. In most cases, individual
transportation projects are funded by a combination of
funding sources, reflecting the fact that transportation
projects have multiple purposes and serve multiple
beneficiaries.
Transportation Improvements
Through this planning process a full list of transportation
improvement projects and programs were considered,
however a subset was prioritized to be included in the
City’s fiscally constrained project list (Table TR-4) that
would fit within the 20-year projected budget. These
transportation improvement projects to the City of
Renton’s multimodal roadway system will address
capacity and operational issues based on the forecast
travel demands. The table includes programs covering
pedestrian and bicycle travel consistent with the City’s
other adopted plans, such as the Renton Trails and
Bicycle Master Plan. Programs covering preservation,
traffic operations and Intelligent Transportation Systems
(ITS), safety, and transportation project development are
also included. Without programs addressing these items,
the City’s existing infrastructure will be less efficient and,
ultimately, will cost more to reconstruct transportation
facilities.
Appendix D: Transportation Improvement Project List
section summarizes the remaining potential projects
considered that did not fit within the fiscally constrained
list. Key improvements from other agencies, including
Washington State Department of Transportation
(WSDOT), Sound Transit, King County, and adjacent cities,
are also listed to illustrate the interdependence of
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Finance, Investment, and Implementation
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 27
Renton’s transportation element within the regional and
sub-regional framework are also listed.
To better support the use of alternative travel modes,
most of the identified roadway improvements include
facilities for pedestrians, and others also include
improvements for bicycle travel and improving transit
service reliability. The roadway projects focus on
improving traffic safety and operations along major
corridors. These include adding turn lanes (including
center, two-way left-turn lanes) and upgrading traffic
signals at major intersections. These include projects
along Lake Washington Boulevard, Sunset Boulevard,
Grady Way, Carr Road/Petrovitsky Road, and 116th
Avenue SE. In addition to the listed corridor projects, the
traffic operations and ITS program provide for adjusting
the traffic signal phasing and operations at signals
throughout the city.
The only project that adds additional travel lanes for a
significant distance is the widening of Monster Road
between Oakesdale Avenue and Martin Luther King Jr
Way (SR 900). This project completes the 4/5 lane
arterial corridor and would be constructed in partnership
with King County.
The Transportation Element also incorporates
improvement projects from Community Plans and other
planning studies. These include the plan to convert the
one-way roadways in downtown Renton to two-way
operations to support the vision identified in the City
Center Community Plan. In addition, the Transportation
Element includes the key transportation improvements
identified in the Sunset Area Community Planned Action
Study, and the Benson Hill Community Plan.
Transportation Program Costs
In emphasizing multiple travel modes, this plan requires
resources to be spread and balanced among all modes.
Many of the identified improvement projects address
multiple travel modes in an integrated manner. In
addition, the City’s Transportation Element relies on
WSDOT, Sound Transit, King County Metro and other
agencies to fund and implement regional and sub-
regional transportation improvement projects. Ongoing
transportation planning will include continued refinement
of the 20-year transportation plan and costs.
As shown in Table TR-3, $82 million (38%) of the City’s
transportation costs are for multimodal roadway
improvement projects in key corridors throughout the city.
Pedestrian, bicycle, and trail projects are estimated to
cost $85 million based on the current plans. The
remaining $47 million is needed to fund ongoing
operations, including street overlays, system
preservation, traffic signals, signs, implementation of ITS,
and overall administration and development of projects.
Table TR-3. Summary of 2025– 2044 Transportation Costs
Type of Project
Costs
(1,000s)
Multimodal Roadway
Improvement Projects
$ 82,000
Non-Motorized Projects and
Programs
$85,000
Preservation, Safety, ITS, and
Project Development Programs
$47,000
Total Costs $ 214,000
Note: Planning level cost estimates were developed in 2025.
Source: City of Renton
The fiscally constrained 20-year transportation project list
is shown in TR-4.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Finance, Investment, and Implementation
Table TR-4. Fiscally Constrained 20-year Transportation Project List
ID Rank Project Location Description
Community
Planning
Area
Estimated Cost
(1,000s)
MULTIMODAL ROADWAY IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS
2 High
Rainier Ave Phase 5
(NW 3rd Pl to North City Limits)
Convert existing arterial to 3 to 4 lanes with
pedestrian and bicycle facilities. City Center $28,000
3 High
Bronson Way
(S 2nd St to Park Ave N) Rehabilitate or replace existing bridge. City Center $2,500
6
High
SW 7th St Improvement Project
(Rainier Ave S to Oakesdale Ave)
Install 6 ft sidewalk and 5 ft buffer on both sides, a
12 ft cycletrack with 2 ft buffer protection, two 11
ft lanes and a center turn lane. City Center $1,500
19 High
SW 43rd St/Carr Rd/SE 176th St/SE
Petrovitsky Rd
(Oakesdale Ave to 134th Ave SE)
Implement adaptive signal control system (ACSC)
along corridor and construct westbound right-turn
lane from Carr Rd to Benson Dr SE.
Valley -
Talbot -
Benson $500
25 High
Petrovitsky Rd
(Benson Dr S to134th Ave SE)
Implement sidewalk infill and HAWK signal
projects along this arterial corridor to improve
traffic operations and enhance non-motorized
facilities. Benson $3,400
4 Medium
South 2nd and South 3rd Street
Couplet Conversion
Convert S. 2nd street from a one way to two-way
street with 12 ft. sidewalk on both sides, 10 ft
protected cycletrack, 11 ft lanes, and 7ft parking
on one side. Convert 3rd St from a one-way street
to two way with 12 ft sidewalk on both sides, 8 ft
parking on both sides, and 12 ft lanes. City Center $24,000
9 Medium NE 12th St/Edmonds Ave
Modify intersection channelization and add bike
lanes at approaches on Edmonds Ave. Highlands $500
13 Medium
NE 3rd St/NE 4th St Corridor (Sunset
Blvd to East City Limits)
Modify intersection channelization and traffic
signals and upgrade pedestrian and bicycle
facilities.
Highlands -
East Plateau $500
17 Medium
Grady Way
(Rainier Ave to West City Limits)
Construct additional turn lanes at Grady Way
intersections with Lind Ave and with Oakesdale
Ave. Valley $3,000
1 Low
NE 31st St (May Creek) Bridge
Replacement
Replace the existing substandard bridge based on
low sufficiency rating. Kennydale $6,750
18 Low
Lind Ave SW
(SW 16th St to SW 43rd St)
Widen arterial to provide a center two-way left
turn lane and upgrade sidewalks, as needed.
Modify traffic signals. Valley $2,000
20 Low
Talbot Rd
(SW 43rd St to South City Limits)
Widen existing 2-lane roadway to provide a center
two-way left turn lane, where needed, and bike
lanes. Talbot $5,000
24 Low
116th Ave SE/Edmonds Ave SE
(Puget Dr SE to S 192nd St)
Widen arterial to provide a center two-way left
turn lane and upgrade sidewalks, as needed.
Modify traffic signals. Benson $4,207
NON-MOTORIZED TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PROJECTS AND PROGRAMS
27 High Lake Washington Loop Trail
Construct a shared use regional trail from the
Cedar River Trail and extending to the north City
limits along Airport Way and Rainier Ave N. City Center $6,500
28 High Lake to Sound Trail
The Lake -to-Sound (L2S) Trail is a joint partnership
between the cities of Renton, SeaTac, Tukwila,
Burien, and Des Moines, in coordination with King
County.
City Center -
Valley $4,500
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Finance, Investment, and Implementation
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 29
ID Rank Project Location Description
Community
Planning
Area
Estimated Cost
(1,000s)
29 High Walkway/Bicycle/Trails Program
Construct sidewalks, bicycle facilities, and multi-
use trails per Comprehensive Walkway Study and
Renton Trails and Bicycle Master Plan. Citywide $70,000
30 High
Oakesdale Road Diet (SW 27th St to
SW 43rd St)
Narrow roadway width from 5 to 4 lanes with bike
lanes on both sides Valley $2,900
31 High
Other Annual Walkway and Barrier-
free Transition Plan Program
Construct missing sidewalks, walkways, and other
pedestrian facilities based on ADA Transition Plan.
Also includes removal of barriers to pedestrian
travel. Citywide $1,000
PRESERVATION, SAFETY, ITS, AND TRANSPORTATION DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS
32 High Preservation Programs
Annual City programs including Street Overlay,
Arterial Rehabilitation, Sidewalk Rehab and
Replacement, and Bridge Inspection and Repair. Citywide $30,000
33 High Safety Programs
Annual City programs including Roadway Safety
and Guardrails, Intersection Safety and Mobility,
and Traffic Safety. Citywide $6,500
34 High
Traffic Signal Operations and
Intelligent Transportation Systems
(ITS) Program
Provides for improvements to the operational
efficiency of the transportation retiming and
modifying traffic signals, coordinating traffic
signals, and implementation of various Intelligent
Traffic Systems (ITS) improvements including
adaptive signal control systems (ACSC). Citywide $5,000
35 High
Arterial Circulation and Project
Development Programs
Provide for the short and long-range planning and
traffic analyses to evaluate transportation
improvements projects. Include other support
activities such as funding and public involvement. Citywide $5,000
Note: Planning level cost estimates were developed in 2025.
Source: City of Renton, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Finance, Investment, and Implementation
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 30
Inventory of Funding Sources
Having established a 20-year transportation funding level
of $214 million, an annual average funding level of
approximately $11 million would be needed to fully
implement the Transportation Element by 2044. Sources
of revenue to provide this annual funding need are
identified on Table TR-5. The forecast revenues are based
on historical data extrapolated out to 2044. From existing
transportation revenue sources, the City would be
expected to generate somewhere between $150 million
and $215 million from 2025 to 2044 for capital projects.
This is approximately the total estimated costs of the 20-
year list of transportation projects and programs
assuming the higher end of range of forecasted revenues.
Table TR-5. Summary of 2024 – 2044 Transportation Revenues
Existing Revenue Sources Revenue
(1,000s)
Property Tax, B&O, Fuel Tax $ 1,000
Transportation Benefit
District $ 3,500
Traffic Impact Fees $ 500 – 2,000
Real Estate Excise Tax $ 2,000
Transfers from other City
Sources $ 3,000 – 5,000
Grants* $ 3,000
Total Annual Transportation
Funding $ 13,000 – 16,500
Estimated Sum over 20 Years $ 220,000 – 330,000
Total Annual Funding for
Rehabilitation $ 2,900
Estimated Sum for
Rehabilitation over 20 Years $ 58,000
Amount Available for Capital
Projects Over 20 Years $ 150,000 – 215,000
Note: Estimated revenues based on assessment in 2025
dollars.
*Grant application success is out of the City’s control
Source: City of Renton, 2025.
Existing revenues are not able to keep pace with
transportation costs for several reasons, including:
Declining revenue available from several existing
sources, such as the half-cent gas tax and grants;
Transportation needs and costs growing faster
than available revenues;
Local, state, and federal requirements on
transportation improvements lengthening the
design process and increasing cost;
Increased needs for preservation of the existing
infrastructure;
Additional focus on incorporating complete
streets concepts into transportation projects
which adds costs due to right-of way and street
standards;
The undetermined potential for new funding
sources; and
The continued inability of regional agencies to
address regional transportation needs.
Ongoing transportation planning work will include a
review and update of current revenue sources to reflect
federal, state, and regional decisions regarding these
revenue sources. Should the City’s transportation funding
approach result in shortfalls, the City will reassess its land
use plan, level of service standards, and funding
strategies, accordingly.
To help address potential shortfalls in funding, the City is
considering two new funding sources and potential future
modifications to the existing Transportation Impact Fee
(TIF) program rates.
Transportation Benefit District (TBD) – The City
established a city-wide TBD in August 2023,
assumed the responsibilities of the District in
October 2023, and adopted an additional tax of
one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of sales/use tax
in December 2023 for a period of ten (10) years,
as allowed under state law. This is projected to
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Intergovernmental Coordination
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 31
generate over $3.5 million (2023 dollars)
annually over the life of the plan.
Transportation Impact Fee – The City revised its
TIF in 2016. As part of that update, the City set
the TIF rate per new PM peak hour trip at the
maximum rate developed in the Rate Study (Rate
Study for Impact Fees, City of Renton).
The City’s current program is focused on
improvements that add capacity to roadways and
streets that serve growth. With the recent
expansion of the Washington State Law in 2023
allowing impact fees to be used for non-
motorized modes of travel and with the increased
focus on completing key segments of the
sidewalk, bicycle, and trails system, the City will
be considering integrating other transportation
modes into the TIF adapting the fee to a
Multimodal Impact Fee which will be integral to
the multimodal concurrency program. Specific
rates and projects/costs are yet to be fully
defined and would be adopted as part of a
subsequent change to the City’s existing
concurrency requirements (RMC 4-6-070).
Preliminary estimates suggest such a program
could generate approximately $8 million for
separate pedestrian, bicycle, and multi-use trail
projects as well as those needed to add capacity
to roadways and streets.
This Element provides a summary of six and 20-year
transportation system proposals (see Level of Service
Standards, Design, and Concurrency) needed to support
the land use plan. The City has developed a six-year
Transportation Improvement Program (TIP) that details
projects and funding by year for 2025-2030 and the full
20-year multimodal project list (Table TR-4). The
unconstrained project list showing all improvements
considered are summarized in Appendix D.
Policies
Policy TR-73: Ensure the transportation system funding
and implementation program supports land use policies,
advances equity, inclusion, sustainability, safety, and
distributes transportation costs equitably.
Policy TR-74: Pursue federal, state and local sources of
funding (e.g. loans, matching funds) for transportation
improvements in an efficient and equitable manner.
Policy TR-75: Use business license fees and impact fees
charged to new development to fund growth related
traffic improvements.
Policy TR-76: Coordinate equitable public/private
partnerships to help pay for transportation improvements.
Policy TR-77: Seek opportunities for multi-jurisdictional
cooperation to fund transportation improvements (e.g.
joint transportation mitigation systems or funding
mechanism) to address the impact of growth outside
municipal boundaries on the City’s transportation system.
Policy TR-78: Expedite implementation of transportation
projects that protect neighborhoods against the impacts
of through traffic, improve HOV flow, increase transit
service, and enhance pedestrian and bicycle facilities.
Policy TR-79: Reassess the Land Use Element, Level of
Service standard, and funding strategies if probable
funding falls short of meeting existing needs and to
ensure that the Land Use Element, transportation plans,
and financing plan are coordinated and consistent.
ED. Intergovernmental
Coordination
A significant amount of travel that occurs in Renton is
regional in nature – with either the origin or destination
(sometimes both) outside city limits. Effectively managing
flow within and through the City requires extensive
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Intergovernmental Coordination
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 32
coordination with neighboring jurisdictions, transit service
providers, and regional, state, and federal entities.
Intergovernmental Coordination Policies
Policy TR-80: Develop and maintain relationships
between Renton and other agencies and local
jurisdictions for cooperative planning of common
transportation improvements.
Policy TR-81: Continue to coordinate Renton's
Transportation Element with adjacent jurisdictions'
transportation and land use goals, countywide policies,
regional land use and transportation plans, and statewide
goals outlined in the GMA.
Policy TR-82: Pursue strategies to address
inconsistencies (i.e. interlocal agreements) and adjust
Renton’s Transportation Element, as needed.
Policy TR-83: Allocate staff resources to advocate for and
to identify opportunities to increase capacity at WSDOT
owned facilities where increased vehicle congestion is
expected to occur (SR 167, SR 169, I-405).
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
EXHIBIT B
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
ED. Appendix D. Transportation Element
ED. Technical Documentation
This appendix documents the technical analyses that supported the update to the Transportation Element.
ED. Travel Demand Forecasting
To update the City of Renton’s Transportation Element (TE), a customized travel demand forecasting (TDF) model was
developed for the City. The model was developed from the Puget Sound Regional Council (PSRC) regional trip-based travel
demand model. This section outlines the methodology used to customize the model for the City of Renton, update the base
year scenario to reflect 2024 conditions, and model validation and calibration to current local conditions. The development
of the 2044 future year scenario based on the land use growth assumptions is also described. The travel demand model
was used to forecast 2044 intersection turning movement vehicle volumes and future travel mode share. Additional
transportation projects needed to support land use growth allocations and to maintain levels of service standards were
identified to support the TE update.
PSRC Regional Model
The PSRC regional model is a traditional four-step travel demand forecasting model that uses land use estimates (people,
households, jobs, and students) to generate person trip activity across four counties. The geographic extent of the model
includes King, Snohomish, Pierce, and Kitsap Counties. The model produces estimates of person trips across several modes
(automobile, transit, walk, bike, and freight) and for five time periods (AM, midday, PM, evening, and nighttime). The land use
information and person trips are aggregated into 3,700 traffic analysis zones (TAZ) across the four counties. The base year
scenario was validated by PSRC to reflect 2014 conditions and the future scenario represents anticipated conditions in
2040.
Base Year (2024) Scenario
The 2014 base year travel demand model was updated to 2024 conditions by incorporating transportation network
improvements within and around Renton. The land use inputs were interpolated using the 2018 and 2050 Land Use Vision
– Implemented Targets (LUV-it) data provided by PSRC.
The following model inputs were updated to 2024 conditions:
Land use (population, households, jobs, and student enrollment)
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 2
Special generator trips (SeaTac airport, Port Facilities, JBLM, Seattle Center, and stadiums)
External gateway trips (40 roadways at the boundary of the model)
Transit and ferry fares (increase faster than inflation)
Parking costs (increase faster than inflation)
Inputs that do not warrant interpolation for a new model year include trip generation rates, trip distribution parameters,
mode choice coefficients, time of day constants, roadway tolls, auto operating costs, value of time, and TAZ access variables.
These travel behavior variables are assumed to remain consistent in the future. Roadway tolls and auto operating costs were
assumed to increase with inflation.
Land Use
Of the 3,700 TAZs in the PSRC model, 96 TAZs represent the City of Renton. The project team developed 2024 land use
estimates for zones within the City of Renton using linear interpolation of city-provided 2022 and 2044 land use growth
allocations. Land use outside of the City assumed growth that aligns with PSRC LUV-it data. The existing 2024, 2044, and
total land use growth assumptions for the City and the Renton Regional Growth Center are shown in Error! Reference source
not found..
Table 1: Growth within Renton and Renton RGC
City of Renton Renton Regional Growth Center Households Jobs Households Jobs
2024 46,371 75,602 4,406 21,806
2044 71,214 104,003 14,096 34,562
2024 - 2044
Growth
24,843 28,401 9,690 12,756
% Growth 53.6% 37.6% 219.9% 58.5%
Source: PSRC, City of Renton, Fehr & Peers, 2025.
Network Detail
The model highway, arterial, and transit networks were updated to incorporate the following projects that were built or
started operations between 2014 and 2024:
I-405 Express Toll Lanes from Bellevue to Lynnwood
SR 167 HOT Lane between I-405 and City’s limit to the South
I-90 High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes between Mercer Island and Seattle
SR 520 widening across Lake Washington
Sound Transit’s Link Light Rail extension north to Lynwood and south to Angle Lake
Sound Transit’s East Link Light Rail between Redmond Technology and South Bellevue stations
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 3
Within the City, speed limits, number of lanes, and capacity on each roadway in the model were also reviewed and updated
to match the existing 2024 configuration. Turning restrictions at freeway interchanges within the City were verified as well.
The update to 2024 conditions also included a review of transit service (routes and headways) assumed in the base year
PSRC model including incorporating the most recent service levels including for King County Metro RapidRide F line.
Calibration and Validation
Model validation describes a model's performance in terms of how closely the model's output matches existing travel data in
the base year. Calibration is the process of iteratively adjusting the model's inputs to achieve the desired validation. This
section describes the calibration and validation efforts in developing the City of Renton model.
Calibration
The most critical measurement of the accuracy of any travel model is the degree to which it can approximate traffic volumes
for the base year. The validity of the Renton model was evaluated for both AM and PM peak hour conditions.
As part of the calibration process, volume estimates from the model were examined, and where these differed substantially
from the observed counts, roadway attributes (such as speed, capacity, and lanes) were reviewed to ensure they reflect
existing conditions. Adjustments to roadway capacity and speed, particularly on state routes in Renton, were also
incorporated in the model to improve the vehicle routing throughout the City. Adjusting capacity and speed serves as a proxy
variable to account for roadway attributes that the model does not explicitly consider (intersection control, traffic signal
timing, lane widths, pavement quality, roadway curvature, street lighting, presence of on-street parking, crosswalks, bus
stops, number of driveways, traffic calming measures, etc.) that drivers consider when determining a route.
Validation
Model volumes were compared to available existing traffic counts collected 2023 or newer. More specifically, the
comparison was focused on counts on intersection legs on arterials. Six screenlines were drawn using the counts.
Screenlines are imaginary boundaries drawn across the street network to determine whether the model's depiction of
volumes moving across the City is consistent with the observed volumes. The approximate locations of the screenlines are
listed below and shown in Figure 1:
East of Lind Avenue Southwest
South of NE Sunset Boulevard (SR 900)
East of Park Avenue North/Benson Drive South
North of Northeast 4th Street/South Grady Way
West of Duvall Avenue Northeast
North of Southeast Petrovitsky Road/Southeast Carr Road/South 43rd Street/South 180th Street
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 4
Figure 1: Approximate Screenline Locations
Source: Fehr & Peers, Google Earth, 2025.
The validation results evaluated for AM and PM peak hours are shown in Table 2. Overall, the model is representative of
2024 conditions as total model count to existing counts are within 10% and combined screenline data are within 20% of
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 5
existing counts. The count locations considered both local roadways in Renton and freeway segments on I-405/SR 167.
Table 3 shows the total screenline count volume and model percent difference.
Table 2: Volume Validation Results
Validation Criteria AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour
Total deviation at all count locations within +/- 10% -2% 10%
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
Table 3: Screenline Volume Comparison
ID Approximate Location Number of
Count
Locations
AM Peak
Hour Count
AM Percent
Difference
PM Peak
Hour Count
PM Percent
Difference
1 East of Lind Avenue Southwest 4 3,402 -8% 4,566 19%
2 South of NE Sunset Boulevard (SR
900)
4 2,165 -19% 2,649 -14%
3 East of Park Avenue North/Benson
Drive South
4 2,251 0% 2,638 6%
4 North of Northeast 4th Street/South
Grady Way
4 3,840 -18% 4,730 -19%
5 West of Duvall Avenue Northeast 4 4,824 5% 5,556 24%
6 North of Southeast Petrovitsky
Road/Southeast Carr Road/South
43rd Street/South 180th Street
4 3,533 -14% 3,814 15%
All screenlines 24 20,015 -8% 23,953 7%
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
Based on the tabulated results, the model vehicle assignment is validated for the AM and PM peak hour with minor
refinements incorporated through the model post-processing.
Future Year (2044) Scenario
The future year model scenario was developed from a 2040 PSRC-based travel demand model and incorporated recently
published 2044 PSRC LUV-it land use estimates. Within city limits, the calibrated and validated base year scenario
described in previous sections was used as a starting point in developing the future year scenario. The primary changes to
this scenario included land use and transportation improvement projects.
Land Use
The land use estimates assumed for Renton were developed using the 2044 PSRC land use estimates. The underlying cross-
classification demographic data for households, population, and jobs were kept consistent with PSRC assumptions. All other
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 6
land use data (school and university enrollment, general quarters population, and military trips) were taken directly from the
PSRC model.
Network Detail
The full list of background projects assumed under future baseline conditions based on City staff input is provided in the
Transportation Project List section. Notable projects within the City or near City limits that were incorporated in the City of
Renton model include:
Rainier Avenue S/S Grady Way grade separation project.
Widen Logan Avenue N between N 6th Street and Park Avenue N to include additional northbound lane, sidewalks,
multi-use trail, and traffic signal modifications.
SW 7th Street road diet between Rainier Avenue S and Oakesdale Avenue SW. Install 6 ft sidewalk and 5 ft buffer
on both sides, a 12 ft cycle track with 2 ft buffer protection, two 11 ft lanes and a center turn lane.
Convert S 2nd and S 3rd Streets one-way couplet to two-way streets
Convert Rainier Avenue S between S 3rd Street and NW 3rd Place from 3 lanes to 4 lanes with pedestrian and
bicycle facilities.
Add business access and transit (BAT) lanes for the RapidRide I Line project between Lake Avenue S and Talbot
Road S.
Construct southbound I-405 on-ramp from Lind Avenue SW and northbound I-405 off-ramp to Lind Avenue SW.
Construct I-405 Express Toll Lane direct access ramps to and from N 8th Street (west side of I-405 only).
Add the Sound Transit Stride S1 BRT route connecting Renton to Bellevue to the north and Burien to the west.
Travel Demand Forecasting Results
Table 4 shows the City of Renton daily mode share extracted from the Renton model. Both single-occupancy vehicles (SOV)
and high-occupancy vehicles (HOV) will have a smaller share in 2044 compared to 2024. Table 5 shows that between 2024
and 2044, all modal trips will increase with the expected land use growth - the most substantial percent increase is in transit
usage, which is expected to rise by 86 percent. Walking and bicycling also show notable increases of 82 percent and 46
percent, respectively, indicating a growing preference for active transportation. Meanwhile, SOV and HOV continue to be the
main modes of travel, though the overall vehicle mode share decreases by 2044.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 7
Table 4: Project Model Daily Mode Share Comparison Between 2024 and 2044
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
Table 5: Project Model Difference in Daily Person Trips of by Mode Between 2024 and 2044
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
The PM peak hour intersection forecasts were developed using the Renton model's base and future year scenarios methods
as described in NHCRP 255. The primary methodology was the difference method, which applies the difference in a turning
movement volume between the base and future model scenarios to the observed traffic volume.
Intersection forecasts for the City's TE were prepared for 26 study intersections. Depending on proximity to future
transportation projects and developments, the increase in intersection volumes between 2024 and 2044 conditions vary by
areas in the city. Table 6 shows the percentage growth of intersection volume during both AM and PM peak hours.
Table 6: Study Intersections' Total Entering Volume Growth by Area
Area 2024 AM 2044 AM % Growth 2024 PM 2044 PM % Growth
RGC/TOD 35,874 43,200 20% 41,402 47,350 14%
Valley/Longacres 6,865 11,210 63% 7,969 12,160 53%
Talbot/Benson 11,260 12,360 10% 13,205 14,670 11%
SR 169 8,567 9,210 8% 10,075 10,360 3%
Duvall 2,655 2,750 4% 3,057 3,175 4%
Citywide 65,221 78,730 21% 75,708 87,715 16%
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
Mode 2024 % 2044 % Delta
Single-Occupancy Vehicle (SOV) 48.2% 45.0% -3.3%
High-Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) 38.8% 37.7% -1.1%
Transit 2.8% 3.9% 1.1%
Walk 8.8% 12.0% 3.2%
Bike 1.3% 1.4% 0.1%
Mode 2024 2044 Delta Percent Delta
Single-Occupancy
Vehicle (SOV)
428,757 533,778 105,021 24%
High-Occupancy Vehicle
(HOV)
345,195 447,740 102,545 30%
Transit 25,039 46,504 21,465 86%
Walk 78,171 142,189 64,018 82%
Bike 11,746 17,206 5,460 46%
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 8
ED. Traffic Operations Analysis
The City of Renton TE provides a framework to guide transportation investments over the next 20 years. This section
summarizes the traffic operations analysis conducted as part of the update to the TE. The subsequent sections outline the
methodology utilized in assessing traffic operations and intersection level of service results for existing conditions (2024)
and future conditions (2044).
Analysis Methodology
The performance of roadway intersections within Renton is primarily measured using a standard state-of-the-practice
methodology known as level of service (LOS). LOS represents the degree of congestion at an intersection based on the
average delay per vehicle at a controlled intersection, such as a traffic signal or stop sign. Individual LOS grades are
assigned on a letter scale, A through F, with LOS A representing free-flow conditions with no delay and LOS F representing
highly congested conditions with long delays, as described in Table 7 and illustrated in Figure 2.
Table 7 shows the definition of each LOS grade from the Highway Capacity Manual (HCM) methodology detailed in the 7th
edition, which is based on average control delay per vehicle. The methodology captures the average delay for all vehicles
entering the intersection and prescribes how the average delay is measured at different types of intersections. Signalized
intersections have higher delay thresholds compared with two-way and all-way stop-controlled intersections. Specific to two-
way stop-controlled intersections, the delay from the most congested movement is reported and used to calculate LOS. The
City’s current vehicle LOS standards for intersections are provided in Table 8.
Table 7: Intersection Level of Service (LOS) Descriptions
Level of Service Description Signalized
Intersection Delay
(seconds)
Unsignalized
Intersection Delay
(seconds)
A Free-flowing conditions ≤ 10 0-10
B Stable flow (slight delays) >10-20 >10-15
C Stable flow (acceptable delays) >20-35 >15-25
D Approaching unstable flow
(tolerable delay)
>35-55 >25-35
E Unstable flow (intolerable delay) >55-80 >35-50
F Forced flow (congested and
queues fail to clear)
>80 >50
Source: Highway Capacity Manual (HCM), 7th Edition.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 9
Figure 2: Intersection Level of Service
Source: Fehr & Peers.
Table 8: City of Renton Auto Level of Service Standards
LOS Standard Location
LOS D Arterials and collectors except the locations listed below.
LOS E Mitigated For the Corridors and Centers listed below, congestion should be mitigated (such as increasing
transit or other modes) when the PM peak hour LOS falls below LOS E.
Corridors: Carr Road, Logan Avenue, Rainier Avenue, Grady Way, SR 900 and SR 515.
Centers: Renton Urban Center and Center Village
Source: City of Renton.
Existing (2024) Conditions
The vehicle LOS results for the study intersections under existing AM and PM peak hour conditions are shown in Table 9 and
Figure 3. Under existing conditions, one intersection during the AM peak hour and four intersections during the PM peak
hour do not meet the City’s current LOS standard. Those intersections are shaded in the tables below.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 10
Figure 3: Existing Year (2024) Peak Hour Level of Service
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 11
Table 9: 2024 Peak Hour LOS Results
ID Intersection Control Standard 2024 AM Peak Hour 2024 PM Peak
Hour
LOS Delay (seconds) LOS Delay
(seconds)
1 *DUVALL AVE NE & NE 12TH ST HAWK† D D 27 D 28
2 *DUVALL AVE NE & NE 10TH ST Signalized D A 7 A 10
6 I-405 NB RPS & NE SUNSET DR Signalized D B 13 C 24
7 *I-405 SB RPS & SOUTHPORT DR Signalized D C 24 C 26
17 PARK AVE N & N 3RD ST Signalized D B 16 F 98
19 SUNSET BLVD N & 3RD ST Signalized E Mitigated D 50 E 56
20 SUNSET BLVD N & BRONSON WAY Signalized E Mitigated F 179 F 153
23 MAIN AVE S & 2ND ST Signalized E D 55 C 28
30 MAIN AVE S & 4TH ST Signalized E E 72 D 52
33 *RAINER AVE S & 7TH ST Signalized E Mitigated C 35 D 44
37 GRADY WAY & MAIN AVE S Signalized E Mitigated D 37 C 33
38 I-405 NB RPS & SR 169 Signalized D C 29 C 33
39 *MONROE AVE SE & SR 169 Signalized D A 4 A 5
40 140TH WAY SE & SR 169 Signalized D D 37 D 37
41 149TH AVE SE & SR 169 Signalized D A 6 A 9
43 108TH AVE & PUGET DR Signalized D D 40 D 43
45 *108TH AVE SE & PETROVITSKY RD Signalized D D 48 D 48
48 *116TH AVE SE & PETROVITSKY RD Signalized D D 38 C 29
50 SR 167 NB RPS & 180TH ST Signalized D C 28 C 31
51 E VALLEY HWY & 180TH ST Signalized D D 43 E 59
54 *OAKESDALE AVE SW & 27TH ST Signalized D B 11 B 12
55 E VALLEY HWY & 41ST Signalized D D 36 E 63
58 HARDIE AVE SW & SUNSET Signalized E Mitigated A 10 A 10
118 RAINIER AVE S & S GRADY WAY Signalized E Mitigated E 56 E 74
73 S GRADY WAY & TALBOT RD S Signalized E Mitigated C 33 E 66
98 OAKESDALE SW AVE & SW 16TH ST Signalized D B 12 B 17
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
Notes:
* Intersection LOS analyzed using HCM 7th Edition methodology. Otherwise, intersection LOS analyzed using HCM 2000 methodology due to unusual
geometry or unusual signal phasing.
† HAWK stands for High-Intensity Activated Crosswalk Signal
WSDOT facilities are in bold text.
Intersections that do not meet the City’s standard are shaded.
Future (2044) Conditions
Traffic forecasts based on anticipated land use growth and planned regional transportation investments were developed
using the customized Renton travel demand model to help inform future transportation needs. An average growth in vehicle
trips on city streets of about 26 percent is anticipated between 2024 and 2044. The growth in vehicle trips could be
attributed to the land use growth and major network changes that are documented in the Travel Demand Forecasting
sections above.
The anticipated performance of roadway intersections and corridors within Renton under 2044 conditions was evaluated
using the same methodology as existing conditions. The analysis assumed that all signalized intersections in Renton would
be optimized over the next 20 years; however, there were no adjustments to signal cycle lengths as that can have corridor-
wide effects.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 12
Table 10 presents vehicle LOS results for the study intersections under 2044 baseline conditions during the AM and PM
peak hours, respectively. Intersections that are forecast to fall below the City’s current standard are shaded gray. The LOS
results are also mapped in Figure 4.
One of the major upcoming improvement projects in Renton is the grade separation at S Grady Way and Rainier Avenue S.
This project proposes a grade-separated tunnel to accommodate eastbound-through (EBT) and westbound-through (WBT)
vehicle movements. The intersection LOS calculation incorporated through volumes on S Grady Way that would experience
little to no delay with the grade separation project.
To address future operational deficiencies, potential mitigation strategies were proposed and tested with the 2044 forecast
volumes. The mitigation strategies and resulting peak hour operation results with the proposed mitigation are in Table 11.
The analysis finds that the proposed mitigation could resolve the operational deficiencies shown in Table 10 and would meet
the City’s current LOS standard. These potential mitigation projects do not guarantee that they will be constructed as
implementation depends on many factors including how surrounding land use develops and how traffic volumes grow over
time. In addition, these mitigation projects are to help the City achieve their vehicle LOS standards, however vehicle
operations are not the only consideration for prioritizing projects into the fiscally constrained project list as increasing vehicle
capacity with added turn lanes can make the location more challenging for people to walk, bike, and access transit across
wider intersections.
Other mitigation projects identified are tied to WSDOT-owned and operated facilities such as SR 167 ramp intersections and
crossings, however implementation would be complex and costly. The City is committed to continue coordinating with
WSDOT and other agencies to identify operational improvements at state facilities such as at SR 167 and S 43rd Street, SR
167 and SW 41st Street, and the adjacent E Valley Highway and S 180th Street to address existing and forecast congestion.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 13
Figure 4: Future Year (2044) Peak Hour Level of Service
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 14
Table 10: 2044 Peak Hour LOS Results
ID Intersection Control Standard 2044 AM Peak Hour 2044 PM Peak Hour
LOS Delay
(second)
LOS Delay
(second)
1 *DUVALL AVE NE & NE 12TH ST HAWK† D D 29 D 35
2 *DUVALL AVE NE & NE 10TH ST Signalized D A 7 B 13
6 I-405 NB RPS & NE SUNSET DR Signalized D B 14 C 24
7 *I-405 SB RPS & SOUTHPORT DR Signalized D C 25 C 27
17 PARK AVE N & N 3RD ST Signalized D B 17 C 26
19 SUNSET BLVD N & 3RD ST Signalized E Mitigated E 69 D 54
20 SUNSET BLVD N & BRONSON WAY Signalized E Mitigated E 78 E 62
23 MAIN AVE S & 2ND ST Signalized E E 64 E 57
30 MAIN AVE S & 4TH ST Signalized E D 53 E 60
33 *RAINER AVE S & 7TH ST Signalized E Mitigated D 38 D 48
37 GRADY WAY & MAIN AVE S Signalized E Mitigated D 43 C 35
38 I-405 NB RPS & SR 169 Signalized D C 35 C 26
39 *MONROE AVE SE & SR 169 Signalized D A 6 A 7
40 140TH WAY SE & SR 169 Signalized D D 36 D 36
41 149TH AVE SE & SR 169 Signalized D A 9 B 12
43 108TH AVE & PUGET DR Signalized D D 40 D 44
45 *108TH AVE SE & PETROVITSKY RD Signalized D D 43 E 61
48 *116TH AVE SE & PETROVITSKY RD Signalized D C 31 C 29
50 SR 167 NB RPS & 180TH ST Signalized D C 28 F 82
51 E VALLEY HWY & 180TH ST Signalized D D 54 F 164
54 *OAKESDALE AVE SW & 27TH ST Signalized D F 81 F 96
55 E VALLEY HWY & 41ST Signalized D C 33 D 46
58 HARDIE AVE SW & SUNSET Signalized E Mitigated A 10 B 18
118 RAINIER AVE S & S GRADY WAY Signalized E Mitigated F 92 D 52
73 S GRADY WAY & TALBOT RD S Signalized E Mitigated D 41 D 37
98 OAKESDALE AVE SW & SW 16TH ST Signalized D B 15 B 17
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
Notes:
* Intersection LOS analyzed using HCM 7th Edition methodology. Otherwise, intersection LOS analyzed using HCM 2000 methodology due to unusual
geometry or unusual signal phasing.
† HAWK stands for High-Intensity Activated Crosswalk Signal
WSDOT facilities are in bold text.
Intersections that do not meet the City’s current standard are shaded.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 15
Table 11: Mitigation Strategies and LOS Results
ID Intersection Mitigation Strategies 2044 AM Peak
Hour
2044 PM Peak
Hour
LOS Delay
(second)
LOS Delay
(second)
45 *108TH AVE SE &
PETROVITSKY RD
Add dedicated EBR turn pocket.
Optimized cycle length from 140 to 125 for PM
Peak Hour and from 130 to 95 for AM Peak Hour.
D 38 D 53
50 SR 167 NB RPS &
180TH ST
Added additional WBT lane.
Optimized cycle length from 140 to 90 for PM
Peak Hour and from 130 to 70 for AM Peak Hour.
B 20 D 50
51 E VALLEY HWY &
180TH ST
Added additional WBT through lane.
Removed split phasing.
D 45 E 66
54 *OAKESDALE AVE
SW & 27TH ST
Restripe SB approach as SBL, SBT, SBR. Add SBR
overlap.
Optimized splits.
C 32 D 49
118 RAINIER AVE S & S
GRADY WAY
Support the I-405 project to improve east-west
operations and transit’s speed & reliability.
Average intersection delay may not meet LOS E
threshold, however planning projects to improve
transit operations would meet the LOS E-mitigated
standard.
F 92 D 52
Source: Fehr & Peers, 2025.
Notes:
* Intersection LOS analyzed using HCM 7th Edition methodology. Otherwise, intersection LOS analyzed using HCM 2000 methodology due to unusual
geometry or unusual signal phasing.
WSDOT facilities are in bold text.
ED. Traffic Safety Analysis
Collision history data from 2020 to 2024, excluding mainline freeway segments such as I-405 and SR 167, was obtained
from WSDOT to identify high frequency collision locations in Renton. Key findings during this five-year period include:
5,452 collisions were reported along streets within the city's limits.
147 of these collisions involved pedestrians, and 55 involved bicyclists.
31 collisions were fatal, including 9 involving pedestrians. There were 0 fatal collisions involving bicyclists.
174 collisions resulted in serious injuries, and 51 of these serious injury collisions involved pedestrians or bicyclists.
Figure 5 shows all collisions in Renton that are described above. Higher frequency collisions can occur on more traveled
roadways such as in the Renton Regional Growth Center, and along major arterials that provide access to freeway facilities.
Fatal and serious injury collisions have occurred across the City, generally on arterial streets. Figure 6 shows pedestrian
and/or bicyclist-involved collisions in Renton. These crashes have occurred more frequently in the Downtown Renton and
Regional Growth Center area, with additional crashes occurring along SE Petrovitsky Rd/SE Carr Rd corridor.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 16
Figure 5: Collisions in Renton between 2020 and 2024
Source: Fehr & Peers, WSDOT, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 17
Figure 6: Pedestrian and Bicycle Collisions between 2020 and 2024
Source: Fehr & Peers, WSDOT, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 18
ED. Transportation Project List
As part of the City’s Transportation Element (TE), a fiscally constrained project list had been developed to guide
transportation planning and project implementation over the next 20 years (Table TR-4). The project list builds on
improvements identified in prior planning efforts such as the Sunset Community Subarea Plan (2014), Downtown Civic Core
Plan (2018), City Center Community Plan (2015), and other smaller planning efforts. The fiscally constrained project list
used a prioritization process that follows a similar methodology to the City’s Six-Year Transportation Improvement Program
(TIP). The ratings across the scoring criteria are qualitative because the intent is to create an initial prioritized list of all the
projects and programs to consider over the 20-year planning period. This prioritization does not directly affect how much
funding specific projects or programs receive. Prioritization assigned High, Medium, and Low scoring in the following
categories:
Life Safety
Plan Implementation
System Integrity
Financial
Directive
Mitigative
Equity
Additional Transportation Improvement Projects
While not all proposed projects could be included in the fiscally constrained list —primarily due to funding limitations— Table
12 presents the additional transportation improvement projects considered over the next 20-years. This list of unconstrained
funded projects are drawn from City plans and community input, and each include an estimated project cost if available.
Table 13 presents planned projects by other agencies that are related to Renton.
Table 12: Additional Transportation Improvement Projects Considered in the 20-Year Planning Period
ID Project Location Description
Community
Planning Area
Estimated Cost
(1000s)
UNCONSTRAINED PROJECTS
73
Sunset Blvd NE (SR 900)
(I-405 to NE Park Dr; Monroe Ave NE
to East City Limits)
Modify arterial to improve traffic operations including
channelization, access management, add a 10 ft multiuse
pedestrian/bicycle facility on the north side and traffic signal
modifications.
Highlands - East
Plateau $32,200
74 NE 12th St/Harrington Ave
Modify intersection channelization and add bike lanes at
approaches on Harrington Ave. Highlands $500
7
NE 10th St
(Union Ave NE to Duvall Ave NE)
Develop streets to Residential Access standards with one lane
in each direction. Highlands $500
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 19
ID Project Location Description
Community
Planning Area
Estimated Cost
(1000s)
10
NE 8th St
(Union Ave NE to Duvall Ave NE)
Develop streets to Residential Access standards with one lane
in each direction. Highlands $500
11
156th Ave SE
(NE 4th St to SE 143rd St)
Construct two-way left-turn lane and non-motorized facilities,
as needed. East Plateau $2,800
12
Monster Rd
(Monster Rd SW/Oakesdale Ave SW
to MLK Way/Sunset Blvd)
Widen to 4/5 lane arterial with pedestrian and bicycle
facilities. Realign intersection of Beacon Coal Mine Rd. Joint
project with King County. West Hill $13,000
16
Logan Ave Phase 2
(N 6th St to Park Ave N)
Widen arterial to include additional northbound lane,
sidewalks, multi-use trail, and traffic signal modifications. City Center $7,692
5
Houser Way Bridge - Seismic Retrofit
and Painting, across Cedar River
The project will remove the existing paint from the steel
girders, repair corrosion damage and apply a new protective
paint system. The project will also perform a seismic analysis
and retrofit and replace/upgrade the bridge rails along with
other improvements City Center $2,463
26
Williams Ave Bridge - Seismic Retrofit
and Painting
The project will remove the existing paint from the steel
girders, repair corrosion damage, and apply a new protective
paint system. The project will also perform a seismic analysis
and retrofit along with other improvements. The Williams
Ave Bridge was built by the City of Renton in 1954. It is a
three span bridge that crosses over the Cedar River. City Center $3,151
75 NE 44th Street/I-405 Park and Ride
The project will construct a Park and Ride adjacent to the
Sound Transit NE 44th Street/I-405 Stride inline transit
station. It will be
constructed with approximately 200 stalls plus amenities such
as bike lockers and a boardwalk to connect the park and ride
to the sidewalks
along NE 44th Street leading to the in-line station. The overall
improvements consist of gateway signage, lighting features,
and a pedestrian
boardwalk. These improvements will enhance the WSDOT
work and is in partnership with Renton Arts Commission. Kennydale $19,458
76
116th Ave SE Improvements, SE
168th St to SE 160th St
Widen roadway to provide a 3-lane roadway with bike lanes
along 116th Ave SE and Edmonds Way SE, including new
pavement, curb, gutter, sidewalk, street lights, traffic signals,
storm drainage, channelization and landscaping from Puget
Drive SE to the southern City limits. Benson Hill Community
Plan recommended improvements for a first phase, based on
the neighborhood needs. The priority, cost and schedule for
the phased improvements will be determined based on
available funding. Benson $1,689
77
Carr Road Improvements, Davis Ave
S to 109th Ave SE
This project would design needed infrastructure
improvements on Carr Road, from Valley Medical Center past
the SR 515/108th Ave SE intersection. Potential
improvements vary from roadway realignment/widening at
several locations to address geometric deficiencies, widening
to 5-lane roadway (2 lanes westbound, 3 lanes eastbound),
pavement restoration/reconstruction including bicycle lanes
on new alignment. A corridor study prepared by King County
in 2003 identified the need for roadway improvements from
the Lind Ave SW and SW 43rd St intersection extending east
and crossing SR 167 and ending at 116th Ave SE. Previous
expenditures were for corridor signal upgrades associated
with a federal grant. Talbot - Benson $200
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 20
ID Project Location Description
Community
Planning Area
Estimated Cost
(1000s)
78 Nile Ave NE Bridge Replacement
The Nile Ave NE Bridge was built by King County in 1951.
Ownership was transferred to the City in 2009 as part of the
MacKay Annexation (Ord #5456). It is a single span bridge
that crosses over May Creek. The initial phase of this project
will evaluate replacement options with a type, size and
location (TS&L) study. East Plateau $6,750
79 Eastrail Trail
Project will be coordinated by King County Department of
Natural Resources and Parks and the City of Renton for
acquisition of property rights, then
design and construction of the Eastrail between Milepost 5
and Southport/South Coulon Park access road. City Center $6,000
80
Renton Connector,
S 2nd St to S 5th St
The Renton Connector project will install a continuous non-
motorized facility along Burnett Ave S. between S 2nd St. and
S 5th St. via
separated walkways, protected bicycle lanes (cycle track), and
a multi-use path. This project will also include reduced travel
lanes, landscaped medians, and reconfigured public parking
areas in order to provide opportunities to incorporate art,
play spaces, and resting areas along the connector.
Intersection improvements will include traffic signalization
improvements and curb ramp upgrades to ADA standards City Center $14,020
81
SE 168th St Protected Bike Lanes,
108th Ave SE to 128th Ave SE
This project will construct protected bike lanes on SE 168th St
between 108th Ave SE and 128th Ave SE. Benson $2,705
82 Transit Master Plan
The plan establishes scalable short- and long-term strategies,
and identifies projects that will foster a high-quality transit
system to meet Renton’s needs. Transportation staff have
worked on and are currently working on multiple transit
projects such as the Renton Access to Transit Study (King
County 2019 Proviso), Renton-Kent-Auburn Mobility Plan
(RKAAMP), Rapid Ride I-Line, and Sound Transit I-405 BRT
(Stride). Citywide $500
83
Hoquiam Ave NE Non-Motorized
Improvements, NE 10th Pl to NE
Sunset Blvd
This project would improve the experience for people walking
and biking along Hoquiam Ave NE between NE 10th Pl and NE
Sunset Blvd by installing a walkway where needed and
improving crossings. East Plateau $2,000
84
NE 4th Street Corridor
Improvements, Jefferson Ave NE to
Duvall Ave NE
This project involves a series of improvements to traffic
operations such as rechannelization and traffic signal
modifications, possible transit priority signal treatments and
queue jumps. This project also may include a new signal at NE
4th St and Bremerton Ave NE, if warranted by development.
Highlands - East
Plateau $100
85 Maple Valley Highway Barriers,
This project includes two barriers: One is to install a concrete
median barrier between east and westbound travel lanes of
the SR 169 S-Curve between the Riviera Apartments and S.
5th Street including associated roadway widening to add the
barrier. The second barrier improvement will remove the
existing concrete barrier end treatment located eastbound
(east of the Riviera Apartments) and replace with 2 new
concrete barriers extending west. The design report for the
Cedar River half bridge is complete and was funded by the
Roadway Safety and Guardrail Program (TIP # 24-06). Cedar River $3,138
86
South Grady Way Multi-Modal
Improvements
The project will remove the islands at the intersections of S
Grady Way with Lake Ave S and Shattuck Ave S, to allow for a
continuous eastbound lane from Rainier Ave S to Talbot Rd S.
Included are modifications to traffic signals, new pedestrian
crossings and channelization. This project will perform a City Center $6,500
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 21
ID Project Location Description
Community
Planning Area
Estimated Cost
(1000s)
comprehensive analysis of multi-modal transportation
improvements, including review of potential transit
improvements along Grady Way, such as Business Access and
Transit (BAT) lanes and Traffic Signal Priority (TSP).
87
SW 27th Street/Strander Boulevard
Connection
The project will provide a grade-separated crossing at the
Union Pacific Railroad (UPRR) and Burlington Northern Santa
Fe (BNSF) railroad tracks. Bicycle and pedestrian connections
will be provided to the Tukwila Station and the Interurban
Trail. Phase 1 - Seg 2a - 2 lane roadway from Naches Ave SW
to the Sounder Station, including a BNSF bridge has been
completed.
-Design and construct arterial improvements for a new
roadway extending Strander Blvd/SW 27th St from West
Valley Highway to Naches Ave SW. Modify intersection with
West Valley Highway as needed. Valley $1,500
88
Houser Way Non-Motorized
Improvements, Mill Ave S to Bronson
Way S
This project would install a separated bike facility on the
north side of Houser Way S/N, between Mill Ave S. and
Bronson Way N. Intersection crossings would be improved at
Cedar River Park Drive and Mill Ave S. The project will include
planning and pavement overlay, channelization, and
intersection crossing improvements. For feasibility and
constructability issues, the roadway and pedestrian bridge
sections would not be part of this project. The feedback
during the public engagement process for the Trails and
Bicycle Master Plan update identified Houser Way as the
route for the Eastside Rail Corridor alignment. With the
development of the Civic Core Plan, development of this
section of the bicycle network creates an important
connection point for bicycle traffic between the north and
south portions of the City's urban growth center. City Center $2,187
89
NE Sunset Blvd Transit and Access
Improvements
This project would address transit and traffic operational
needs through key improvements such as channelization,
traffic signal modifications, signal treatments, possible queue
jumps, access management through installation of medians.
This project would also include EB right turn only lanes at
Elma Pl NE and Hoquiam Ave NE. Highlands $5,580
90
Renton Bus Rapid Transit (BRT)
Improvements
New transit access road improvements from I-405 exit 3
(Talbot Rd) to South Renton Transit Center. Includes
reconfiguration of Grady Way, Lake Ave S and S Renton
Village Place to accommodate transit. City Center $23,857
91
Houser Way North Shared Use Path,
N 8th St to Lake Washington Blvd
This project will develop a shared use path along the east side
of Houser Way from Lake Washington Boulevard N to the
existing shared use path on N 8th St. City Center $1,100
$92 Southport Pedestrian Connection
A pedestrian path underneath the BNSF trestle that connects
into Southport. City Center Not Available
93 South Lake Washington Transit Hub
This project will implement a Rapid Ride Bus Transit Station in
the vicinity of Park Ave. N and Garden Ave N. The project
would include the kit of parts associated for a Rapid Ride stop
such as weather protection, lighting, seating, and litter
receptacles. City Center Not Available
94 Duvall Ave & NE 10th St
Monitor traffic volumes. Install a traffic signal when traffic
signal warrants are met. Duvall Not Available
95 108th Ave SE & Petrovitsky Rd This project will add a dedicated EBR turn pocket. Talbot - Benson Not Available
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 22
ID Project Location Description
Community
Planning Area
Estimated Cost
(1000s)
96 Oakesdale Ave SW & 27th St
This project will restripe the southbound approach at this
intersection to include dedicated SBL, SBT, SBR lanes. Add an
overlap for the SBR turning movement.
Valley -
Longacres Not Available
97 SR 169
Interim improvements are possible and desirable at SE 5th St
at SR 169, such as striping, signing, and operational changes. Cedar River Not Available
Source: City of Renton; Fehr & Peers, 2025.
Table 13. List of Other Agency Improvement Projects
ID Project Location (Limits) Description
OTHER AGENCY IMRPOVEMENT PROJECTS SERVING RENTON
WSDOT
36
I-405 Widening and High Occupancy Toll (HOT)
Lanes
(I-5 to Bellevue)
Add lanes to I-405 and convert existing HOV Lane to HOT lane. Modify
Interchanges in Renton per I-405 Master Plan.
37
Maple Valley Hwy (SR 169) Long-range (I-405 to
City Limits)
Work with WSDOT to widen existing 4-lane state highway to provide an additional
lane in each direction per WSDOT Route Development Plan.
38 Grady Way /Rainier Ave Grade Separation Grady Way grade separation with Rainier Ave S. One lane each direction.
39 Half interchange at Lind Ave and I-405
Add southbound I-405 on ramp from Lind Ave and northbound I-405 off-ramp to
Lind Ave SW.
40 SW 43rd St/Carr Rd(Lind Ave to Talbot Rd S)
Widen SW 43rd St and East Valley Hwy to add travel lanes approaching their
intersection. Also see SR 167/SW 43rd St interchange project.
41
Carr Rd/Petrovitsky Rd (Talbot Rd S to Benson
Dr S)
Implement projects along this arterial corridor from the SR 167 Master Plan to
improve traffic operations and enhance non-motorized facilities.
42
I-405/SR 167 Interchange Direct HOV/HOT
Connector Project Construct new HOV/HOT direct access ramps between SR 167 and I-405.
43
SR 167
SW 43rd Street to I-405 Construct one or two additional northbound lanes.
44 SR 167/SW 43rd St Interchange
Work with WSDOT to modify and increase capacity of SR 167/SW 43rd Street
interchange including widening SW 43rd St/Carr Rd and interchange overcrossing.
Sound Transit
45 I-405 Bus Rapid Transit (BRT)
Implement BRT along I-405 corridor in conjunction with WSDOT widening of I-405
to add HOV/HOT lanes.
46
I-405 NE 8th St Transit/High Occupancy Vehicle(
HOV) Interchange
Direct access ramps to/from express toll lanes on west side of I-405. Project tied
to WSDOT I-405 widening project.
47 N 8th St Parking Garage Construct a park-and-ride with up to 700 parking stalls for transit riders.
King County Metro
48
Cedar River to Sammamish Trail (Cedar River
Trail in Renton to East Lake Sammamish Trail in
Issaquah)
Acquisition, design, and construction of paved off-road multi-purpose facility
linking the Cedar River Trail with East Lake Sammamish Trail.
49 Lake to Sound Trail - Various Segments Acquisition, design, and construction of paved regional trail.
50
Soos Creek Trail to Lake Youngs Trail (Soos
Creek Trail at 116th St to 116th St/148th Ave
SE)
Design and construct on-road and off-road connector trail between Soos Creek
and Lake Youngs Trails via SE 216th St.
51
140th / 132nd Ave SE (From SE Petrovitsky Rd
to SE 240th St)
Provide continuity in the north/south corridor by capacity, operational, and safety
improvements. Will add additional lanes in the south portion of the corridor.
52 Kennydale P&R 400 new stalls.
53
Rainier Ave ITS(Seattle City Limits to Renton
City Limits)
Provide ITS improvements which could include signal synchronization, vehicle
detection, cameras, and TSP.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)
Transportation Element Appendix
CITY OF RENTON COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 2024 23
ID Project Location (Limits) Description
54
Renton Ave ITS
(from Rainier Ave S to Rainier Ave N)
Provide ITS improvements which could include signal synchronization, vehicle
detection, cameras, and TSP.
55 87th Ave S and S 124th St Realign intersection.
56
68th Ave S
(Martin Luther King Jr Way to Renton City
Limits) Construct walls for widening arterial. Also see City of Renton project 12.
Source: City of Renton; Fehr & Peers, 2025.
AGENDA ITEM # 9. g)